~ REPORT
_/ON THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

}
is | | OF THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC
\ _ DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910 |

X ane 2 CARRIED OUT UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE NORWE-)) |
ais a sed A GIAN GOVERNMENT) AND THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF
bY. Ma at

| SIR JOHN MURRAY; K.C.B.
and DR. JOHAN HJORT

VOLUME III
PART) II
1913—1921 ©

1 | PUBLISHED BY THE TRUSTEES OF THE
be BERGEN MUSEUM
x bi; f ————
fet) _ JOHN GRIEG, BERGEN
Bx 1932
e A ’ f
Ne
Vie

Bon
| SA
TNVEA

REPORT
ON THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OF THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC
DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

CARRIED OUT UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE NORWE-
GIAN GOVERNMENT AND THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF

SIR JOHN MURRAY, K.C. B.
and DR. JOHAN HJORT

VOLUME III
PART II
1913—1921

PUBLISHED BY THE TRUSTEES OF THE
BERGEN MUSEUM

JOHN GRIEG, BERGEN
a7)

S=P 2 0 1949

“ATiona, wuse8™

5o8.e

CONTENTS.

TH. MORTENSEN: Ctenophora (With 1 Plate and 4 Figures in
CHeMREXE) wicks iiote sion: EBPs LOVED IW RODOGL COB ZOCRoCLC 6
Published 1913.

AUGUST BRINKMANN: Pelagic Nemerteans (With 2 Plates) ...
Published Ist November 1917.

EMILY ARNESEN: Spongia (With 5 Plates)...... SSSR Rae
Published 10th January 1920.

JAMES A. GRIEG: Brachiopoda, Scaphopoda, Gastropoda and
Wamellibranchiata with) lo Blate)) os) ac ease ae) or
Published 28th February 1920.

P. L. KRAMP: Anthomedusae and Leptomedusae (With 1 Plate and

GMELSUTeSMINeCheMMMe <tA esr an, a te Me talies te eit ini tot dregs es tara
Published 28th February 1920.

KR. BONNEVIE: Heteropoda (With 5 Plates) ...................
Published 28th February 1920.

OSCAR SUND: Peneides and Stenopides (With 2 Plates, 49 Figures

THEN MmAheXstaraml Gan harts) mene wr oreeltte cats te cue, cytes irs clown
Published 30th March 1920.

JAMES A. GRIEG: Echinodermata (With 5 Plates, 10 Figures in

ine “este wine! (CIES) oconsscvocgoeocdoon audio
Published 20th January 1921.

Page.

1—9

1—18
1—28
1-16
113}
1—15
== 3p)
1—44

*
1 A .
; p

, ‘ i 1 i a)

y . 1

4 ’ fr
: a
: i ‘
i i
; f
: +
j ' :
; Nt
fl ’
ie ale ;
i i 5 i

1

T i es x 1

f c ’
! 7 t }
, i ; :
, i ; ; '
Ba i ; i
8 a ; ; ; ;

ne * v i e. t

a
‘

ae

Datei
cere
ha

CTENOPHORA

FROM THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

BY

DR. TH. MORTENSEN

WITH 1 PLATE AND 4 FIGURES IN THE TEXT

The material of Ctenophora collected by the “Michael
Sars” Expedition is not very large, but upon the whole
in a fairly good condition. The specimens are preserved
in formaline, which has the great advantage of keeping
them nearly as transparent as the living specimens.

The species found are only five, viz. Pleurobrachia
pileus (O. Fr. Miiller), Mertensia ovum (Fabr.), Beroé
cucumis Fabr., Beroé Forskali M. Edw. and a new
deep-sea Ctenophore, which is described here under the
name of Aulacoctena acuminata Mrtsn. That these five
species represent all the Ctenophores met with by the
expedition, is rather improbable. It can scarcely be doubted
that also some Lobate Ctenophores have been taken, but
as these can only be preserved when treated separately
and with the utmost care, it could not be expected that
specimens should be found in the preserved materail, it
being nearly impossible on such an expedition to find
the time necessarry for the proper treatment of these
difficult objects.

While the four firstnamed species afford little interest
beyond the distribution, the deep-sea form is of unusual
interest. Hitherto only two deep-sea Ctenophores have
been found. The German Deep-sea Expedition, by which
deep-sea Ctenophores were for the first time observed,
found in the Atlantic and Indian Ocean a form apparently
allied to Mertensia. The same form was also taken by
the German South Polar Expedition, one specimen off
Kerguelen, another off the Cap Verde Islands, and was
described by Dr. F. Moser?) under the name of Mertensia
Chuni. Also a deep-sea Cydippid was taken by the
German deep-sea Expedition; it is still known only from
the short notice given by CHuNn’). The new form dis-
covered by the “Michael Sars’ is thus only the third
deep-sea Ctenophore made known, and from that reason
alone may attract attention. The study of its ana-
tomy has considerably increased its importance. While in
general it agrees with the morphology of the Ctenophores

1) F. MosER: Die Ctenophoren der deutschen Siidpolar-Expe-
dition. Deutsche Siidpolar Exp. 1901—1903. Bd. XI. Zoologie III
1909, p. 126, Taf. XX Fig. 1—4.

?) C. CHUN: Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres.
p. 545,

Il Aufl. 1905.

as hitherto known, especially from the surface forms, it
affords several new and important features, which neces-
sitate the establishment not only of a new genus for it,
but also of a new family, to which the ,Mertensia«
Chuni evidently likewise belongs.

It would be very interesting to learn the anatomical
structure of the deep-sea Cydippid from the German
Deep-sea Expedition, in order to see, whether this form
perhaps also belongs to the same family. That it is stated to
be a “Cydippe”, evidently, means nothing more definitely
beyond the fact that it is a tentaculate Ctenophore of the
order Cydippidea. This concerns the question, whether
all deep-sea Ctenophores belong to the same family or
whether deep-sea forms have developed within several
of the larger groups of the Ctenophores. It is, of course,
impossible to say anything more definitely at present
about this very interesting problem, so long as the whole
number of deep-sea forms known amounts to no more
than three, of which only two have been studied. But
the fact that these two forms, though so very different
looking, appear to be nearly related, is already suggestive,
and it is certainly not inappropriate to call attention to
the problem already now.

That there will prove to exist still more deep-sea
Ctenophores, can scarcely be doubted. It is noticeable,
it is true, that only these few forms have been found in all
the many deep-sea tow-nettings hitherto carried out, and
this is certainly not suggestive of the existence of a great
number of different forms of deep-sea Ctenophores. But the
fact that only so few specimens of these forms have been
found counterbalances this evidence. It is beyond doubt
that these forms must exist in vast numbers somewhere
— this is simply necessary for the existence of the species.
But when we have in all found only 6 specimens of
one form (“Mertensia’” Chuni), 3 of another (the new
form from the “Michael Sars”) and one specimen of the
third (the Cydippid of the German Deep-sea Expedition),
this fact evidently means that there still remains much
to be discovered in regard to the occurrence of these
forms — and there are then ample possibilities for the
existence of other, hitherto undiscovered forms among
them. Even with regard to the occurence of the surface

4 TH. MORTENSEN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Ctenophores there are still many unsolved problems; it
then not to be wondered at that this also holds good
for the deep-sea forms.

The new form discovered by the “Michael Sars”
was taken on Station 64 (34° 44’ N., 47° 52’ W. 2000 m.
wire; **s6 1910), in young fish trawl, 2 specimens, one
large and one small; station 81 (48° 2’ N. 39° 55’ W.,
1500 m. wire; 1/7 1910), in °/s m. net, fragments of a
large specimen. The small specimen was sacrificed for
sections, which, however, proved very poor and of little
use. The animai being very little transparent, it was
necessary, in order to study the anatomical structure,
to make dissections. For that purpose the fragments
from Stat. 81 proved very useful, so that the large spe-
cimen from Stat. 64 could be spared to some degree.

The photographs (Pl. |, figs. 1—4) were made by
Docent R. H. Stamm. I beg herewith to express my
thanks for his kind assistance.

I shall describe this form under the name of

Aulacoctena acuminata 0. g., n. sp.

The large specimen measures 45 mm. in length, 21
mm. in breadth. It is distinctly compressed after the
Sagittal axis, measuring only 16 mm. in thickness.

The outline of the body (Pl. I, fig. 1) is ovate,
narrowing slightly towards the oral end. The aboral end
is produced into a long, slender process, measuring — as
is seen from the figure of the small specimen (PI. |, fig.
3) — about 7/5 of the total length. (In the large specimen
this apical prolongation was partly lost, and this was also
the case in the broken specimen). Along each side of
the body, between the subtentacular costae, there is a
very deep furrow (PI. I, fig. 2), in the bottom of which
lies the tentacular apparatus. The furrow continues from
the oral end nearly to the tip of the apical prolongation.
The mouth edge forms two rounded lobes, in the trans-
versal plane; the corners are, however, not so deep as
would appear from fig. 2, the furrow being here some-
what split up at the lower end. Also between the other
costae the body may be somewhat depressed, but this
is evidently due to the preservation.

The costae are nearly equal in length, the subten-
tacular ones being only slightly longer than the others;
they cease at about */s of the body length from the oral
end—judging from the furrows in which they are retractet;
the combs could not be discerned so far down. On the
aboral prolongation the costae continue nearly to the tip.

The aboral prolongation is deeply invaginated on
the top, being thus a hollow tube. The bottom is slightly
widened and elevated in the middle, and here lies the
apical organ. (PI. I, fig. 5). The costae continue as
ciliated ridges down along the inside of the tube to the

apical organ. (I have been unable to discern with
certainty more than 4 of them, but that all 8 costae
continue to the apical organ in the same way can sear-
cely be doubted). Of the structure of the apical organ
I can give no information. The polar fields continue
some way up the inside of the tube—how far, could not
be ascertained, the tip being broken; but in any case,
it will be nearly to the upper edge. Close to the apical
organ, in the bottom of the invagination, lie the two
excretory pores, in the typical oblique position, not
in the median sagittal line.

The gastrovascular system. (Pl. I, fig. 5 textfig.
1—3). From the rather small, flattened infundibulum
proceeds a short, spacious infundibular canal. The excre-
tory canals are very short; whether they are simple or
divided in the usual way, could not be settled; but the
fact that the pores lie distinctly to the side would seem
to indicate that they are divided, the one branch forming
a blind ampulla. The adradial vessels issue separately,
not from a common interradial vessel (see the diagram,
textlig. 3, compared with fig. 4, the diagram of a typical
tentaculate Ctenophore). The subsagittal adradial vessels
issue directly from the infundibulum, very close to the
median line. They proceed downwards, close to the
pharyngeal wall, for nearly half the length of the pharynx,
giving off sligthly branching, but not anastomosing, pro-
liferations along their inner and abradial, but not along
the adradial side. About halfway down a branch passes
outwards to the meridional vessel, while the adradial
vessel continues downwards, ending blindly (textig. 1).
The subtransversal adradial vessels issue distally, over the
tentacle basis. They give off each one long branch,
which passes downwards as a simple canal, parallel to
the tentacle sheat, ending blindly. In the broken speci-
men only one of the adradial subtransversal vessels gave
off this branch (textfig. 1 and 2).

The meridional vessels continue aborally from the
entrance of the adradial vessel nearly to the tip of the
apical prolongation. In their whole length the meridian
vessels give off numerous proliferations to both sides.
These are white and, as they lie close to the surface,
very conspicuous, forming one of the most prominent
features of the animal. They issue not regularly alterna-
ting or opposite and are alternatingly — but not regularly —
shorter or longer, the longer ones being often more
or less branched. They do not form anastomoses, but
may cover one another more or less, as they are so
numerous and large that there is not room for them all
in the same plane. Those issuing from the subtentacular
vessels along the lateral furrows are especially conspicuous
and beautifully arranged (Pl. I, fig. 8). None of the pro-
liferations pass through the jelly to the pharyngeal wall,

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.]

CTENOPHORA. 5

as is the case in Beroé, where there is otherwise a similar
arrangement of proliferations from the meridional vessels.

The pharyngeal vessels issue close to the tentacular
basis. They proliferate like the pharyngeal part of the
subsagittal adradial vessels; in the lower part the proli-
ferations are longer, nearly meeting in the sagittal middle
line of the pharyngeal wall, but they do not form ana-
stomoses. At the oral edge the pharyngeal and meridi-
onal vessels end blindy. (PI. I, fig. 6).

The pharynx is very large. In the upper half its
lumen is nearly obliterated on account of very strongly
developed, sagittal folds, which do not correspond to
the usual pharyngeal folds of Ctenophores. ,They
are arranged in four longitudinal bands, following the
four subsagittal adradial vessels, from which proliferations
pass in among the folds. The true pharyngeal folds
follow the pharyngeal vessels, from which likewise proli-
ferations pass into them; they are much less developed,
but are double as usual. (Textfig. 2). The lower half
of the pharynx is more spacious. (PI. I, figs. 5—6). The
whole of the pharynx is compressed in the sagittal plane,
as typical in Ctenophores, but this feature is obliterated
in the upper part on account of the strong development
of the sagittal folds, except at the uppermost end. Here
the walls are closely appressed, so as to get almost the
appearance of a narrow vessel, as seen from the outside
(textfig. 1). The walls are here strongly ciliated, this part
evidently corresponding to the ciliated pouch of the typical
Ctenophores. The oesophagus is not long, but distinct,
compressed in the sagittal plane as usual. On the inner
lips and the outbending wall (the outer wall of the dia-
phragm) there appears to be a powerlul ciliation.

The histological structure of the gastrovascular canals
I have not been able to see in a satisfactory way. In
the proliferations there are two lateral thickenings, the
outer an inner side being thin; in the meridional vessels
there appears to be only one thickening, on the outer
side, the whole inner side being thin-walled. Rosettes
could not be discerned.

In the meridional vessels and even in the prolifera-
tions from these, far down in the body, I have found, in
the broken specimen, some large Copepods. This is,
however, scarcely a definite proof that this Ctenophore,
contrary to the custom of all the rest of them, digests its
food not in the pharynx, but in the gastrovascular system.
It may perhaps be due to the Copepods having them-
selves penetrated into the cavities of the digestive system
during the capture in the hoof, after the specimen was
broken. They do not show signs of having been under
the digestive action of the Ctenophore. The strong deve-
lopment of folds in the pharynx would also seem to

afford evidence for the absorption of the food in the
pharynx after the usual Ctenophoran fashion.

The arrangement of the gonads could, unfortunately
not be made out. Probably they will be found to have
their place in the proliferations of the meridional vessels,
in the same way as in Beroé; but even in sections |
could see nothing which could be definitely recognized
as gonads.

The tentacular apparatus (Pl. I, figs. 5, 7, 9).
The tentacular basis is rather short slightly widened
at the lover end. It is not longitudinally divided, but
appears in sections to be built as usual, the tentacular
vessels with their ectodermal covering of colloblast-forming
cells occupying the sides, the root of the tentacle occu-
pying the middle part of the basis. It affords the unique
feature that the colloblast-layer sends a prolongation into
each of the subtransverse adradial vessels, continuing
nearly to the point, where it opens into the meridional
vessel. This is probably simply a fold of the colloblast-
layer of the tentacular basis, but I have been unable to
find out, how this peculiar arrangement—an ectodermal
prolongation lying within an entodermal tube—has arisen.
These two processes from the tentacular basis, very con-
spicuous on account of their yellow colour, give the
puzzling impression, that there are two lateral tentacles
to each tentacular basis: indeed, I thought so myself at
first, before I had yet studied the anatomy of the animal
more closely.

The tentacle is, so far as I have been able to as-
certain, unbranched, but ends in a peculiar large knob.
(Pl. I. fig. 9). This reminds one somewhat of the pecu-
liar appendages on the tentacles of Hormiphora; but it
is certain that the knob here occupies the end of the
tentacle, and I have found only one such knob on each
tentacle. Its shape is somewhat different, now with a
constriction at the point, now without such constriction;
this is doubtles due to muscular contraction. It appears
to be completely covered with colloblasts, though these
have been lost in places in the preserved specimens.

The tentacular sheath is directed downwards (Pl.
I, figs. 5, 6) and opens at the oral edge, where the lateral
furrow ends.

The colloblasts (Pl. I, figs. 10—11) are compara-
tively large and beautiful objects. The spiral filament is
very strongly developed, but there is no central filament
to be seen. The grains of the cupule show a definite
arrangement in small rosettes.

The jelly is very tough and resistent, nearly as car-
tilage. It is full of muscles, arranged rather regularly.
In tranverse sections the muscles are seen to go from one
rib to the other, while others go between the outer and

6

TH. MORTENSEN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Set

VASE SS

g
~\
CX

“

mv? nrnh vo:
Gastrovascular system of Aulacoctena acuminata; slightly
diagrammatic. 3/,. ap. apical organ, ar v! subsagittal adradial vessel ;
ar. y.- subtransversal adradial vessel; excr p. excretory pore; inf.
infundibulum; iny. apical invagination; |. inner lips of oesophagus,
|. pr. lateral process from tentacle basis; m v.? subtransversal meri-
dional vessel: o. m. v.' opening of the adradial vessel into the sub-
sagittal meridional vessel. p f. polar field; ph. v. pharyngeal vessel;
pr. ar. v.' proliferations from snbsagittal adradial vessels; pr. ar. v.®
proliferation from subtransversal adradial vessel, pr m. v.® prolifera-
tions from the subtransversal meridional vessels; those of the side
tumming towards the spectator have been cut near the basis, while those
of the other side, lying in the side wall of the lateral furrow are
complete: pr. ph. v. proliferations from the pbaryngeal vessels; sag.
the narrow. sagittal edge of the pharynx; t. b tentacular basis, t. sh.
tentacle sheath; tr. v. transverse vessel.

Fig. 1.

707

Fig. 3.
Fig. 3—4.

Fig. 2 Transverse section of Aulacoctena acummata; slightly dia-
grammatic. %5/). ar. v.! subsagittal adradial vessel; m. muscle
fibres; m. v.' subsagittal meridional vessel; m. v.® subtransversal
meridional vessel, ph. pharynx; ph. f. pharyngeal folds; ph. v.
pharyngeal vessel; pr. proliferations from meridional vessels; pr. ar. y.1
proliferations from subsagittal adradial vessels; pr. ar. v.2 prolifera-
tions from subtransversal adradial vessels; pr. ph. v. proliferations
from pharyngeal vessel; s ph. f. sagittal pharyngeal folds; t. sh.
tentacle sheath.

Fig. 4.

g Diagrams of the gastrovascular system of Aulacoctena (3) and of a typical tentaculate Ctenophore (4).

snbsagittal, * subtransversal: ir. v. interradial vessel (not found in Awlacoctena); m. v. meridional vessel, } subsagittal, 2 subtransversal ;
ph. pharynx: ph. yv. pharyngeal vessel; t. tentacle; tr. v. transverse vessel; t. sh. tentacle sheath; t v tentacular vessel.

ar. v. adradial vessels,

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

CTENOPHORA

|

inner wall of the body (textfig. 2); also longitudinal mus-
cles are distinct, especially in the aboral part. All these
crossing fibres form together a close, somewhat regular
meshwork. The muscle cells show some very peculiar
_ protoplasmic swellings (Pl. I, fig. 12), looking almost like
a ganglionie chain of an Arthropod. Several of these
swellings may be found on the same thread, in irregular
distances. Branching of the muscle cells has not been
observed, but very probably will be found at their ends.
They are all rather much folded, nearly spirally; this is
evidently the result of contraction on preservation. Amoe-
boid cells are very scarce in the jelly.

Granular cells are exceedingly numerous in the sa-
gittal folds of the pharynx, while the true pharyngeal
folds contain such cells only in very small numbers.

The colour is now yellowish, semitransparent; ori-
ginally it was more red, the colour being bound to the
folds of the pharynx.

The nearest relative of this very interesting Ctenophore
is evidently, the “Mertensia’’ Chuni, for which I have
established (“Ingolf” Ctenophora, p. 36) the genus Ba-
thyctena. Like Aulacoctena it has proliferations from the
meridional and pharyngeal vessels, a feature otherwise not
known among tentaculate Ctenophores. The pharyngeal
walls are strongly folded in Bathyctena; but 1 does not
appear from Dr. Moser’s description, whether these folds
are arranged in the same way as in Aulacoctena. Through
the kindness of Professor VANHOFFEN I have had oppor-
tunity to see the two specimens of Bathyctena from the
German South Polar Expedition. The condition of these
specimens does not permit any further preparation, but
I observed in the [pharynx of the larger specimen a pair
of whitish lobes ending, where the widening of the pha-
tynx begins. These lobes, which are not indicated in
the figure (Taf. XX, 3) given by Dr. Moser, I am incli-
ned to regard as corresponding to the sagittal pharyngeal
folds of Aulacoctena. There seems also to be an indi-
cation, that they are separated in the middle line. In the
smailer specimen these lobes could not be observed.
Whether the development of folds in the pharynx is
mainly the same in both forms or not, I think that the
character of the proliferating meridional and pharyngeal
vessels is important enough to justify the establishment
of a separate family for these two forms. I shall give
here diagnoses of this family and the two genera belong-
ing to it.

Bathyctenidz 1. fam.

Tentaculate Ctenophores, compressed after the sagittal
plane. Proliferations from the meridional and the pharyngeal
vessels. The pharynx walls strongly folded. Tentacle sheath
opening orally. Jelly very tough. Deep-sea forms.

1. Bathyctena Mrtsn.

Body rounded; no lateral furrow. Apical organ not
sunken. Pharynx in the lower part strongly widened in the
transversal plane.') No lateral processes from the tentacular
basis.

Only species known: B. chuni (Moser).

2. Aulacoctena Mttsn.

Body ovate, with a deep lateral furrow and an apical
prolongation, deeply invaginated; the apical organ lies in
the bottom of the invagination. The pharynx not widened
in the transversal plane in the lower part. The upper
part of the pharynx with strongly developed sagittal folds.
The subsagittal adradial vessels issue directly from the
infundibulum, the subtransversal issue distally, at the sides
of the tentacle basis. Proliferations also from the adradial
vessels. Tentacle basis with lateral processes. Tentacles
simple, with a terminal knob.

Only species known: A. acuminata Mrtsn.

It still remains to consider the question, to which
group of the other Ctenophores the Bathyctenide are
related. The sagittal compression decidedly suggests the
Mertensiids as their nearest relations, as is also expressed
in the fact that Bathyctena was originally refered to the
genus Mertensia. The proliferations of the meridional
and pharyngeal vessels certainly recall the Beroids, but the
fact that the deep-sea forms are tentaculate at once shows
that this is merely an analogous development, the proli-
ferations having developed independently in both Beroids
and Bathyctenids. It is worth recalling that Mertens?)
states to have observed in Mertensia ovum ,baumartig
verzweigte Gefasse“ proceeding from the upper part of
the subtransversal meridional vessels towards the inner
part of the gastrovascular system. If this proves to be
correct, it will, evidently, mean another connecting point
between the Mertensiids and the Batbyctenids.

With the Pleurobrachiide and the Cestidz the deep-
sea forms show no nearer relation; with the Lobate and the
Platyctenide they have the large oral lobes in common.

Our present knowledge evidently leads to the conclu-
sion that the Bathyctenids are derived from the Mertensiids,
along the same line as the Lobate and the Platyctenide.

') This diagnosis is, of course, not complete; but in the present
state of our knowledge it seems not warranted to extend it and give
any definite statement about the arrangement of the gastrovascular
system.

2) H. MERTENS: Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen tiber die
beroéartigen Acalephen. Mem. Acad. Imp. St. Petersbourg. Ser. 6,
Vol. 2. 1833. (See also; Ingolf-Ctenophora, p. 63).

8 TH. MORTENSEN.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

The Ctenophores from the surface waters collected
by the “Michael Sars” are the following;

1. Mertensia ovum (Fabr.).
(47° 11’ N, 47° 6’ W., 9/7 1910; 1 m. net,
50—0 m—2 specimens.

Station 76.

One of these specimens is comparatively well preser-
ved, it is, indeed, the best preserved specimen I ever
saw of this form. The meridional vessels are distinct
(in all other specimens, which I have examined, they
are quite indiscernable); they are strongly folded, so that
I thought at first to see here the proliferations observed
by Mertens. There can, however, be no doubt that the
folds are simply due to the contraction on preservation.
The locality is in the Labrador Stream.

2. Pleurobrachia pileus (O. Fr. Miill.).
(43° 18’ N., 51° 17’ W. 3% 1910).

1. Surface; 1 m. net, 11 specimens.
3. 100 m. wire; 1 m. net, 4 specimens.

8 300 — young fish trawl; 8 specimens.
2. (44° 30’ N., 51° 15’ W. '/7 1910).

3. 30—0O m., 1 m. net, 16 specimens.
. (06° 15’ N., 8° 28” W. 4/s 1910).

3. 50 m. wire; young fish trawl; 1 specimen.
. (60° 57’ N., 4° 38’ W. %/s—%/s 1910).

22. 1 m. net; surface; 1 specimen.

3/g — 200 m. wire; 2 specimens.

Station 71.

The specimens are upon the whole very well preserved,
so that there ean scarcely be any doubt of the determination.
The species Pleurobrachia brunnea recently described by
A. G. Mayer?) from the coast of New Jersey appears not
to be among them; to be sure, it will probably always
be very difficult to discern the most prominent of the
specific characters of this species, viz. the terminal knob
of the tentacles, in preserved specimens; but the shape
and colour of the specimens does not suit to Pl. brunnea.
The captures of the “Michael Sars’ of Pl. pileus do
not appear to me to warrant any eonclusion regarding
its bathymetrical distribution.

3. Beroé cucumis Fabricius

(45° 26’ N., 9° 20/ W. 1%/s—?1/s 1910).

300 m. wire; yong fish trawl, 2 fine, medium sized
specimens.

6. 1 m. silknet; 100 m. wire out; 3 small specimens.

7. 1 m. silknet; 200 m. wire‘ 2 small, badly preserved
specimens.

(28° 2’ N., 14° 17' W. 23/s—*4/s 1910).

Young fish trawl; 900 m. wire; 2 very badly preserved
small specimens. (The identification not beyond doubt).
(29° 6' N., 25° 2’ W. */e 1910).

24. 1 m. silknet; 270 m. wire out; 1 small, badly preserved

Station 10.

— 42.

— 49.

specimen.
1) A. G. Mayer: Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast of North
America. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Washington, No. 162. 1912.

Station 53.

90.

a.

. (56° 53’ N., 29° 47’ W.

. (48° 18’ N., 51° 17” W.

. (48° 47 N., 32° 25” W.

(384° 59’ N., 33° 1/7 W. 8/e—%/s 1910).
32. Young fish trawl; 600 m. wire; 1 small. poorly preserved
specimen.
42. Young fish trawl; 1600 m. wire; 1 medium sized
specimen.
45. Bottom net; 2100 m. wire; 1 small specimen.
o4. Young fish trawl; 1600 m. wire. Fragment of a large
specimen.
V0/g—11/g 1910).
2. Silknet; surface; 1 large specimen.
Young fish trawl; 300 m. wire; 1 large specimen.

. (86° 0’ N., 43° 58’ W. 2/6 1910).

16. 3 m. silknet; 4500—1500 m. wire; 1 small specimen.
22. 3 m. silknet; 1356—450 m. wire; 1 large specimen.

4, (34° 44’ N., 47° 52’ W. 24/6 1910).

34. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 2 medium sized
specimens.

50. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 1 small, badly
preserved specimen.

>? 3m. net; 3000 m. wire; 1 large, badly preserved
specimen.

30/, 1910).

1. 1 m. net; surface; several small specimens.

3. 1 m. net; 100 m. wire; 1 medium sized specimen.

= (ite WIN, 472 67 We 9/7) 1910):

1 m. net; 50—O m.; 1 medium sized specimen.

. (AT? 347 N., 43° 11’ W. "/7 1910).

18. 3 m. net; 3000, 2500, 2000 m. wire; 1 large specimen.
(48° 2’ N., 39° 55’ W. 12/7 1910).

16. 1 m. net; surface; 1 medium sized specimen.

27. */s m. silknet; 2500 m. wire; 1 small, badly preserved
specimen; the determination not quite certain.

33. 3 m. net; 3000 m. wire; 1 medium sized specimen.

. (48° 24’ N., 36° 53’ W. 13/7 1910).

13. °/s m. net; 1500 m. wire;
determination not quite certain).
38. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 1 small, badly
preserved specimen.

1 small specimen. (The

15/7 1910).
21a. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 1 large specimen.
37 Young fish trawl; 3000 m. wire; 1 small specimen.

. (46° 48’ N., 27° 46’ W. ‘7/7 1910).

lla. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 1 large specimen.

. (45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W. 18/7 1910).

17. °/s m. net; 1500 m. wire; 1 medium sized specimen.
(46° 58’ N., 19° 6’ W. 2!/7 1910).
23. 3/4 m. net; 1500 m. wire; 1 medium sized specimen.

. (48° 29’ N., 13° 55’ W. 24/7 1910).

41. Young fish trawl; 1000 m. wire. 1 medium sized
specimen.

(56° 33’ N., 9° 30’ W. °/s 1910).

31. 3 m. net; 1500 m. wire; 1-large and 1 small specimen.

35. 1 m. silk net; surface; 1 medium sized specimen.

. (57° 4 N,, 11° 48’ W. 7/s 1910).

20. Young fish trawl; 2000 m. wire; 1 small specimen.

. (60° 57’ N., 4° 38' W. %/s 1910).

3. 3m. net; 1500 m. wire;
5. Young fish trawl; 1000
preserved specimens.
6. %/s m. silk net;

sized specimen.

36. 1 m. net; 100 m. wire.

5 medium sized specimens.
m. wire; 2 small, badly
1400 m. wire; 1 small, 1 medium

1 small specimen.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IIl.]

CTENOPHORA. 9

The rather considerable number of catches of this
species shows that it is found all over the Atlantic—a
result which is, however, by no means surprising, in view
of the fact that it has a cosmopolitan distribution. That
the species was not taken in the open Atlantic by the
Plankton-Expedition may probably be due to the appara-
tus used by that Expedition.

Concerning the bathymetrical distribution the catches
of the “Michael Sars’ do not give any reliable results.
The number of specimens taken is not nearly large enough
to warant conclusions from the differential catches. When
there is f. i. one specimen in the surface haul and 2
specimens in the haul with 1500 m. wire, there is not
at all sufficient evidence that the two latter have not
been taken also at the surface.

4. Beroé Forskali M. Edw.

(45> 267 N.| 25> 45° W. 18/7 1910.)
41. 1 m. net; 200 m. wire; 1 large
specimen.

Station 88.

The specimen is in a rather fragmentary condition,
but otherwise so well preserved, that the determination
is beyound doubt.

In the ‘“Ingolf’ Ctenophora (p. 92) I expressed my
conviction that this species would prove to occur also in
the Atlantic, not only in the Mediterranean and the Indo-
Pacific Oceans, from which it was hitherto alone recorded.
That my suggestion was correct, is definitely proved
herewith, while the two Atlantic localities given in the
work quoted could not put the matter beyond doubt,
being founded on old, poorly preserved specimens, which
could not be identified with full certainty. Otherwise the
species is now seen to be abundant also in the West
India Sea and along the U. S. Atlantic coast, as far North
as Chesapeake Bay. I conclude this from A. G. Mayer’s
statement of Beroé ovata in his “Ctenophores of the
Atlantic Coast of North America” (p. 51). It is evident
that the species which he designates as Beroé ovata is
the same as Beroé Forskali. When A. G. Mayer thus
maintains Beroé ovata as distinct from B. cucumis, while
I], in my contemporaneously with his work published
“Ingolf’ Ctenophora, maintain that B. ovata cannot be
distinguished from B. cucumis, these two statements are
tealy not contradictory, because the B. ovata of A. G.
Mayer is quite a different species from that called by
that name by Cuun and other workers, viz. B. Forskali,
which nobody would think of confounding with B. cucumis.

Explanation of the Plate I.

Aulacoctena acuminata Mrtsn.
Figs. 1—4 photographs by Docent R. H. Stamm; figs. 5—12 drawn by the author.

1. Large specimen, seen from the sagittal side. '°/1.

The same specimen, seen from the tentacular side. A thin glass tube has been laid into the lateral furrow, in order to make it

more distinctly seen in the photograph. The grass tube is seen in the upper half. The oral slit is a little widened. 15/1.

3. Small specimen, seen from the sagittal side. 19/1. 2

4. Fragment of a large specimen upper part, opened so as to show the folds of the pharynx; the lateral processes from the tentacular

bases are seen, also the apical invagination, in the slightly widened bottom of which lies the apical organ. Along the sides are

seen the proliferations from the subtransversal meridional vessels along the wall of the lateral furrow. 13/1.

The same fragment as fig. 4, somewhat more dissected. The upper part of the pharynx is filled out by the large sagittal folds;

below these some proliferations from the pharyngeal vessels are seen in the pharyngeal wall. Between the openings of the subsagittal

adradial vessels (0. adr. v.) is seen the oesophagus with the thickened inner lips. ap. apical organ; inf. infundibulum; inv. apical

invagination; |. pr. lateral process from the tentacle basis; ph. v. pharyngeal vessel; pr. proliferations from the subtransversal meridional

vessels; s. w. side wall of the body: t. b. tentacle basis; t. sh. tentacle sheath. 3/1.

6. Lower end of the pharynx. ph. v. pharyngeal vessel, pr. proliferations from the subtransversal vessels; s. t. v. subtramsverse
meridional vessel; s. w. side wall of the body; t. sh. tentacular sheath. 3/1.

7. Tentacular basis, seen from the outside. adr. v. adradial vessel; 1. pr. lateral process from the tentacle basis; o. tr. v. opening of
the transverse vessel; ph.v. pharyngeal vessel; pr. ar. proliferation from the adradial vessel; t. sh. tentacular sheath. 1/1.

ic)

on

8. Proliferations from subtransverse meridional vessel, along the wall of the lateral furrow. *%/1.
9. Terminal knob of the tentacle. '%/1.

10—11. Colloblasts. “99/1.

12. Muscle fibre with protoplasmic swellings. 79/,.

Rep. of the ‘Michael Sars” North Atlant, Deep-Sea Exped. 1910, Vol. III. Ctenophora. Pl. I

6. :

Fig. 1—4 R. H. Stamm phot., 5—12 Th. Mortensen del.

— = _——— ale 7 — re

i
.
= ’
~ - ~
. 3
» +
*
2 ’ re 5

minh

,

e 3
a =:
* $
ras ~ x
=. ea + “ <
= mel
+ -
. f
= o ‘
=a Es ; : ‘
ae: ze ,
5 A ‘
fig. = - 4 ‘
aie Fe ;
Tame a fae
ete : as
Ser Sgt y >
‘ i {
rv - *
ee z *
ac : a
¢ i 7 U (1
AL i i i
: f ; i
f -
w
S *
- ‘ u
} i £
te 4 :
t
iy
rs - 3

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS

FROM THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

AUGUST BRINKMANN

WITH 2 PLATES

Introduction.

It is now forty years since the first pelagic nemerteans
were brought to light during the voyage of the “Chal-
lenger’, and although new finds have subsequently been
made by various other expeditions, notably that of the
“Valdivia”, the material has throughout been but scanty
in amount, and only partly available for thorough investi-
gation. With regard to this peculiar animal group there-
fore, interesting as it is from the point of view of general
zoology on account of the remarkable transformations
occasioned by the need of adaptation to pelagic life, our
knowledge is still irregular and incomplete in the extreme.
It has even, in several cases, been found quite impos-
sible to identify species previously described, owing to
the superficial character of the original descriptions.

The “Michael Sars” expedition brought home a
very rich amount of material of this group, for the most
part in a good state of preservation; this materiel has
since been placed at my disposal by the Norwegian
Director of Fisheries, Dr. Johan Hjort, who was in
command of the expedition, conjointly with Sir John
Murray.

I had then already, some ten years before, com-
menced the study of the pelagic nemerteans, specimens
of which I had received from several Danish expeditions,
and in course of the work other collections came to
hand. It was the material from the “Michael Sars”
however, which rendered it possible to make a thorough
investigation into the taxonomy, distribution and anatomical
structure of this group.

Bergen, June 1915.

Any work dealing with nemerteans must necessarily
be based upon highly detailed treatment of the subject
by means of serial sections, and should, moreover, if it is
to prove of real value to subsequent investigators, include
exhaustive descriptions, supplemented, as regards anatomy,
by a great amount of illustrative matter. Such a method
of proceeding would however, in the present instance,
involve a demand for space altogether transcending the
limits assigned to this chapter in the report of the expe-
dition, and disproportionate to the small number of species
treated; the scope of the work has here therefore been
very essentially curtailed. The plan now adopted, after
consultation with the Editor, Dr. Hyjort, is to give a
fairly detailed diagnosis of all new or little-known species,
with a statement of their respective geographical distri-
bution as indicated by the material. The entire subject
will thereafter be treated at length, with the requisite
illustrations, in a separate monograph on the pelagic
nemerteans shortly to be issued among the publications
of the Bergen Museum. In this latter work will be found
the full explanation of the classification also employed in
the present report, a system based upon a number of species
over and above those here concerned, and, in the case
of several species, upon a considerably greater number
of specimens than furnished by the expedition.

With regard to the terminology employed, it will
suffice to mention that this is in all essentials identical
with that formulated by Btirger (3) in his monograph on
the nemerteans.

Aug. Brinkmann.

HOPLONEMERTINI

Hubrecht 1879.

Surface epithelium in single layer. Two layers
of musculature in the body wall. Mouth opening
in front of or below the brain. Intestine straight.
Intestinal cecum and diverticula developed. Nerve
system in the parenchyma. Cerebral organs — if
present — separate from the brain. Proboscis
with a highly developed armature. Blood lacune
lacking.

MON OSTI Li FERA nov. subordo.

Hoplonemerteans with one stylet on the stylet
basis.

PO LYSTILIFERA nov. subordo.

Hoplonemerteans with several stylets on the
stylet basis.

Reptan tia nov. tribus.

Polystilifera living on the bottom. Cerebral
and nephridial organs and diverticula on the pro-
boscis sheath developed.

Pelagica nov. tribus.

Pelagic polystilifera. Cerebral and nephridial
Organs, diverticula on the proboscis sheath and
metameral transverse vessels lacking. & sexual
glands confined to the head region.

Bathynemertid@ nov. fam.

Medium sized pelagic nemerteans. Body not
particularly broad and only slightly flattened.
Hinder end without caudal fin. Stomach and
intestinal cecum large. The intestinal diverticula
with ventral branch; between this and the dorsal
are placed the lateral nerve and blood vessel. The
muscular system of the body wall much reduced.
The muscular wall of the proboscis sheath consists
of interwoven circular and longitudinal muscle
fibres.

Bathynemertes nov. gen.

Body tapered at both ends. Mouth and pro-
boscis pore united. The proboscis sheath extends
throughout the whole length of the body. Many
eggs are developed in-the ovaries.

Bathynemertes Hubrechti nov. sp.
(Plate I, Fig. 5.)

As shown in the figure, the shape of the body in
this species is only slighthly affected by the pelagic con-
ditions, there being still considerable resemblance to the
Drepanophorus species of the bottom, from which all
known pelagic nemerteans are derived.

Length 56 mm. greatest breadth 10 mm. greatest
thickness 5.6 mm. The surface epithelium slightly, the
basement layer very strongly developed.

The tip of the snout forms a funnel-shaped depres-
sion at the bottom of which lies the proboscis pore, the
mouth opening being a broad transverse fissure in the
ventral wall of the funnel. An cesophagus being absent,
the mouth opening leads directly into the stomach which
is developed to an unusual degree with highly folded
walls, permitting a considerable expansion; its length is
about 3 mm. Behind the brain it leads gradually into
the pyloric tube which is no less than 8 mm. long.

The intestine is narrow, and furnished with about
40 pairs of large lateral pouches or diverticula which
are highly ramified, the ramification proceeding from a
dorsal and a ventral main branch. The intestinal cecum
is well developed: it has a length of 8 mm. and is fur-
nished with five pairs of diverticula, likewise highly ramified.

The proboscis is surprisingly strong, but relatively
short, its length not exceeding that of the body. Its wall
contains 29 proboscidial nerves. Structure of the stylet
apparatus as in Drepanophorus. The rhynchodeum is
very short; the proboscis sheath however, may be found
extending right out into the point of the tail. The muscu-
lature in the wall consists of a network of interwoven
circular and longitudinal fibres, exactly as in Drepano-
phorus.

The specimen in question is a young ? with ovaries
not yet fully developed; they lie between the pouches of

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS. 5

the intestine in a single row on either side of the pro-
boscis sheath, commencing in the cecal region. The ovaries
open to the exterior on the outer side of the lateral
nerve. A considerable number of eggs are developed in
each of the ovaries.

abitat-wste 92s (ata 48029 ONE long 13) 957 W,)
°8__?4/-, 2000 metres depth (3000 metres of wire). *)

Plotonemertes nov. gen.

Forepart of the body thickened toaclub-shape.
Mouth and proboscis pore separate. Muscles fol-
lowing the lateral nerve lacking. The male has a
large double integumental glandular organ on the
under side of the tail.

Plotonemertes adhzrens nov. sp.
(Plate I, Figs. 9—10.)

This species is likewise based upon a single speci-
men. As will be seen from Fig. 9, the shape of the body
differs from that in Bathynemertes by the club-shaped
thickening of the forepart; the proboscis is unusually thick,
owing to the presence of a highly developed exterior
basement layer, a character which renders the species
easily distinguishable. The male is further easily recog-
nised by the large double integumental glandular organ
on the under side of the tail, some idea of which may
be obtained from Fig. 10. Judging from the structure
of the organ it can be pushed out, and the enormous
glandular apparatus would appear to indicate that it is
an adhesive organ, probably used to grip the female
during fecundation.

The species is somewhat smaller than Bathynemertes,
length 30 mm., greatest breadth 9 mm., greatest thick-
ness 4 mm.

The muscle layers of the body wall are highly reduced,
this being especially the case with the circular layers,
but the longitudinal musculature is also very thin laterally.

The mouth opening lies very close to the terminal
proboscis pore, being however distinctly separated from
it. Oesophagus lacking. Stomach well developed, its
length together with that of the pyloric tube making in
all 4.75 mm. The intestine narrow but furnished with
over 50 pairs of large and highly ramificated diverticula.
The well-developed intestinal cecum has 6 pairs of
diverticula.

The proboscis is more than twice as long as the
animal itself; its maximal thickness is about 2 mm. In its
wall are 27 proboscideal nerves; the stylet apparatus
developed as in Bathynemertes. The proboscis sheath is
likewise similar in structure to that of the species men-

1) The question of depth as estimated from length of wire is
further discussed on p. 10.

tioned, but does not extend to the hindmost quarter of
the body. !

Save for the lack of metamerical commissures bet-
ween the lateral and the dorso-median vessel, the vascular
system exhibits but one peculiartty, a short, median vessel
extending from the dorsal anastomose of the lateral vessels
in the tail, into which the dorso-median vessel opens,
out to the extreme point of the tail.

The lateral nerves are connected by numerous ventral
transverse anastomoses.

The specimen in question is a young male. The
testicles form an almost regular row in the head on either
side of the proboscis sheath; the one row contained 8,
the other 11, opening ventrally.

Habitat; St. 80 (Lat. 47° 34' N; long. 43° 11’ W.)
1/7, 2000 metres depth (3000 metres of wire).

Pendonemertes nov. gen.

Body thickening to a club-shape at the fore
end, the hinder end somewhat applanated. Mouth
and proboscis pore separate. Muscles following
the lateral nerve well developed’). The proboscis
sheath does not extend to the rear half of the
body. Only few eggs are developed in the ovaries.

Pendonemertes Levinseni nov. sp.
(Plate I, Fig. 4).

The “Michael Sars* expedition brought home two
specimens of this form, which is of especial interest,
since the species — or at any rate the genus to which
it belongs — must be regarded as the original form of
a closely related series, the families of Pelagonemertide
and Armaueriide.

The shape of the body is still but very slightly dif-
ferent from the Drepanophorus species of the bottom;
the fore part is almost circular in section, the hinder end
somewhat flattened, though not forming any caudal fin.

The dimensions of the two specimens were as follows:

Length. Greatest breadth. Greatest thickness. Length of prob. sheath.
] 26mm. 6 4 13
I BO. 5 3.0 11

The musculature of the body wall is here also highly
reduced, even the longitudinal muscle layer being later-
ally almost entirely lacking.

The stomach is well developed, leading close behind
the brain into the pyloric tube, the two sections together
making up a length of 3.6 mm.

The intestine has between 30 and 40 pairs of diver-
ticula; here again they are, with the exception of the

1) These muscles were first designed by Biirger (6) under the
name of “Seitenstammuskel’” as found by him in Balaenanemertes
chuni.

6 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

[REP. OF THE ,MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

caudal region, ramifying out from a dorsal and a ventral
main branch. The intestinal cecum has three pairs of
diverticula.

The proboscis resembles in structure that of the
Plotonemertes but is considerably thinner; 16 proboscideal
nerves are developed. The stylet apparatus is developed
as in the remaining members of the family.

The proboscis sheath terminates at the limit between
the fore and hinder portion of the body, its muscular layers
are interwoven as in the forms previously described.
From this musculature a strong muscle extends on either
side, commencing in the cerebral region close behind the
ventral_ commissure of the brain and running close to
the lateral nerve of the respective side, following it to
the tail.

The vascular system in this species exhibits the same
peculiarity as in the case of Plotonemertes, with a similar
blind vessel terminating in the extreme end of the tail
and running from the posterior surface of the caudal
commissure.

The lateral nerve stems are situate far up in the
parenchyma.

Both the specimens were female, with from 20— 24
pairs of ovaries situate between the diverticula of the
intestine and opening ventrally just outside the lateral
nerves. In each ovary, only two, or in exceptional cases
three, eggs are developed; these reach, however, a con-
siderable size.

Habitat; St. 25 (Lat. 35° 46’ N; long 8° 16’ W.) °/s,
1000 metres depth (1500 metres of wire).

St. 94 (Lat. 50° 13’ N; long. 11° 23’ W.) 7%/;, 1000
metres depth (1500 metres of wire).

Planktonemertid@ uov. fam.

Medium-sized pelagic nemerteans. Body very
broad and more or less flattened. The diverticula
of the intestine and intestinal cecum commonly
with ventral branch, in any case always highly
tamified. Circular and longitudinal musculature
in the proboscis sheath interwoven. Musculature
of the body wall highly reduced.

The typical genus of the family is Planktonemertes
Woodworth (21); is is not represented in the material.

Crassonemertes nov. gen.

Body very broad and thick. Tail short, some-
what flattened and sharphy distinct from the body.
Mouth and proboscis pore separate but situate
very close together. Vascular and nerve commis-
sure immediately in/front of anus. The proboscis
sheath extends into the tail.

Crassonemertes robusta nov. sp.
(Plate I, Fig. 8.)

This species, with its remarkably heavy form, is
represented by a single female specimen.

The animal in question, which had been preserved
in formalin, was yellowish white and entirely opaque.

Length 25 mm. greatest breadth 10 mm. greatest thick-
ness 4.5 mm.

Musculature of the body wall so reduced as to be
of probably but little importance for swimming. The
species should in all likelihood be considered as princi-
pally a floating organism.

Stomach highly developed — it had been forced
somewhat out of the mouth opening by process of fixation;
vide Fig. 8, Pl. I. — passing over behind the brain into
the pyloric tube, the latter 6 mm. long.

The intestine fairly broad at the fore end, but quite
narrow at the rear; it forms some 40 pairs of diverticula
which are ramified to a quite unusual degree and so
closely adjacent one to another that the ramifications
appear interwoven. The intestinal cecum is furnished
with at least five pairs of diverticula, likevise highly
ramified, the ramification throughout emanating from a
dorsal and a ventral main branch.

Proboscis of about the same length as the body.
The stylet basis is bent almost to a right angle and
furnished with at least 10 stylets. Some 20—21 probos-
cideal nerves are developed.

The proboscis sheath terminates 2 mm. in front of
the anus; the musculature in its wall consists of inter-
woven bundles of circular and longitudinal fibres.

The rhynchodeum is short, opening at the base of
a depression in the epithelium, this depression, however,
is not so large as to include the mouth, as is the case
with Bathynemertes and Planktonemertes. The vascular
system here exhibits the same original features as in
Bathynemertes, the caudal commissure being situate far
out at the tip of the tail.

Ovaries to the number of 35 pairs are developed,
being still quite young and forming elongated sacs on the
outer side of the lateral nerves with the dorsal portion
curving in over the latter. Numerous young egg cells
were found in the ovaries, and a considerable number
of eggs are doubtless developed in each ovary.

Habitat: St. 101 (Lat. 57° 41’ N; long. 11° 48’ W)
“7/5, abt. 1666 metres depth (2500 metres of wire).

Burgeriellid@ uov. fam.

Body broad but relatively slightly flattened.
The intestinal diverticula highly reduced in num-
ber, projecting from the intestine at considerable

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS. 7

intervals. Ramification of the diverticula altog-
ether extreme. The muscle layers of the proboscis
Sheath are arranged in an inner layer of circular,
and an outer one of longitudinal fibres.

Burgeriella nov. gen.

Characters of family.

Burgeriella notabilis uv. sp.
(Plate I, Figs. 6—7.)

It has been found necessary to institute a new family
for this highly peculiar form, of which unfortunately only
a single specimen (male) is known; it is doubtless derived
from forms such as the Planktonemertide, but cannot be
included in this group, differing therefrom in particular as
regards the structure of the intestine and of the proboscis
sheath.

Unfortunately, nothing is known as to the appearance
of the animal in a living state: judging from that of the
specimen preserved in formalin, however (Plate I, Fig. 6)
it would seem likely that it is then quite transparent, which
would render the intestine even more conspicous. From
the habitus figure it will be seen that the extreme and
remarkable ramification of the intestine renders this form
immediately distinguishable from all other nemerteans.

Biirgeriella is a very imposing form among pelagic
nemerteans, and is in point of size only surpassed by
species of the genus Dinonemertes.

Length 52 mm. greatest breadth 15 mm. greatest
thickness 4 mm.

The muscular layers of the body wall are thin, the
parenchyma however, being highly developed.

The mouth and proboscis pore are distinctly separate.
(Esophagus lacking. The stomach remarkably short, narrow
and capable of only slight expansion; at a distance of
only 1 mm. behind the mouth-opening it leads into a
narrow pyloric tube about 6 mm. long.

The intestine is narrow, and furnished at intervals
with slender but highly ramified diverticula; here also
the ramification proceeds from a dorsal and a ventral
main branch; these secondary ramifications however, dif-
fer from those observed in other nemerteans in being
long, slender, and frequently branching off again. The
diverticula being placed at relatively considerable distance
one from another, they are further developed to a high
degree of ramification on their anterior and posterior
surfaces, so that each diverticulum forms a large arboriform
appendix to the intestine, not, however, extending so far
as to occasion any interweaving of the branches with
those from the adjacent stems.

The intestinal cecum is furnished with 6 pairs of
diverticula, which are ramified in the same manner as the

remaining diverticula, but are, however, somewhat smaller
than these. (Plate I, Fig. 7).

The proboscis is slightly longer than the body. The
Stylet apparatus does not differ from the type commonly
found among pelagic nemerteans. 21 proboscidedl nerves
are developed.

The proboscis sheath terminates 5 mm. from the hin-
der end; its wall is comparatively thin, and the structure
different from that found in all other pelagic nemerteans,
inasmuch as the layer of circular muscle fibres is situate
on the inner side of the longitudinal layer.

The lateral nerve stems extend far into the paren-
chyma, lying between the dorsal and ventral branch of
the intestinal diverticula. Beneath the intestine they form
strong transverse anastomoses in the parenchyma, in ad-
dition to which several transverse anastomoses were found
dorsally and ventrally between the circular and longi-
tudinal muscle layers of the body wall, originating in
nerve branches from the lateral nerves.

At the fore end of the body, 6 pairs of testicles are
developed (Plate I, Fig. 7), and are here not arranged
metamerically, but more or less displaced, the testicular
region being, approximately shaped like a horse-shoe.

The discharge ducts are of greatly varying length,
leading to external apertures roughly arranged in two
groups close behind the brain; only the apertures from
the hindmost testicles are somewhat nearer the caudal
region. The testicular wall contains a layer of circular
musculature.

Habitat: St. 92 (Lat. 48° 29’ N; long. 13° j55/ We)
28__°4/- depth abt. 1333 metres (2000 metres of wire).

Dinonemertid2 uov. fam.

Pelagic nemerteans of frequently considerable
size. Body broad and flattened. A caudal fin is
developed by extreme flattening of the tail. Mouth
and proboscis pore distinctly separate. The diverti-
cula of the intestine very numerous, with but little
or no ramification; the ventral branch always rudi-
mentary or altogether lacking. Testicles in two
single rows in the head, at times greatly reduced
in number.

Dinonemertes Laidlaw 1906.

Large species. Body broad and flattened, but
relatively thick owing to high developement of
the parenchyma. Mouth opening situate in front
of brain. The diverticula of the intestine vithout
lateral ramification. The brain centrally situated.
The proboscis sheath does not extend into the
rear third of the body. The muscle layers in the
wall of the proboscis sheath separate, not inter-
woven.

8 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

(REP, OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Dinonemertes investigatoris Laidlaw 1906.
(Plate I, Figs. 1—8).
Synonyms:
Dinonemertes investigatoris Laidlaw 1906 (14).
Dinonemertes investigatoris Brinkmann 1912 (in Murray and Hjort
(18) p. 577).

Prior to the return of the “Michael Sars“ with the
material collected, this species, a giant form among pelagic
nemerteans, was only known from the type specimen taken
during the cruise of the “Investigator” near the Laccadive
Islands, and briefly described by Laidlaw.

Had not this description been accompanied by a good
habitus figure, it would hardly have been possible to
recognise the species: by the aid of this however, and
with the further assistance of a series of sections kindly
placed at my disposal by Mr. Laidlaw, I was able to
identify as belonging thereto a couple of specimens from
the material of the “Michael Sars“, both female, the
one fullgrown, the other young.

The very considerable size of the species will be seen
from the following measurements:

Length. Greatest breadth. Greatest thickness.
1 203 mm. 56 15
WE MO 23 7

Figs. 1 and 2 (Plate I) give a good idea of the form,
remarkable for its enormous breadth in proportion to the
length, the parallel sides, and the marked flattening of
the tail, which forms a true caudal fin. The difference
in shape of the fore part of the body as between the grown
and the younger specimen (Plate I, Fig. 3) is due to the
fact that the latter has cast its proboscis, and that the
thyncocoel has been emptied of the rhyncocoelomic fluid,
causing a contraction of the head.

With regard to appearance in a living state, it is
stated that the animal is transparent, with the intestine a
bright red. As will be seen from the figures, the trans-
parency has been lost in these specimens which were
preserved in formalin, the intestine being only visible
through the thinner caudal region.

An examination of the anatomical structure having
been made, the results may be briefly summed up as follows:

The muscle layers of the body wall are but very
sligthly developed in comparision with the considerable
size of the animal; this is especially the case with the
circular layers which nowhere exceed 0.05 mm. in thick-
ness. The longitudinal musculature can, in the median
region dorsally and ventrally, attain a thickness of 0.5 mm.;
laterally, both layers are very thin. Between these layers
are interposed a few scattered bundles of diagonal mus-
culature.

The mouth opening is situate subterminally; the
oesophagus is lacking. The stomach and pyloric tube,
which have no exact mutual limit, have, in the larger

specimen, an aggregate length of 14 mm., which is
relatively short. The stomach is however, capacious, and
its wall so folded as to permit a high degree of expansion.

The intestine is narrow, and furnished with about 70
pairs of diverticula, these lacking altogether the ramifi-
cations so frequently encountered in other pelagic nemer-
teans; the only indication of such development — notice-
able moreover in the forepart of the body alone — is a
slight pouch-like protrusion on the dorsal side, to some
degree overlapping the edge of the rhynchocoel, and an
extremely attenuated rudiment of a ventral branch.

The intestinal caecum is short, and furnished with three
pairs of diverticula, the foremost originating terminally.

The structure of the proboscis resembles in essentials
that common to the remaining pelagic nemerteans; its
length is about twice that of the body. The stylet basis
is strongly curved, and armed with numerous stylets. At
least 30 proboscideal nerves are developed. The proboscis
pore is situated terminally, leading into a short rhyn-
chodeum. The proboscis sheath, extending out from
this, is likewise short, reaching only to within the middle
third of the body. The circular musculature of the proboscis
sheath is strongly developed and forms a layer in the
outer portion of which the longitudinal musculature lies
enclosed, not however, as interwoven bundles, but forming
a distinct thin layer by itself. This does not altogether
apply to the extreme fore-part in the cerebral region,
where the arrangement more resembles that found in the
Drepanophorus.

The vascular system exhibits various peculiarities. The
mediodorsal vessel forms a small net of anastomosing bran-
ches as it passes through the wall of the proboscis sheath;
they reunite however, immediately after passing through,
and form again a single, undivided vessel. Metameral
vascular anastomoses are lacking. The most remarkable
feature in the vascular system is however the course of
the lateral vessels. These run, in other forms — excepting
only such complications as may arise in the nephridial
region — straight down through the sides of the animal,
following the lateral nerves, whereas in the present species
they are intricately intertwined, forming a close mass of
loops, partly surrounding the ovaries, and again extending
up between or. even above the intestinal diverticula. Exa-
mination has shown conclusively that no anastomoses are
formed between the loops. The importance of this peculiar
arrangement doubtless lies in the fact that it provides a
means of conveying to the ovaries a sufficient quantity of
nutriment during the development of the eggs, which are
exceptionally large; this explanation is supported, iter
alia, by the circumstance that the loops increase con-
siderably both in number and size with the growth of
the animal.

ingplil

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS. 9

There are about 50 pairs of ovaries, each forming
a large curved organ, and containing, when fully deve-
loped, some 6—8 eggs, which attain a size of no less
than 2.5 mm.

Habitat:

The type specimen!) was taken east of the Lacca-
dives, (Lat. 12° 2’ N; long. 73° 46’ E) at a depth of 1154
fathoms. The implement used was a bottom trawl, the
individual was however doubtless taken during the hauling
up; both the specimens from the “Michael Sars” are cer-
tainly pelagic. These latter were taken at St. 81 (Lat.
A8° 2’ N; long. 39° 55’ W), on the 17/7 1910, and St. 64
(Lat. 34° 44’ N; long. 47°, 52’ W) on the *#/6. 1910, depth
2000 metres (3000 metres of wire). The horizontal area
of distribution is thus extensive, the species having been
found both in the Indian Ocean and in the Atlantic.

Nectonemertidz (Verrill 1892) Brinkmann emend.

Slender, small to medium sized forms, with
almost parallel sides. The body relatively small
and only sligtly flattened. The hinder end is
shaped intoahigly developed caudal fin narrowing
at the root. The diverticula of the intestine lack
ventral ‘branch. The male, when mature, has a
pair of large lateral tentacles a little beyond the
fore end.

Nectonemertes Verrill 1892 (partim).

Syn. Hyalonemertes Verrill 1892.

Characters of the family.

Nectonemertes mirabilis Verril! 1892.
(Plate II, Figs. 14—22).

Synonyms:

. mirabilis Verrill 1892 (20).

. mirabilis Birger 1895, 1904, 1905. (3, 4, 5).

. mirabilis Coe 1905 (7).

. Grimaldi Joubin 1904, 1906 (12, 13).

. pelagica Cravens & Heath 1907 (8).

. Japonica Foshay 1912 (9).

2 Hyalonemertes atlaritica Verrill 1892 (20). \

Hyalonemertes atlantica Birger 1895, 1904, 1905 (3, 4, 5).

o& 2 Nectonemertes mirabilis Brinkmann 1912, 1915 (1, 2).
Nectonemertes mirabilis Brinkmann in Murray and Hjort, 1912(18).

non; N. mirabilis and H. atlantica Birger 1907 (1912) (6).

s22222

From the list of synonyms given above?) it will be
seen that my view as to this species differs essentially

1) Laidlaw states that this was a male. On examining his sec-
tion series, however I found it to be a female with eggs almost mature.

*) In the preliminary survey of the more prominent species among
the material, (in Murray & Hjort p. 577) I mentioned N. lobata Joubin
as synonymous with N. mirabilis. Closer investigation subsequently
showed this to be erroneous; the form belongs to the genus Balena-
nemertes Birger (6).

BRINKMANN — 2

from those of previous writers. This may be explained
by the fact of my having had so large a quantity of
material to deal with, comprising no less that 82 spe-
cimens from the present expedition alone.

First of all, with regard to Verrill’s two “species”, a
perusal of the works quoted shows that of N. mirabilis
16 specimens are known, all being males, while H. at-
lantica is represented by two individuals, both female.
The only noteworthy difference Verrill has been able to
demonstrate as between the two “species’’ — apart from
the difference of sex — is the existence of the two lateral
tentacles which characterise the former. An examination
of the “Michael Sars” material from this point of view
revealed the fact that all specimens with tentacles were
male, all others with genital organs so far developed as
to be visible through a magnifying glass, being female.

As long as only 16 and 2 specimens respectively
were known, it was of course permissible to regard the
peculiar distribution of the sexes as possibly accidental;
when, however, the same was found to be the case with
the 82 from the ,Michael Sars“ the accident theory was
no longer tenable and another had to be sought. And in
my opinion, the true explanation is that we have here
to deal with males and females of one and the same
species.

This hypothesis is strongly supported by the fact
that the tentacles exhibit a series of gradual stages af
developement from young to full-grown specimens (Plate II,
Figs.. 16—22); it is advanced to a certainty by the fact
that I have succeeded in demonstrating that the develop-
ment of the tentacles progresses simultaneously with that
of the testicles. Further confirmation is moreover afforded
by the fact that a like secondary sexual difference can be
shown to exist in two other species of the same genus.

N. mirabilis has been very closely investigated by
Cravens and Heath; the specimens which they found
to differ from-Verrill’s first description, and which they
therefore placed under the new species N. pelagica have
all been found to fall within the range of variability of
the present species; the same applies to N. Grimaldi
Joubin, as also N. japonica Foshay.

Thorough demonstration of this will be found in the
monograph on pelagic nemerteans by the present writer; ')
it will here suffice to indicate the area of distribution of
the species, as evidenced by the finds made by the
»Michael Sars“.

The specimens of N. mirabilis hitherto known were
taken at widely different localities, Verrill found it off the
east coast of North America, Cravens and Heath off the
west coast of Calilornia, Joubin off the west coast of
Europe, while Foshay brought it from Japan. The species

1) Vi de Introduction.

10 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

{REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

thus appears to be of very considerable horizontal distri-
bution. The “Michael Sars” investigations show it as
extending throughout great areas of the North Atlantic,
being, however, of most common occurrence in the western
half of that sea.

As to the depth at which N. mirabilis lives, this has
up to now been an entirely open question. Verrill (20)
writes “whether they occurred at the surface or near the
bottom I am unable to say;“ he considers the form as
pelagic, but bases his opinion merely upon its shape and
structure, which he very correctly notes as highly adapted
to pelagic life. Joubin (12) succeeded in showing that
the animal really was pelagic, but neither he nor subse-
quent investigators have been able to say anything as to
the depths at which it lived.

The “Michael Sars“ expedition has now, thanks
to the thoroughness of the methods there introduced
by Dr. Hjort, furnished all requisite information for
elucidation of this question. The plan adopted was, it
will be remembered, to take a large number of horizontal
hauls simultaneously at the same station but from dif-
ferent depths, these hauls being of so long duration
— several hours — as to assure an overwhelming quanti-
tative superiority of the material actually collected at the
depth desired, when compared with the amount which
might accidentally find its way into the net while being
hauled in. It is thus possible, by comparing the results
oi the different hauls, to determine the depth at which
an organism lives. This can of course, only be ascer-
tained with absolute certainty in the case of species which
are numerously represented: fortunately, however’ N. mira-
bilis was taken in such quantities at certain stations as
to furnish thoroughly adequate material for the purpose.

The accompanying table (p. 11) shows the distribution
of the material among the different stations and at the
various depths; all hauls made at these stations are here
noted, including also those with negative result as regards
N. mirabilis.

The depth is reckoned as equivalent to °/3 of the
length of wire out. This calculation is unfortunately
not based upon direct measurement by self-registrering
apparatus attached to the nets; no such attempt was made
during the expedition, and the experiment would also
undoubtedly involve considerable technical difficulty. In
thus disregarding Dr. Hjorts estimates of depth, according
to which the depth of the catch should be set at about
half the length of wire out, | am acting upon my own
experience from this and other expeditions, which leads me
to believe that the true position may be most nearly
gauged by taking */z or possibly even a little more. To
reckon with 4/2, or even less — down to 1/3 — as sug-

gested by Lea (15) would, from the observations noted
below, be entirely misleading.

At Station 102 of the present expedition (depth by
sounding 1098 metres) a series of pelagic hauls was made
with nine implements, the lowest working on 1500 metres
of wire. According to the estimate of Hjort and Lea,
this net would have fished some 300 metres above
the bottom; the catch, however included a nudibranch
(Cuthonella abyssicola)') which is a decided bottom or-
ganism, and (according to Orjan Olsen 19 p. 6) three
specimens of a pycnogonide, Nymphon grossipes, which
is beyond all reasonable doubt a bottom form. This net
must thus, with 1500 metres of wire out, have reached a
depth of 1098 metres, i. e. a little over °/3 of the length
of wire.

In the course of an expedition made in 1914 on
board the research vessel “Armauer Hansen” belonging
to the Bergen Museum, similar observations were made.
At Station 3 the soundings showed a depth of 1400
metres, and the lowest haul in a series corresponding to
that above mentioned brought up bottom organism in
large numbers, the length of wire out being 2000 metres.
At Station 4, the depth was taken immediately before and
after the haul, showing 830 and 770 metres respectively;
here also the lowest net in a series, working with 1200
metres of wire, brought up quantities of bottom material.
In both cases therefore, the nets must have fished at a
depth equivalent to about °/s the length of wire.

And finally, direct measurements (Jespersen 11) tend
in the same direction.

I have been at some pains to justify my estimate as
to depth in proportion to length of wire, this factor being,
as we Shall subsequently see, of the utmost importance
when considering the distribution of the species in connec-
tion with the hydrographical conditions.

We may now commence with the hauls from Stations
80 and 81, as shown in the table here given. The nets
fishing here at depths of 0, 66, 133, 200, 400 and 666
metres brought up not a single specimen of N. mirabilis ;
the hauls from deeper levels however, produced 29
and 22 specimens respectively. This in itself warrants
the conclusion that the upper limit of distribution at these
two stations must lie at about 1000 metres and that the
specimens were actually caught at this or greater depths;
not taken accidentally while hauling in. This is rendered
the more probable by the size of the implements used:
the young-fish trawl — a very large net — worked at
666 metres with negative result for both stations whereas
the small */: metre nets fishing at 1000 metres brought
up 7 and 2 specimens respectively.

') According to verbal statement by Konservator Grieg.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. Ill]. PELAGIC NEMERTEANS. 11

Nectonemertes mirabilis

\ Station and duration of haul. (H = hours).
Calculated. i Sia GEE mas ary =e Sane aac RETEST | Total
», |Length|| | | | l
[eee el 53 62 64 70 80 | 81 82. | 84 | 87 | 88 | 90) |) 920) Ton) eoumber
Gi Wie rll aes 2 | aA eee he WS zS | Ua of N.
length of | aa i | | | mirabilis |
wire out). | a ; \ [During During | | | caught in |
mction PP pant night | Whole, 5 H. 6H. | 3-H. |3.5H.| 4H. | 3H. |65H.| 3 A | 4H. | 3 H. lleachdepth|
| s | |
= ae — = —— eo ae oe |
aa i 1 sn. | 1 sn./1 sn. 1 sn puast. Uy staiisnjilesn 1 sn. 1 sn.) sn. 2 snes lsn 0 |
a i liye mee [vee | |
seeped ao an | esl ai Sh) emetic aE alles TF mH
1 sn 1 sn.) 1 sn. 4 sn (een 1 sn.|1 sn.|1 sn.| 1 sn.|1 sn.| 1 sn.|1 sn |
66 100 : oe Si eae |
Waeceereel ee ene sr 1 sn.) 1 sn. 1 sn. | 1 sn.|1-sn.|1 sn.| 1 sn.| 1 sn.|1 sn.|1 sn.|1 sn
|
133 200 / f ; ; eee | cs | = : : Wo]
| oo i Sr faa Teas aoa = = = celine wen ae!
| |
200 | 300)||() ye Yaion ee Ue Raine lieen whee | ve. 8 On
a lhe 3/4 sn rears kar ie ean a st
y 3/4 sn. | 8/4 sn . 3/4 sn. | 3/4 Sn. | 3/4 Sn. | 3/4 sn. | 3/4 sn. 3/4 Sn. | 3/4 smn. | 3/4 Sri. | 3/4 Sn
400 600, at | = | ; | , ; 0
| ; at (700 m. wire) y | ;
| | | 1/2 sn. Ne a ee | |
\| 5 - | | Aa ‘ \| |
666 | 1000) = Sey eo ana Ee NG |
(1100 m.wire)} | | a ele ; |
mer ls lowes el). bas ms.
c | i lho Ill | 2/4 sn. | 2/4 sn. | %/4 $m. | 3/5 sn. | 3/, sn. | 9/4 sn. | 9/4 sn. | 3/4 sn. | 3/a sn. |
1000 1500 | Fa < << lvVir| I IV is Ee Ee ea me eee 16
|(1600 m. wire) (1200 m. wire) Real neti pe rong 0 |
ee i | |
Vo sn. | 5 | |
1333 | 2000 || = ieee a Soy esr eV ke A Beare |
| |(2400 money, I (a7eOmmewiceyfes ply = | UL Py eye | ul
| Mae ae | | jee ences eee asadued Wes | ee zs
3 In. Ss MF | ue
| | | 3/; sn. | 3/4 Sn. | °/4 Sl. | 3/ sn. | °/4 Sn. 4 SM. | 3/4 sn. | n
1666 2500 Ue eh Meee a| ee ear lh ae aes eee 4
| (2600 m. wire), ; | | hae : | :
= a = = | ——— =| = — —— | n=: —_ — —
3/4 sn, | 31n. | 3In. | 34 We | | Hees il hneeyy ‘ |
2000 | ooo | x oT: % | RO NZS, SZ 110

3/, sn., silknet of 3/s meters diameter. 1 sn., silknet

of 1 meters diameter. y., Dr. C. G. Joh. Petersen’s young fish

trawl. 3 In, large net. Ring 3 metres in diameter, met a strimps net. ><, no haul. + no nemerteans in the haul. I, Il... -

number of N. mirabilis caught.

The quantity of N. mirabilis from the remaining
Stations, albeit comparatively small, yet fully serves to
confirm the observations made at 80 and 81; the 66 nets
worked at these stations in depths of less than 1000
metres — including one young-fish trawl from each station
at 666 metres — made but a single catch of the species
(St. 70, 3 spec.) at 800 metres, while a single capture is
recorded (St. 82) at 1000 metres depth, and beyond these,
only at 1333 metres or deeper.

The lower limit of distribution cannot be determined
by this method; with a species of relatively infrequent
occurrence it is impossible to ascertain, by comparison of
the hauls, whether or not the nets fishing below 1000—1333
metres may have taken the specimens found while being
drawn up through upper portion of the area of distribution.

The extensive hydrographical investigations made
partly at the same stations as the zoological, afford an
opportunity of seeking to characterise the vertical distri-

12 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

bution of the species according to the water layers in which
it is found.

On the hydrographical charts given below I have
noted the places of capture, with number of specimens
in roman numerals at the side. Not a single one of the

be obtained in such investigations, that N. mirabilis is a
distinctly stenohaline and stenothermic species of marked
bathypelagic character, its upper limit of vertical distri-
bution being determined by the water layers to which it
is contined.

It will be seen from the charts that this

Stat. 77.79. 80 81. 82. 83. 84.85, 86.
<] ) 5S
oO ! = :
ey AN = i
et \ WS = = —
\ ——— =
500 NS == ==
XN
\ XN
MN X SS +~4.
iN Y Poa A |
\ \ ens
X
\
ub \
40001 a im =
dt \
\ OF SS hal
| ‘ o-| i s
a X a \
alt xvi oXVI ta XY
4500 |
} $I I 41
2000 a4 I. Lf

Hydrographical section, “Michael Sars“ 1910*,
and Hjort (18) pag, 115.

Newfoundland to Ireland.

After Helland Hansen in Murray

In this figure and the section below the depths of the hauls is reconed as epuivalent to 2/; of the length of Wire out.

82 specimens in the material was taken in water of more
than 6°, and nearly all in layers of less that 35 °/oo salinity.)

Stat. Ti. 70. 67. 66. 65. G4.
== = os

1000

2000

Hydrographical section, “Michael Sars’ 1910. Newfoundland to Sargasso
Sea. After Helland Hansen in Murray and Hjort (18) pag. 298.

Save for some unimportant differences, the charts
show, with as high a degree of accuracy as could possibly

1) The hauls at Stations 53, 62 and 101 are not noted on the
hydrographical sections; according to information received from Prof.
Helland Hansen, who is dealing with the hydrographical material of
the expedition, the nature of the water layers at the mentioned stations
was such that the catches here likewise fall within the given limits
of temperature and salinity.

becomes deeper at the eastern stations, where the isotherms
and isohalines are lowered by the water masses of the
Gulf Stream. The species is thus not found in the inter-
mediate and upper layers of the Gulf Stream, which again
serves to explain the fact of its never being encountered
in the Norwegian Sea. Hydrographical charts of the
connecting waters between the Atlantic and the Mediter-
ranean (e. g. Jespersen 11) show that the Atlantic waters
typical of the species do not penetrate into the Mediter-
ranean; here accordingly, the species has not been found.
On the other hand, the connection between these Atlantic
water layers and the equivalent strata in the Pacific serves
to explain the occurrence of the species in that sea.

Habitat:
Verrill (1892):
“Albatross”, St. 2036 (Lat. 38° 53’ N; long. 69° 25’ W)
Bottom trawl 1735 fathoms, 1 spec.
— St) 2076) (ate 41° 13! N- lones 66 2a)
Bottom trawl 906 fathoms, 1 spec.
= Str 2229) (Wate 37 39! Ne longi olen)
Bottom trawl 1423 fathoms, 1 spec.
— St. 2236 (Lat. 39° 11° N; long. 72° 09) W)
Bottom trawl 636 fathoms, 1 spec.
a St. 2428 (Lat. 42° 48’'N: long. 50° 56’ W)
- Bottom trawl 826 fathoms, 1 spec.
St. 2724 (Lat. 36° 47’ N; long. 73° 25’ W)
Bottom trawl 1641 fathoms, 1 spec.

Sie

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III). PELAGICA NEMERTEANS. 13
Joubin (1904): Length Greatest breadth Greatest thickness
“Princesse Alice”, St. 1849 (Lat. 36° 17’ N; long. 28°53’W) o& 12mm. 4 2
Plankton haul (vertical) 3000—0 metres ? [4 , 4 2

1 spec.

Craven & Heath (1906):
“California” (Monterey Bay) On fishing lines, 400—500
fathoms depth, 3 spec.
“Albatros”, St. 4393 (south coast of California) bottom trawl,
2113—2259 metres depth, 2 spec.
Foshay (1912):
Near Misaki, Japan, depth? net used? 6 spec.

» Michael Sars (1910):1)

Sigmon (edteot to9aeN long. 33° Ol W) 6 li spec
SOM (eee OOUO Or IN enn OOo Loon WW) 2%6 | 22,
SIRO mma CAae ON ie 470152) NM) 24/62,
Sit TO (5) ABO BRP ING sae IG. eine
SiemOOM mnie S4eNe gs 48° TI Wy) M47, 29 >
Smell moO 2GNNGnar iy 3 9°<oa11 W))42/7) 22>
SOON (emo 4 NE SO oS4 Wi) t/a 5
Sea Get OHO 4 GING eo 22 2a Wii ei Si,
Sammon Gm 4 Olu eug Nis 279046) Wi) 2p
Sis 88 (5. ABP RO ING ye ay WA ee ein a
Sts QO (i HOP BeY ING ISO A eae

Sil “ODBC AP DOSING | ISIN Ane csi ae
Samo Gr mmonouchiaN os IO ASW) ie/ec Sy a.

Nectonemertes primitiva nom. nov.
(Plate II, Figs. 11—13.)

Syn. Nectonemertes mirabilis Birger (1907) 1912 (6).

After having shown that N. mirabilis and H. atlantica
Verrill were male and female of one and the same species,
the tentacles on the sides of the head being a secondary
sexual character of the male, it appeared natural to
consider the specimens shown in Figs. 11—13 (PI. Il),
— which are entirely identical in structure save for the
tentacles and genital organs, and differ characteristically
from N. mirabilis, — as male and female of another
species.

Comparison shows, that the species is identical with
that represented by a single specimen described by Biirger
as N. mirabilis.

With regard to the appearance of the animal in a
living state, the reader may refer to Btirger’s description
and figure. The preserved specimens are, as will be seen
by comparison, shorter, relatively broader, and with the
tail flipper far more developed than N. mirabilis. The
species is considerably smaller than the foregoing.

1) Implement and depth not noted here, these being included in
the table p. 11.

The tentacles were only 1.5 mm. long, which must
undoubtedly be ascribed both to considerable contraction
and also to the youth of the specimen, which was not
fully mature.

Of specific points of difference when compared with
N. mirabilis, the following may be noted:

The stomach is narrower and shorter than in the
mentioned form, and already in the cerebral region leads
into the pyloric tube, the length of which is only 0.8 mm.
The cecum also is smaller, and has but four pairs of
diverticula, which are relatively small.

The genital organs of the male exhibit a most striking
difference of species. The testicles of NM. mirabilis are
numerous, and arranged in two oval groups ventrally in
the head, whereas in the present case, there are but
four pairs of testicles, arranged in a double row (PI. Il,
Fig. 12) their discharge ducts extending forward in the head.

The ovaries also are considerably less numerous,
there being 10 pairs developed. And as there are 50
pairs of intestinal diverticula, the numbers by no means
permit of one pair of ovaries being placed between each
two pairs of diverticula.

Habitat:

Birger (1912):

‘Valdiviat’) St: 66) (at: 3°" >oe" Ss lonete (somone)

vertical net 3000—O metres.

“Michael Sars’’, St. 51 (Lat. 312 200 N; loners ale)
°/s at 666 metres depth, (1000 metres
of wire).

St 53 (Wate 34° 759 NES once op mlm»)
“/e, at 200 metres depth (300 metres
of wire).

The material from the ,Michael Sars” shows that the
species lives at remarkably slight depths.

Nectonemertes minima Brinkmann 1915.
(Plate Il, Fig. 23).

Syn. Hyalonemertes atlantica Birger (1907) 1912 (5).
Nectonemertes minima Brinkmann 1915 (2).

I have recently given a preliminary description of
this species based upon material from another expedition,
in which it was shown that Biirger had been dealing
with a female specimen, which he had erroneously ende-
avoured to identify with Verrill’s 7. atlantica (N. mira-
bilis Verrill 2). The male is easily distinguished from
the two foregoing species, partly by its small size, and
partly by the fact that the testicles, which are placed in
a single row on either side of the head, have laterally

14 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

directed discharge ducts opening
lateral edge of the head.

The material from the “Michael Sars” included three
specimens of this species, all female. These are by no
means so easily distinguished from the foregoing species
as the males; they can however, be recognised, inter
alia, by the extremely reduced stomach and pyloric tube;
by the fact that the numerous (about 60) intestinal diverti-
cula are still distincily developed behind the caudal com-
missure right out to the anus, and by the lack of rami-
lication. The intestinal cecum is furnished with three
pairs of diverticula.

Habitat: St. 98 (Lat. 56° 33’ N; long. 9° 30’ W) °/s
closing net, 1000—550 metres.

St. 101 (Lat. 57° 41’ N; long 11° 48’ W) °/s abt. 1300
metres depih (2000 metres of wire).

approximately at the

Phalionem ertid@ nov. fam.

Pelagic nemerteans of medium size, the body
slender with almost parallel sides, flattened ven-
trally, and rounded dorsally. The hinder end is
broad, and much flattened, forming a caudal fin.
The intestinal cecum well developed, the diverti-
cula of the intestine only showing traces of a
ventral branch, but otherwise with fairly con-
siderable ramifications. The lateral nerves are
situate ventrally close to the inner side of the
body wall. The testicles are placed in two single
rows at the fore end, each testicle terminating in
a cylindrical penis.

Pha/lonemertes nom. nov.

Syn. Bathynectes Brinkmann 1912 (1).1)

Characters of the family.
Phallonemertes_Murrayi Brinkmann 1912.
(Plate II, Figs. 24—25.)

Syn. Bathynectes Murrayi Brinkmann 1912 (1).

Some years ago | made a preliminary communication
as to this highly peculiar species, which is distinguished
by the fact, that the papille forming the aperture of each
separate, testicle are greatly extended, being apparent as
penis-like “appendices on the under side of the head.
(Plate Il, Fig. 24). For the general structure, the reader
may refer to my original description; it will here suffice
to set forth the facts bearing upon the distribution of the
species. The “Michael Sars” expedition brought home 17
specimens from the following stations:

1) The name has been changed, as it was found to have been
previously used for a genus of crustaceans.

(REP. OF THE ,,MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

St.53 (Lat. 34° 59'N; long. 33° 1’W) 5/6 2600 m. wire 3 spec.

, 64(, 34°44’N: , 47959'W)24/63000- , 2 ,
LC ONIN, SEEN) 4 so 4 8
5182 (30 480247Ne 36053. Wiss 7) ot
CONC, BOP NR BOO) Bh, 2. 1 ,
5 92((i 48099) Ni) 13055023) ee Onan

In addition to these, one specimen was taken by the
“Ingolf” Expedition in 1895 at St. 38 (Lat. 59° 12’ N; long.
51° 05’ W) */; bottom trawl, depth 1870 fathoms, and
one by the “Thor” expedition of 1906, at St. 76 (Lat.
49° 27’ N; long 13° 33’ W) 2800 metres of wire.

From this it will be seen, that the species is at present
only known fron the North Atlantic. Here also, Dr. Hjort’s
method of serial hauls furnishes interesting information
as to the vertical distribution. We find, in the first place,
that the species is undoubtidly pelagic — the ,Ingolf”
specimen must thus have been taken while hauling in — .
and further, that it is distinctly bathypelagic. This will be
seen from the table opposite, showing all positive stations
for the species on the “Michael Sars” expedition and
noting all implements used at these stations. Although
the catch was in no case large, there can be no reason-
able doubt that the specimens were taken at about the
depth where the implements concerned were working.
The upper limit of distribution cannot therefore be much
above 2000 metres, and is undoubtedly never higher than
abt. 1333 metres, at which depth a young-fish trawl was
drawn at five of the stations with negative result as regards
the species in question.)

If we compare the depths of these hauls with the
chart on p. where the hydrographical condition for the
last five stations are noted, it will be seen that the species
is a stenothermic and stenohaline bathypelagic form; the
temperature of its habitat as there indicated varying be-
tween 3° and 4°, the salinity only between 35 °/oo and
34.9 °/oo.

Chuntellidz nov. tam.

Medium sized forms. Body pointed at hinder
end. Tail more or less applanated, without, how-
ever, forming any caudal fin. The longitudinal
muscle layer of the body wall strongly developed
dorsally and ventrally, but laterally thin. Lateral
nerves ventrally situated, immediately inside the
musculature. Intestinal diverticula without ventral

1) In allowing even this amount of latitude for the upper limit
of distribution, I do so only to be absolutely on the safe side: the
bundary might doubtless without imprudence be placed as low as
1666 metres, at which depth the hauls were likewise negative. I have
not done so, however, because the small °/; metre net used at that
depth is of so slight fishing capacity that a species of so infrequent
occurrence might well have escaped it.

ATLANT.

DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. Ill].

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS.

Phallonemertes Murrayi.
Catches made by the “Michael Sars” 1910.

15

Calculated | || Station and duration of haul. (H — hours). |
depth | 7 =| ea TERIOR STEERS Soh sae aan
| (2/3 of the Length of | 53 | 64 | 81 82 84 92 | Total-
length of wire out. | sees [pee ss yf number of |
wi t). i Durin specimens |
Ievatesont) | GEL aan 3H 3.5 H A Te ATRL
| meter meter || WON, ay \
aS ae | TiGieaey
| 1 sn. 1 sn 1 sn. 1 sn 1 sn 1 sn.
0 0 | ——— | == — a — 2 || )
| | = | 5 : . : po
nate | | er Piet te : | aie
| 1 sn 1 sn. 1 sn. 1 sn 1 sn. 1 sn. |
66 100 | aos ao =e 5 wel : 0
| = : = filles = 7 5 ; aoe I
1 sn | 1 sn STI 1 sn 1 sn. 1 sn.
133 200 —D = = ao =n ak \| 0
ue BillNR are : bidaiees : ho 4 Pe aaa : |
200 300 ue Rage Hf vi ue ue 0
| 6 /4 Sn sn sn Ss sn
400 600 2 ae ine at ie 0
| */2 Sn. |
| je |
| 666 1000 = ub y ue up w 0
| | (1100 m. wire) ; a i ; |
| —— ~ ——
| ] i . 3/4 sm. , sn 3/4 sn 3/4 sn.
1000 1500 —|| aa x Ae is a ie 0
| || (1600 m. wire) | : : ; : |
| l| '/> sn.
1333 2000 | a ue | ue ey ue ue 0
|| (2400 m. wire) | : | ; | f ; |
aig i SIRS | | i Teil
|
\ Slip 3/4 sn. | 3/4 sn 34 sn. | 3/4 sn
1666 2500 || Ill Sem ly lc ve it ~ 3
| (2600 m. wire) j ;
i eke Seine melita Solin. :(\.\\uemsrlnans y: 3 In.
2000 3000 | x | ll VII I I ll | 14

For explanation of the al notation, see the table pag.

branch. Musculature of the wall of the proboscis
sheath composed of an inner layer of longitudinal
and outer of circular fibres. Testicles numerous,
arranged in two longitudinal rows in the head,
along the lateral nerves.

Chuniella nov. gen.
Characters of the family.

Chuniella lanceolata nov. sp.
(Textfig. 1).
This species presents a combination of characters
rendering it impossible to place it in any of the other
families; | have therefore, despite the fact that only one

11.

specimen exists, and this moreover, evidently a very young
individual, found it necessary to give it a separate family
and genus, to which, as far as can be seen from the
descriptions, Biirger’s (6) Drepanophorus pelagicus and
Planktonemertes agassizi likewise belong.

From the appearance of the specimen, I took it at
first for a young stage of Nectonemertes, and no special
habitus figure was therefore made, but only an outline
drawing, which I here reproduce (Textlig. 1, p. 16). A
series of sections afterwards made, however revealed quite
a dilferent structure.

The development of the testicles shows that we
have here to deal with a young specimen, and the dimen-

i6 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

sions given below can therefore hardly be considered as
any Standard for the species.

Length 10 mm., greatest breadth 2.25 mm., greatest
thickness 1.2 mm.

The circular musculature beneaht
the epithelium is extremely thin, pro-
perly existing as a layer only in the
tear third of the body, where also
the longitudinal musculature reaches
its greatest development; it is ex-
tremely thin laterally, and forms a
dorsal and a ventral muscular plate
of 65 « maximal thickness.

Mouth and proboscis pore are
separate. Oesophagus lacking. The
stomach is small and short, passing
over immediately behind the brain
into the pyloric tube, which is rela-
tively long. The intestine is narrow,
and furnished with about 30 pairs
of extremely large but only slightly
ramilied diverticula; the appearance
here should as_ a matter of fact rather
be described as broad, short protu-
berances than actual ramification;
there is no trace of any ventral
branch. The intestinal caecum is very
Fe CHER strongly developed, and furnished
In the fore end the testicles With five pairs of diverticula. The
are seen as black spots. fore end of the cecum extends in

front of the brain.

The proboscis attains a length about twice that of
the body; its stylet apparatus resembles that of the
remaining pelagic nemerteans, and there are 21 pro-
boscidial nerves developed.

The proboscis sheath terminates about 1 mm. from
the hinder end of the body. The musculature in its wall
behind the brain consists of an inner longitudinal and an
outer circular layer.

The cerebral ganglions are large. With regard to
the lateral nerves it may be noted that their caudal com-
missure is situate behind the ventral anus.

The specimen examined was a male. The testicles
were numerous, 19 being developed on the right side,
and 12 on the left; they are only found in the fore-part,
where they lie close to the lateral nerves (Textfig. 1), and
are still in their first stage of development, forming small
sacs about 0.08 mm. long, in which as yet only a single
layer of cells with large nuclei is visible; the disharge
ducts are not developed.

Habitat: St. 92 (Lat. 48° 29’ N; long. 13° 55’ W).
23/7, Depth about 1000 metres (1500 metres of wire).

ge
—

ore rr7TE TRE

nm
gon =
CGZ= =

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Armaueriidae nov. fam.

Fore part of the body broad, the posterior end
tapered and ending in a feebly developed caudal
fin. The intestinal diverticula without a ventral
branch. The dorso-median vessel developed in its
full length, but at no place being in connection with
the proboscis sheat. Dorsal commissure of the
vessels in the head lacking. Testicles arranged
in two almost regular rows in the head, never
united to groups.

Armaueria nov. gen.

Characters of the family.

Armaueria rubra nv. sp.

No figure of the animal was drawn as only the
series of sections made me aware of the fact that three
specimens — 2 and 1 ? — in the material belonged
to the above mentioned new genus and family and that
they not, as one should believe judging from the form
and size of the body, constituted a species of the well
known genus Pelagonemertes.

The fore part of the body is rounded and in the
proboscis sheat region very thick and only slightly
flattened. The caudal fin is feebly developed. The species
belongs to the dwarfs among the pelagic nemerteans
(5, 3—8,8 mm., with a greatest. breadth of ca. 2,5 mm.
and a greatest thickness of up to 1.5 mm.).

The circular muscle layer of the body wall is strongly
reduced in all parts of the body; in the fore part and the
sides of the body the same is the case with the longi-
tudinal muscle layer, but dorsally and ventrally in the
middle of the body and towards the tail these muscles
form a strong layer 100—115 w thick.

The opening of the mouth is placed terminally and
leads directly into the stomach; this and the pyloric tube
are short, and the latter opens close behind the brain in
a very wide intestine, furnished with about 25 pairs of
unbranched lateral pouches. The intestinal caecum is
short and only provided with one pair of diverticules.

The proboscis is considerably longer than the animal
and is coiled up in its sheat. In the part next to the
insertion 14 nerves are developed in the proboscis wall
but more distally the number is reduced to 7. The
armature of the proboscis is like that found in Dr pano-
phorus.

The proboscis pore is situated dorsally, leading
into a short rhynchodeum, which forms an angle with
the proboscis sheat, which is short and of an ovoid shape
and generally does not enter the rear half of the body.
The musculature of the wall is anteriorly composed of
an inner circular and an outer longitudinal layer but close

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

PELAGIC NEMERTEANS. 17

behind the brain some of the longitudinal fibres penetrate
the circular layer, so that these muscles in the greatest
part of the wall form a distinct layer within the longi-
tudinal musculature, without beeing interwowen with it as
is the case in many forms.

As mentioned in the diagnosis of the family the
dorsal commissure of the vessels in the head is lacking
and the dorso-median vessel is never in connection with
the proboscis sheat and never enters the rhynchoccelomic
cavity.

The longitudinal nerve-stems are placed close to the
lateral edges of the body.

The testicles form an almost regular row in the head
on either side along the nerve-stems; the opening of
their ducts are placed lateroventrally. The ovaries are
not numerous as only 8 pairs could be counted, the
openings of which sometimes are lying outside the stems
of the vessel and nerve, sometimes between them and
sometimes to the inside of them.

Habitat:

St. 80 (Lat. 47° 34’ N; long. 43° 11' W) "'/; about 1666
metres depth (2500 metres of wire).

St. 81 (Lat. 48° 2’ N; long. 39° 55’ W) !/; about 1666
metres depth (2500 metres of wlre).

St. 88 (Lat. 45° 26’ N; long 25°. 45’ W) 1%/7 about 1333
metres depth (2000 metres of wire).

Pelagonemertid2 (Moseley) Brinkmann emend.

Small or medium sized pelagic nemerteans.
The body usually applanated and fairly broad in
proportion to length. The caudal fin is, where pre-
sent, formed by lateral excrescences from the tail,
not by flattening of same. Mouth and proboscis
pore separate. Stomach, pyloric tube and intestinal
cecum much reduced. As a rule, the intestinal
diverticula of the body form a dorsal and a ventral
main branch. The musculature of the proboscis
sheath is composed of an inner longitudinal and
an outer circular layer. The bundles of muscle
fibres following the lateral nerves always de-
veloped. The dorso-median vessel rudimentary
or lacking. The testicles are found in two groups
at the fore end of the head. Rudimentary eyes
generally found.

S / Natonemertes nov. gen.

t ody pointed at the hinder end, whithout tail
fin, Testicles in two groups behind the brain.
Intestinal cecum with one pair of diverticula.

Natonemertes acutocaudata 0. sp.
(Plate II, Fig. 26).
The “Michael Sars” expedition brought home a single
specimen of this interesting new genus, which forms a
BRINKMANN — 3.

connecting link between Pendonemertes and forms like
Pelagonemertes and Baleenanemertes.

Length 9 mm., greatest breadth 4 mm., greatest
thickness 2.25 mm. The dimensions are those of a com-
paratively small species: it is probable, however, from
the degree of development of the testicles, that the speci-
men in question had not yet reached its full size.

Colour, in formalin, a pale pink.

The surface epithelium, of which some portions were
preserved, distinctly showed the bulb-shaped sensory
organs known from Neetonemertes.

The muscle-layers of the body wall greatly reduced,
and laterally almost altogether lacking.

Mouth and proboscis pore separate. The stomach
very short, passing over already in the region of the
brain into a short pyloric tube. The intestine furnished
with 15—20 pairs of large, slightly ramified diverticula,
showing, where best developed, some trace of ventral
branches. The intestinal caecum is very short and only
provided with one pair of diverticula.

The proboscis is long and powerlul; the slightly
curved stylet base is armed with two rows of stylets. 12
proboscidial nerves are developed. The proboscis sheath
extends right out into the tail, terminating immediately
in front of the anus. The muscle bundles following the
lateral nerves are very thin.

The dorso-median vessel ends blindly shortly after
passing through the walls of the proboscis sheath.

The testicles are ovate, and form two groups with
four in each, close behind the brain.

Habitat: St. 101 (Lat. 57° 41’ N; long 11° 48’ W)
S/s, at 1333 metres depth (2000 metres of wire out).

Balzenanemertes Biirger (1907) 1912.

The caudal fin strongly devel-
oped. Male and female with short lateral ten-
tacles “one! on either “sider foimithic mincadimms phe
testicles lie close together in two groups beside
or in front of the brain.

Small species.

Balenanemertes lIobata Joubin 1906.

Syn. Nectonemertes lobata Joubin 1906 (13).

This species is hitherto known only in Joubin’s
type specimen, the description of which is unfortunately
altogether superficial. Only the large quantity of material
available — of which one specimen from the present
expedition — rendered it possible to identify it at all.

The specimen in question was slightly larger than
the type. Length 7 mm., greatest breadth 2.5 mm.,
greatest thickness 1.6 mm., length of tentacles 0.8 mm.

No information is available as to the appearance of
the animal in a living state.

18 AUGUST BRINKMANN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

The shape agrees well enough with Joubin’s con-
tour figure; here also the tentacles are seen to project,
not from the foremost curvature edge of the head, but
from its sides. The shortness of the tentacles is due to
contraction.

With regard to the anatomical structure, the fol-
lowing features may be specially mentioned:

The muscle layers of the body wall are reduced,
the maximal thickness of the longitudinal layers being
only 30 le.

The stomach and pyloric tube are extremely short,
the point of transition between them lying beneath the
brain. The intestine shows 22 pairs of large diverticula,
placed—in contrast to all other known species of the
genus!) — at considerable intervals, as in the case of
Pelagonemertes. They are furnished with some few short
pouches but exhibit no other trace of ramification. The
same applies to the pair of large diverticula on the
intestinal cecum.

The structure of the tentacles is the same as in
B. chuni Birger (6), and the same applies to the pro-
boscis, which has 17—18 proboscideal nerves.

The lateral muscles following the nerve stems are
here, in contrast to the mentioned species, only very
slightly developed.

The proboscis sheath is considerably longer than in
B. chuni, without however, extending out into the point
of the tail.

The dorso-median vessel terminates slightly in rear
of the point where it enters the rhyncocoelomic cavity.

The specimen in question is a 2 with 7 pairs of
ovaries developed, the apertures lying on the inner side
oi the lateral nerve stems. Only one egg is matured in
each Ovary.

Habitat: Joubin’s type specimen was taken in the
North Atlantic. (Lat. 36° 17’ N; long. 28° 53’ W) in a
vertical haul 3000—O metres. The specimen from the
“Michael Sars” was taken at St. 84 (Lat. 48° 04’ N; long.
32° 25’ W) 17/7 at 2000 metres depth (3000 metres of wire).

Balznanemertes Hjorti n. sp.

As regards external habitus, this species follows in
nearly all essentials the species, hitherto known with an
exception however, in the case of the tentacles, which

1) Only three are mentioned in this report; to these must be
added four new species in the rest of the material I have had to
work upon.

are here only apparent as short points, despite the fact
that the specimen in question was fully mature.

In contrast to B. chuni and B. lobata, the intestinal
cecum is furnished with two pairs of diverticula. The
intestinal diverticula are clearly divided into a dorsal and
a ventral main branch, between which are found the
lateral nerve and vessel. As a specific character may
be further noted the development of a thick muscle
layer extending from the insertion of the proboscis down
between the proboscis sheath and the ventral cerebral
commissure.

The specimen in question is a male, with 7—8
testicles, spherical in form, and containing fully developed
spermatozoa.

Habitat: St. 92 (Lat. 48° 29’ N; long. 13°°55’ W).
°3/-, at 1000 metres depth, (1500 metres of wire out).

Bafenanemertes Jata nu. sp.

This species also is known in but a single specimen.
And indeed, as regards the smaller species of pelagic
nemerteans generally, the number of specimens in the
material of the expedition is remarkably small; with the
unusually large catches made, however, it is reasonable to
suppose that some might have escaped observation.

The species closely resembles B. Hjorti, not only in
the slight degree of development of the tentacles, but also
as regards the intestinal cecum, which here also is furnished
with two pairs of diverticula, though these are here
considerably more developed, and with a not inconsider-
able degree of ramification. It may be distinguished
from the foregoing species by the entire lack of muscula-
ture between the proboscis sheath and the ventral cere-
bral commissure, as also by an altogether extreme devel-
opment of the muscles extending from the insertion of
the proboscis to the dorsal and latero-ventral parts of the
body wall.

The testicles are elongated, almost sausage-shaped,
some of them opening on the under side of the head.')

Habitat: St. 84 (Lat. 48° 04’ N; long. 32° 25’ W).
9/7, abt. 1333 metres depth, (2000 metres of wire out).

') It should be noted that the various species of the genus
Balenanemertes are most intimately related one to another, so much
so that only a detailed and richly illustrated description—such as that
given in the monograph by the present writer, referred to in the
introduction—will be of any use for purposes of absolutely certain
identification.

10.

5 JOSOErSEm, IP.

List of literature cited.

Brinkmann, A. “Bathynectes Murrayii“ n. gen. n. sp. Eine
neue bathypelagische Nemertine mit ausseren mannlichen
Genitalien. Vorlaufige Mittheilung. Bergens Mus. Aarbok
ING; ©), LOW.

Brinkmann, A, ,Die pelagischen Nemertinen der deutschen
Siidpolarexpedition 1901—1903*. Vorldufige Mittheilung.
Bergens, Mus. Aarbok 1915—1916. Naturv. Rekke No. 1.

Biirger, O. ,Die Nemertinen des Golfes von Neapel*. Fauna
_u. Flora des Golfes v. Neapel. Vol. 22. 1895.

Biirger, O. ,Nemertini*. Das Tierreich 1904.

Birger, O. ,Nemertini*. Bronn ,Klassen und Ordnungen des
Tierreichs“. Vol. 4, 1897—1907.
Burger, O. ,Die Nemertinen‘. Wissensch. Ergebn. d. d. Tiefsee

Exped. Vol. 16, Lief. 2 (1907) 1912.

Coe, W. R. ,Nemerteans of the west and northwest coasts of
America“. Bull. Mus. comp. zool. Harward Coll. Vol. 47,
1905. ;

Cravens, M. R. and Heath, H.
species of Nectonemertes’’.
Vol. 23, 1907.

Foshay, E. A. ,Nectonemertes japonica, a new nemertean“.
Zool. Anz. Vol. 40. 1912.

Hubrecht, A. A. W. ,Th genera of european nemerteans criti-
cally revised, with description of several new species.‘ Notes
from the Leyden Museum. Vol, 1, 1879.

“Sternoptychidae“ (Argyropelecus and Ster-

noptyx). Rep. danish oceanogr. exped. 1908—10. Vol. 2.

Blology (A.2). Kobenhavn 1915.

“The anatomy of a new
Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Anat.

2. Joubin, L.

Olsen, ©.

, Note sur une nouvelle némerte pélagique (Nectone-
mertes Grimaldi)“. Bull. du musée oceanogr. de Monaco
No. 20, 1904.

Joubin, L. Description des némertiens bathypélagiques cap-
turés au cours des derniéres campagnes du prince de Monaco‘.
Bull. du. musée oceanogr. de Monaco No. 78, 1906.

Laidlaw, F. F. ,On two new genera of deep-sea Nemertines*.
Ann. Mag. nat. hist. Ser. VII. Vol. 17, 1906.

Lea, E. ,Muraenoid larvae*. Report on the scientif. res. of the
,Michael Sars“ north atlantic deep sea exped. 1910. Vol.
I], part I, 1913.

Moseley, H. N. “On Pelagonemertes Rollestoni’. Ann. Mag.

mat. nist. \Ser, IV. Voll 155 1875:
Moseley, H. N.
Rollestoni“.

On a young specimen of Pelagonemertes
Ann. Mag. nat. hist. Ser. IV. Vol. 16, 1875.

Murray, J. and Hjort, ity London

1912.

“The depths of the ocean”.

“Pycnogonida’”. Report on, the scientific results of
the “Michael Sars” north atlantic deep sea exped. 1910.
Vol. Ill, part I, 1913.

Verrill, A. E. “The marine Nemerteans of New-England and
adjacent waters”. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Vol. 8, 1892.

Woodworth, W. Mc. M.
mertes Agassizii, a new pelagic nemertean”’.
comp. zool. Harward Coll. Vol. 35, 1849.

“Preliminary account of Planktone-
Bull. Mus.

SD

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate |.

Dinonemertes investigatoris.
view. ° «6 natural size.

As fig. 1, but lateral view. °/s natural size.
Dinonemertes investigatoris. Young specimen,
view. °6 natural size.

Pendonemertes Levinsenit. Ventral view. <
Bathynemertes Hubrechti. Dorsal view. < 1
Burgeriella notabilis. Dorsal view. >< 1.2.
Forepart of the same specimen as fig. 6, but ventral view
after clarification in cedar oil. For the sake of convenience,
the first pair of diverticula'on the intestinal cecum have
not been included in the figure. 7.

Crassonemertes robusta. < 3.

Plotonemertes adherens. Lateral view. >< 2.5.

Caudal region of the specimen shown in Fig. 9; ventral
view, showing the double glandular organ of the surface
above. >< abt. 10.

“~

Fullgrown specimen, dorsal
ventral

De
0.

”

”

”

Wie
12—13
14—15
16—22.

23.
24—25.

26.

Plate Il,

Nectonemertes primitiva *.
Nectonemertes primitiva <.
SNK Blots Ms

Nectonemertes mirabilis “ (14) and & (15).
view. X 2.4.

Series of males of N. mirabilis, showing growth of
tentacles. >< 3.5.

Nectonemertes minima. Ventral view. < 8.9.
Phallonemertes Murrayi, “ (24) and 2 (25) both ven-
tral view. Penes distinctly visible on lower side of head
of male. 2.4.
Natonemertes acutocaudata.

Ventral view. >< abt. 7.
Ventral and lateral view.

Ventral

SSM

ichael Sars“ North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. Ill. Brinkmann.

f the "M

:

:

SPONGIA

ue FROM THE

BY

a ; " EMILY ARNESEN

WITH 5 PLATES

I. Preliminary notes.

When the collection of sponges from the cruise of
the “Michael Sars“ was offered to me for examination,
] had at first some hesitation in accepting the onerous
task on account of the difficulties in consulting the litera-
ture and in procuring the material for comparison, which
I regarded as absolutely necessary in such a difficult group
as the Sponges, especially as | had to deal with the
Hexactinellida and the Tetractinellida, not previously studied
by me. My doubts, however, disappeared, when the well-
known spogiologist, Mr. Topsent, most kindly offered to
place at my disposal his library and collections in the
laboratory at Dijon, and | must therefore in the first place
heartily thank him for his great kindness and valuable
assistance.

The general results with regard to the sponges ob-
tained during the cruise of the “Michael Sars* may be
stated as follows: Of the 24 trawlings only 9 included
sponges.

19 of the 24 hauls with the trawl were made in the
eastern part of the southern section of the cruise, and
sponges were obtained at 8 stations, while in the northern
section with its 4 stations, sponges were found only at 1
station in the eastern part. Nothing remarkable with
regard to the geographical and bathymetrical distribution
has been observed. As the cruise extended mostly over
very deep water, Calcarea were not likely to be largely
represented, and in fact only one specimen, from st. 102,
was taken. The other groups, Hexactinellida, Tetractinel-
lida and Monaxonida, were found to be rather evenly
distributed over the field of research: Of the Hexacti-
nellida 9 species belonging to 8 genera were obtained at
6 stations: of the Tetractinellida 8 species belonging to
6 genera at 4 stations, and of the Monaxinida, all belon-
ging to the suborder Halichondrina, 15 species referred
to 14 genera at 7 stations (See the table II). New species
were found only among the Monaxonida, and included
representatives of the genera Chondrocladia, Stylotella,
Echinoclathria, Thrinacophora and Ciocalypta.

In the classification | have followed Schulze for the
Hexactinellida, v. Lendenfeld for the Tetractinellida,
Topsent for the Monaxonida, and Dendy for the Cal-
carea. With regard to the Monaxonida it ought to be
mentioned, that different authors held rather divergent
views: Thus while Ridley and Dendy the authors of
the first modern system of this group (1887) divided it
into 4 families: Homorhaphidae Heterorhaphidae, Des-
macidonidae and Axinellidae, Topsent (1894) sets forth
in his: “Reforme de la Classification des Halichondrina“
another view, dividing the group into 3 families: Haplos-
cleridae, Pocilloscleridae and Axinellidae. In 1902 Lund-
beck adopted in the main the system of Ridley and
Dendy. Finally in 1911, after his researches on the
larval development ol different forms belonging to the
Halichondrines, Topsent altered his previous system so
as to include: Halichondridae, Hoploscleridae, Pocillos-
cleridae, Axinellidae (Sur les affinités des Halichondria et
la classification des Halichondrines d’apres leurs formes
larvaires.—Arch: Zool. exper. et géenér. 1910 (5) Tome VII,
Note & Rev. No. 1, pp. I.—XvV).

Accordingly the classification of the Halichondrina
seems to call for further investigations of larval develop-
ment in order to place it on a sound footing. I therefore
have found it most practical to follow Topsent’s earlier
system, but omitting the arrangement into subfamilies,
which as far as I can see can hardly be maintained, in
the present state of our knowledge.

List of species obtained by the “Michael Sars“
systematically arranged:

Calcarea:
Ordo Calcarea Dendy.
Fam. Grantiidae Dendy 1913.
Grantia intermedia Thacker.

Silicea:
Subcl. Triaxonia F. E. Schulze,
Ordo Hexactinellida O. Schmidt.

E. ARNESEN.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

A. Hexasterophora F. E. Schulze.
Fam. Euplectellidae \jima.
Subfam. Euplectellina ljima.
Euplectella suberea Wywille Thomson,
Malacosaccus floricomatus Topsent.
Subfam. Corbitellinae \jima.
Regradrella phoenix O. Schmidt.
Fam. Rosellidae F. E. Schulze.
Asconema setubalense Saville Kent.
Fam. Coscinoporidae (Zittel) F. E. Schulze.
Chonelasma sp.?
Fam. Aphrocallistidae F. E. Schulze.
Aphrocallistis beatrix Gray form. bocaget
Percival Wright. Poved
B. Amphidiscophora F. E. Schulze.
Fam. Hyalonematidae J. E. Gray.
Hyalonema sp.?
Hyalonema infundibilum Yopsent.
Pheronema grayi Saville Kent.
Subcl. Demospongiae Sollas.
Ordo I Tetractinellida Marshall.
A. Sigmatophora Sollas.
Fam. Tethyopsillidae (Lendenfeld) Topsent.
Tethyopsilla zetlandica Carter.
B. Astrophora Sollas.
Fam. Stelletidae Sollas.
Stelletta hispida Buccich.
Thenea muricata Bowerbank.

Fam. Pachastrellidae Carter.

Characélla pachastrelloides (Carter) Sollas.
Fam. Geodiidae Gray.

Isops pachydermata Sollas.

Sidonops sp.?

Ordo II Monaxonida Ridley and Dendy.
Halichondrina Vosmaer.

Fam. Haploscleridae Yopsent.
Petrosia friabilis Topsent.
Fam. Poecilloscleridae Topsent.
Chondrocladia michael-sarsii sp. 1.

Asbestopluma pennatula O. Schmidt.
Cladorhiza gelida Lundbeck.

Stylotella columella (Bowerbank) Topsent.
Stylotella topsentii sp. n.

Myxilla pectinata (Topsent).
Lissodendoryx complicata Arm. Hansen. '
Dendoricella abyssi (Topsent) Lundbeck.
Grayella fallax TYopsent.

Echinoclathria hjortii sp. n.

Anchinoe nobilis Ridley and Dendy.

Fam. Axinellidae Ridley and Dendy.
Axinella polypoides O. Schmidt.
Thrinacophora murrayi sp. 1.

Ciocalypta. weltnerti sp. n.

Il. Descriptive part.

I. CALCAREA.

Grantia intermedia Thacker.
Pl. Il. fig. 1.

Vide Litter: 32 pag. 770.

St. 102. Two specimens.

Of the two small egg-shaped sponges collected at
this station, one is about 14 mm. high by 4 mm. broad
with a well developed oscular fringe, about 1 mm. in
length, round a conspicuous osculum at the summit; the
other is 9 mm. high by 4 mm. broad, with an oscular
fringe | mm. in length. Colour in spirit pale brown.
Surface coarsely hispid with large oxeote spicules projec-
ting in different directions. The thickness of the wall in
the larger specimen is about 1.7 mm. of which about
0.14 mm. come on the dermal cortex, the rest on the
chamber layer and the feebly developed gastral cortex.

I have not been able to trace the canal system, but
the tubar skeleton shows a conspicuous articulate construc-
tion, though with slight signs ot becoming scattered.
The skeleton consists of triradiate, quadriradiate and oxeote
spicules.

In the cortex the vast majority are triradiates, but
quadriradiates may occur. The triradiates are usually,
irregular, showing a tendency to become sagittal. The
rays are bent or straight, and of variable length, ordinarily
about 0.37 mm. long by 0.014 mm. thick (resembling
Thacker’s figures. Textfig. 162 a. op. cit).

The tubar skeleton is composed as far as I could
make out exclusively of quadriradiates, the facial rays of
which form the walls of the six-sided skeletal tube, while
the apical ray emerging from each angle projects into the
lumen. They are usually sagittal with an oral angle of
about 120°; the longest of the facial rays is about 0.440
mm. and the other two about 0.270 mm.; the apical ray
is only about 0.030 mm. All the rays are of the same
thicknes and resemble the triradiates.

The thin gastral cortex is composed of quadriradiates
intermingled with triradiates both of about the same shape
as those occurring in the tubar and dermal skeleton. The
apical ray—somewhat longer than in the quadriradiates of
the chamber layer—projects into the gastral cavity.

Large, oxeote spicules emerge from the surface of the
sponge without definite order at different angles. Their
proximal ends are hidden in the tubar layer of the body-
wall. They are spindle shaped, usually not sharply poin-
ted at the ends. They were all broken, so that I have
not been able to measure their length exactly, but most
certainly they are at least about 2—3 mm. long with a
thicknes varying between 0.04—0.07 mm. The oxeote
spicules composing the oscular fringe are very long and
fine, reaching a length of 2—3 mm. and a thicknes of
0.004—0.008 mm.

Remark: Grantia intermedia Thacker, has been
found once off Cape Verde (Crossland Collection) at a
depth of 20 fathoms (Boa Vista Island).— Thus belonging
to the warm water fauna, while the form here described
has been dredged north of the Wywille Thomson ridge
(st. 102), at a depth of 1098 m.

This great difference in habitat makes it perhaps
uncertain that they belong to the same species, but they
agree so well in anatomical structure, except that the tubar
skeleton here is exclusively composed of quadriradiates
instead of triradiates intermingled with quadrtadiates as in
the type—a feature, which in the meantime cannot be
held to justify a separation into two species.

Locality: North of the Wywille Thomson Ridge
(Lat 60° 57’ N, Long 4° 38' W); depth 1098 m.:
bottom blue mud.

Ii. SILICEA.

Euplectel/a suberea Wywille Thomson.
Pl. I, fig. 1.
Vide Litter: 30 pag. 9.

St. 25. Several fragments (about 15).

The specimens obtained are all in rather bad condi-
tion, but nevertheless they are doubtless to be recognized
as Euplectella suberea Wywille Thomson.

Usually they consist only of the basal tult with a small
remnant of the body-wall. Only one specimen, though
also much damaged, represents the entire sponge, in
which only traces of the tuft are left. This specimen has
a subcylindrical form and is 10 cm. high with a diameter

9)
of 5 cm. in the broadest part. Externally it resembles
Wywille Thomson’s second figure in the Challenger
Report (60 pl. V fig. 1), showing similar spiral series of
round parietal gaps alternating with series of meshes
closed by a flat arching of soft tissue, and the radial rays
of the strong pentacts from the longitudinal and circular
strands forming the underlying lattice-like meshwork pro-
ject in spiral rows as lateralia, 2—3 cm. in length. The
delicate marginal wreath consists of isolated spicules pro-
jecting outwards and upwards.

Spiculation: As to the spiculation in the specimens
examined I find that the spicules on the whole correspond
well with those figured by Schulze (60 pl. V and pl.

E. ARNESEN.

(REP. OF THE ,,MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

VI tig. 3). All the different forms of principalia, comitalia
and parenchymalia are present.

It is specially noteworthy that the rough diacts with
the four rudimentary actines from the circular membrane
of the parietal gap—spicules characteristic of the species
—-have been observed.in abundance with all their varia-
tions. But of the microscleres I have only been able to
observe with certainty the hexasters (80 ,), the small
gastral and the large dermal floricomes resembling
those in 60 fig. 4 and fig. 5. All the other forms seem
to be absent.

Geographical distribution. As will be seen from
the table E. suberea has a wide distribution in the Atlantic.

Name of Expedition |

Date Locality Depth | Litterature
or Authoraty
1877 INorthfofeScotla nc eaten eee nieces: | Wywille Thomson:
The Voyage of the Challenger.
| The Atlantic vol. I p. 138.
1881 OffetheyBerlingmesspeeerc nee re es 6049 m “Travailleur” Milne Edwards:
Comptes rendus T. XCIII p. 871.
1885 INOrthipA tant Caren see terre onsen ceseensnensnever seas 900——2300 m.) “Talisman” H. Filhol:
| La vie au fond des mers p. 282.
1886 | Edmond Perrier | Edm. Perrier:
Les explorations soumarines p. 337.
|
1887 West of Gibralter: (Lat. 36° 25’ N. long,) 1097 m. |
8° 12' W.; Lat. 35° 47' N. long, 89 23’ W,), 1994 m. | |
| | “Challenger” | F. E. Schulze:
_ Between Pernambuco and Bahia: (Lat. 10° | | Rep. on Challenger Hexactinellida p. 76.
(I? Sy Sterns, BOLD! Wi) cee -cectmrsmmecentnezets | 2926 m. ||
1892 | Lat. 38° 23' 45” N. long, 30° 51’ 30” W......... 927 m. | | Emile Topsent:
[eats 9o1 Sie Se NemlonearooOrS2Ln low Were alot. mls | “Hirondelle”’ Result. Camp. scient. Prince du Monaco.
Lat. 41° 40’ 41" N. long, 29° 4' 23” W.......| 2870 m. | Spongiaires de 1’Atlantic nord. p. 24.
1904 Azores: |
Lat. 37° 54’ N. long, 24° 43! 15" Wao... | QRS ae | Emile Topsent:
Lat. 39° 11’ N. long, 30° 44’ 40” 1846 m. | caoyrrventes INE Result. Camp. scient. Prince du Monaco.
Lat. 39° 51’ N. long, 26° 54’ 45" 1940 m. | Fasc. XXV Spongiaires des Acores, p. 38.
Lat. 39° 54’ N. long, 29° 01’ 45” 1900 m. |
1904 S. W. of Cap Bojador: |
JERS PHD Rhye) ING i Coeyes, WI ETE eared 2500 m. | F. H. Schulze:
| Pembachannel Zanzibar): | “Valdivia” Hexactinellida.
WAS GU PAU INE, GO Mey IES WO eeececercccacs exec 818 m. | Wiss. Ergeb. d. Deutsch Tiefsee-Exp.
“Valdivia”.
1910 Spanish Bay:
Latso CxS LN OCs 25 LW lOnopeseeenere eene 2300 | “Michael Sars”
Globigerina
Ooze

‘y Though not belonging to the Atlantic it is of interest to mention this locality here.—The specimen recorded from the Pembachannel
(figured pl. Il fig. 15 op. cit.) and one specimen from off Cape Bojador (figured pl. Il fig. 6 op. cit.) are in spite of differences in the spicu-
lation from the type referred to Eup. suberea with the remark, that it is doubtfull, whether they are to be reckoned “als Variationen innerhalb
des Speciesbegriffes Euplectella suberea W. Th. oder als typische Charaktere differenter, von dem alten durch Wyv. Thomson und mich
(Schulze) aufgestellte Artbegriff zu trennender Species zu gelten haben“ (op. cit. p. 15).

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

SPONGIA. 7

Malacosaccus floricomatus Topsent.
Pl. I, fig. 2.
Vide litter: 41 pag. 33.

St. 10. One specimen.

At stat. 10 one specimen of a subcylindrical, stalked
sponge of a very loose consistency was procured. The
body of this sponge is 7 cm. long and has in the middle
a diameter of 3 cm. diminishing towards the base to 2
cm. The subcylindrical somewhat twisted stalk is 8 cm.
long and of 4 mm. in diameter with a basal bulb 6 mm.
in diameter. The surface is finely hispid owing to the
projection of the distal rays of the sword-like dermal
hexacts, to be described later. Orifices, about 1 mm. in
diameter, are rather densely spread over it. Whether
there was an opening at the summit cannot be decided,
as the upper part was cut off. There is no gastral cavity
though a cut certainly appears on one side at the summit,
about 1 cm. deep and 0.7 cm. in diameter. But as the
walls of this cut exhibit no special spiculation, which is
similar to that in the parenchyme I do not think it can
be regarded as a rudimentary cloacal cavity.

The specimen thus exhibits a striking resemblance to
Malacosaccus floricomatus Topsent (op. cit. pl. I, fig. 10).
The spiculation also shows more affinity to this species
than to the closely allied, M. unguiculatus Schulze, though
it has not been possible after careful examination to find
either the hypodermal spined hexacts (op. cit. pl. VII,
fig. 3c), or the floricomes with numerous secondary rays,
like those found by Topsent under the superficial encrust-

Geographical distribution. Malacosaccus
the Azores:

St. 749 Lat. 38° 55’ N., long 21° 18’ 45” W.

The “Michael Sars” specimen came from the Bay of Biscay:

St. 10

| Lat. 45° 26’ N., long 9° 20’ W.

Regadrella phoenix O. Schmidt.
Pl. I, fig. 3.
Vide litter: 41 p. 39, 30 p. 22.

St. 23. Seven specimens and several basal cups.

Of this species the “Michael Sars” obtained at
stat. 23 seven or eight tolerably well preserved specimens,
though all without basal cups. About double the number
of basal cups were, however, taken at the same station.
But as they were found in a separate bottle (together
with Aphrocallistes) it is impossible to decide, whether
they belong to the upper parts of the above mentioned
specimens.

Depth: 5005 m.

Depth: 4700 m.

ment at the top of the stalk. But all the other forms of
spicules have been observed: Thus in the dermal surface
there is a layer af swordlike hexacts (like those figured
op. cit. 3a, 3b), and between them small onychasters,
0.07 mm. in diameter (op. cit. fig. 3g), together with a
few, very slender floricomes. In the parenchyme between
the large, flexible, absolutely smooth hexacts there are
many robust floricomes (op. cit. fig. 31), with a diameter
between 0.190—0.300 mm. These are specially large and
abundant in the wall of the above mentioned cut. Further
there were onychasters, discohexasters and oxyhexasters
of the same forms as figured by Topsent in respectively
(ig. 3h, 31, 3k op. cit).

The rather flexible stalk has a peripheral coating of
smaller, slenderer spicules and a central rigid part of
rather robust ones. The spicules in both places are
hexacts, differently transformed, mostly reduced to triactins
(like fig. 3d op. cit.). In the remaining patches of the
skin the same spiculation has been observed as in the der-
mal skeleton of the body. Besides this there was in the
coating of the basal hulb a dense felt, consisting of rather
slender hexacts with rays of most variable length and
beset with few exeedingly fine prongs—much like those
described by Topsent (p. 38) in the “revétement parti-
culier” from the upper part of the stalk.

I think lam justified in referring —at least provisionally
the specimen at my disposal to Malacosaccus floricomatus
Topsent, in spite of the absence of the hypodermal spined
hexacts and the floricomes with numerous rays.

floricomatus Topsent has been recorded from the east of

Bottom: “vase blanche et | 3 specimens and 2 stalks

globigerines”’

| ]
Bottom: yellow mud

1 specimen

The basal cups were generally separated, but often
they were attached very close to each other. Some of
the cups had inside a coating of Hamacantha bowerbankii,
and at the common base of fixation a small Characella
pachastrelloides was attached.

All the specimens seem to have been torn off very
close to the base. The largest one is 17 cm. long with
a diameter at the middle of about 8.5 cm. and the smaller
ones 12 cm. long with a diameter of 5 cm. The sieve-
plate, the skeleton of which is pretty well preserved on
nearly all the specimens, resembling exactly Topsent’s
fig. 3 pl. VI 41, has a diameter of 3 to 5 cm. The

8 E. ARNESEN.

dermal surface is much abraded, exposing the parenchy-
mal strands. The thin-edged, circular, parietal apertures,
arranged in somewhat irregular oblique rows, have a dia-
meter up to 5 mm.

Spiculation. As to the spiculation: I! have obser-
ved all the spicules figured by Schulze (26 & 29) and
Ijima 11, except the graphiocomes, .which were not
found, though carefully looked for in several specimens:
Onychasters, 0.111—0.147 mm. in diameter, and gene-
rally with. only two secondary branches were observed in

abundance and lophocomes, though fewer in number,

0.145—0.185 mm. in diameter. In the sieveplate-border
the characteristic oxypentactins with unequal rays (fi-
gured 11 pl. V, fig. 5, fig. 6) were present and in the free

{[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

edge of the cuff sword-like hexactins, like those figured
in pl. XIII, fig. 2 26, the distal rays of which project as
marginal prostalia.. Bristle-like prostalia as indicated
by Schulze and Filho! | have not observed.

In the dermal surface—though much abraded—ihe
typical hexacts, reproduced in 11 fig. 23 & fig. 24 pl. X,
were found and in the gastral surface pentactins. |

Geographical distribution. ‘Regadrella phoenix
has a wide geographical range. Thus, besides having
been obtained at several stations in the Atlantic, —as the
following list shows,—it has also been recorded from the
Pacific by “Albatross* 29 Galapagos, 717 m. and off
the Coast of Chili, 3200 m., and in the Indian Ocean
by the “Valdivia* 30 Nicobar, 805 m., 1 basal cup.

List of the localities in the Atlantic, where Regadrella phoenix has been recorded:

y
{

Date Locality Depth Number of Name of Literature
specimens expedition
Sah eID SEMAG| a =
1880 Near the Lesser Antilles: ' O. Schmidt: Spongien des Meer-
Santa Grune oe 453m.” | busens von Mexico Bd. II 1880
Barbados ei thes 404—526 m. p. 61.
1899 St: Lucia and St. Vincent............ aes | 1 Skeleton ' “Albatross leo JB Schulze: Amerikanische
i Hexactinelliden nach dem Mate-
riale der Atbatross-Expedition
Jena 1899 p. 20. j
Near the Azores
SSS) tes tee ethics escte, Sees gtk gard ses iseatriucs autics 861 m. 1 mutilated base | “L’Hirondelles = E. Topsent: Spong d. L’Atlant
| | nord.— Résult camp. scient. du
i Prince Monaco. Fasc. II 1892
| p. 25.1)
IShO)5). <>) Ce eee ce eaee epee ae ee rere ee 1022 m. 2 bases and “Princesse Alice“ |
Saye “eo | | E. Topsent: Spong. des Acores.—
DSSS a creed ene senses x yess tes etesies fic ayhietessassipubas 1360 m 1 macerated : y Result. camp. scient. du Prince
fragment ‘| | Monaco Fasc. XXV 1904 p. 39.
SOD a | aoe ete pre rie li et oc 1250 m. 2 fleschy bases | a
1885 Coast oi Morocco?) eee | 882 m | “Talisman“ |H. Filhol: La vie au, fond des
| Mers. Paris 1885, p. 284.
1896 Gulf of (Gascony. 3c teitecteer-o-c] 1220 m. Fragments | .E..Topsent: Résult. sci. cam. du
| | Caudan. Annal. Univers. Lyon:
Hen) | Several | | 1896, p. 275.
| | magnificent speci- |
mens in perfect
ot ae GPaiie pala condition ie Va A eit
|
Spanish Bay: | | |
1910°-- |. 35° 32" N., 1215 m. 7 and several “Michael Sars“ |

TORT csice x ae een
fragments | uh

') In the work cited Regadrella phoenix O. Schmidt has been identified with Rhabdodictyum delicatum O. Schmidt.
+) Wf Regadrella phoenix ©. Schmidt be synomymous with Trichaptella elegans Filhol (37 p. 276) as Topsent suggests but’ as

Schulze (29 p:,22) doubts. Z /

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III}.

Asconema setubalense Saville Kent.

Pl. I, fig. 4.
Vide litter: 12a.

St. 102. One specimen.

From this station there is one specimen of a little
bag-shaped sponge, 5 cm. long and 3.5 cm. wide, open
at both ends, apparently a piece torn from a larger sponge.
Its feltlike consistency and characteristic spiculation prove
beyond doubt that it is an Asconema. All the different
kinds of diacts (op. cit. pl. XXI, fig. 710) forming the paren-
chymal interlacement, the dermal and gastral hexacts
and pentacts have been observed. Though we have

SPONGIA.

9

not found all the four forms of rosettes generally occur-
ring in Asconema setubalense—the great discohexasters
(op. cit. fig. 11) and the oxyhexasters with brushlike secon-
dary rays (op. cit. fig. 6) being absent—we do not hesitate
to refer the fragment to this species. Specimens wanting
the great discohexasters have previously been recorded by
the “Albatross* (var. pauperata Schulze 29 p. 26), and spe-
cimens lacking also other miscrosleres are known from
off the Azores 599—1600 m. (41 p. 41). The specimen at
my disposal seems to represent a variety between pauperata
and the simpler variety from off the Azores.

Geographical distribution: Asconema setubalense Sav. Kent has hitherto only been recorded from
the Atlantic, where it seems to have a wide range:
Date Locality Depth Bottom deposit Nate © me Cyfantority
Literature
1870 Osimcoastwo te ont calms ween cee ees ? “Norna“
Sav. Kent: On the “Hexactinellidae*
etc. Monthly Micr., Journ. Nov.
p. 241.
“Talisman & “Travailleur‘.
1885 OflmcoastaofeMOloccomerees nets ste. 410 m. Rocky ground Filhol: La vie au fond des mers
p. 285.
“Triton” (st. 4) John Murray vide:
1887 Nie Wo Gli SYROntWENI Cl cc ccconocosencenooscoconcoreccseencBeseEe 598—786 m. F. E. Schulze: Hexactinellida.
e Rep. Challenger, vol. XXI p. 116.
Azores:
1886 Lents Gey) BY" ING Wetaer, QZ WG coccocecocteoree | 300 m. Gravel, rock | “Hirondelle”’
1887 Lat. 38° 23’ 45” N. long, 30° 51’ 30” W...| 927 m. Gravel, black mud | E. Topsent: Résult. camp. scient.
1887 Lat. 46° 4’ 40” N. long, 49° 2’ 30” W. .... 1267 m. Stones, mud, shells Prince de Monaco. Fasc. II. Spong.
1888 Vat. 38° 48! 30” N: long, 30° 19" W. 2. 861 m. Sand, stones de L’Atlant. Nord. 1892 p. 27.
1895 | Lat. 37° 42' 40” N. long, 25° 05’ 15" W.!| 1385 m. Arenaceous mud | “Princesse Alice”
1896 Lat. 38° 20’ N. long, 28° 04' 45” W. ........ 1550 m. | E. Topsent: Résult. camp. scient.
1896 aten39o INS longs 202724) ol Wee ee 1600 m. Prince de Monaco. XV. Spong.
1897 Lat. 38° 52’ 50” N. long, 27° 23’ 05" W. 599 m. Coarse sand des Acores. 1904, p. 40.
1899 | East coast of America: |
| Lat. 40° 02' N. long, 68° 50! W. ou... | 642 m. Sand i \.
| Lat. 409 01! N. long, 68° 54! We nsec 1170 m. Sand bale, ADAH OSS aig
Lat. 40° 03/ N. long, 68° 56" W. access. 532 m. Sand, ooze jf & s@ntlze: aus. Flext.
| Lat. 42° 49! N. long, 68° 50! W. .... nach dem Mater. d. Albatross Exp.
| Lat, 449 35’ N. long, 57° 20) W. ccc Hanah oe
| Lat. 41° 54’ N. long, 65° 48’ 35” W. ........ | 185 m. Stones and sand
1910 Lat. N. Blue mud “Michael Sars“

60° 57! AOS OO MW en ccore se clartasr aes:

1098 m.

Chonelasma sp.?
Pi. I, fig. 5
Vide Litter: 26 pag. 320.
St. 10. One specimen.
The specimen obtained by the “Michael Sars“ was
a 3—4 cm. long mamelliform piece, somewhat irregular
ARNESEN — 2

apparently representing an entire individual. The expanded
base has most likely been detached directly from the
bottom. The sponge is hollow, and the cavity was filled
with mud containing a small annelid. The surface exhibits
irregular, rounded hillocks and indistinct foldings. The
openings of the incurrent and excurrent canals are irre-

10 E. ARNESEN.

gularly scattered and of variale size. No trace of skin or
other soft parts is left—only a pumice-like dictyonal
iramework exhibiting an irregular meshwork of contused
strong hexacts with a prickly surface and provided with
rather robust pegs. The thickness of the wall is 1—2
mm., and there seems to be no noteworthy differences
between the dermal and the gastral suriaces.

Geographical distribution. Of this genus 5 spe-
cies have been described from the Pacific (Ch. lamella
Schulze, Ch. hamatum Schulze, Ch. doederleinii Schulze,
Ch. calyx Schulze (26 p. 320—326.) and Ch. tenerum
Schulze (29 p. 81).

From the Atlantic only 2 established species are
known Ch, Schulzei Topsent (34 p. 33) and Ch. ijimai
Topsent (41 p. 53) dredged by the “Hirondelle* and
“Princesse Alice‘ off the Azores at depths between 861—
1919 m—The “Caudan“ specimen from the Gulf of
Gascogny (1710 m.) and the specimens recorded from the
West Indies, Bermudas and off the coast of Portugal being
all but small undetermined tragments.

The Chonelasma from the “Michael Sars“ expedi-
tion was obtained at the trawling station 10 (Lat. 45°
26' N., Long, 9° 20’ W.).during the cruise from Plymouth
to Gibralter at the entrance to the Bay of Biscay at a
depth of 4700 m. on a bottom of globigerina ooze.

This specimen cannot with certainty be relerred to
any distinct species, as the parts on which the specilic
characters are based are absent, but it may perhaps be
identical with Ch. Schulzei Topsent, as this species
according to Topsent (41 p. 51) seems to be rather com-
mon among the Azores and perhaps occurs also off the
coast of Portugal—the undetermined fragments recorded
from that locality by the “Challenger“ exhibiting at least,
according to the same author, a close affinity to Ch. Schulzei.

Aphrocallistes beatrix J. ©. Gray sensu F. E. Schulze.
Pl. I, fig. 5, 6,
Vide Litter: 30 p. 144.

St. 23. Several specimens.

At this station several pieces of Aphrocallistes were
taken, but only abraded diactinal skeletons or mere frag-
ments of skeletons, so that it has been difficult to deter-
mine the species. Of this genus six species have been
described, but according to Schulze (30) they are all
referable to two species appearing under different aspects
“wie etwa die Tarrus-, Nardorus- and Auloplegma-Form
irgend einer Kalkschwammspecies“ (op. cit. p. 147). The
two species regarded as main types are Aphrocallistes
beatrix J.E. Gray and Aphrocallistes vastus F.E. Schulze.
The others Aphr.. bocagei Perc. Wright, Aphr. ramosus
F.E. Schulze and Aphr. azoricus Topsent, are to be regarded
as three different aspects of Aphr. beatrix, while Aphr.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

whiteavesianus Lambe is to be regarded as belonging to
Aphr. vastus F. E. Schulze.

Aphr. vastus with its by-iorm belongs to the Pacific
[Aphr. vastus trom Japan, 329 m. (26, p. 317) and Aphr.
whiteavesianus {rom Vanconver 730 m.]. The other,
Aphrocallistes beatrix, has been recorded both from the
Indian Ocean, the Atlantic and the Pacific.

The type species is known only from the Indian
Ocean [Malacca, Bombay and the Andaman 28], the
ramosus-lorm') {rom the Pacific (26, p. 319) and the
azoricus-lorm {rom the Atlantic (41, p. 48), while the
bocagei-iorm, has a wide range both in the Atlantic [W.
Ireland, Coast of Spain, Portugal, France, Cape Verde,
Azores, W. Indies etc., between 500—1300 m.], in the
Indian Ocean and in the Pacific.

To judge from the geographical data, above mentioned
and from the external appearance of the skeletons the
“Michael Sars“ specimens most likely belong to the
species beatrix J. E. Gray sensu Schulzei.

The main type most Surely is not present, only the
bocagei-lorm, nearly all the specimens exhibiting the
ordinary habit of that lorm, a tube gradually widening
upwards with numerous radial finger-like swellings on the
lateral walls “and the axis of the tube exhibiting as a
tule a slight curvature‘ (like those figured 26, fig. 1,
pl. LXXXIII], and 30, lig. 6, pl. XIV). Sometimes there
are two parallel tubes the lateral swellings of which ana-
stomose. The structure of the diactinal framework corre-
sponds with Schulze’s description (p. 314, 26). In most
specimens sieve-septa, like those figured in op. cit., pl.
LXXXIII, tig. 2 often in several stages are present. A ter-
minal sieve-plate has not been observed as all the upper
parts have visibly been broken of.

In some specimens there are small patches with loose
spicules still preserved at the base of the finger-like out-
growths, showing a striking resemblance to the spiculation
in the ramosus-form. \

As the ramosus-form has only been recorded from
the Pacific, the “Michael Sars“’s locality would in case
furnish a noteworthy extension of its distribution, the
specimens having been obtained from the Spanish Bay
(lat. 35° 32’ N, long. 7° 7’ W) at a depth of 1215 m:

Hyalonema Gray.

Of this genus the ,Michael Sars“ obtained 8 spe-
cimens from stations 10, 23, 35 and 53.

But nearly all the specimens are in a more or less
bad condition, and therefore very difficult to identify.

') The form obtained off the Azores and determined by Top-
sent as Aphrocallistes ramosus Schulze 34 the autor has later 41
recognized as Aphrocallistes azoricus Topsent.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL III].

From station 10 there are only two small fragments,
one a piece of the body-wall, the other apparently a por-
tion of a central conus—both impossible to recognize.

From station 35 was obtained a twisted basal tuft,
33 cm. long and 0.5 cm. in diameter, with a fragment
of the body, 13 cm. long, adhering to its proximal pro-
longation. The basal tuft bears a single Palythoa. The
consistency of the body is very loose. Its spiculation
comes closest to that of 17. lusitanicum Barb. du Bocage;
but it is doubtful whether it may be identified with this
species, especially on account of the pinnules, which in
form and size exhibit more likeness with those in H.
thomsoni Marsh; the distal ray of the great pinnules being
0.77 mm. long and the basal rays 0.09 mm. long; in the
small ones the distal ray is 0.26—0.38 mm. long; the
basal rays vary much both absolutely and relatively, often
they are as long as the distal ray.

The two specimens from station 53 are also in a bad
condition, the one consisting only of a hollow, 5 cm. long
fragment --most probably a compartment—attached to a
firm basal tuft 11 cm. long, which projects into the body
for about 3 cm,; the other specimen has a basal tuft 10
cm. long, the proximal prolongation of which projects as
a rigid conus into the middle of the body to a hight of
1.2 cm. above the margin and apparently dividing the
body into four compartments of which only the one is
left. As the body-wall of the three compartments has
been destroyed, the central conus thus lies quite free. The
spiculation exhibits most likeness with that of 7. /usita-
nicum. Thus we find the characteristic smooth micro-oxy-
hexacts, straight and bent, with rays 0.074 mm. long.
The pinnules—though the distal ray is shorter and the
basal rays seldom blunt as in 7. lusitanicum—decidedly
resemble as regards their bushy appearance, the pinnules
of this species. As to the three kinds of amphidiscs they
too agree tolerably well in respect of form, but the
mesamphidiscs (0.05 mm.) and macramphidiscs (0.17 mm.),
are smaller—thus approximating in size to those of H.
thomsoni. The rest of the spiculation consists of diacts
variable in size and thickness, straight or curved, pointed
at both ends, and of middle sized oxyhexacts and pen-
tacts with their rays running into a marked point. In
the basal tuft there are strong spicules with a variable
number of cylindrical rays with rounded rough ends (like
those figured 26 pl. XXVIII, fig. 12).

The identification of Hf. lusitanicum is on the whole
difficult imperfectly known as it is—erected by Barb. du
Bocage for a basal tuft of a sponge found at great
depths off Portugal. Had it not been for the amplification
of the diagnosis by Schulze based upon a damaged spe-
cimen labelled as a gilt from du Bocage in the British

‘museum, it would have been impossible to recognize it.

SPONGIA. 11

The specimens recorded by the “Gaudan* in the Gulf of
Gascogny, 1710 m., are only “lambeaux isolés, avec une
touffe de soies fixatrices couverte de Palythoa“, and those
obtained by the “Valdivia* (30) south-west of Cape Bojador,
2500 m., are also only fragments, of which the author
remarks ,,vielleicht handelt es sich um H. lusitanicum
Barb. du Boc. oder H. kentii Schmith.«

The only specimens of Yyalonema in a condition to
be recognized with any certainty are those from station
23, which I think must be referred to H. infundibulum
Topsent.

The “Mihael Sars“
following localities:

specimens were found at the

; De \ 5 :
Locality aes Number of specimens
Spanish Bay:
Chay SPP IN TOT WS nee 1215 m. 2 macereted specimens.
GOO TING ie Sol Wipe 1615 m. 20—30 specim. (denuded).
Between Gran Canaria and
Cape Bojador:
PA Ee INA JGR By Wee 1365. m. 2 specimens.

Unkown' locality......202.00200... 1] dried specimens.

Hyalonema infundibulum Topseut.
(Pl. 1, fig. 8).
Vide litter: 34, p. 28, 37, p..277, 41, p. 32.

St. 23. 2 specimens and 1 fragment.

This form was first obtained by the “Hirondelle“
(1888) off Flores (Azores) at a depth of 1372 m. (bottom:
sable vaseux et coquilles brisées), and identified by Top-
sent as /yalonema thomsoni Marsh 34. Later, after
having found in the material from the “Gaudan‘-Expe-
dition (37), at a depth of 1710 m., “un échantillon
d’Hyalonema semblable a celui de l’Hirondelle’“ he thinks
“maintenant avoir affaire a une éspéce voisine de 7. Thom-
soni par la spiculation, mais nettement distincte par ses
caractéres extérieurs“—and he erects the species 17. infun-
dibulum Tops.

I believe that the specimens from the “Michael Sars“
station 23 (in the Spanish Bay) are to be identified with
this species. As to the exterior they agree very well
with fig. 12, pl. Ill (op. cit.), and according to the descrip-
tion (p. 278 op. cit.) they have a cylindroconical form,
the superior part of which, as the diagnosis runs “s’enfonce
en un entonnoir largement évasé, dont la paroi, tapissée
d’une fine membrane criblée partout adhérente aux tissus
sous-jacents, se perce de quatre grandes fentes allongées
et irreguliéres, qui rayonnent autour d’un axe creux, et
aussi d’un plus grand nombre d’orifices plus petits et
inégaux. situés plus en dehors et dispersés.“

12 E. ARNESEN.

It is to be noticed, that Topsent’s specimens have
no basal tuft nor even a trace thereof, while among the
3 specimens from the “Michael Sars“ expedition the one
has a tuft 15 cm. long, and the second a hole at the
base, from which most probably a tuft has been torn out;
the third specimen is only a small piece of the body.
Besides this, the ‘Michael Sars“ specimens are larger
than those of Topsent, the one with basal tuft, being
11 cm. long with a diameter at the margin of 8.5 cm.,
and the other one 8 cm. in length with a diameter at
the margin of 7 cm.

Spiculation. As to the spiculation I have observed,
besides the ordinary smooth diacts and the middle sized
hexacts, the characteristic micro-oxyhexacts with
straight and prickly rays, 0.110 mm. long—thus somewhat
longer than those measured by Topsent, which were
only 0.080 mm. (80 «). Further there are three kinds of
amphidiscs, which agree well in form and size with those
oi Af. infundibulum —though also somewhat longer than
those measured by Topsent: macramphidiscs with a
nearly hemispherical umbel and faintly echinated shaft,
generally without central nodul, length 0.222 mm.—0.296
mm.; mesamphidiscs with a more bell-shaped umbel
being 0.081 mm.—0.120 mm. long and micramphidiscs,
0.022 mm.—0.037 mm. long. As to the pinnules | find
those of the “membrane criblée du cloaque* correspon-
ding well with Topsent’s description and figure (pl. 8,
fig. 3). My measurements give for the unpaired ray
0.120 mm.—0.222 mm. and for the paired ones 0.040
mm.——0.055 mm. The other, more bushy kind of pinnules
in my specimens seldom reach the length indicated by
Topsent—thus the unpaired rays rarely exceed 0.200
—0.300 mm. and the cruciate ones, often thickly spined,
are of variable length (from 0.045 mm. to often nearly
the lenght of the distal ray). Besides these spicules there
are in the basal pad strong tetracts and hexacts with
rough echinated rays. Both agreeing well with those in
H. thomsoni, and especially H. thomsoni var. exigua
(26, fig. 15 & 17, pl. XXXIV).

The diacts of the basal pad have often echinated
ends. The basal tuft consists of few, only 12—16, rather
thick spicules, the ends of which are all broken, so that
no anchors could be observed.

The presence of a basal tuft, and the approximation
as regards the measurements of the spicules to those of
HH. Thomsoni, support Topsent’s suggestion (41, p. 32),
that H. infundibulum may represent only a variety of
H. Thomsoni.

Geographical distribution: H. infundibulum has
been taken off the Azores (1372 m.) and in the Bay of
Biscay (1710 m. depth).

The “Michael Sars* specimens come from the
Spanish Bay (35° 32’ 7° 7' W); 1215 metres.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Pheronema grayi Saville Kent.
(Pl. I, fig. 9).

Vide litter: 12, p. 182, 34, p. 29, 41, p. 29).

St. 23. 2 specimens (denuded).

St. 24. 20--30 specimens (denuded).

St. 41. 2 specimens.

Unnamed locality 11 dried specimens.

Though all the specimens from the “Michael Sars“
Expedition are denuded, having lost most of their pros-
talia lateralia and even often the basalia, they seem to
be identical with Pheronema grayi Saville Kent, to
judge from the globular form (the largest specimens me-
asuring about 13 cm. & 13 cm. and 13 cm. X 11 cm.,
the smaller ones 7 cm. % 7 cm.) and the funnel-shaped
cloacal aperture (diam. 3 cm.—4 cm.). Though, it is to
be noticed that one of the two specimens obtained at
station 41 decidedly shows a cylindrical form (7.5 cm.
5.5 cm.) thus resembling Ph. carpenteri. The prostalia
pleuralia have a scattered disposition, while the prostalia
basalia undoubtedly show a tendency to be grouped in
bundles; the basal tuft measures 15 cm. The marginal
fringe is rather defective, while the zone, 2 cm. below,
is as a rule pretty well preserved.

As to the spicules they agree well with the descrip-
tion and figures given by Saville Kent (pl. LXIII, 12)
and by Topsent (pl. VII, fig. 9, p. 29, 34, and pl. VII,
fig. 2) p. 295 41):

Geographical distribution: Of the seven recog-
nised species of Pheronema three are known from the
Atlantic (Ph. grayi, Ph. anne, and Ph. carpenteri). While
the two lastnamed species are from the western Atlantic,
Ph. grayi has been recorded from off Setubal, Portugal,
(depth 1098 m.) and was met with in profusion at the
Azores at different stations between 793 and 1557 m.

Tethyopsilla zetlandica (Carter).
(Pl. VI, fig. 6).
Vide litter: 15, p. 31.

St. 24. (NB! There is some doubt wether the spe-
cimens are from st. 24 or 41). Two specimens.

One specimen is spheroidal in shape with a diameter
of 4 cm., the other oblong, 4 cm. & 6 cm. Surface
rather abraded, though showing a dense hispidity. Root-
tuft about 5 cm. long—present only in the oblong spe-

cimen. Colour in spirit light yellowisch brown. Cortex
2—3 mm. thick.
Spicula: Megasclera: Cortical oxea, fusiform,

bent or straight with long and evenly tapering ends, about
1.7 mm. long by 0.030 in the middle. Somal oxea,
anisoactinate, nearly double the size of those in the typical
form. Protriaene, rhabdome 8.5 mm. long by about
10.050 mm. in the proximal part and tapering !rom the

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. Iil].

middle to the distal end, where it is filiform (0.017 mm.
thick). Anatriaene, about double the length of those in
the type; cladi 0.120—0.170 mm. long.

Geographical distribution: Tethyopsilla zetlan-
dica (Carter) has been recorded from the Atlantic (Shet-
land, Islands and Bahia), Pacific (64284 m.) and Indian
Ocean (15 m.).

The specimens of “Michael Sars* were dredged in
the Spanish Bay (35° 34’ N, 7° 35’ W); depth 1615 m.
(NB! If st. 41 proves the right the locality is: Between
Gran Canaria and Cap Bojador. (Lat. 28° 8’ N, 13° 35’ W);
depth 1365 m.; yellow mud.

Stelletta hispida Buccick.
Pl. IV, fig. 8.
Vide litter: 15, p. 41.

St. 23. One specimen.

A rounded mass about 4 « 7 9 cm. without any
base of fixation. Surface much abraded with a net ol
spined ridges. Cortex, 4 mm. thick, bluish-brown; choano-
some light yellow.

Spiculation. Megasclera: Choanosomal oxea
straight or curved, 3.5—5.9 mm. long by 0.060—0.085 mm.
thick. Cortical oxea, 1.3 mm. long, 0.017 mm. thick.
Protricene (Ptagiotrizene?), rhabdome 1.85—2.40 mm. long
by 0.100—0.140 mm. thick, cladi 0.100—0.325 mm. long
by 0.085 mm. thick. Microsclera- Strongylaster and
tylaster, the single actine of which is about 0.0035—0.007
mm. long. Oxyaster with actines’of about 0.007—0.018 mm.
length.

Geographical distribution. Stelleta hispida has
been recorded only from the Mediterranean.

The “Michael Sars* specimen is from the Atlantic:
Spanish Bay (lat. 35° 32’ N, long 7° 7’ W.); depth
NQNS) ii

Thenea muricata Bowerbank.
Vide litter: 15, p. 54.
St. 23. 3 fragments.
Three rather damaged fragments—the largest of which

SPONGIA.

13

has a diameter of about 6 cm. It is often difficult to
distinguish this species from the closely allied 7h. Schmidtii
Sollas, and the locality affords no clue, the specimens
recorded being from a geographical area, the Lusitanian
province, where both species are met with. But the small
number of plesiasters, one of the usual distinguishing
characters, seems to prove, that it cannot be 7h. Schmidtii.

Geographical distribution: 7h. muricata has
been recorded from the North Polar Ocean down to the
Azores.

The “Michael Sars* material was obtained in the
Spanish Bay (35° 32’ N, 7° 7’ W); depth 1215 m.

Characella pachastrelloides (Carter) Sollas.
Pl. IV fig. 4.

Vide litter: 5, p. 403, 34, p. 40, 15, p. 76, 41, 95

St. 23. One specimen.

A small lump about 3 cm. * 3 cm. attached to a
basal cup of Regadrella phoenix. The surface, rather
damaged, is hispid and rough. Pores very fine, and the
oscula, about 1 mm., in diameter, are dispersed. Colour
in spirit yellowish.

Spiculation. The spicules of the specimen from
the ,Michael Sars* Expedition agree fairly well with the
spicules of those collected by the Princesse Alice (41,
p. 95) though on the whole they are somewhat larger in
the former. The spiculation of the microscleres is rather
doubtful, and no orthotriaenes have been observed.

The spicules are: Megasclera: Oxea, 3—4 mm.
long by about 0.08 mm., in the thickest ones, Dichotriaenes
with rhabdomes varying from about 0.800 —1.7 mm. by
0.111 mm. in the thicker part; protocladi about 0.170
mm. and deuterocladi about 0.500 mm. Microsclera:
large microxea 0.260—0.370 mm. and small microxea,
often centrotyles, about 0.05 mm., the spinulation of
which is rather doubtful. Amphiasters, 0.026 mm.
(very few). -

This species has now been recorded from the fol-
lowing localities:

Number of

Name of Expedition

tat. ity
ae ran m. poten Specimens Literature
25 | Near Capem Sima VAncen tyes eee 682 “Porcupine“
| Carter: Sponges from the Atlantic
| Ocean. Annals & Mag 4 ser 18,
| 1876 p. 403.
60 OU ONIN OO eile ANN pre. selene enn cscs ites 300 | Sand, gravel, rock | 1 small fragment
229 Ci) BH ING, BOY GH IY Me cccesceccsexonso 736 | ferruginous | 4 large samples | “Hirondelle‘
gravel Topsent: Sponges Atlantic Nord:
584 BI) BI? ING, AS ZY IMSS Wo: cockncocorocentons 845. | Rock | 1 ~ Result. des Camp. Scient. Monaco.
SOTO; 20/ ENS 260 150i Ib) We I abil on Fasc II 1892 p. 41.
Bij atl clay AO INE, SUT ANG Ne eereeeecee 793 | Sand Several
597 hss) 20" INL, 2RY ORY DS We cacoscaceneca-cen| 523 Rock ] oni “
Between Pico and San Gorge. ........ | _ “Hirondelle™
866 380 52’ 50" Ni 2701/23/05) W. ......| 599 Coarse sand Several Topsent: Spong. Acores. Result.
Near Terceira. | | | des Camp. Scient. Monaco. Fasc.
IB Gian MEST ONSH ING (280056) 545!" Wel lel oe. BGS Fine sand | 2. fragments XXV_1904 p. 95.
s za ae <2 RELA ee a Ee Le | ss at
23) «|| SIS SP ONE 7e ne eooere oeeRE | 1215 | Yellow mud | 1 “Michael Sars‘

14 : F. ARNESEN.

Isops pachydermata Sollas.
Pl. IV fig. 3
Vide litter: 15, p. 98.

Si. 23. One specimen.

An irregular rounded mass about 3 cm. long and
2 cm. broad attached together with a small Sidonops sp?
to a piece of coral and nearly entirely enveloping it.
The uniporal pores and oscula open with chones at the
summit of small tubercles. Colour in spirit cream white.
Cortex about 1 mm. thick. :

This form, if not a typical /sops pachydermata Sollas,
seems at least to be a variety of this species. As will
be seen, the measurements of the spicula agree tolerably
well with those in /sops pachydermata Sollas but for the
subcortical spherasters, which are about double the size
and for the presence of the dichotriaenes, sparsely obser-

Geographical distribution: /sops pachydermata Sollas has been recorded from:

{[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

ved — if they really belong to the sponge and not to the
foreign bodies, abundantly present.

The spicules are: Megasclera: Oxea, fusiform,
usually curved, not sharply pointed, about 2.50 mm. long
by 0.06 mm.; orthotriaene, rhabdome conical, 1.2—1.7 mm.
long by 0.044 immediately below the ramification, cladi
0.680 mm. long by 0.037 at their origin; dichotriaene,
trhabdome 0.595 mm. long, protoclad 0.206 mm. long
and deuteroclad 0.255 mm. long. Microsclera: sterraster,
ellipsoid, 0.250—0.390 mm. by recpectively 0.187— 0.272
mm.: small spheraster with a large centrum, total diameter
0.018 mm.; subcortical oxeote spheraster, total diameter
0.067 mm., centrum well developed, the length of single
actine 0.025 mm.; oxyaster with 2—8 actines, the length
of a single actine in the triod form about 0.060 mm.

St. Wacalit Depth OAOm Tempera- Ne of Expedition or authority
c m. deposit ture specimens Litterature
56 32° 9' N., 65° 0’ W. (Bermuda)........ 1966 Coral mud 344 ? “Challenger‘
Sollas: Tetractinellida, p. 236,

234 SODROLENE ROOMS: MW cen: 454 ferruginous | ? One very fine | Topsent: Spongia Atl. Nord in Res.

gravel specimen | Camp. Sci. Monaco fase. II. 1892,
| p. 49.
242 SOCRO MING ROO UNLOL Win (AZOreS) hee ue OOlu Sand, cinders sa) worsmallges fe fy
One “Michael Sars‘

23 30° 32’ N., 7° 7 W. Spanish Bay...

1215 | yellow mud

KOO

Sidonops sp.?

Pl. IV fig. 5.
St. 23. One specimen.
St. 24. Two specimens.

All the specimen are spheroidal, that from station
23, attached together with /sops pachydermata to a piece
of coral, having a diameter of about 2.5 cm. and those
from station 24, both free, having respectively a diameter
of 6 cm. and 7 cm. They are much abraded, but seem all
to have been densely hispid. Colour in spirit yellowish
brown. The specimen from station 23 is provided with
one praeosculum, 2 mm. in diameter. Of the specimens
from station 24 only the larger one has a praeosculum
(diameter 7 mm.). I have not been able to identify
any of the specimens with any known species. On the
other hand | do not consider the material in hand suffi-
cient for erecting a new species.

The spiculation of the specimen from station 23
resembles much that of Sidonops baretti, but for the
absence of the anatriaenes and protriaenes, which have
not been. observed, and for the presence of orthotriaenes.

The spicules here observed are: Megasclera: Large
amphioxea, 4—5 mm. long by 0.170 mm.; small oxea
0.370 mm. long; dichotriaenes, the rhabdome of which
is 4.10 mm. long by 0.170 mm., the protoclad 0.170 mm.
and the deuteroclad 0.340. mm.;. orthotriaenes, rhabdome
5.1 mm. by 0.170 mm. and cladi 0.510 mm. Micros-
clera: sterraster, 0.296—0.370 mm. in diameter; spined
oxyaster 0.050 mm. in diameter; spheraster 0.011 mm.

The spiculation of the specimen with preosculum
from station 24 includes: Megasclera: large amphioxea
0.510—0.680 mm. long by 0.085 mm.; small oxea 0.320
mm. long; dichotriaenes, rhabdome 8.5 mm. by 0.170—
0.250 mm., protoclad 0.425 mm. long and deuteroclad
0.680 mm. long; anatriaenes, rhabdome about 23 mm.
long, cladi 0.170—0.200 mm. long; protriaenes, rhabdome
18.7 mm. long; cladi 0.340—0.530 mm. long by 0.068.
Microsclera: sterraster, 0.102—0.153 mm. in diamer;
spined oxyasters, 0.1295 mm. in diameter; spheraster
0.007 mm. in diameter.

The spicules of the other specimen from station 24
are of similar dimensions.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

Locality: Between Gibraltar and Gran Canaria, lat.
SOU O2Ne one tei Wee lito metres, amd lat<35°
34' N, long 7° 35' W, 1615 metres. Bottom in both
places yellow mud.

Petrosia friabilis Topsent.
Pl. Ill fig. 5.
Vide Litter: 24, p. 69.

St. 23.° One fragment.

NENiMASSMOLOM Cite >< oO) Ci << 4:5 ems Of al rather
firm but friable consistency. Several circular, sharply
marked oscula with a diameter varying from 3 to 6 mm.
Colour in spirit dirty yellowish white. The sponge is
traversed by large canals. The dermal membrane is rather
thick and consists of a dense reticulation of oxea of the
same kind as in the choansome, but they are here irre-
gwarly arranged. The shape of the oxea agrees well
with Topsent’s figure (pl. X fig. 4, op. cit.) and with
his preparations, which I have had for comparison, but
the proportions are somewhat larger varying from 0.333
—0.444 mm. in length and being about 0.015 mm. thick.

Geographical distribution. The species has been
recorded from the Azores (130—927 m.) and from the
southern entrance of the Bay of Biscay (134—300 m.)
(op. cit. p. 69) where it is, according to Topsent, a very
common species.

. The locality of. the ,Michael Sars“ specimen is
the Spanish Bay (35° 32) N, 7 7’ W), 1215 m.
Temperature 10.17" c. (at 1200 m.).

Chondrocladia Michaelsarsii sp. n.

St. 23. One specimen and fragments.

St. 35. One specimen and fragments.

St. 41.. Several fragments.

The general appearance of the “Michael Sars“ speci-
mens recalls Oscar Schmidt’s figures of Chondrocladia
conrescens ©., Schmidt (25, Taf. X, fig. 89) and Fristedt’s
figure (9, pl. 31, fig. 26) of Cladorhiza nobilis Frist., found
by Lundbeck to be synonymous with Chondrocladia
gigantea Arm. Hansen (17).

With Lundbeck’s own figure (17, pl. IV, fig. 1) of
Ch. gigantea Arm. Hansen it shows on the contrary less
resemblance.

Only two specimens are tolerably well preserved, one
from station 23 and one from station 35.

The specimen from station 23 has a body 32 cm. in
length (+ 7 cm. for the stalk and root) and that from
Station 35 is 50 cm. in length (+ 1 cm. for the stalk
and root). The stalk is in both nearly uniform in thick-
ness throughout the whole length: in the larger specimen
1—2 cm. and in the smaller one 0.5—0.7 cm.

SPONGIA. 15

The stem has whorls of irregularly clubshaped bran-
ches, about 2 cm. long, set with small globular swellings.
Ordinarily there are four branches in each whorl. The
branches coalesce with each other and the neighbouhring
stems seem to do the same, as sometimes two stems form
a cross. One of the specimens is forked at the upper
end, while the other is undevided and tapering somewhat
towards the apex. The surface is minutely hispid, with
either irregular, circular or oval apertures here and there.
The further anatomical structure corresponds in all essen-
tials with Lundbeck’s description of Chondrocladia
gigantea Arm. Hansen (17, p. 104). Thus there is a crusty
layer, easily peeled off, while the dermal membrane proper
is difficult to detach. Further there is a copious system
of subdermal cavities and canals (where generally anne-
lids have taken shelter). A rope-like, twisted skeletal axis
runs throughout the sponge and diverges into the bran-
ches. In the stalk—which is rather muddy—-there is no
lacunous layer between the coating and the axis.

Spiculation. The megasclera are smooth styli:
In the axis they are from 1.7 mm. to 3.4 mm. in length,
or even longer, and generally about 0.056 mim. in thick-
ness, while in the other parts of the body they obtain
only a length of about 1.2—1.7 mm. with a thickness
of 0.011—0.030 mm., but there is no distinct separation
between them. Thus they are somewhat longer than in
Ch. gigantea (1.2—2 mm. and 0.56—1.2 mm.) and
aproach those in Ch. concrescens Ridley and Dendy
(4.5 mm).; in shape, they are more like those in the for-
mer, perhaps not so suddenly tapering at the upper end.
Besides the smooth styli there are in the stalk-coating
finely granular styli, generally 0.37 mm. long and
0.007 mm. thick, thus also somewhat larger than in
gigantea (0.118—0.340 mm.) but otherwise resembling
them (pl. XIII, fig. 2c). The microsclera are isanchorae
unguiferae of the typical chondrocladia-shape, generally
with 7 teeth, but sometimes having 6 or 8, and all of
one size, about 0.099 mm.—thus agreeing with the “Chal-
lenger“-forms. Plenty of sigmata with compressed ends,
0.037—0.063 mm., have been observed in all parts of
the sponge, though most abundantly in the branches.

As will be seen from the above description the
Chondrocladia obtained by the “Michael Sars“ can not
easily be identified with any one of the species in question:
Ch. gigantea Arm. Hansen, Ch. concrescens O.. Schmidt
and Ch. concrescens Ridley and Dendy.—Lundbeck
thincks the Ch. concrescens of Schmidt and that of
Ridley and Dendy are two different species, and he is
certainly right I believe-—Our form has affinities with
each of the three, thus in the abcenee of small anchore
and in the proportions of the large it corresponds with
Ridley and Dendy’s concrescens, whilst in general ana-

16 E. ARNESEN.

tomical structure it seems to be identical with Ch. gigantea
Arm. Hansen—and here special notice must be taken of
the presence of a stalk-coating with granular styli, which
have been observed as mentioned with certainty only
in Ch. gigantea the “Schlammbelag* in Schmidt’s
concrescens seems most doubtful. As to external aspect it
reminds one most of the species figured by Fristedt
(= Cladorhiza nobilis op cit.), but it resembles also Ch.
concrescens Schmidt.

Though as a whole, the relationship seems after all
to be closest with the concrescens of Ridley and Dendy,
and were it not for the absence in this of a stalk-coating
with granular styli, the widely separated localities, and

Name oi species Locality

Chondrocladia | (St. 48) Lat. 64° 34' N.

Depth Temperature | Deposit |

{[REP, OF THE “MICHAEL SARS" NORTH

the differences in depth as shown by the following list,
I would be inclined to refer it to that species.

From these considerations I think it most practical
in accordance with the present state of our knowledge to
erect a new species, nearly related to the three above
mentioned inter se closely allied species. Further rese-
arches may perhaps elucidate the true generic relations
between them.

Geographical distribution ete. of Chondrocla-
dia gigantea Arm. Hansen, Chondrocladia concrescens
O. Schmidt, Chondrocladia concrescens Ridley and Dendy
and the Chondrocladia from the “Michael Sars“ expedi-
tion 1910:

| Number of | — Name of Expedition and
specimens Literature

|

long, |
gigantea QO 2D Wikeertee oko oe oa aul oe 547 m. | - (0 Dark grey l spec. & se-| Norw. North Atlant. Exp. 1887
Arm. Hansen clay veral frag-|) (Arm. Hansen: Spongide)
(St. 51) Lat. 65° 53' N. long, | ments. | Vide also:
TROMIUS MANN eee tes cose ec oeacennstreaa es 2127 m - 1% Biloculina | | Lundbeck: Porifera Desma-
| clay | cideonida (pars) Danish
(St. 137) Lat. 67° 24’ N. long,| | Ingolf Exp. 1905 p. 102.
SURO SUaW ier mrart cca csrc| Wim |) = 10 Clay | |
| | |
astaGreen lan Qeiererc.crs.: scseeer-srs: | 238 m | 1 » | “Vega* Exp. 1887, Fristedt:
| | Sponges from the Atlant &
| | Arct Ocean etc. Vide also
| | Lundbeck (op. cit.).
OfimNovalScotialeeees. eee | 329 m. | | Verrill: Proc. of the U. St.
Between Iceland and Faeroe: | Nat. Mus. II. 1879, p. 204.
(St. 4) Lat. 64° 07' N. long,’ !
NNO RO UO Wits ene eens | 433 m. a, 205 |
(St. 64) Lat. 62° 06’ N. long} |
ADO OG) Wi. 1904 m. [eas | Fragments | Danish Ingolf Exp. 1905. Vide
(St. 101) Lat. 66° 23’ N. long,| | | ; | (op. cit).
DON OS AWS seees cote te | 982 m. |} — 0°; |
(St. 138) Lat. 63° 26' N. long, |
TIS OLN Bete e oe cect eres oases 861 m. | 0% |
Faeroe Channel: | |
Lat. 62° 53! N. long, 4° 17' E 823 m. =? \ Bapec “Michael Sars Cruise 1902.
Lat. 62° 38' N. long, 4° 40’ E,| 640 m. — 0°; | jee Vide, Lundbeck op. cit., p. 108.
North W. Atlantic... (ogess’ore 7/2 30n 1h CL sR
Chondrocladia | West Indies & Florida: | | Oscar Schmidt: Spongien des
concrescens Lat. 33° 44’ N. long, 83° 13’ W.| 907-1620 m. 2 2 spec. Meerbus. von Mexico 1879 p. 83.
O. Schmidt | Vide also Lundbeck op. cit.
Chondrocladia | North Pacific (st. 248): “Challenger Exp. 1887: Ridley
concrescens Lat. 37° 41' N. long, 177° 4' W.} 5304 m 1% and Dendy, Monaxonida. Rep.
Ridly and Dendy | 5 ae ___|_ Challenger, vol. XX.
Chondrocladia | Spanish Bay (st. 23): |
Michaelsarsi Lat. 35° 32’ N. long, 7° 7’ W.| 1215 m. | 10°17 Yellow mud} 1 spec. &
sp. 1. | (at 1200 m.) | fragments
oe rae Bojador (sts 128, | | “Michael Sars“ 1910.
. < |
Lat. 27° 27’ N. long, 149 52' W.| 2603 m. ? Yellow mud 1 spec.
Lat. 28° 8'N. long, 13935’ W.| 1365 m. | ? Yellow mud | Fragments
| 1215-2603 m. | |

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, Vol. IV.]

SPONGIA, INP

Asbestopluma pennatula O. Schmidt.
Pie I, fig. 3:
Vide litter: 40, p. 28, 17 p. 44.

St. 102. One specimen.

This species is represented only by the upper part
(9.3 cm. long) of the sponge. which consists of two dicho-
tomous and anastomosing main branches. The breadth
of the stem at the lower somewhat twisted end—probably
the beginning of the stalk—is 0.1 cm. The branchlets
are nearly invisible and commence from the lowest third
of the stem. The specimen is mostly denuded.

Skeleton. The axis, consisting of closely connected
parallel sty/i and single suwbtylostyli with their points
turned upwards, has rather large canals. It is surrounded
by a dense layer of styli arranged parallel to the longi-
tudinal axis. The skeleton of the branchlets oppositely
inserted in the narrow side of the stem consists of an
axis of subtylostyli arranged in a fanlike manner in the
longitudinal direction of the stem. Patches of the coating
have been found consisting of densely interwoven finely
spinulous tylostrongyla.

Spiculation: Megasclera are styli, 0.850—1.15
mm. long and 0.023 mm. thick; subtylostyli, about 0.500

mm. long and 0.018 mm. thick, and tylostrongyla, itregu-
larly curved and spinulous, varying between 0.040—0.170
mm. in length and reaching up to 0.003 mm. in thicknes.
Microsclera are /arge anisochelae 0.070 mm. long,
small anisochelae 0.014 mm. long and sigmata 0.018—
0.037 mm. long.

These spicula may be identified in all details with
the figures of Lundbeck (pl. X fig. 4 a—o, 5—7. op. cit.).

Remark. As to the synonymi of this species I follow
Lundbeck. After the reexamination of my species Esperella
plumosa erected in 1903 (2) 1 agree with him in regarding
it as a synonym of Asbestopluma pennatula O. Schmidt.
I myself then thought at first it was Clardohiza norden-
skjoldii Fristedt; but as Fristedt did not mention the
small chelz I could not be certain. But now since Lund-
beck states they are present, there is no doubt any
longer. I have also had Armauer Hansen’s Esperia
bihamatifera for comparison and find it to be identical
with this one.

Geographical distribution: This species has
been recorded only from northern areas as is seen from
the following list:

Locality | Depth Name of expedition Literature
|
- ! ae pies ens ee i
Off Bukkenfjord & Haugesund......... | O. Schmidt: Jahresber. der Commiss. zur
Wiss. Unters. deutsch. Meere in Kiel —
| fiir 1872—73, 1875 p. 119.
Thonclnjems IRON s cococcocandunooobce | Arnesen: Spongien von der Norw. Kiiste,
| Bergens Mus. Aarbog 1903, No. 1, p. 11.
Lyngen) RjordsNonwayiece =e ac: | Lundbeck: The Danish Ingolf. Exp. vol.
| VI, Part 2, 1905, p. 51.
BANG SOAb obocdoc soudie onan codicmoror “Willem Barents” | Vosmaer: Niederl. Arch, fiir Zool. Suppl.
Bd. I, 1882, p. 47.
WO CBee cha acruclailecac sh teeetidae nel The Norw. North- | Arm. Hansen: Spongiade. Norw. North
| Atlantic-Exp. Atl. Exp. Bd. Ill, p. 15.
aStacoastoln Greenland reer cise “Vega’-Exp. | Fristedt: Vega-Exp. Vet. Iakt. IV, 1887,
| p. 455.
Gul’ Oi St, ILANMEUCs oon64scceuode oes | Lambe: Proc. Roy. Soc. Canada, Ser. 2 Il,
: | Sect. IV, 1896, p. 189.
Between Faeroe-Island and !c-land & South | Lundbeck: Desmacidonide (Pars), The
of Iceland and Danmark strait....... | Ingolf-Exp. Danish Ingolf. Exped., vol. VI, Part. 2.
| 1605, o, Bik.
N. of W. Thomson Ridge 60° 57’ N, 40°
38’ W. 1098 m. “Michael Sars” 1910 |

Stylotella columella (Bowerbank) Topsent.
(Pl. Ill fig. 2).
Vide litter: 4, vol. II p. 243, 34a, p. 536.

St. 37. Two specimens.
Both specimens are erect with lobate or flat anasto-
mosing branches; the one is 30 cm., the other 10 cm.
ARNESEN — 3

high, both with a base about 2.5 cm. in diameter. The
surface is smooth, uneven, with a thin pellucid dermal
membrane. Distinct, round or oval pore-areas are to be
seen all over the surface (like those mentioned in Myxilla
panpertas var.). Colour in spirit light brownish. The
plurispiculous fibres of the rate consist of tornostrongyla

18 E. ARNESEN.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

often verging upon styli, 0.444 mm. long and 0.006-—0.011
mm. tick. As I have had Topsent’s preparations for
comparison I am sure of the identity.

Geographical distribution: This species has been
recorded from Exmouth, England (Bowerbank, op. cit.),
off Roscoff (Topsent, op. cit.) and from the Mediterranean
Coast of France (38, p. 123).

The specimens from the “Michael Sars” were taken
between Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador (lat. 26° 6’ N,
long. 14° 33’ W), depth 39 metres; deposit shingel;
bottom temperatur 15.63° C.

Styloteila topsenti sp. n.
Pl. lll fig. 4 & pl. V, fig. 4.

St. 37. One specimen.

Sponge erect, ramouse, with a few long flexible
branches dichotomising in whiplike ends (fig. 4). The
transverse section of the branches is oblong or triangular.
Oscula, about 2 mm. in diameter, are serially arranged
along the narrow sides of the branches. Dermal mem-
brane distinct and pellucid (only patches preserved).
Consistency rather tough. Colour i spirit light brownish.

Skeleton consists of a somewhat irregular network
of densely packed parallel styli imbedded in strong spongin
fibres. There is no pronounced difference between the
fibres, but those radiating towards the surface are somewhat
stronger than the other ones. The meshes of the network
and the dermal membrane are filled with dense masses
of scattered spicules.

Spiculation. The spicula of the fibres are styli
varying in length from 0.230 to 0.296 mm. by 0.195 mm.
(in the thickest part). They are either straight, cylindrical,
with long and sharply pointed ends or, usually, somewhat
fusiform and slightly bent; the other end is simply rounded
off. The scattered spicules in the meshes and in the
dermal membrane consists partly of styli of the same kind
as in the fibres, but there are also some very slender,
irregularly curved ones, the form of which is difficult to
define, but usually they have blunt ends.

The above described form does not agree in any
respect with any one of the Atlantic species described by
Bowerbank and Topsent (St. Jullieni 38, p. 137),
but in form and proportions of spicules it is like one of
the four Australian species of Lendenfeldt—(St. digitata
Lndf. 14, p. 185)—which has a digitate branching form
and straight or slightly curved spicules, 0.250 in length
and 0.004 mm. in thickness.

Locality. Off Cape Bojador; depth 39 metres;
shingel; bottom temperature 15.63° C.

Cladorhiza gelida Lundbeck. (?)
Vide litter: 17, p. 83, 42, p. 5.

St. 102.

At station 102 a few, mostly denuded fragments of
Cladorhiza were obtained, which externally exhibits most
resemblance to Lundbeck’s figure of Cl. gelida Lndb.
(Pl. Ill fig. 1, op. cit.), but shows certain peculiarities.

Thus besides the filiform appendages tapering towards
the point in the characteristic way of Cl. gelida, there are
also filiform appendages, ending in a globular or club-
like swelling (5 cm. long). Further the spicules are about
double the size of those indicated by Lundbeck and
Topsent. Several fragments have been examined from
different parts of the sponge, with the same result, though
in the branchlets a few spicules approximating in size
to those in the type have also been observed.

All the types of micro-spicules indicated by Topsent
(Pl. Il tig. 4, 17) have been found except the small sig-
mates. Thus, the anisancoree unguiferae were present in
great abundance, generally varying from 0.051—0.055 mm.
(thickness 0.007 mm.); in the branchlets a few measured
only 0.037. Large sigmata, 0.159—0.259 mm. (greatest
thicknes 0.259 mm.) were likewise abundant in all parts,
while only a few ancistres, of about the same size, have
been observed. Sigmansistres, 0.051—0.092 mm., were
numerous especially in the branchlets, where the large
sigmata were less frequent.

This difference in the size of the spicules in my speci-
mens, as compared with those in Cl. gelida Lndb., has
made me hesitate to refer them to that species. But
perhaps Cl. gelida is like Cl. longipinna R. and D. (21,
p. 92) in having spicules of different sizes (anisancorae
varying from 0.034—0.060 mm.) in different parts of the
sponge — the larger ones belonging to the lower surface.
At least two of my specimens are fragments broken off
very near to the base of the sponge, all the rest being
only detached branches — so that it may beso. I there-
fore think it right to refer them provisionally to Cl. gelida
Lndbk.

Several fragments.

Geographical distribution: Cladorhiza gelida
Lundbeck is known as an inhabitant of the cold area
having been recorded from:—

ee

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IV.]

Date Locality | Pian
| m.

1885 | Lat. 31,63° 10’ N. long, 5° 00’ E.)
(SE, SI ean ie ane a 363

1902 | Lat. 6,0° 19’ N. long, 5° 39’ W.
(Faroe-Channel)............. | 1134

|

1905 | Lat. 69° 57’ N. long, 6? 1’ W.
(SUSI) te eters ee 2317

Lat. 69° 31’ N. long, 7° 06’ W.

(Norwegian Sea betwee. Jan)
Mayen and Iceland.......... 2394

1909 | Lat. 76° 56’ N. long, 9° F, |
(Spitzbergen (Horn Sound) .. .| 1535
1910 | 60° 51’ N., 40° 38’ W,........ 1098

Myxilla O. Schmidt. — (Dendoryx Gray 1867).

Myxilla established by Oscar Schmidt in 1862 is
a genus wich has been much discussed, and its diagnosis
has often been changed. Thus while Ridley and Dendy
make no distinction between the forms with or without
accessory spicules, Topsent (34) refers the former to
Myxilla and the latter to Dendoryx, after having revived
(in 1888) Gray’s Dendoryx of 1867. Thiele however
(33, p. 953) states, that Topsent’s diagnosis of Dendoryx
must be applied to Myxilla. And finally Lundbeck
follows Thiele and includes in Myxilla (type M. rosacea
Lundbeck) thus diagnosed all forms with isancore. In
this sense also Topsent now recognizes the genus (type
M. incrustans), as | know by letter enclosing the drait of
his paper: ’Sur les Eponges de la Scotia” in which
he deals with the question. He recognizes the genus
Myxilla with the above diagnosis and maintains Dendoryx
in the following sense: ’Dendoryx, novo sensu, type D.
irrigularis (Bow.) Gray, a squelette reticulé et hérissé aux
noeuds, avec isochéles.”

Thus, the following species, with which I have identi-
fied several specimens from station 53, cannot be called
Dendoryx pectinata, but ought to be called Myxilla
pectinata — were it not for the peculiar form of the
isancore, which has caused Lundbeck (17, p. 153) to
suggest, that it may perhaps be an Jotrochata without
birotula. It is difficult to decide this question in the
present state of our knowledge, and I therefore consider
it most convenient, pending further investigations, to place
it under the genus Myxilla:

aS
Temperature | Name of expedition

Literature

| Vide—Lundbeck:

| Porifera
Nerw. North-Atlant Desmacidonidae (pars) in Da-
Exp. nish Ingolf-Exp., vol. VI. 2.
| 1905, p. 86.
== (NiO € »Mich. Sars“ | Ibidem p. 87.
|
= 1,1° C Ingolf-Exp. | Ibidem p. 83.
aie |
| Topsent: Etudes sur qlq. cla-
si f | dorhiza. Bull. Institut oceono-
»Princesse Alice“ graphic Monaco, No. 151. Sept.
| | 1909, p. 6.
ee »Michael Sars“ |
Myxilla pectinata (Topsent) n. var.
(Dendoryx pectinata Topsent olim).
Pl. Il fig. 2
Vide litter: 34, p. 100. 41, p. 172.
St. 53. Several specimens.

From this station there are several nut-shaped sponges,
about 2—3 cm. in diameter, covering usually the whole
inside of musselshells. They have a rather soft consi-
stency -—very like small lumps of mud. In spirit the
colour is yellowish-grey; but to judge from some spots
of the skin still left on the rubbed surface, it was most
probably in the living state darker in colour.

Spiculation. Megasclera. The styli forming the
reticulation of the main skeleton are curved, robust, 1.036
mm. long and 0.026—0.037 mm. thick (near the base),
and smooth (occasionally isolated spines are faintly to
be observed). The tylota forming the dermal skeleton
have well marked heads, and are 0.740 mm. long by 0.015
mm. thick. Microslera: The isancore have a doubly
curved shaft with the characteristic spoon-like ends, the
margin of which is set with pointed teeth, forming a half-
circlet shaped comb. I have not been able to count 10
teeth, as in the typical pectinata, but only 7 or 8.
They appear as two distinct kinds without transitional
forms. The larger ones, few in number, are 0.081 —
0.111 mm. long by 0.0074 mm. thick, the smaller ones
0.030—0.037 mm. long. In the larger ancore narrow but
rather long ale are to be observed, much like those in
Myxilla diversiancorata Lundb. (fig. 27 pl. XV), but not
seen in Topsent’s figure (pl. X, fig. 6c, 34).

Remark: Wether Dendoryx pectinata Tops. olim,
as above mentioned, turns out to be a Myxilla, or, as

20 E. ARNESEN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Lundbeck suggests, may pehaps be an Jotrochata, it is
at any rate closely allied to the pluridentate species of
Myxilla, like M. diversianorata Lundb., M. pluridentata
Lundb., Stelodoryx procera Tops. (41, p. 175) and Dend-
oryx dentata Tops. (p. 172) — the two last mentioned
belonging to My.xilla according to Lundbeck (17, p. 150).
The smoothness of the styli (like those in Stelodoryx
procera Tops.), and the larger proportions of the spicula,
have made me hesitate in referring the specimens in
hand to pectinata, on the other hand the ancore agree
so well with the ancore peculiar to this form — even if
the teeth are fewer in number, and the size is the same as in
D. dentata (0.080 mm. instead of 0.060 mm., and 0.030
—0.036 instead of 0.020 mm.) — that I think the ’Michael
Sars” material must represent a variety of MM. pectinata.
Both are from the same locality, the Azores group, but the
*Michael Sars” material comes from deeper water (2615
—2865 m.) than the form from the ’Hirondelle’” and
*Princesse Alice” (845—1495), “repandue dans tout l’ar-
chipel des Acores”.

Locality. Between Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador.
(Lat. 34° 59’ N. long, 33° 1’ W.); depth 2615—2865 m.
Globigerina ooze.

Lissodendoryx complicata Arm. Hansen.

Vide litter: 17, p. 166.
(Pl. Il, fig. 1).

St. 102. 2 specimens.

For external appearance the specimens in hand agree
nearly absolutely with Lundbecks figures, (pl. V, fig. 11
op. cit.). Both are bush-shaped, with compressed ana-
stomosing branches arising from a narrow base—no stalk,
nor attachment has been observed. One specimen is 4
cm. high by about 5 X 5 cm. in the other dimensions;
the other is 6 cm. high by about 5 & 4 cm.

The spiculation agrees well with the description and
figures of Lundbeck (pl. XVI, fig. 4 a—g op. cit.).
Though noticed, the large sigmata were found very
sparsely in the internal parts and none in the dermal
membrane, where only arcuate chele and small sigmata
were abundant.

Geographical distribution. Leaving out of
consideration the undoubtedly erraneous temperature (-+-
6°.5 C.) given by Armauer Hansen (10). Lissodendoryx
complicata Arm. Hansen is an inhabitant of the cold area,
having been recorded from the following localities:—

|
|
Locality Depth Temperature | Number, of Litterature
specimens
(Stat. 84). (Probably confounded)
with stat. 87 according to Lund-|
beck (17 p. 166) Lat. 64° 2’ N||
oie ar oben cp ecsmacndnoae 911 m. (clay) (+6°,5 C)?=1°,1C. 2 Norw. North Atlant-Exp. Ill, Spong.
Baffin Bay. Lat. 68° 08’ N. long| 1885,. p. 7—8, p. 12.
OO MW iaie Seen sere cetpee 169 fath = 309 m. | 1 “Vega” Exp. Vetensk. Iaktt. VI,
North of Farge and South of Jan 1887, p. 460.
Mayn: |
(St. 141) Lat. 63° 22’ N. long, 6°|
La elh euoc em flan ea cree Cee city \679 fath = 1242 m, = 0°:6 GC. | Danish Ingolf-Exp.. vol. VI, Part. 2,
(St. 143) Lat. 62° 58’ N. long, 14 1905, p. 168.
T? UY Mhekasssadossoon sss os Gee Aun 710m =. (4 C, |
Lat. 70° 32’ N. long,| |
SOLOW) ease '470 fath = 860 m.| (East Greenland-Exp. 189192)
| | (Vide: Ingolf-Exp. 1905).
Between:
309—1242 m. |+0°,4C—+1°,1C_| Total 18

Locality: The “Michael Sars” specimens are from the Farge-Channel. (Lat. 60° 57’ N, long, 4° 38’ W),.

1098 m. Blue mud.

Dendoricella abyssi (Topsent) Lundbeck var nov.
Syn: Desmacidon abyssi Topsent 41, p. 204.
(Pl. Il, fig. 4).

St. 10. One specimen.
A grey clubshaped sponge of rather firm consistency,
3.0 cm. long and 2.3 cm. broad by 1 cm. thick, somewhat

restricted at the base so as to form a short stalk-like
attachment fixed to a stone. One rather large osculum,
5 mm. in diameter, has a somewhat folded margin at
the summit. Perhaps there were more oscula, but as the
upper part of the sponge is somewhat damaged, this
cannot be determined. The surface is shaggy and has a

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IV.]

SPONGIA. 21

reticulated appearance owing to the close-set grooves
separated by narrow ridges—most like that of Dendoricella
rhopalum Lundb. (17, p. 127, pl. IV, fig. 4 & 5).

Skeleton. The dermal membrane of the ridges
is supported by more or less erect or horizontal fan-like
brushes of tornota, with their free ends projecting beyond
the surface. The membrane of the grooves has only
isochele. The choanosome consists of dendritic and
anastomosing polyspicular strands of oxea. The outer-
most ramifications bend towards the surface at more or
less acute angles.

Spiculation: The spicules of the ectosome are
tornota, often verging upon oxea, about 9.925 mm. long
and 0.018 mm. thick and usually straight.

The spicules of the chanosome are straight or
usually slightly and evenly curved oxea, generally of equal
thickness through-out their length. They are usually 1.5 mm.
in length and 0.037 mm. in thickness. The Microsclera,
exceedingly abundant in the dermal membrane, but also
usually present in the choanosome, are isochele arcuate
with a strongly curved shaft, somewhat laterally compressed
and with tooth-like ale, which are of about the same
length as the rather short tooth resting on an oblong
little tubercle. The length varies from 0.045 mm. to 0.063
mm. and the thickness of the shaft is about 0.0037 mm.,
seen from the front. Several developmental forms were
observed.

The specimen above described shows a striking resem-
blance to Desmacidon abyssi Topsent — Dendoricella
abyssi (Topsent) Lundbeck (41, p. 204) but in many
respects also to Dendoricella rhopalium Lundbeck (17, p.
127)—both inter se closely allied deepsea-forms, but from
rather dilferent localities, the one (D. abyssi) having been
recorded (5 specimens) from the Azores (4020—5005 m.)
and the other (D. rhopalium) trom Denmark-strait and
Davis-strait (20 specimens; depth 2076—2625 m.). The
“Michael Sars” specimen is from a locality intermediate
between those mentioned although belonging to the same
area as D. abyssi. 1 therefore think it must be referred
to Dendoricella abyssi (Tops.) Lundb.-—if not to the typical
form, at least to a variety.

Locality: The “Michael Sars” specimen was
obtained at the southern entrance of the Bay of Biscay
(45° 26’ N, 9° 20’ W), 4700 m. Globigerina ooze.

Grayella fallax (Topsent).
Syn: Yvesia fallax. Topsent 34, p. 106.
(Pl. Il, fig. 3).
St. 37. One specimen.
In external appearance the specimen in hand does
not much resemble the type figured by Topsent (op cit.

pl. VI, fig. 13), being 14 cm. long and about 7 cm. in
breadth with erect conical lobes diverging from a some-
what narrow base, while the type-specimen is a little
massive sponge, “sans papilles, ni pedicelle, 8 mm. cubes
de volume”. The colour in spirit is yellowish. The
surface is minutely granular, and the dermal membrane
rather pellucid and easily detached (for large parts of it
have been rubbed off).

The spiculation agrees better with that of Grayella
(Yvesia) fallax Topsent than with that of any other species
of the genus.

Spiculation: The smooth, straight tornota for-
ming the main skeleton, are 0.266 mm. long with a
thickness of 0.006 mm. The spined, curved styli of the
dermal membrane varying from 0.111—0.185 mm. (thick-
ness 0.006) are somewhat longer than in the type. The
isochele of the same shape as those figured by Topsent
op. cit. pl. X, fig. 14 c., are 0.016 mm. long.

Geographical distribution. Grayella (Yvesia)
fallax Topsent has been recorded by the “Hirondelle”
from the Azores (st. 226—between Pico and Fayal),
depth 130 m. on a bottom of “gravier, sable et coquilles
brisées”’.

The “Michael Sars” specimen was taken between
Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador (lat. 26° 6’ N, long 14°
33° W); depth 39 m.; on a bottom with shingle, at a
temperature of 15.63° C.

Echinoclathria Carter.
Vide litter: 6, p. 204, 21, p. 159.
Echinoclathria hjorti sp. u.

Pl. Il, fig. 5 & pl. V, fig. 3.

St. 37. One specimen.

A digitate sponge with flat branches anastomosing
in one plane, thus assuming the outline of a fan about
28 cm. high and 20 cm. in the broadest part. The
texture is rather tough and parchmentlike. The surface
forms a reticulation of very fine meshes, 0.5—1 mm. in
diameter. The trabeculae between the meshes have their
edges turned outward making the surface minutely uneven.
The dermal membrane (mostly rubbed off) is thin and
opalescent. The colour of the interior of the sponge is
pale dirty yellow. Oscula scattered.

Skeleton consists of a rather close reticulation of
strongly developed horny fibres cored and echinated by
robust smooth styli.

Spiculation. The megasclera are: 1) robust
smooth styli, straight or somewhat curved, sharply or
gradually pointed, often with a slight restriction above the
base, varying in length from 0.185 to 0.444 mm., with a
thickness of 0.030 mm. near the base. Generally the

99 E, ARNESEN.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

larger ones are in the fibres, while the smaller ones
project from the fibres and are scattered between them.
2) Fusiform tylostyli, smooth, straight or somewhat
curved, with a round markedly constricted head and sharply
pointed, usually varying in length from 0.111—0.148 mm,
with a thickness of 0.0037—0.0148; they are scattered and
not exceedingly abundant. 3) Very slender, smooth
subtylostyli or tylostyli, with an oval not markedly con-
stricted head and not always sharply pointed. They vary
much in size, 0.185—0.407 mm., and are scattered through-
out the sponge. In the dermal membrane they are
the only megascleres present and form there a dense
felt, in which the spicules are arranged parallelly to, the
surface. Single, very thick strongyl-tornote spicules,
apparently abnormalities, have also been observed. The
microsclera are small palmate isochele, 0.0222 mm.
long, not very abundant, but scattered all over the sponge.
There have also been observed in abundance smooth,
not much curved, toxa, ordinarily with the opening of

the curvature about 0.166 mm.; at first I thought they .

belonged to a foreign sponge, (there being many foreign
bodies and spicules present), but they are so regularly
distributed throughout the whole sponge, that I must
believe they belong to it.

Exept the presence of the toxa this sponge in all
other respects corresponds pertectly well with the genus
Eehinoclathria Carter. 1 therefore provisionally at least
tefer it hereto leaving to a closer examination of this
genus, the diagnosis of which only is a prelimary one
(Ridley and Dendy op. cit., p. 160), to decide whether
the toxa really belong to it or not.

The species to which it makes the nearest approach
are undoubtedly Ech. carteri R. & D and Ech. favus
Carter. But as the specific diagnoses of these two species
are indefinite, and they may according to Ridley and
D endy ultimately prove to be connected with intermediate
forms, | think it most convenient provisionally atleast to
regard the “Michael Sars” species as distinct especially
on account of the different habitats—the earlier known
species being from the south coast of Australia, while the
“Michael Sars” material is from the north-atlantic coast
oi Africa. Both agree in having been recorded from
rather shallow water—the ,,Challenger’’-material being from
within a bathymetrical range of 30—120 meters and that
of “Michael Sars” from 37 meter depth.

Locality: Between Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador
(Lat. 26° 6’ N, long 14° 33’ W); depth 39 metres; bottom
Shingle; temperature 15.63 C.

Anchinoé Gray.
Syn: Stylistichon Topsent.
Vide litter: 34, p. 111.
In the letter from Mr. To psent previously mentioned
he remarks that in paper about to be published:

,Sur les Eponges des Mers du Nord prises par le
Prince de Monaco’, he now regards his genus Styli-
stichon, established in 1892, as a synonym of Gray’s
genus Anchinoé; in this genus he includes Ridley and
Dendy’s species of Myxilla, which have a skeleton
composed of fibres with echinating spicules. Accordingly
the species under consideration, with which I have identified
one specimen from station 37, must be called Anchinoé
nobilis (Ridley and Dendy).

Anchinoé nobilis (Ridley and Dendy).

Syn: Myxilla nobilis Ridley and Dendy (21, p. 140).
Pl. Il, fig. 6.
St. 37. One specimen.

Sponge erect, of a somewhat flattened oval shape
with conical digitate processes. Base of insertion not very
broad. Texture rather tough. Colour in spirit mouse-grey.
Surface uneven, but not hispid. The dermal membrane
is translucent, thin, and may easily be peeled of. The
most remarkable feature of the surface are the densely
placed circular or oval areas, 1—2 mm. in diameter,
bounded by a distinct, minutely granular ring. They are
pore-areas, in some of which the openings of the subder-
mal cavities are to be seen with the naked eye. Oscula
are small and scattered, their margin flush with the sur-
face, or a little sunken.

Skeleton. The dermal skeleton consists of stron-
gyla arranged in penicillate, erect or somewhat recum-
bent, bundles supporting the dermal membrane. They are
especially localised round the poreareas, where they form
a dense palissade bending over the subdermal cavities, here
projecting above the surface with their distal ends and
forming the minutely granular rings previously mentioned. .
The spaces of the membrane between the pore-areas have
usually only isancore and a very few isolated horizontal
strongyla.

Spiculation. 1) Acanthostyli verging upon
acanthotylostyli, straight or usually slightly curved,
0.59 mm. long and 0.019 mm. thick, gradually tapering
towards the apex. The sharp spines are not very close-
set except at the base. 2) Smaller acanthostyli, verging
upon tylostyli, 0,222 mm. long and 0.007—0.015 mm.
thick, usually straight and gradually tapering towards the
apex. They are covered by long and sharp closely set
spines, especially at the base. 3) Strongyla, smooth
usually straight, 0.407 mm. long and 0.0074 mm. thick.
They are, all very uniform typical strongyla, except that
occasionally they show a tendency towards an abrupt
truncation with a faint spinulation at the one end, as in
Myxilla nobilis R. & D, (fig. 14 & fig. 15, pl. XXVII, p. 140
op. cit). Microsclera are isancore spatulifere with 3
teeth and a rather curved shalt, 0.044 mm. long and
0.0074 mm. thick.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IV.]

SPONGIA. 23

Remark: The differences in the proportion of the
spicules, the presence of typical strongyla (generally not
with spinulation at one end asin Ridley and Dendy’s
M. nobilis), and the stronger spinulation in the larger
acanthostyli (in Ridley and Dendy’s M. nobilis restricted
to the base) make it most probable, that this is not the
typical form of Anchinoé (Myxilla) nobilis, but rather a
variety of it, connecting this species still closer to the
allied My.xilla (olim.) paupertas (Bow.) Vosm., especially
to the variety from the Azores (Topsent 41, p. 168).

This is supported by the difference in habitat of the
two species: Anchinoé (Myxilla) nobilis with its varieties
from the Challenger Expedition having been recorded
from the western part of the southern Atlantic (Rio de
la Plata, 600 fms., and coast of Patagonia), while Myxilla
paupertas is from the European side of the Atlantic.

Locality: Between Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador
(Lat. 26° 6’ N, long 14° 33’ W); depth 39 m.; bottom
shingle.

Axinella polypoides O. Schmidt.
Vide litter: 22, p. 62..
Pl. IV, fig. 1.

St. 37. One specimen.

Sponge ramose, about 28 cm. high, devided into two
main branches, frem which secondary branches dichoto-
mise, usually in cne plane from the inside of the two
main branches. The base of the stem is about 2 cm. in
diameter, and the branches about 1 cm. The transverse
section of the branches is oblong or nearly triangular.

-Towards the end they are more cylindrical and terminate

conically. Colour in spirit brownish. The consistency is
very firm owing to the strong axis of spicules. The corti-

-cal layer is rather thick and tough, but peels of readily.

The dermal membrane has been rubbed off, mere patches
being left. Fine pores are spread all over the surface,
and at intervals larger, serially arranged, flat stellate
depressions (oscula) are to bee seen (though not very
distinctly on account of the bad condition of the specimen).

Skeleton: The axis is very firm, consisting of
densely interwoven fusiform oxea, straight, or regularly
bent in the middle, 0.3700—0.4010 mm. long, with a
diameter varying from 0.0185 to 0.296 mm. The choano-
some consists of oxea, of the same kind as in the axis,
and of styli of about the same size (ordinarily 0.4010 mm.
by 0.0185 mm.); styli ar also to be found in the axis.

Geographical distribution: This species has been
recorded from Lesina, usually in deep water, off the coasts
of England and Florida (23, p. 80) and off the Mediter-
ranean coast of France.

Locality: Off Cape Bajador (Lat. 26° 6’ N. long
14° 33’ W); depth 39 m.; bottom shingle; bottom
temecrattse 15:632 C.

Thrinacophora Ridley.
Vide litter: 21, p. 193.
Thrinacophora murrayi sp. n.
Bi IV tigs 2 Sepia Vay figs 75:

St. 37. One specimen.

Sponge erect, dichotomously branching in one plane,
thus having a fan-like outline. Height about 18 cm.,
diameter of the stem about 15 mm. and of the flattened
branches 15—5 mm. Colour in spirit greyish yellow.
Texture tough, but flexible. Dermal membrane distinct
(mostly abraded). Pores rather small. Oscula seem to
be serially arranged, but are difficult to distinguish, the
specimen not being in good condition.

Skeleton. The skeleton consists of a thick central
axis formed by a dense reticulation of strong fusiform
oxea and occasionally of styli cemented together by a
horny material, which gives the sponge its firm and elastic
character. The axis is coated by a comparatively thin
choanosome, which readily peels off. The choanosome
consists of a looser irregular reticulation of styli and oxea
like those in the axis. From the mesh-edges the spicules
project beyond the surface in small brushes. The long
setiform spicules forming the axis of the brushes in 7/r.
cervicornis Ridley & Dendy have not been observed.
The dermal membrane contains only trichodragmata and
isolated long, slender styli.

Spiculation. Megasclera are straight or curved
fusiform oxea varying from 0.2960—0.4076 mm. in length
with a thickness of 0.0185 mm.; they occur especially in
the axis, but are also abundant in the coating. The styli,
especially abundant in the choanosome seem to be of
two sizes, the slender, smaller ones being 0.2730 mm.
long and 0.005 mm. thick, and the larger ones 0.5920
mm. long and 0.0185 mm. thick. They may be straight, but
are usually more or less irregularly curved. Microsclera
include only trichodragmata, about 0.040 mm. long and
0.010 mm. broad.

It is impossible to identify this form with any one
of the earlier known species: 7hr. cervicornis Ridley &
Dendy Thr. funiformis Ridley & Dendy and Thr.
spinosa H. V. Wilson (45, p. 400) /7hr. spissa Topsent
has been removed to Rhaphisia spissa Topsent (41, p.
233)—and Thr incrustans Kieschn. is a doubtful species
(33, p. 935)]. But it seems to be nearly related to the
two first mentioned inter se closely allied forms.

Locality. The specimen was obtained between
Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador (Lat. 26° 6’ N. long 14°
33’ W), 39 metres on shingle; temperature 15.63° C. It
is thus the first known Thrinacophora from the Eastern
Atlantic (Thr. funiformis having been recorded from off
the coast of Brazil (Bahia), 7—20 fathoms, 7hr. cervicornis
from off the Philippine Islands, 18 fathoms, and 7hr.
spinosa Wilson from ci. Costa Rica).

24 E. ARNESEN.

[REP. OF THE ,MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

Ciocalypta weltneri sp. n.

Pl. Il, fig. 7 & pl. V, fig. 1.

St. 37. 3 specimens in spirit, 2 dried.

There is little doubt that the specimens preserved in
alcohol and those in the dried state, in spite of slight
divergences to be mentioned later, belong to the same
species.

They have all a circular or oval cushion-like base,
from which fingerlike, cavernous or hollow processes stand
upwards, in external appearance thus resembling C. penni-
cillus Bwhk. (4 vol. Ill, pl. XIII, fig. 2-4) and C. tyleri
Bwbk. (4, pl. IV, fig. 9—12). The dried specimens, much
abraded-and the fingers pressed down into the cushion,
are very like C. tyleri, which also is figured in the dried
state. Those in alcohol having retained their dermal mem-
brane show a more even surface, though minutely granular.
The dried specimens measure at the base respectively 8
cm. < 7 cm. and 8 cm. X 4 cm.; and they are both about
2—3 cm. in height. The spirit specimens are all
about 4 cm. & 4 cm. with a height of 2—3 cm. The
fingerlike processes are 2—5 cm. in lenght and 0.4—1
cm. in breath (in the middle). They show a tendency
to coaslesce; in one of the spirit specimens with
especially broad fingers, two of them have coalesced
throughout their whole length. The surface is rough to
the touch and the consistency rather tough, with large
subdermal cavities (the dried specimens are friable).

Skeleton. The skeleton of the basal cushion con-
sists of a confused and dense reticulation of strong verti-
cally running fibres, connected with horizontally ill-defined
secondary fibres or isolated spicules. This structure
continues upwards into the fingers, where strong reticulated

strands run up in the centre or in the walls. From these
strands dense tults of spicules diverge at right or some-
what acute angles towards and into the dermal membrane.
The dermal membrane is further provided with a dense,
rather regular network of spicules of the same kind as
in the main skeleton. In the dried specimens, where
only patches of the membrane are left, the network has
not been observed, but only isolated spicules.

Spicules: The main form of spicules both in the
outer and central parts are fusiform oxea, usually bent
and evenly pointed, but sometimes with the one end less
tapering than the other. Length 0.800—1.400 mm. by
0.037—0.055 mm. in thickness. Intermingled with the
oxea are Styli or subtylostyli, about 0.700 mm. long
by 0.037 mm. thick, and occasionally thick strongyla,
measuring 0.300—0.800 mm. by 0.037—0.055.

Remark. There can hardly be any doubt that the
above described sponges belong to the genus Ciocalypta
Bwbk., but it has not been possible to identify them with
any described species. As already mentioned, they have
a close resemblance to C. pennicillus Bwbk. and C. tyleri
Bwbk., but having both styli (subtylostyli) and oxea, they
can not be referred to either of them. This form is the
only one, except the British pennicillus, recorded trom
the eastern Atlantic. The others having been recorded
from off the mouth of Rio de la Plata, the Philippines
Islands (21, p. 174—175) and the Australian coast (33, p.
74—76, 7, .p. 240, 4, p. 21).

Locality. Between Gran Canaria and Cape Bojador
(Lat. 26° 6’ N, long 14° 33’ W). Depth 39 m. Bottom
shingle. Temperature 15.63° C.

—

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

SPONGIA.

Table I.
Distribution of the Sponges collected by the “Michael Sars“ 1910 with details of capture.
Locality, date Gear, depth ete. Name of species Order Specimens obtained
| j : a
St. 10 Trawl Hyalonema sp.? | Hex 2 fragments
Bay of Biscay Depth 4700 m. Malacosaccus floricomatus Tops. | 1
45° 26' N., 9° 20’ W. Globigerina ooze Chonelasma sp.? s 1
19—21 april Temp. 2° 56 at 4500 m.| Dendoricella abyssi (Tops.) Lundb. Mon 1
St. 23 Trawl Pheronema grayi Sav. Kent Hex 2
Spanish Bay Depth 1215 m. Hyalonema infundibulum (?) Topsent : 2 and 1 fragm.
BO BP ING PO Wie Regadrella phoenix O. Schmidt f 7 and several
5—6 may Temp. 10° 17 at 1200 m.| Aphrocallistes beatrix Gray basal cups
forma bocagei P. Wright | iy Several
Chondrocladia michaél sarsi sp. n. Mon 1 and fragments
Petrosia friabilis Topsent x 1 fragment
Stelletta hispida Buccish Tetr. |]
Thenea muricata Bow 5 3 fragments
Characella pachastrelloides | a 1
Isops pachydermata Sollas . 1
Sidonops sp. (?) 1
St. 24 Trawl Pheronema grayi Say. Kent Hex. 20—30
Spanish Bay Depth 1615 m. Tethyopsilla zetlandica Carter Tetr. 2
35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W. Sidonops sp.? 5 2
6—7 may Temp. 8° 0 at 1575 m.
a 2 -- — =
St. 25 Trawl Euplectella suberea Wyv. Thomson Hex About 25 fragments
Spanish Bay Depth 2300 m.
SO Boy INE: SO By We Globigerina ooze
7 may Temp. 5° 27 at 2000 m.
St. 35 Trawl Hyalonema sp. Hex 1 basal tuft.
Canaries— Bojador Depth 2603 m. Chondrocladia michaél sarsi n. sp. Mon 1 and several
27° 27' N., 14° 52’ W. Globigerina ooze fragments
18—19 may
St. 37 Trawl | Echinoclathria hjorti n. sp. Mon l
Off C. Bojador Depth 39 m. Grayella fallax Topsent 1
26° 6’ N., 14° 33/ Shingle Axinella polypoides O. Schmidt E 1
20 may Temp. 15° 63 Ciocalypta weltneri n. sp. 5
Trinacophora murrayi n. sp. ‘ 1
Stylotella columella (Bow) Topsent E 2
Stylotella topsenti n. sp. 1
Anchinoé nobilis Ridley & Dendy x 1
St. 41 Trawl Chondrocladia michaél sarsi n. sp. Mon Several fragments
Canaries—Bojador Depth 1365 m. Pheronema grayi Say. Kent Hex. 2
~ 28° 8’ N:, 13° 29’ W. Globigerina ooze “
23 may
St. 53 Trawl Hyalonema sp.? Hex. 2 fragments
S. W. of Azores Dept 2615—2865 m. Myxilla pectinata Topsent Mon. Several
34° 59’ N., 33° 1’ W. Globigerina ooze
8—9 june Temp. 4° 50 at 1600 m.
St. 102 Trawl Grantia intermedia Thacker Calc 2
N. of W. Thomson-Ridge Depth 1098 m. Asconema setubalense Say. Kent Hex. 1
60° 57’ N., 4° 48’ W. Blue mud Cladorhiza gelida Lundbeck Mon Several fragments
9—10 august Asbestopluma pennatula O. Schmidt Fe 1
: Lissodendoryx complicata Arm. Hansen ‘, 2
"
Hex 11

Unknown locality

Pheronema grayi' Sav. Kent

ARNESEN — 4

mse)
| OO

E. ARNESEN.

Table Il.

Bathymetrical distribution of the sponge-species collected by the “Michael Sars“.

Figures in brackets denote number of localities.

Number of species belonging to the

Depitis (metres) | Hexacti Tetracti Monaxo
Calearea | hetlide nelle nidae Total
OST00tes. eer eee a at a 8 (1) 8 (1)
LOR 500 Rae ee eee zB a
SO] OOO Ree aera ee een is “ Bs 8 35
1LOOI—=1500l.22 eee ee 1 (1) 5 (3) 5 (1) 5 (3) 16 (8)
USO) = 2000 ee ree ees ; 1 (1) 2 (1) sh 22)
20012500 ba ee recneedeeese ene * 1 (1) a. & 1 (1)
PISO) BOLO), sesso ssrocnenncecnossccroscose & (2) a 1 (1) 2 (3)
BOOTS 3500 eee eee ee fa = s
3501—4000
4001—45c0 5% i Ke FY
4501—5000 2 (1) = 1 (1) 3 (2)

12a.

18.

18.

. AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER:

. LENDENFELD, R. VON:

. LENDENFELD, R. von:

. LUNDBECK, W.:

Literature.

Three cruises of the Blake. Vol. II. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool. Harward Coll. Cambridge. Vol. XV. Cam.
bridge, Mass. 1888.

ARNESEN, EMILY: Spongien von der Norwegischen Kiiste. Ber-
gens Museums aarb. nr. I—II. 1903.

BOCAGE, BARB. DU: Sponges silicienses nouvelles du Portugal et
de l’ile St. Yago (Arch. de Cap-Verde). Jornal de Sciencias Math.
Phys. e Nat publicado sob os anspios de Academia Real. das
sciensias de Lisboa p. 159. 1869.

BOWERBANK, I. S.: A Monograph of the British Spongiadae.
Vols. I-IV. London. Ray. Soc. .1864, 1866, 1874, 1882.
Carter, H. J.: Descriptions and figures of Deepsea-Sponges and
their spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged on board H.M.S.
Porcupine. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (IV). Vol. 18. London. 1876.
CarTER, H. I.: Catalogue of marine sponges collected by Mr.
Jos. Willcox on the West Coast of Florida. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Vol. I, pag. 202. Philadelphia. 1884.

DENDY, ARTHUR: Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges collected
by J. Bracebridge Wilson Esq. M. A. in the Neigbourhood of
Port Philips Head. Part III. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria. Vol. IX.
(New series). Melbourne. 1897.

FILHOL, H.: La vie au fond des mers. Paris. 1885.

FRISTEDT, K.: Sponges from the Atlantic and Arctic oceans and

the Behring sea. “Vega* Exp. Vetensk. Iaktt. Bd. 4. Stock-
holm. 1887.

. HANSEN, ARMAUER. Den norske Nordhavsexp. 1876-—1878. Zoo-
logi. Bd. Ill. Spongiadae. Christiania. 1888.

. Tjmma, I: Studies on the Hexactinellida. Contribution I (Euplec-
tellidae), Journ. Sci. Coll., vol. 15. Tokyo. 1901.

KENT, W. SAVILLE: Notice on a new vitreous Sponge, Phero-
nema (Holtenia) Gray. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (IV). Vol. 6, p. 182
London. 1870.

KENT, W. SAVILLE:
Journ. nov 1870.

On the Hexactinnelide etc. Monthly micr.

. LAMBE, L. M.: Sponges from the Atlantic Coast of Canada. Proc,

and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. Ser. 2, vol. Il, sect. IV, p. 181. 1896.
Descriptive catalogue of the Sponges in
the Australian Museum, Sydney. The Australian Museum, Lon-
don. 1888.

Tetraxonia. Das Tierreich (herausgeg. F.
Lief. 19. Porifera. Berlin. 1903.

Porifera. Homorhaphidae and Heterorhaphidae.
The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. Vol. VI. Part 1. Copenhagen 1902.
LUNDBECK, W.: The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. Vol. VI. Part 2.
Desmacidonidae (Pars). Copenhagen. 1905.

LUNDBECK, W.: The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. Vol. VI. Part 3.
Desmacidonidae (Pars), Copenhagen. 1910.

E. Schulze).

19.
20.
21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

7A:

30.

31.

32.

33.

33 a.

34.

34 a.

MILNE-EDWARDS: Comptes rendus. T. XCIII, p. 871. 1881.
PERRIER, EDMOND: Les explorations soumarines. Paris 1886.
RIDLEY AND DENDYy: Report on the Monaxonida. Collected by
H. M.S. Challenger during the yeats 1873—76. The Voyage of
H. M.S. Challenger, Zoology. Vol. 20. Part. LIX. London. 1887.
SCHMIDT, Oscar: Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres. Leip-
zig. 1862.
SCHMIDT, OSCAR:
tischen Gebietes. Leipzig 1870.
SCHMIDT, OSCAR: Spongien der Nordsee-Expedition 1872. Jah-
renb. d. Commiss. zur wiss, Untersuch der deutsch. Meere in
Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872—73. II und III Jahrg. S. 115—120.
Berlin 1875.
ScHmIDT, OscAR: Die Spongien des Meerbusens von Mexico
und des caraibischen Meeres. Jena 1880.
SCHULZE, F. E.: Report on the Hexactinellida. Collected by
H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873—76. The voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger Zoology. Vol. 21, part LIII. London. 1887.
ScHuLzE, F. E.: Revision des Systems der Hyalonematiden.
Sitzungsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. phys. math. Classe. Bd.
XXX, s. 541—589. Berlin. 1893.
ScHuULZE, F. E.: Hexactinelliden des Indischen Oceanes II Theil.
Die Hexasterophora. Abhandhl. K. Preuss. Akad. der Wiss.
Berlin 1895.
ScHuuze, F. E.: Amerikanische Hexactinelliden nach
teriale der Albatross Expedition. Jena. 1899.
Scuuuze, F. E.: Hexactinellida. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Tiefsee-
Expedition auf dem Dampfer “Valdivia* 1898—1899 (herausg.
von Carl Chun). IV Bd. Jena 1904.
So.tias, W. J.: Report on the Tetractinellida. Collected by
H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873—1876. The voyage of
H. M.S. Challenger, Zoology. Vol. 25, part. LXIII. London. 1888.
THACKER, A. G.: On collections of the Cape Verde Island Fauna
made by Cyril Crosland. M. A. [Cantab.] etc. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London. II 1908.
THIELE, I.: Kieselschwamme von Ternate II in: Kiikenthal. Er-
gebnisse einer zoolog. Forschungsreise in den Molukken und
Borneo. Abhandl. d. Senkenberg. Naturf. Gesellsch. Bd. XXV.
Heft 4. S. 934—969. Taf. XXVIII. Frankfurt a. M. 1903.
THOMSON, Wyw.: Voyage of the Challenger, The Atlantic, vol I.
1877.
TOpPSENT, EMILE: Contribution a l'étude des Spongiaires de |’At-
lantic Nord. Résultats des campagnes scientifiques accomplies sur
son yacht par Albert Ter, Prince souverain de Monaso fasc. Il.
Monaco 1892.
TOPSENT, EMILE:
Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. (II) vol. 9, p. 523.

Grundziige einer Spongien Fauna des Atlan-

dem Ma-

Essai sur la faune des Spongiaires de Roscoff.
1891.

98 E. ARNESEN.
35. TOPSENT, EMILE: Une réforme dans la classification de Halichon- 41. TOPSENT, EMILE: Résultats des Campagnes scientifiques accom-
drina, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, T. 7, p. 5—26. Paris. 1894. plies sur son yacht par Albert ler Prince Souverain de Monaco.
36. TOPSENT, EMILE: Etude monographique des Spongiaires de France: Fasci XXV. Spongiaires des Agores. Monaco 1904.
I. Tetractinellida. Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. (II). T. 2, 42. Topsent, EMILE: Etude sur quelques Cladorhiza et sur Eucheli-
p. 259—400. Pl. XI—XVI. Paris. 1894. pluma pristina n.g. et n. sp. Bull. de l'Institut Oceanogr. Nr. 151.
37. TOPSENT, EMILE: Eponges, Resultats scientifiques de la Campagne ler sept. Monaco. 1909.
du .Caudan* dans le golf de Gascogne, aotit septembre 1895 fasc. 43. TOPSENT, EMILE: Sur les affinités des Halichondria et la classification
II, p. 273—296, pl. VIII. Ann. de l'Université de Lyon. 1896. des Halichondrines d’aprés leurs formes larvaires. Arch. de Zool.
38. TOPSENT, EMILE: Materiaux pour servir a l'étude de la Faune exp. et gén. 1910. Tome VII. Notes et revues Nr. 1, p.1 a XV.
des Spongiaires de France. Mém. Soc. Zool. de France. T. 9, (Extrait). Paris. 1911.
p- 118—133. Paris. 1896. 44. Vosmar, G. C. J.: Report on the Sponges dredged up in the
39. TOPSENT, EMILE: Eponges nouvelles des Acores (deuxiéme série), Arctic Sea by “William Barents“ in the years 1878—1879. Nie-
Mém. Soc. Zool. de France. T. 14, p. 448—466. Paris. -1901. derland. Archiv fiir Zoologie. Supplementband. I. Leyden. 1882.
40. TopseNT, EMILE: Spongiaires. Expedition antarctique belge, 45. Witson, H. W.: The Sponges collected in Porto rico in 1899.
Résultats du voyage du S. Y. Belgica en 1897, 1898, 1899. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. Voll, XX, part 2, 1900.
Zoologie. R. 4. Anvers 1901.
Postscript.

As the publication of my paper has been so unduly

postponed and interrupted an explanation is necessary:
The manuscript was sent to the press in the spring 1914.
I received the first proof at the end of 1915 and had
hoped to have the paper published in the beginning of

1916.

But the great fire in Bergen in January 1916,

Kristiania, September 1918.

which caused the destruction of the printing works, made

this impossible.
vented it from being printed befcre now.

Later the difficulties of war have pre-
I have ac-

cordingly not been able to take into consideration the
literature published after the beginning of 1914.

Emily Arnesen.

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. igi0, Vol. III. Arnesen. Charts.

40" 50° 20

o Calcarea ® Monaxonida =» Tetractinellida o Hexactinellida

Chart 1. Stations where sponges were obtained by the ‘Michael Sars‘.
©

O Chondrocladia gigantea® Chondr: SEGA @ Chondr Michael Sarszt
Chart 2. Distribution of Chondrocladia.

Go) C2) S) Ed EN B= ED BS)

Plate I.

Hexactinellida.

Euplectella suberea, Wyv. Thomson. (‘/2
Malacosaccus floricomatus, Topsent.

Regadrella phonix, O. Schmidt.

Asconema setubalense, Sav. Kent.

Chonelasma sp. ?

Aphrocallistes beatrix, Gray, form. bocagei P.Wright —

Hyalonema sp. ?
Hyalonema infundibulum, Topsent.
Pheronema grayi, Sav. Kent.

nat. size)

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol, III. Arnesen. I=IN

Arnesen phot.

n= Me

.
"

+.

Plate II.

Calcarea.

Fig. 1. Grantia intermedia, Thacker. (C< 3).

Monaxonida.
Fig. 1. Lissodendoryx complicata, Arm. Hansen. ('/2 nat. size)

, 2. Myxilla pectinata, (Topsent). —,.—
» 3 Grayella fallax, Topsent. ==
» 4. Dendoricella abyssi (Topsent) Lundbeck. =,
» 0. Echinoclathria hjorti sp. n. =,
, 6. Anchinoé nobilis, Redley and Dendy. Oe
, 1. Ciocalypta weltneri sp. n.

a. alcohol. b. dried.

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910, Vol. Ill. Arnesen. Pl. Il.

Arnesen phot.

Pe)
ren

—

CP OES At SS)

Plate Ill.

Monaxonida.
Cladorhiza gelida, Lundbeck. (4/2 nat. size)
Stylotella columella, (Bow.) Topsent. —,—
Asbestopluma pennatula, O. Schmidt. —,—
Stylotella topsenti sp. n. (/s nat. size)
Petrosia friabilis, Topsent. (/2 nat. size)

Chondrocladia Michaél Sarsi, sp. n. oo

Rep, of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. Ill, Arnesen. Pl. I.

Arnesen phot.

Fig.

Nore

go SS) GD Es gs Lo

Plate IV.

Monaxonida.

Axinella polypoides, O. Schmidt. (1/2 nat. size).

Thrinacophora murrayi sp. n.

Tetraxonia.

Isops pachydermata, Sollas & Sidonops sp.?
Characella pachastrelloides (Carter) Sollas.
Sidonops sp.?

Thetyopsilla zetlandica (Carter).

Isops sp.?

Stelleta hispida, Bucc.

(/2 nat. size)

”

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. III. Arnesen. Plsive

Arnesen phot.

Fig.

Plate V.

Ciocalypta weltneri sp, n. a. oxea X 230, b. subtylostyle & 230; c. style & 230.
Chondrocladia Michael Sarsi sp. n. a. style 95; b. granular style from the stalk
coating 375; c. isancora agnifera with 6 teeth, side view 375; d. sigmata with com-
pressed ends 275.

Echinoclathria hjorti sp. n. a. robust style 375; b. tylostyli from the dermal membrane
< 375; c. fusiform tylostyle < 375; d. strongyle-tornote spiculum 375; f. toxe * 375.
Stylotella topsenti sp. n. styli « 230.

Thrinacophora murrayi sp. n. a. oxea X 2380; b. styli >< 230; c. trichodragmata x 375.

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910,

Vol. Ill. Arnesen.

Bergh del.

BRACHIOPODA, SCAPHOPODA, GASTROPODA

AND

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA

FROM THE

MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

JAMES A. GRIEG

ONE PLATE

Duizs the cruise of the “Michael Sars“ in the North

Atlantic in 1910 only two species of Brachiopoda
were taken, both within the limits of distribution pre-
viously known.

Of the Mollusca collected during the expedition the
Cephalopoda have been dealt with by professor dr. CHUN
and the Pteropoda by professor dr. BONNEVIE.

The present paper deals with the Lamellibranchiata
(12 species), Scaphopoda (6 species) and Gastropoda (39
species), in all 57 species. Three of these are pelagic:
Janthina communis, Scylleea pelagica and Fiona marina.
The other species belong to the bottom-fauna.

One species, Pholadomya fragilis, is new to science.
New to the fauna of Europe are Area profundicola and
Mytilimeria flexuosa. The former hitherto known only,
from the coast of North America, the latter also from the
deep water to the west of the African coasts. In this
connection may also be mentioned Hero formosa not
hitherto known from Irish waters, and Cassidaria echin-
ophora taken off the entrance to the Straits of Gibraltar
previously authentically known only from the Mediter-
ranean.

The largest, and incomparably most interesting, part
of the collection of Mollusca was obtained from the great
depths on the eastern side of the North Atlantic. From
lesser depths on that side eleven species were taken at
three stations off Ireland (st. 1, 3 and 96), one species,
Cassidaria echinophora, from the entrance to Gibraltar
Strait (st. 20), and one species, Cymbium proboscidale,
from a station off the west coast of Africa (st. 37).

On the western side of the North Atlantic eight
species were taken at two stations (70 and 72) SE of
Newfoundland, the first mentioned (70, with seven species,
including the one being new to science) situated in very
deep water.

The “Michael Sars” also took a haul with the otter-
trawl in the cold area of the Faroe-Shetland Channel (st.
102), obtaining six species, all of them characteristic of
the depths of the Norwegian Sea.

During the years 1868—70 the “Lightning” and the
“Porcupine” explored the seas off the western coasts of

Europe, from the Faroes and Shetlands to the Mediter-
ranean. The collections were dealt with by JEFFREYS,')
who showed that the depths of the Atlantic are inhabited
by many species of Mollusca known also from the fiords
of Norway and from the banks dividing the Atlantic from
the Norwegian Sea. Among such species may be men-
tioned :—

Pecten vitreus

Lima excavata

Limopsis minuta
Lyonsiella abyssicola

Lima sarsi Torellia vestita

Matlletia obtusa Troschelia berniciensis, etc.

He also showed that certain species are characteristic
of the atlantic depths, many of them living both in the
northern part of the North Atlantic, off the British Isles,
and in the southern part, off the Spanish and Portuguese
coasts, viz.

Amusium lucidum

Leda pustulosa

Leda insculpta

Malletia cuneata

Some of these are also found in the great depths of
the Mediterranean, but as the “Michael Sars” did not
investigate that sea, I need make no further allusion
thereto. The “Challenger” Expedition showed that many
of the species common to the North Atlantic and the
Norwegian Sea occur also near the Azores, and several
of them even still farther south (cfr. EDGAR A. SMITH:
Report on the Lamellibranchiata*) and R. BooG WATSON:
Report on the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. *)

During the years 1880—83 the french expeditions of
the “Travailleur” and the “Talisman” explored the Bay
of Biscay and the waters south of it, as far as Senegal,
the Cape Verde Isles and the Sargasso Sea. In 1895 the
Bay of Biscay was explored by the “Caudan”. Since 1887

Limopsis aurita
Dentalium capillosum
Calliostoma suturale, etc.

1) “On the Mollusca procured during the “Lightning” and “Por-
cupine’” Expeditions 1868—70” in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London; part 2 in the volume for 1879, p. 553; part 3,
1881, p. 693; part 4, 1881, p. 922; part 5, 1882, p. 656; part 6, 1883,
p. 83; part 7, 1884, p. 111; part 8, 1884, p. 341; part 9, 1885, p. 27.

2) Report Sci. Res. “Challenger”, Zool., vol, 13, 1885.

3) Idem, vol. 15, 1886.

GRIEG — 6

4 JAMES A. GRIEG.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

the Prince of Monaco with the “Hirondelle” and the
“Princesse Alice” has explored the waters round the Azores
and off the west coast of North Africa. The collections
of mollusca obtained by the French expeditions were
investigated by LocARD?), the collections of the Prince
of Monaco by DAUTZENBERG, partly alone,*) partly in
collaboration with H. FiscHer.*) In this review no
reference has been made to the nudibranciate Gastropoda,
the species taken by the “Michael Sars” in the Atlantic
being either pelagic or belonging to moderate depths. -

It appears from the papers of LOCARD, DAUTZENBERG
and H:-FIsSCHER that several Mollusca occurring in the
great depths off the west coast of North Africa and around
the Canary Islands and the Azores are also met with in
deep water in the Bay of Biscay, e. g.

Modiola polita Trophonopsis grimaldi
Dentalium caudani Buceinum atractodeum
Nepiunea abyssorum Pleurotomella bairdi, etc.

The “Michael Sars” collection of Mollusca does not
contain a very great number of species, still it increases
the number of species common to both the northern and
southern part of the eastern North Atlantic. In the Bay
of Biscay (st. 10) were taken:—

Pleurotomella thaumastopsis

Bathybela nudator

Surcula tenerrima
the two first named being previously known from the
Azores only, the third from the Azores and from the
Sargasso Sea. Off Ireland (st. 95) were taken Pleuroto-
mella bairdi, not previously known to the north of the
Bay of Biscay, and Clionella quadruplex, known from
the Azores and the west coast of Africa. Off the Hebrides
(st. 101) were taken Mytilimeria flexuosa, known only
from this side of the Atlantic, from the west coast of North
Africa, and Dentalium caudani, not previously recorded
to the north of Bay of Biscay.

Comparing the results of the various expeditions
referred to it appears that many species are known only
from the northern part of the northeastern Atlantic, and
a still larger number only from the southern portion, where
most of the expeditions carried on their biological researches.
For instance the genus Marginella, which includes many
deep-sea forms, is not known from the northern part,
though it may be assumed with certainty that the number

1) LocarD: Mollusques testacés et Brachiopodes, Resultats scientif.
Camp. “Caudan’, Fasc. 1, 1896.
_ Mollusques testacés, Exp. Sc. du “Travailleur” et du

“Talisman”, Tome 1, 1897, Tome 2, 1898.

2) DAUTZENBERG: Contrib. Faune Malacol. des Iles Acores. Res
Camp. Sc. par Albert I Monaco, Fasc. 1, 1889.

3) DAUTZENBERG et H. FISCHER: Mollusques prov. des draga-
ges effectués 4 l’ouest de |’Afrique. Ibidem Fasc. 32, 1906.

of widely distributed species will be increased as research
work goes on. Even now so many forms common to
both divisions of the northeastern Atlantic are known,
that as regards the mollusca, we may be justified in
regarding the deep water of the northeastern Atlantic as
one faunistic region, a rather natural assumption when seeing
that the hydrographical conditions are very uniform. There
is also a marked similarity between the western and
eastern sides of the North Atlantic, though not so close
as between the north and south divisions of the eastern
side, many of the species characteristic of the eastern
side being unknown on the American side. This is the
case with 7roschelia berniciensis, a widely distributed form
in the eastern Atlantic. ‘a

Very different from the North Atlantic molluscan
fauna is that of the cold area of the Norwegian Sea.
Illustrative in this respect is one of the stations of the
“Michael Sars“, viz. st. 102, where the following species
were obtained:

Neptunea curta Bela scalaris

Neptunea mohni Philine finmarchica

Buccinum hydrophanum Cuthonella abyssicola.

Of these the second and the lastnamed are charac-
teristic cold-water forms, known only from the depths of
the Norwegian Sea, while the other four species extend
more or less into the warmer areas encircling the deep
basin of that sea. Among mollusca also living in the
cold area of the Norwegian Sea may be mentioned: —

Pecten frigidus Neptunea danielsenii

Arca frielei Odostomia sublustris

Natica bathybii
_ All these species are unknown from the depths of
the Atlantic, and the species characteristic of the latter
region are not met with in the Norwegian Sea, though
exceptions occur. The “Triton“, for instance, took Tros-
chelia berniciensis in the cold area of the Faroe—Shet-
land Channel,') and the, “Armauer Hansen“ Lyonsiella
abyssicola and Scaphander puncto-striatus in the cold
area off the Tampen Bank?). Several southern warm-water
species were also taken in the cold area of the Norwegian
Sea by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.*) These
Atlantic mollusca, however, are also found on the banks
around the Norwegian Sea basin, and the cold water
stations where they were obtained are all situated so near
to the warm area that the hydrographical conditions vary -

1) JEFFREYS: Mollusca procured, during the Cruise of H. M. S,
Triton between the Hebrides and Faroes in 1882.
Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1883, p. 389.

Evertebratfaunaen paa havdypet utenfor “Tampen‘,

Bergens Museums Aarbok 1914—15. no, 3,

*) FRIELE & GRIEG: Mollusca Ill, Norw. N. Atl. Exp. 1876—78,

Zool. part 28, 1901.

2) GRIEG:

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, VOL. ill]

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 5

from year to year and from season to season. Similarly
genuine arctic species may be found in the frontier-zone
between the warm and cold areas.

At station 102 two specimens of Cuthonella abyssi-
cola were taken, the one in the trawl from a depth of
1098 metres, the second in a large plankton townet with
1500 metres of wire out. The actual depth at which a
plankton-net is towed during a horizontal haul is com-
monly calculated at one-half of the length of wire out,
which in the present case works out at about 750 metres;
this would seem to indicate that one of the specimens of
Cuthonella abyssicola had been caught about 350 metres
above the bottom, but this conclusion is inadmissible, as
all other evidence goes to establish Cuthonella abyssicola
as a bottom species, the other specimen, like all those
previously recorded, having been obtained from the bot-
tom. If, on the other hand, the depth is calculated as
two-thirds to three-fourths of the length of wire paid out,
the net in question at st. 102 may have skimmed along
the bottom, and this would account for the capture of
bottom forms, for, in addition to Cuthonella abyssicola,
the net brought up three specimens of Nymphon grossi-
pes Bell) and one of Boreonymphon robustum Bell”),
which are well-marked bottom animals.

1) ORJAN OLSEN, Pycnogonida, Rep. Sci. Res. Michael Sars North
Atlantic Deep Sea Exp. 1910, vol 3, part 1,
1913, p. 6.

2) On this Boreonymphon robustum were attached two young
specimens of Scalpellum angustum G. O. Sars, one on the abdomen,
the other on the ventral side of the femur of the third left leg. The
largest specimen measured 45 mm. in length. This species is not
mentioned in Hoek’s report on the Cirripedia from the “Michael Sars“
Expedition (Rep. vol 3, part 1).

At st. 70, depth 1100 m., only plankton-nets were used.
The lowermost appliance, a young-fish trawl was towed
with 1700 metres of wire out. When hauled up it con-
tained numerous bottom invertebrates, mollusca, echino-
dermata, annelids etc. Here the actual depth was two-
thirds of the length of wire out. This conclusion agrees
with what was observed during the cruise of the “Armauer
Hansen“ in may 1914. At stat 4, Lat. 62° 15’ N., Long.
0° 15’ E, a sounding immediately before lowering the
plankton-gear gave a depth of 830 metres, a second sounding
after hauling in the gear, 770 metres. The lowermost
appliance, a fry-net, was towed with 1200 metres of wire
paid out, and was found to be filled with mud, sand,
stones and different bottom animals (cir. the paper by
the present author, cited on p. 4). In this case the actual
depth works out at about two-thirds of the length of wire
out. At station 3, Lat. 62° 10’ N, Long. 0° 8’ E, the lower-
most appliance with 2000 metres of wire out came up
with mud and bottom animals. No sounding was taken
at this station, but 20 miles in one direction the depth
was 1743 m., and 20 miles in the opposite direction 1060
metres. The depth may accordingly be computed at about
1400 metres (cfr. Jorgensen: Sternoptychidae (Argyropelecus
and Sternoptyx)?).

1) Rep. Danish Oceanogr. Exp. 1908—10 to Mediterranean and
Adjacent Seas, vol. 2, Biol. A 2, 1915, p. 4.

BRACHIOPODA

Terebratulina septentrionalis, Couthony.
Terebratulina septentrionalis, COUTHONY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist.
vol. 2 1838, p. 65, tab. 3, fig. 18.
30/6 st. 70; lat. 42° 59’ N\ long. 51° 15! W, 1100 m.
Temp. 3°7 C. Some larger and smaller specimens, the
largest 25 mm. long and 22 mm. broad.

Crania anomala, O. F. Miiller.

Patelia anomala, O. F. MULLER, Prodr. Zool. Dan. 1776, p. 237.

8/6, st. 53, lat. 34° 59’ N, long. 33° 1' W, 2615—
2865 m. yellow, hard, clayey mud. Five specimens
attached to valves of Limopsis aurita.

MOLLUSCA

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA

Ostrea virginica, Gmelin.

Ostrea virginica, GMELIN, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 1790, 3336.

27/7, St. 95, lat. 50° 22’ N, long. 11° 44’ W, 1797 m.
One upper valve, probably thrown overboard from a
steamboat.

Pecten vitreus, Chemnitz.

Pallium vitreum, CHEMNITZ, Conch. Cab. vol. 7, 1782, p. 335, tab.
67, fig. 637 a.

“ls, St. 24, lat. 35° 34’ N, long. 7° 35’ W, 1615 m.,
yellow mud, temp. 8° C. Two specimens belonging to
the variety abyssorum, Lovén. Measurements of the largest
specimen: alt. 10 mm., lat. 9 mm.

7°/e, st. 70, lat. 42° 59’ N, long. 51° 15’ W, 1100 m.,
temp. 3°7 C. Six specimens belonging to the typical
form. Alt. 11.5—19 mm., lat. 10.5—18 mm.

Modiola polita, Verrill & Smith.

Modiola polita, VERRWL, Amer. Journ. Sci.
p. 392 & 400.

ser 3, vol. 20, 1880,

bis, Sta Qievlat coo ole IN, long. (Os Some mooolmiies
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C. Two specimens measuring:

Alt. Lat. Crass.
No. 1. 44.5 mm. 24.5 mm. 3.5 mm.
No. 2 42.5 ” 23 » i)

Modiola polita was for the first time described from
the coast of New England, depth 436 metres. Later on
it was found by the “Blake* in the Mexican Gulf and in
the West Indies. Its bathymetrical range in the Western
Atlantic is according to DALL 203—1830 metres. In the
Eastern Atlantic Modiola polita was first met with in
1880 by the “Travailleur* in the Bay of Biscay, 677 to
1353 metres, where it was also found by the “Caudan“
in 80—1200 metres. The “Talisman“ has taken it off
the west coast of North Africa, in depths between 540
and 930 metres. In the Mediterranean the “Travailleur“
dredged it off Spain in 322 metres, and Monterosato
found it near Palermo.

Limopsis minuta, Philippi.

Pectunculus minutus, Purl, Enum. Moll. Sic. vol. 1, 1836, p.
63, tab. 5, fig. 3.

0, Sin Oy iki 20M Be ING, Nomen BI ils’ WY.

1100 m., temp. 3°7 C. One quite young specimen, allt.

4.5 mm. lat. 5 mm.

Limopsis aurita, Brocchi.

Arca aurita, BROCCHI, Conch. foss. Subappennina, vol. 2, 1815, p.
485, tab. 11, fig. 6.

8/,, St. 53, lat. 34° 59’ N., long. 33° 1’ W., 2615—
2865 m., yellow, hard clayey mud. Three living speci-
mens and several empty valves. The largest living speci-
men measured: alt. 16.5 mm., lat. 14 mm., crass. 7 mm.
One of the empty shells had a height of 20 mm. and a
breadth of 15.5 mm.

Limopsis aurita is one of the most widespread bi-
valves in the North Atlantic. On the American side it
occurs from New Jersey to the West-Indies, in the
Eastern Atlantic from the Faroes to west coast of North
Africa and the Azores. Further it has been observed in the

1) One valve damaged.

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 7

Mediterranean, and according to JEFFREYS in Japan’).
DALL mentions it from Norway”), though this seems to
be a misstatement for the preceding species. G. O. SARs,
FRIELE, SPARRE SCHNEIDER, NORDGAARD, JEFFREYS and
NORMAN mention only Limopsis minuta from the Nor-
wegian coast, and the specimens of Limopsis | have
had the opportunity of examining from the west and
north coasts of Norway belong exclusivily to that species.
The bathymetrical range of Limopsis aurita is between
38 and 3175 m.

Malletia cuneata, Jeffreys.

Solenella cuneata, JEFFREYS, Rep. Brit. Ass. 1873, p. 112.

8/e, St. 53, lat. 34° 59’ N., long. 33° 1’ W., 2615—
2865 m., yellow hard clayey mud. One valve (left):
alt. 9 mm., lat. 6 mm.

Arca profundicola, Vertill & Smith.

Arca profundicola, VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. 6, 1884, p.
439, tab. 44, fig. 23.

8/e, st. 53, lat. 34° 59’ N., long. 33° 1’ W., 2615--
2865 m., yellow, hard clayey mud. One specimen
measuring: alt. 4 mm., lat. 8 mm., crass. 2 mm. The
type specimen measured 7, 12 and 5 mm. respectively.
Our specimen conforms. with the type in form and struc-
ture, but has a whitish yellow epidermis, the coating
being dark-brown in the type specimen.

This species is closely related to Arca pectunculoides,
and is, perhaps, only a deep-sea variety of it. Having
however in my possession only a single specimen, which
differs from the Arca pectunculoides occurring on the
Norwegian coast, I have treated it as a distinct species,
as VERRILL, DALL®) and KOBELT*) have done.

Arca profundicola has not been reported before from
the Eastern Atlantic. It is known only from the great
depths off New Jersey (“Albatross“, st. 2226, lat. 37° 0!
N., long. 71° 54’ W., 3698 m.).

Astarte sulcata, da Costa.

Pectunculus sulcatus, da Costa, Brit. Conch. 1778, p. 192.

oestemln late 49c. 27 Ne tlong.s 8° 36) W., 146 mi,
fine sand, temp. 9°57 C. One quite young specimen, allt.
3.5 mm., lat. 4.2 mm.

Syndesmya longicallus, Scacchi.

Tellina longicallus, ScaccHi, Ann. Civ. Regn. d. due Sic., vol. 4,
1834, p. 79, tab. 1, fig. 7.

1) Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 585.

*) Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 37, 1889, p. 42.

3) Op. cit. p. 42, tab. 46, fig. 23.

*) KOBELT: Die GATTUNG ArcaL., Mart. Chemn. Conch. Cab. Bd.
8, Abt. 2, 1891, p. 215, tab. 49, fig. 11.

18/4, St. 10} ,lat. 45°. 1G N., longo Secure OU
m., yellow mud, temp. 2°56 C. One well-preserved
tight valve, alt. 11 mm., lat., 17 mm.

In 1869 the “Procupine* took this species off the
Channel in a depth of 4456 metres (st. 37)1), this being
the greatest depth hitherto recorded for the species, but
now superseded by the present record establishing a
bathymetrical limit of 4700 m.

Mytilimeria flexuosa, Vertill & Smith.
(Figs. 1—4.)

Mytilimeria flexuosa, VERRILL, AMER. Journ. Sci. ser. 3, vol. 22,

1881, p. 302.
St.) LOL, lat S75 74 Ne lors Saas
1853 m., hard clay. Three specimens and a right valve
with an ascidian.
The specimens measure (in milimetres).

Cue
18,

No. 1 INO, @ No. 3
ITE Ge ose etd cia eg eceen 50 49 46.5
IDLE, (aa htee a Deen eR UeI AR OU eee ar 41.5 43.5 48
Grassene. eh eee ees 48.5 45 46
Breadth °/o of height............ 83 88.8 103.2
Thickness °/o of height........ 97 91.8 98.9

These figures reveal the great variations the form of
the shell is subject to, and this is still better demonstrated
if the above figures are compared with those given by
VERRILL and DALL. In VERRILLS type specimen the breadth
of the shell is 88 °/o of the height, the thickness 104 °/o.
In DALL’s specimen both the breadth and the thickness
exceed the height viz 115.4 °/o.

Da. describes and figures minutely the anatomy of
this species?) In the “Preliminary Cataloque of the shell-
bearing marine Mollusks and Brachiopods of the South-
eastern Coast of the United States“ *) he gives furthermore
a drawing of the outer surface of a left valve. VERRILL
describes both the animal*) and the shell, and gives a
drawing) of the latter. LOCARD, finally, gives some draw-
ings of a defective shell.°) As none of the drawings
extant of the shell of this mollusk is altogether satis-
factory, I take the opportunity of giving some fresh
drawings of it.

Mytilimeria flexuosa was first found off the coast of
New England, in 571 m., and was subsequently taken

1) Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 926.

2) Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 697, tab. 23, fig. 1, 3.
5 & 6, tab. 24, fig. 3. Cfr. Bull Mus. Comp. Zool. vol 12, 1886, p. 286,

3) Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 37, 1889, tab. 65, fig. 132.

4) Transact. Conn. Acad. vol. 6, 1884, p. 258.

5) Transact. Conn. Acad. vol. 5, 1882, p. 567, tab. 58, fig. 38.
Cfr. VERRILL: Res. Explor. made by the steamer “Albatross“ 1883,
(1885) p. 575, tab. 30, fig. 132.

8) Exp. Sci. “Travailleur® et “Talisman*, Mollusques Testacés
tome 2, 1898, p. 210 tab. 10, fig. 14—17.

(o)

JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

near the same place in depths of 137—1211 m. The
“Talisman in 1883 obtained it at two stations off the
west coast of Africa, in 1495—2330 m. In European
waters it has not hitherto been observed. Its discovery
by the “Michael Sars“ off the west coast of Scotland
shows that Mytilimeria flexuosa must be distributed all
over the great depths of the North Atlantic.

Pholadomya fragilis, n. sp.
(figs. 5—7).

30/5 st. 70, lat. 42° 59’N., long. 51° 15’ W., 1100 m.
temp. 38°7 C. One specimen, alt. 17 mm., lat. 18 mm.,
crass. 12 mm.

Both valves are of the same size and of a subtri-
gonal, short, arched form. The anterior region short,
subtruncate, with the antero-dorsal margin convex. Posterior
region about one and a half times the length of the
anterior region, somewhat cuneiformly protracted with
truncated tip, and the postero-dorsal margin straight. The
ventral margin is convex. The umbones elevated and
strongly inflected, so that they nearly touch. The shell
is white, translucent, extremely thin and fragile. It is
finely granulated and shows numerous fine zones of
growth, which are most apparent in the truncate anterior
region.

Of the genus Pholadomya three species are known:

Pholadomya lovéni, Jefir.1) taken by the “Porcupine“
to the west of Portugal, 1314 m., and of Spain, 523 m.,
also in the Mediterranean to the north of Cape Ferro,
2663 m.

French and Italian expeditions have taken it in the
western Mediterranean, in 156—2227 m. The “Jose-
phine“ obtained it near the Azores in 586—1098 m.
Subiossil it is found on the Norwegian west coast, in
100—200 m. As a fossil it has been found in the pliocene
strata of Sicily.

Pholadomya africana, P. FISCHER*) was taken only
by the “Talisman* off the west coast of Morocco in 2083
—2324 m.

Pholadomya arata, VERRILL & SMITH?) was taken to
the south of Martha’s Vineyard, U. S. A., in 126—248
m., and Locard records it from the west coast of Africa
(“Talisman* 1883, st. 80, 1130 m.).

Oi these three species Pholadomya africana is the
most nearly allied to Pholadomya fragilis, ftom which it

1) Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881 p. 934 tab. 10. fig. 7. Cfr. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 686.
2) LocarD in: Exp. Sci. “Travailleur“ & “Talisman‘, Mollusques
Test. t. 2. 1898 p. 165, tab. 7, fig. 42—45.
2) VERRILL in: Am. Journ. Sci. vol. 22, 1881, p. 301, and in Trans.
Connect. Acad. vol. 5, 1882, p. 567, tab. 58, fig. 37, vol.6, 1884, 278,
tab. 30, fig. 4—6. Cfr. LOCARD in Op. cit p. 167, tab. 8, fig. 1- -5.

differs slightly in form, especially as regards the antero-
dorsal margin. A more significant difference is found in
the number of longitudinal crests, Pholadomya fragilis
having 18, the other species only 10—12. This difference
cannot be discribed to difference in age, as the type spe-
cimen of Pholadomya africana is only slightly smaller
than that of the other species, measuring: alt. 15 mm.,
lat. 16, mm. crass. 12 mm. According to LOCARD’s draw-
ings Pholadomya africana appears to have a somewhat
coarser granulation, this feature being visible in Phola-
domya fragilis only under a high magnification.

Cultellus pellucidus, Pennant.
Solen pellucidus, PENNANT, Brit. Zool., vol. 4, 1812, p. 84, tab. 66,
fig. 23,
ast. wl lats 4922/7" Ni longs Se oom Weel Gems
fine sand, temp. 9°57 C. Two young specimens, the
largest measuring 3.5 mm. in height and 14.5 mm. in
breadth.

SCAPHOPODA.

Dentalium ergasticum, P. Fischer.

Dentalium ergasticum, P. FISCHER, Journ. Conch. vol. 20, 1883, p. 275

8/5 st. 24, lat. 35° 34’ N, long 7° 35’ W, yellow mud,
temp. 8° C. Six specimens, the three largest measuring
in millimetres:

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
emo this aica yuan ware ecigans 80 76 71
Breadth at base........... 8 9 8.5
rE Spal) OXE Renal tyre arate 1 1.2 mle
enethot tissues asec 1] 8.5 8
Number of crests ......... 45 44 50

According to LOCARD it attains a length of 113 mm.

Dentalium ergasticum is closely related to Dentalium
capillosum, Jefir. with which species it has been identi-
fied, though I fully agree with LOCARD in regarding it
as a distinct species.') The most conspicuous difference
is that the fissure is very long in ergasticum while in
the other species it is short and narrow.

D. ergasticum was taken by the “Caudan“ in the
Bay of Biscay, in depths ranging from 400 to 1700 m.
The “Talisman“ dredged it in 1139 to 2995 metres at
the Azores, where it was also taken by the Prince of
Monaco at a depth of 1285 m., and the “Travailleur“
and the “Talisman“ found it off the west coast of Africa
in 1235—2180 m.

1) LOCARD: Mollusques Test. et Brachiopodes, Res. Sci. Camp,
“Caudan“, Fasc 1. 1896 p. 170, tab. 6, fig. 1. Cfr. Exp. Sci. “Travail-
leur“ et “Talisman“, Mollusques Test. tome 2. 1898, p. 108, tab. 6,
fig O14:

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 9

Dentalium capillosum, Sefireys.

Dentalium capillosum, JEFFREYS, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. nr. 4, vol.
19, 1877, p. 153.

23 See late 2O2n oN. long. 132 30° W., 1365
m., yellow mud. Two specimens, 61 and 44.5 mm. long
respectively.

D. capillosum was discovered by the “Valorous* in
Davis Strait in 1263—3267 m. In 1869 the “Porcupine
obtained it off the Hebrides in 992 m. and off the mouth
of the Channel in 1577 m., and in 1870 off Portugal
in depths between 403 and 2004 m.; the “Challenger“
took it near Portugal in 860 m., at the Azores in 1830
m., and at Culebra Island in 714 m. The “Talisman“
obtained it in the Bay of Biscay in 1190—2651 m., the
Prince of Monaco near the Azores, and POURTALES at
Bahia Honda in the Mexican Gulf, in 765 m.

Dentalium caudani, Locard.

Dentalium caudani, LOCARD, Res. Sci. Camp.
1896, p. 171, pl. 6, fig. 2.

Cass lOle latenona 4 eNenlone ili 48) We
1853 m., hard clay. Several specimens, the two largest
of which measure:

“Caudan*, Fasc. 1

,

Nr. 1 Nr. 2

ILASVOVS ON es Geatouseoeichom tame 104 mm. 103.5 mm.
Breadthwat bases... 0) IOS)
s ntl ena eet ee =
Length of the fissure 1, 2 a

LOCARD gives the length as 105 mm.

Our specimens must be referred to the variety minor,
LocarpD!) as only the upper third of the shell is endowed
with longitudinal ridges, the rest being smooth. Still it
must be noted that this variety according to LOCARD
only attains a size of 68 mm.

D. caudani was taken by the “Caudan‘ in the Bay
of Biscay in 1300 m. The Prince of Monaco found it
off Portugal in 1500 m., and off the west coast of North
Africa in 1550-2330 m. The “Michael Sars“ by finding
it off the west coast of Scotland showed that D. caudani
is distributed all over the great depths of the eastern
North Atlantic from off Senegal to the Faroe—Shetland
Channel.

Dentalium entale, Linné

Dentalium entalis, LINNE, Syst, Nat. ed. 10, 1758, p. 785.
wiesooe lat o0- 22'N. long, 11° 44’ -W., 1797
m. One shell, empty and somewhat decomposed.

Dentalium occidentale, Stimpson.

Dentalium occidentale, Stimpson, Shells of New England, 1851, p. 28,

1) Op. cit. p. 104, pl. 6, fig. 7.

*/5, St. 21, lat. 35° 31’ N., long. 6° 35’ W., 535 m.,
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C. Eight specimens, the largest
measuring 36 mm. in length.

Dentalium agile, M. Sats.

Dentalium agile, M. Sars, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1868, p. 257.

G. O. SARS, Remarkable Forms of Animal Life on

the Norw. Coast, part 1, 1872, p. 31, pl. 3, fig. 4—15.

S/s, St. 24, lat. 35° 34” Ne ones 7° 355 Waele

m., yellow mud, temp. 8° C. One specimen, length
63 mm.

GASTROPODA.

Calliostoma suturale, Philippi.

Trochus suturalis, PuiLippl, Enum. Moll. Sicilia, vol. 1836, p. 185,
pl. 10; fig. 23.

5/5, St. 21, lat. 30> 3 N= long. Gano > memo omni
yellow mud, temp. 11°52 C. Several specimens, the
largest of which measures: height 11 mm., largest dia-
meter 11.5 mm.

C. suturale, which is known from the pliocene strata
of Sicily, was taken living for the first time in 1869 by
the “Porcupine“ of the mouth of the Channel in 1327
m. (st. 36). Later on it was taken at a number of points
between the Channel and North Africa, including the
Mediterranean, in depths between 46 and 2330 metres,
by the “Porcupine‘, the “Hirondelle‘, the “Travailleur“
and the “Talisman“.

lanthina communis, de Lamarck.

lanthina communis, de LAMARCK, Anim. sans Vert. t. 6, part 2,
1822, p. 206.
“/5, St. 25 A, lat. 35° 36’ N., long. 8° 16’ W., surface.
Nine specimens, attached to Velella spirans, Forskal.

Pilidium radiatum, M. Sars.
Capulus radiatus, M. Sars, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidsk. vol. 6,
p. 184.
207g, St. 70; lat. 422 /59R NE loneuroli 2 om Veep
m., temp. 3°7 C.. One living specimen. Length 15.5
mm., breadth 13 mm., height 5.6 mm. The specimen
is not so high, and has a thinner shell than specimens
from Northern Norway and from the Arctic regions I
have had the opportunity of examining. Furthermore it
differs from the typical P. radiatum in the total absence of
the yellowish or reddish-brown radial bands on the shell.
Living specimens of P. radiatum have hitherto not
been taken from greater depths than 836 m. (The “Voe-
ringen“, st. 164), though an empty shell is reported from
a. depth of 1187 m. (idem, st. 192).

1850,

10 JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Rissoa (Actonia) subsoluta, Aradas.

Rissoa subsoluta, ARADAS, Atti Acad. Gioenia, vol. 3, 1847, p. 21.
Ji Os ly tet, 4° OF ING one I Se! WWE, AG, tan,
fine sand, temp. 9°57 C. One specimen.

Eulimella acicula, Philippi.

Melania acicula, PHiippl, Enum. Moll. Siciliz, vol. 1, 1836, p. 158,
pl. 9, fig. 6.
9/, st. 1, lat. 49° 27' N., long. 8° 36’ W., 146 m.

fine sand, temp. 9°57 C. One specimen.

Turritella terebra, Linné.

Turbo terebra, LINNE, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 1767, p. 1239.
ajeesian lenlats 495 27 Ne longa 8. 30l) Ware l4o ame
fine sand, temp. 9°57 C. One specimen, rather young.

Aporrhais occidentalis, Beck.

Rostellaria occidentalis, BECK, Mag. de Zool. 1836, pl. 72.

30/5, st. 70, lat. 42° 59’ N., long. 51° 15’ W., 1100
m., temp. 3°7 C. One empty shell measuring 48 mm.
in height, the largest diameter being 34.5 m.

A. occidentalis is distinguished from the European
species A. pes-pelicani by the absence of spiral rigdes,
by having larger and more strongly developed
longitudinal ridges, and more rounded whorls. It is a
West Atlantic species, distributed along the east coast of
North America from New England to Labrador. In
addition it has been taken on the west coast of Green-
land. Its bathymetrical range is 4 to 1830 m.

Troschelia berniciensis, King
(fig. 8).

Fusus berniciensis, KING, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, 1846, p. 246.

ih, Si AL ein AG? Sy INES Taree INO ehy We, ODS sins,
sand and mud, temp. 9°2C. One empty shell (fig. 8)
belonging to the variety elegans, JEFFR. (elongata,
LocaArD). Its height is 125 mm., the largest diameter
41.5 mm.

8/e, st. 24, lat. 35° 34’ N., long. 7° 35’ W, 1615 m.,
yellow mud, temp. 8°C. Three specimens belonging to
the variety carinata, LOCARD. Height 15—67 mm.,
largest diameter 8—24 mm.

18/7, st. 88, lat. 45° 26’ N., long. 25° 45 W., 3120
m., sand and yellow mud. One very defective shell,
height 27 mm.

6_7/;, st. 101, lat. 57° 41’ N., long. 11° 48 W., 1853
m., hard clay. Four specimens belonging to the typical
form. Height 59—77 mm., largest diameter 22.5—26 mm.

T. berniciensis is an East Atlantic species, distributed
southwards to Cape Verde, the Canaries and the Azores.

Northwards it is recorded by G. O. SARS?) from as far
as Hasvik in Finmark. According to DAUTZENBERG and
H. FISCHER”) the Prince of Monaco has taken it to the
north of Spitzbergen, a statement which requires further
support as 7. berniciensis has not hitherto been observed
in Spitzbergen waters.*) Neither is it known from the
cold area of the Norwegian Sea excepting that the ,,Tri-
ton“ took it in the cold area of the Faroe—Shetland
Channel*) in 1882 (st. 8, 1331 m., + 1°1 C.). This station
is, however, situated near to the warm area, and in such
places a few southern boreal species, the proper home
of which is the Atlantic and the banks surrounding the
basin of the Norwegian Sea, may be found in company
with high-arctic and boreo-arctic animals, as I have shown
in ,Evertebratiaunaen paa havdypet utenfor Tampen‘.®)
T. berniciensis is known from depths of 91 to 3120 m.,
but in a living state it has not been observed deeper
than 2165 m.

Neptunea (Sipho) gracilis, da Costa.

Buccinum gracile, da Costa, Brit. Conch., 1775, p. 124, pl. 6, fig. 5.

2/7 Sta Gow ats O0s 220 9Nes longa ae We incie
m. Five specimens and two defective shells. The height
of the specimens varied between 14.5 and 54 mm., the
largest diameter between 7 and 225 mm.

27/7, St. 96, lat. 50> 57) Ni long. 102 46) Weise
m. One specimen of medium size, defective, the lower
part broken olf.

Sipho gracilis has not previously been recorded from
greater depths than 1350 m. (the “Talisman“ in 1883, st.
33). In obtaining it at st. 95 the “Michael Sars“ extended
its bathymetrical range to between 37 and 1797 m.

Neptunea (Sipho) pubescens, Verrill.

Sipho pubescens, VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. 5, 1882, p. 501,
pl. 43, fig. 6, pl. 57, fig. 25.

80/e) (Sta 70) lat, 4225759) NG longs ole ol Wey 00
m., temp. 3°7 C. Five specimens, of which two quite
young and an older one were living. The last named
measured, in height 56 mm., in largest diameter 23.5
mm. In the smallest specimen these dimensions were 10
and 5.5 mm. respectively, and in the largest of the two
empty shells 70 and 28 mm.

I have had the opportunity of comparing the “Michael
Sars“ specimens with three specimens of the typical

1) G. O. Sars: Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegie, 1878, p. 278.

2) Res. Camp. Sci. par Albert I, Monaco, Fasc. 37, 1912, p. 59.

8) Cfr. KNiPowiTscH in: Ann. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. Peters-
bourg, vol. 7, 1902, p. 447.

4) Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1883, p. 391.

°) Bergens Museums Aarbok 1914—16, nr. 3.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 1l

Neptunea pubescens from Martha’s Vineyard, 366—472
m., which mr. H. FRIELE has obtained from mr. VERRILL.
The samples agreed both as to iorm and sculpture.

N. pubescens is a West Atlantic species distributed
from Cape Hateras to the banks south of Newfoundland.
Its bathymetrical range lies between 33 and 1239 m.,
though according to miss KATHERINE IJ. BUSH in the
living state only between 113 and 1171 m.')

Neptunea (Sipho) abyssorum, P. Fischer.

Fusus abyssorum, P. FISCHER, Journ. Conch. vol. 31. 1883, p. 391.

19/4, st. 10, lat. 45° 26’ N., long. 9° 20’ W., 4700
m., yellow mud, temp. 2°56 C. Two living and three dead
specimens, measuring 10—27 mm. in height and 6—15
mm. in largest diameter, besides the uppermost part of
the spire of two other specimens, one of which must
have been very large.

N. abyssorum is at home in the great depths of the
North Atlantic. It is recorded from the Bay of Biscay,
the west coast of North Africa, the Azores, the Sargasso
Sea and the coast of New England. Its bathymetrical
range lies between 1200 and 4789 m.

Neptunea (Sipho) curta, Jeffreys.
Fusus curtus, JEFFREYS, Brit. Conch. vol. 4, 1867, p. 336.

910/,, st. 102, lat. 60° 57’ N., long. 4° 38’ W.,
1098 m., dark sand and clay. Two specimens measuring
in height 37 and 34 mm., in largest diameter 14.5 and
15.5 respectively.

I have designated this species according to the view
maintained by FRIELE in his monograph of the Buccinide
from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition’). The
specimens otherwise agree best with Fusus sabini, de-
scribed by JEFFREYS from the collections of the “Triton“*).
Of that species I have had the opportunity of examining
two specimens mr. FRIELE received from mr. JEFFREYS.

Six out of the eleven stations at which the “Voringen“
took Neptunea curta belong to the cold area of the
Norwegian Sea, the temperature ranging between 0° and
+ 1°4 C., and the depth from 249 to 1203 m. Of the
other five two are situated between Norway and Spitz-
bergen in depths of 225 and 408 m., temperature + 1°5
and + 1°6C. and three near the west coast of Spitzbergen,
in depths of 110 to 475 m., temperature + 0°7 to
+ 1°1 C. KwnipowiTscH also records the species from
Spitzbergen, viz. from Storfiord and from Icefiord, with
a bottomtemperature between + 2°5 and = 2° C. The
“Belgica“ in 1905 took it off the east coast of Greenland

1) BULL. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 23 nr. 6, 1893, p. 211.

*) Norw. N. Atlantic Exp., Mollusca I, 1882, p. 14, pl. 1, fig. 26,
pl. 2, fig. 1—11.

5) Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1883, p. 395 pl. 44, fig. 5.

in 53 to 300 m., temperature between + 0°4 and =
1°79; the “Michael Sars“ took it in 1902 off the coast
of Romsdal, Norway (st. 7,915 m., + 1°07 C.); and the
“Triton obtained it in the cold area of the Faroe—
Shetland Channel (st. 8, 1831 m., = 1°1 C., st. 9,1113 m.,
++ 1°1C,). All these localities must be regarded as belonging
to the cold area of the Norwegian Sea, even if they had,
at the time in question, temperatures above the freezing
point. The hydrographical conditions are known to be
extremely variable in those waters and the bottom
temperature may accordingly be found sometimes above,
sometimes below, freezing point. Among the other
localities where the species has been taken some, —
e. g. Franz Joseph’s Land, Franz Joseph’s Fiord in East
Greenland, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea and the Siberian
Polar Sea, belong to the “cold area“, while to the
“warm area“ belong the southwestern part of the Barents
Sea and most of the habitats along the west coast of
Greenland and the east coast of North America, where
Cape Cod marks the southern limit of distribution.

Bearing all these facts in mind one may term
Neptunea curta an arctic species, with its centre of distri-
bution within the cold area, but capable of extending
into the boreal regions. Its bathymetrical range lies
between 8 and 2582 m., 1203 m. being, however the
greatest depth from which it has been taken in a
living state.

Neptunea (Mohnia) mohni, Friele.

Fusus mohni, FRIELE, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidsk. vol. 23, 1877, p. 6.

8_10/,° st. 102, lat. 60° 57’ N., long. 4° 38’ W., 1098
m., dark sand and clay. Four living specimens and
fragment of fifth one. The largest is 19 mm. in height
and 10 mm. in greatest diameter.

This species has also been taken by the “Triton“
in the cold area of the Faroe—Shetland Channel (st. 8,
1331 m., temp. + 1°1 C.). It is a pronounced citizen of
the deep sea, known only from the cold area of the
Norwegian Sea, with 1098 to 2992 m. as the known
bathymetrical range, and + 0°74 to + 1°6 as the range
of temperature.

Trophonopsis (Trophon) grimaldi, Dautzenberg & H. Fischer.
Trophon grimaldi, DAUTZENBERG & H. FISCHER, Mem. Soc. Zool.
France vol. 9, 1896, p. 439 pl. 18, fig. 1—2.
5/5, st. 21, lat. 85° 31’ N., long. 6° 35’ W., 535 m.,
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C., several specimens, the
largest 17.5 mm. high.
Bis, st. 23) lat. dds 82a Nie lomo ate ian emmy lemiaine
yellow mud, temp. 10°97 C. One younger specimen.
Trophonopsis grimaldi was discovered in the Mediter-
ranean by the “Princesse Alice‘, in 552—1122 metres

GRIEG —7

12 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

where it was again taken by the “Travailleur“ in 555 to
900 m., and also in the Bay of Biscay in 1226 to 1916
m.; it was taken by the “Talisman‘ off the west coast
of Morocco in 1145 m.

Cassidaria echinophora, Linné.

Buccinum echinophorum, LINNE, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 1767, p. 1198.

5/5, St. 20; lat. 35° 25’ Ni, long: 6° 25’ W., 141 im,
fine sand, temp. 12°98 C. One empty shell, 88 mm. high,
with a maximum diameter of 48 mm., belonging to the
variety mutica, Tiberi. Among the drawings of this variety
given by KoBELT in his “Iconographie der schalentragenden
europdischen Meeresconchylien* (vol. 2, 1901, p. 68) it
corresponds most closely to figs. 2 & 3 in pl. 47.

KOBELT regards C. echinophora as a true Mediterranean
mollusc, very common in the lesser depths. It was not
known outside Gibraltar, until the “Michael Sars“ took
it immediately outside the Straits.

Cassidaria rugosa, Linné.

Buccinum rugosum, LINNE, Mantissa Plantarum, 1771, p. 549.

°/s, st. 21, lat. 35° 31’ N., long. 6° 35’ W., 535 m.,
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C. Two empty, somewhat
defective shells.

18/,, st. 88, lat. 45° 26’ N., long. 25° 45’ W., 3120
m., sand and yellow mud. A fragment.

Though only a fragment was taken at st. 88 it is
irom the position of the station probable that C. rugos a lives
there. If so the bathymetrical range of the species is 80 to
3120 m. The greatest depth from which it was previously
recorded is 2105 m. (the “Talisman in 1885, st. 35).

Buccinum undatum, Linné.

Buccinum undatum, LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1204.

We St 10, lei, 42" BS ING, lone Bile Ma We, WlCo
m., temp. 3°7 C. One shell, rather worn, 54 mm. high
and 24 mm. in greatest diameter.

In addition a round cluster of eggs of a buccinid
was taken at st. 70, measuring 33 by 29 by 27 mm.,
attached to a shell of Pecten vitreus. The egg-capsules
were oblong, 6—7.5 mm. long and 5—6 mm. broad, with
a brim 1—3 mm. broad, and provided with ridges on
the upper side. Most of them were empty, and in none
of them could embryos be recognised. Hence it is not
possible to determine the species with certainty. But I
am inclined to believe that they belong to Buccinum
undatum, as the form, size and appearance of the capsules
recalls those of that species (cfr. Dons: Om egglegningen
hos enkelte Buccinider). 1)

1) Tromss Museums Aarshefter, nr. 35—36, 1913, p. 16.

Buccinum groenlandicum, Chemnitz.

Buccinum groenlandicum, CHEMNITZ, Conch. Cab. vol. 10, 1788, p.
182, pl. 152, fig. 1448.

iy Sis 1, Ietiy 44 Sis)" INL lone BIO ME WW, 75) im,

temp. 2°03 C. Ten specimens, the largest one 46 mm.
high and 26.5 mm. in greatest diameter.

Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock.

Buccinum hydrophanum, HANCOCK, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 18,
1846, p. 325, pl. 5, fig. 7.

o/s) Sty 102) lat 609 57 NS long 4a oSiwee
1098 m., dark sand and clay. Three somewhat damaged
living specimens.

B. hydrophanum was also taken in the cold area of
the Faroe—Shetland Channel, by the “Triton“ in 1882
(st. 4, 598—786 m., temp. 0° to + 0°26 C.). The species
is circum-polar and known both from the warm and
cold area of the Norwegian sea. Its bathymetrical range
is 4 to 1187 m.

Buccinum atractodeum, Locard.

Buccinum atractodeum, LOCARD, Contrib. faune malac. francaise, vol.
10, 1887, p. 107.

Piss) Sta 2, late soe, ol Ne lone Ooo We mooo mtn
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C. Seven specimens, 59 to
71 mm. high and 33 to 41 mm. in maximum diameter.

I agree with LOoCARD!) in regarding this species as
different from the North European and British Buccinum
humphreysianum, BENNETT. As to its relation to the
Mediterranean B. monterosatoi, LOCARD, I am unable to
form an opinion, as the latter species is unknown to
me. To judge from LOCARD’s description, he seems fully
justified in looking upon both B. atractodeum and B.
monterosatoi as distinct species.

B. atractodeum is an East Atlantic species distributed
from the Bay of Biscay southwards to the west coast of
Morocco. It also occurs in the Western Mediterranean.
Its bathymetrical range is 435 to 1190 m.

Bela scalaris, Moller.

Defrancia scalaris, MOLLER, Index Moll. Groenl. 1842, p. 12.

®_10/s, st. 102, lat. 60° 57’ N., long. 4° 38’ W.,
1098 m., dark sand and clay. One empty shell, 15.mm.
long, belonging to the variety abyssicola, FRIELE. It
agrees with the first of the two specimens of this variety
figured by, FRIELE*) (pl. 7. fig. 12).

Bela scalaris has been recorded from the cold area
of the Faroe—Shetland Channel under the name of

1) Exp. Sci. “Travailleur“ & “Talisman“, Mollusques Testacés, t.
1, 1897, p. 280, pl. 15, fig. 1—3.
*) Norw.N. Atlantic Exp., Mollusca Il, 1886, p. 6, pl. 7, fig. 12—14.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 13

Pleurotoma sealaroides, vat., by JEFFREYS (the “Triton
itm US Bie, GL, WT soa, =e ISI (Gye)

The variety abyssicola seems to be a pronounced
cold-water form, only exceptionally occurring in the warm
area. The “Voeringen“ took it at five localities in the
cold area of the Norwegian Sea, in depths between 640
and 1203 m., temperature + 0°7 to = 1°3C. According
to DAUTZENBERG and FISCHER”) the Prince of Monaco
found it in 1898 at two stations in the Norwegian Sea,
one of these off Lofoten in 1185 m. belonging to the
cold area, while the other station, between Finmark and
Bearen Island in 394 m., probably lies within the warm
area. The typical Bela scalaris on the contrary seems
principally to be distributed within the boreal region,
though it is also recorded from high arctic waters with
bottomtemperatures below freezing point, viz. from Spitz-
bergen and the Kara Sea. Of the seven stations where the
“Voeringen* obtained Bela sealaris, f. typica, only one
belongs to the cold area, viz: st. 18, 753 m., + 1°0 C.

Pleurotomella bairdi, Verrill & Smith.

Pleurotomella bairdi, VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. 6, 1884, p.
147, pl. 31, fig. 1.

UTS OOM late O0me22 aN longs Vi 447 We 1797
m. One empty shell, 17 mm. high and 8 mm. broad.
It agrees best with the form described by DAUTZENBERG
and H. FISCHER under the name of Pleurotoma polysarca.’)
With good reason they have latter on referred both this
species and Bela abyssorum, LOCARD, to the species of
VERRILL & SMITH.*)

P. bairdi was discovered in 1883 by the “Albatross“
off the east coast of North America, where later on its area
of distribution according to DALL has been found to extend
between Rhode Island and Delaware in depths of 1728—
4064 m.°). In the East Atlantic it has been found by
the “Travailleur® and the “Talisman“ and by the Prince
of Monaco in a great many localities between the Bay
of Biscay and Cape Verde, and also at the Azores and
at the Cape Verde Islands in depths of 454 to 4060 m.

Pleurotomella thaumastopsis, Dautzenberg & H. Fischer.

Pleurotoma thaumastopsis, DAUTZENBERG & H. FISCHER, Mem. Soc.
Zool. France, vol. 9, 1896, p. 424, pl.

16, fig. 14.
19/4, St. 10, lat. 45°26’ N., long. 9°20’ W., 4700 m.,
yellow mud, temp. 2°56 C. One empty shell, 11.5
mm. high, 8 mm. broad, height of mouth 9 mm. It is

1) Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1883, p. 391.

*) Res. Camp. Sci. par Albert I, Monaco, Fasc. 37, 1912, p. 42.

8) Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 9, 1896, p. 422, pl. 17,
fig. 11—12.

4) Res. Camp. Sci. par Albert I, Monaco, Fasc. 32, 1906, p. 15.

5) Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. nr. 37, 1889, p. 104.

much larger than the type specimen, and has a relatively
larger diameter and mouth, but otherwise agrees both
in form and sculpture.

P. thaumasotpsis was previously known from the
Azores only, from depths of 1165 to 1300 m.

Clionella delicatulina, Locard.

Clionella delicatulina, LOCARD, Exp. Sci. “Travailleur“ et “Talisman*,
Mollusques Testacés tome 1, 1897, p. 222,
pl. 10, fig. 9—16.

3/5, st. 41, lat. 28°8’ N., long. 13°35’ W., 1365 m.
yellow mud. One empty shell, 22 mm. high and 7.5
mm. broad, housing a pagurid. It belongs to the variety
costulata, LOCARD (op. cit. fig. 15).

C. delicatulina was previously recorded by the
“Talisman“ from the west coast of Morocco, the Azores,
and the sea between the Azores and the Canary Islands
in depths of 1180—4060 m.

Clionella quadruplex, Watson.
Pleurotoma (Clionella) quadruplex, WATSON, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.,
vol. 16, 1881, p. 253.

27/7, St. 9o,, lat: 55°22) Ne longs I-44 Wee io/feme
One empty shell 33 mm. high, 11.5 mm. broad. In
form and sculpture this shell agrees well with Clionella
quadruplex, judging from the drawings of this species
in WATSON’s monograph of the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda
from the “Challenger expedition, at though the “Michael
Sars“ specimen is more worn and damaged.

C. quadruplex is known from the Azores, where it
was discovered by the “Challenger, at a depth of 1830
m., and where it was afterwards taken in depths of 800
to 4020 m., as also off the west coast of Africa in depths
of 930 to 2165 m. by the “Talisman“ and by the Prince
of Monaco.

Bathybela nudator, Locard.
Fig. 9—10.

“Travailleur® et “Talisman“,
189 piece ple

Thesbia nudator, LOCARD, Exp. Sci.
Mollusques Testacés, tome 1,
10, fig. 5—8.
19/4, st. 10, lat. 45226 Ne lones95 BOR Wee 100
m., yellow mud, temp. 2°56 C. One empty well-preserved
shell, 40 mm. high, 19.5 mm. broad, height of mouth 22
mm., breadth of mouth 12 mm. The last whorl is relatively
thicker than in the type specimen, the height of which
was also 40 mm., but the breadth only 17.5 mm.
Otherwise there is agreement in form and sculpture.
As to the nomenclature of this species I have followed
KOBELT,”) as I am at one with him that it differs so much

1) Report Sci. Res. Challenger, Zool., vol. 15, 1886, p. 370,
Ok, UG), site i g@=—\o,

2) Iconogr. scalentr. europ. Meeresconchylien, vol. 3, 1905, p. 276.

14 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

from the northern 7hesbia nana, LOVEN, that it cannot
be referred to the same genus as that species.

B. nudator has hitherto been recorded only from
the great depths to the north of the Azores (the “Talis-
man“ 1883, st. 134, 4010—4060 m.).

Surcula tenerrima, P. Fischer, var.
Fig. 11—12.

Surcula tenerrima, P. FISCHER M. S., Locard. Exp. Sci. “Travailleur*
et “Talisman*, Mollusques Testacés, tome 1,
1897, p. 216, pl. 9, fig. 30—33.

19/3 St. 10, lat. 45° 26’ N., long. 9° 20' W., 4700
m., yellow mud, temp. 2°56 C. One empty, somewhat
eroded shell, 58 mm. high, 20.5 mm. broad, height of
mouth with channel 37.5 mm., breadth of mouth 11 mm.

I have referred this shell to LOCARD’s Surcula
tenerrima as it resembles that species both as to form
and sculpture though it is larger, LOCARD giving the
height of his species as 35 mm. and breadth 12 mm.
Furthermore the last whorl is rather more swollen in
our specimen, the most significant difference being however
that it has more numerous and finer spiral ridges. To
judge from Locarpb’s drawings some of the spiral ridges
are larger and more prominent than the rest in the
typical S. tenerrima. On the basis of these differences
I have entered the “Michael Sars“ specimen as a variety
of S. tenerrima, not deeming them significant enough to
found a new species upon them.

Previously S. tenerrima was known only from the
Sargasso Sea, 3125 m., and from the depths to the north
of the Azores in 4010 to 4060 m., where the “Talisman“
dredged it together with the preceding species.

Pleurotoma projecticium, Locard.

Pleurotoma projecticium, LOCARD, Exp. Sci. “Travailleur* et
“Talisman*, Mollusques Testacés, tome

1, 1897, p. 197, pl. 9, fig. 1—6.

23/5, st. 41, lat. 28° 8’ N., long. 13° 35’ W., 1365
m., yellow mud. One specimen 14.5 mm. high, 5.5
mm. broad.

P. projecticium was taken by the ,Travailleur“ and
the “Talisman“ off the west coast of Morocco in 1590 to
1910 m., and in the Sargasso sea in 3530 m.

Cymbium proboscidale, de Lamarck.

Voluta proboscidalis, de LAMARCK, Annal. du Mus. vol. 17, 1811, p. 60.

20/5 St. of, lat. 26- 6) Ne Jones 14° 33) W., 39) m.,
shingle. One rather large specimen with very damaged
shell.

Marginella impudica, P. Fischer.

Marginella impudica, P. FISCHER, Journ. Conch. vol. 31, 1883, p. 392.

CES) emai dom ia le NE mONS-OmecO mies 535 m.,
yellow sand, temp. 11°52 C

One specimen 7.5 mm. high and fragment of another
about twice that size.

Sis Sie Ula Tei S93) ING, oie, ale Sky VW, IES
m., yellow mud. Four specimens two of them quite
young. Dimensions of the five specimens in millimetres:

No. 1 No.2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5.
from st. 21

EIGN, oe casasse 28.2 17 7.5 7.9 6.5
Breadth (max.

diameter) ..... 13 9 4.7 4.5 Bil

Height of mouth. 19.5 War 5) 7.0 5.5
do. do.

in °/o of height 69.1 74.7 86.7 93.3 84.6

The two largest specimens must be referred to the
variety minor, LOCARD, from which they differ in size,
as the variety minor, according to LOCARD, attains a
height of only 25 mm.?). As will be seen from the table
above the three small specimens have a comparatively
lower spire than the large ones. In form they rather
resemble Marginella parvula, LOCARD”) than M. impudica,
but the reason why I have referred them to FISCHER’S
species is that all five specimens exhibit the same sculpture
and the same shining rosy colour, and that the comparative
height of the spire seems to increase with increase of
size, being greatest in the largest specimen, a litte smal-
ler in specimen no. 2 and smallest in the three small
ones, nos 3—5, while the broken specimen from st. 21
is intermediate between these and no. 2. It must have
been about 14 mm. high, with the height of mouth about
78 °/o of the total height. From the dimensions of the
three small specimens it is however seen that individual
differences occur regarding the comparative height of the
mouth, this ratio being greater in the specimen 6.5 mm.
high than in the two 7.5 mm. high and of these two it
is greater in the specimen from stat. 21.

Marginella impudica has been taken by the “Talis-
man“ off the west coast of Africa and near the Canary
Islands where also the Prince of Monaco obtained it. Its
bathymetrical range is from 102 to 1355 m.

Bulla utriculus, Brocchi.

Bulla utriculus, BRoccHI, Conch. foss. Subalp., 1814, p. 633, pl. 1,
fig. 6.

9/4, st. 1, lat. 49° 27’ N., long. 8° 36’ W., 146 m.,

fine sand, temp. 9° 57 C. One rather small, empty shell.

Scaphander lignarius, Linné.
Bulla lignaria, LINNE, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 1767, p. 1184.

10/4, st. 3, lat. 49° 32’ N., long. 10° 49’ W., 184 m.,
fine sand. One specimen.
f 1) Exp. Sci. “Travailleur“ & “Talisman‘, Moll. Test., tome 1,

1897, p. 110, pl. 3, fig. 2224.
2) Op. cit. p. 117, pl. 4, fig. 4—6, pl. 5, fig. 4—6.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

BRACHIOPODA, LAMELLIBR. ETC. 15

UO Ste alae ono uN Lone. Wles35 We> 923) m.;
sand and mud, temp. 9°2 C. One specimen with
broken shell.

23/5, st. 41, lat. 28° 8’ N., long. 13° 35’ W., 1365
m., yellow mud. One strongly eroded shell.

The specimen from st. 3 is 38 mm. high and 23
mm. broad. According to JEFFREYS, S. lignarius may
on the British coast attain height of 58.3 mm. and a
maximum breadth of 38.1 mm.,!) while on the Scandinavian
coasts, according to G. O. SARS”) and ODHNER,”) it attains
a maximum height of only 28 mm. It thus appears
to grow to a larger size off the British than off the
Seandinavian coasts. The opposite is the case with
S. puncto-striatus, which attains its greatest size, about
35 mm., in Northern Norway, and therefore apparently a
more northern species than S. lignarius.

Scaphander puncto-striatus, Mighels.

Bulla punctostriata, MIGHELS, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 4, 1841,
p. 43, pl. 4, fig. 10.

10/4, st. 3, lat. 49° 32’ N., long. 10° 49’ W., 184 m.,
fine sand. One specimen the shell of which is 26.5
mm. high and 16.5 mm. broad.

23 /oaesta 416) lata 28> 41 Ne long: 13> 35) We, 1365
m., yellow mud. Three empty shells.

SU eesti On latte Ne longs olla dlol Wee LOO
m., temp. 3°7 C. One emtpty shell.

Philine finmarchica, M. Sars.

Philine finmarchica, M. Sars, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.

1858, p. 49.
9_10/,, st. 102, lat. 60° 57’ N., long. 4° 38’ W.,
1098 m., dark sand and clay. Two specimens.
P. finmarchica is a boreo-arctic species known both
from the warm and cold areas of the Norwegian Sea.
Its bathymetrical range is from 38 to 1187 m.

,

Scyllza pelagica, Linné.

Scyllea pelagica, LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 656.
Pesan lary ole 20. New longs<so 7) W., surtace.
Four specimens and two eggstrings attacked to sargasso-
weed.
Vieni o>, late ol 24" Ne
surface. Two rather large specimens.
Famsaeooyeldie S459!) Ne long. 32° 1! We, surface.
Fourteen specimens.

long. 34° 47’ W.,

1) JEFFREYS: British Conchology, vol. 4, 1867, p. 443.

*) G. O. Sars: Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegie, 1878, p. 292.

8) ODHNER: Northern and arctic Invertebrates III. Opistobranchia
and Pteropoda, Kgl. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol.
4); nt. 4, 1907, p. 12:

22/6, st. 63, lat. 36° 5’ N., long. 438° 58’ W., surface.
One specimen.

28/¢, St. 66, lat. 39° 30' N., long 49° 42’ W., surface,
One specimen.

29/6, st. 69, lat. 41° 39’ N., long. 51° 4 W., surface,
One specimen and strings of eggs attached to sargasso-
weed.

Hero formosa, Lovén.

Cloelia formosa, LOvEN, @fvs. Kgl. Vet, Akad. Handi. vol. 1, 1844, p. 49.

27/7, St. 96, lat; 502 57’ SNE lone 102 4G ie
m. Two specimens, the one 15 and the other 24.5
mm. long, both with 6 pairs of branchie.

FI, formosa has not hitherto been recorded from the
Irish coasts, though it has been taken at many points
near the coasts of England and Scotland. The northern
limit of the species lies at Tromsoe.

Fiona marina, Forskal.
Limax marinus, FORSKAL, Descr. Anim., Avium etc. 1775, p. 99.
Ic. Rer. Nat. 1776, pl. 26, fig. G. g.

Is, St. 25 A, lat. 35° 36’ N., long. 8° 25’ W., surface.
Two specimens, 11 and 12 mm. long, one of them
attached to a piece of cork, which also carried three
individuals of Lepas pectinata, Spengler, some hydroide
and five egg-clusters belonging to Fiona marina.

22/¢, st. 63, lat. 36° 5’ Nj long: 43°58! W., stniace:
Four specimens, 2 to 8 mm. long, attached to the
pneumatophore of Velella spirans, FORSKAL.

Facelina drummondi, Thompson.

Eolis drummondi, THOMPSON, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1843, p. 250.
21/7, St. 96, lat. 50° 57’ N., long. 105 46> Ww.) 184
m. One specimen, size 12 mm.

Cuthonella abyssicola, Bergh.

Cuthonella abyssicola, BERGH, Nudibranchiata, Challenger Report,
Zool., vol. 10, nr. 1, 1884, p. 24, pl. 10, fig.
1—8, pl. 11, fig. 2, pl. 12, fig. 9—13.
8_10/,, st. 102, lat. 60° 57’ N., long. 4° 38' W.,
1098 m., dark sand and clay. Two specimens, measuring
in millimetres:

No. 1 No. 2

Total length 23.0 19.0
Height of body 5.0 5.0
Max. breadth of body 7.0 6.5
G@; GO, Oi iio 8.5 7.0
Length of rhinophors 3.0 5.0
) , mouthtentacles 3.0 28)

‘ » Papille up to 2.5 up to 3.5

The larger specimen has lost most of the papille,
while the smaller one is intact. Both of them carry about

16 JAMES A. GRIEG

35 obliquely standing rows of papille, sometimes with
5, but mostly 3 or 4 papillae in each row. The rows are
arranged in four indistinct groups, most prominent in
the smaller specimen. The anal papille is situated at
the commencement of the second group of papille i. e.
at the 14th or 15th row. The radula is endowed with
21 tooth-plates, each carrying 8 to 10 denticles on each
side.

The smaller specimen is uniformly yellowish white,
the other is dusky yellowish brown. The appearance of
the larger specimen recalls Cuthonella ferruginea described
by FRIELE. The papille are dark rusty brown with
light tips.

In my paper “Nudibranchiate mollusker indsamlede
av den norske fiskeridamper “Michael Sars“.') I have
demonstrated the great similarity between BERGH’s C.

1) Kgl. norske Vid. Selsk. Skr. 1912, nr. 13, p. 11.

be maintained as distinct. Comparison of the present
specimens with those collected by the “Michael Sars“ in
1900 and 1902 corroborates the view here taken.

C. abyssicola belongs to the cold area of the Nor-
wegian Sea and the adjacent parts of the warm area.
The type specimen was obtained in 1882 by the “Triton
in the cold area of the Faroe—Shetland Channel (st. 9,
1113 m., + 1°1 C.).. Later on the “Michael Sars“ took
it at two points in the cold area between the west coast
of Norway and Iceland, and in the Danmark Straits in
the border-zone between the warm and the cold areas.
The bathymetrical range of the species is 576 to 1113 m.
abyssicola and C. ferruginea and C. berghi described by
FRIELE,”) and shown that the latter two species cannot

*) FRIELE: Mollusken der ersten Nordmeerfahrt des Fischerei-
dampfers “Michael Sars“ 1900, Bergens Museums Aarbog 1902, nr.
3, p. 10—11, pl. 2, fig. 1—4, pl. 3, fig. 3—10.

Bergen, february 20, 1915.

Figs. 1— 4.
” 5— 1

Explanation of the plate.

Mytilimeria flexuosa, VERR. & SMITH from
st. 101. Natural size. 1, right valve, 2,
dorsal region, 3, anterior region, 4, posterior
region.

Pholadomya fragilis, n. sp. from st. 70.
About twice natural size. 5, left valve, 6,
dorsal region, 7, anterior region.
Troschelia berniciensis, KING, var. elegans,
JEFFR. from st. 4. Natural size.

Figs. 9—10.

”

11—12.

Bathybela nudator, LOCARD, from st. 10.
9, shell, magnified about 1%/1 times, 10
sculpture, strongly magnified.
Surcula tenerrima, P. FISCHER, from st. 10.
11. Shell, magnified about 11/2 times. 12
apex, magnified about 9 times.

Drawn with camera lucida.

Tabular List of the Bra-
collected by the ‘Michael Sars’? North

’

Station: = (ars saan Hr Nore iohe wiser aE ae T NL ese niet 1 3 4 10 20 21 23 24
IDEs 6 cic ac ox AO ee Re RE ctr aes ere cge amare eee 9/4 10/4 10/4 19/4 5/5 5/5 5/5 8/5;
ata CEG GigIN Reese erates 8 resile nakianahss & Mr See IS Srl etches etm 49° 27' | 49° 32’ | 49° 38’ | 45° 26! | 35° 25’ | 35° 31’ | 359 32! | 35° 34”
Longitude W. 8° 36’ | 10° 49’ | 11°35’ | 9920’ | 6°25’ | 6°35" | 7007! | 7935!

DTI th MAK adasesgas can somsacsnueceaouates HomonusoboBadaooT 146 184 923 | 4700 141 5385 1215 1615

: : fine fine sand and) yellow | fine | yellow | yellow | yellow
BOOTIE) e POSIISM ees fe aries ee Eee ora SS antl el nr G ae and earl || sarel ae

Bottommlemperaturesin| Celcius. \yemecaee tite irre 9.57 9.20 2.56 WPA} |] Wy? || OL 8.00

Brachiopoda | | |

Terebratulina septentrionalis, Couth, ......... ~ : | —
Crania anomala, Miill. sa - -

Mollusca

Lamellibranchiata |

Wsiredaviroimicay Gimels mre ace ie rey vray a —= =
Pecten vitreus, Chemn. . . ance Riese cian Hate ear =
Modiola polita, Verr. & Sinha semen tommgece ey 100, = =
[EMO pSismoinitag oni hey ty ee een eens eewe ee — =

5 AMITItAMBESROCCHI Ueesepat ies iceae toe e ba hrrccers, opin
Maletia cuneata, Jeffr. . . A Ca) att a |
Arca profundicola, Verr. & Sri (Met co oe! = = =
Astarte sulcata, da Costa . . hast Wet Sree inn hat Sane ecg Sé - =
Syndesmya longicallus, SCHeCHinie emo eee cet: x :
Mytilimeria flexuosa, Verr. & Smith serra nde neary
Pholadomya fragilis 17 BEY U}oay) icone hac reaatey oem eerie =
Giiltcliisspellicidusmeenns| oie ae cee ere x< i |

x |
|
|

Scaphopoda

Dentalinmmercasticiiny by hiSchemiree sn enmrn ene e aa x
: capillosum, Jefir. . A eieceoony ences =
; Cand aniMlO carder ts epee pe See, eon kl) = =
a QNICAT CMMMLEN IT Seer evturse ea cgcn et attic etna, ees ea -
- CECMniZIe, Suis, 55 oo oo 6 8 oka = x — =
: ARAL MMIVICMS AIS eee sonic! ee em dece ns. cee AC uN ><

Gastropoda

Calliostoma suturale, Phil. 2 aR eel aay
lanthinawcommmiuiniseeleanicks © i a cle tes, San oon —
Pilidium radiatum, M. Sars .
Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas
Eulimella acicula, Phil.
Turitella terebra, Lin. . . Fa Re em hnee Nae kas
Aporrhais occidentalis, Be cke meer nis. ik ee emma =
WtGSGnaiA DRIGIS, INE oo Ba cot ollese 1 00.6 = = x = = — ==
Neptunea gracilis, da Cos eels Sn eager =
3 DPUDESCENSH Vii amen Cet es slag mg — = =
e AWESOME, IPh JENSEN 3 2% ova ele ole. 2 | <<
x curta, Jeffr. Bog Oa Be AE EE Le |} —
fs mohni, Friele . yk Snes - -— - ;
Trophonopsis grimaldi, Dautz. & H. Fischer... . -— | --- — x Ne _
Crsgahiva: Eentopiom, Ibi, 4 ¢ 5 ong oo ao one S| . se .
A RU OSA WANT a emcee ie el ec ee teh Une lie) at ate — a -- - ==

XXX |
|
|

[ee <a la

chiopoda and Mollusca

Atlantic Deep-Sea Expedition 1910.

25A 37 41 ol 52 53 63 66 69 70 72 88 95 96 101 102
7/5 20/5 23/5, 6/g 6/g 8/¢ 22/6 26/4 29/4 30/¢ 1/7 18/7 27/9 27/5 6_7/g 9_10/g
35° 36! | 26° 06! | 28° 08’ | 31° 20’ | 31° 24’ | 34° 59! | 35° 05’ | 39° 30! | 41° 39’ | 42° 59” | 44° 35! | 45° 26! | 50° 22! | 50° 57’ | 57° 41" | 60° 57”
89 25’ | 14° 33' | 13° 35’ |-35° 07’ | 34° 47’ | 33° O01’ | 43° 58’ | 49° 42’ | 51° 04! | 51° 15! | 519 15! | 25° 45! | 11° 44" | 10° 46! | 11° 48’ | 4° 38”
2615—
39 1365 9865 1100 75 3120 1797 184 1853 1098
: ellow yellow sand and hard dari d
shingle Bice Tae yellow clay Re at
3.70 2.03
ao x
ae r x
| |
“ | ie | = | =
—— — ane — — tt >< — ==
=| 2 | x
eee ei
— | S< pet — —— — —
= x
ea ae ese es |
aa a ne ae seh | | -
|
= = pee Be MK ase
= eek ea = — mas = a —_— x< |
— — »< = poe =, — _——
mie of | : Re
alt | xX
x = |
— a paees = — eae x< a — = — == ==
aie pe aT pr tae oe |
— ay pase x = = —
wen — >< — = x< =
ae ae pels awe | DD S< — =
— ae = wes >< _— — — ss — ——
a, pet fae: a jaak z, ee Su ay wa ip he x
i roe i re ae : E y ie

GRIEG — 8

ASL 0) tree cate EERE 0 ol GSS Gia claro ct ane a SI een any Ee Omar aaa 1 3 4 10 20 21 23 24
Dates = 2a etal Rrra MS ep Sao) SAGE ister: 9/4 10/4 10/4 19/4 5/5 5/5 o/s 8/5
[BEAT ATs (Oa etre as bins ap Sb Ses COS ECG Se AG Sey OES oreaia GOMES 49° 27' | 49° 32' | 49° 38’ | 45° 26’ | 35° 25’ | 35° 31’ | 35° 32! | 35° 34’
Hongitide a Waeaeae tee tee ee et ae cere ye ee erie ie eae 8° 36’ | 10° 49’ | 11° 35'| 99 20' | 6095" | 6° Choy We OOM? |) 7/9 ats!

Depthiwingmetres ays cere © we es | eh are SEINE ain Hake eerste RIE 146 184 923 4700 141 535 1215 1615

ae fine fine sand | yellow | fine | yellow | yellow | yellow
BottompDeposits pis < ere Ge Se ot ee ree ome sacra ee setae aia g slekarel sori sal. || enainnrel || “err wand ean aa ae
Gin SMARTS tin (COBWSs 6 scosccccssccbenveucounenuees oc 9.57 9.20 2.56 12.98) 11.52 | 10.17 8.00
Mollusca |
Gastropoda

Buccinum undatum, Lin. : MOR Gis pei) igen eae

P eronlandicum, Chon, Sie Se |

hy drophanum, Felt Chemie nich ite Gi. he Te = |

norciocemim, ILoeiml ¢ 9 46 6) 6 go6 6) oe6) S¢ = ==

Bela "scalaris, Moller . .
Pleurotomella bairdi, Vert. & Smith ie Psa |
thaumastopsis, Dautz. & H. Fischer. . . | S< = 2s
Clionella delicatulina, Locard : BAS Aer |
. quadruplex, Watson BAD lai eed ae lean
sauna mmclaiior, ioctl 4. 5 o 6s 6 6.80 6 06 = = =
Surcula tenerrima, P. Fischer Shee RES eRCee Tay Sha
Rlenrotonasproyecticimmn sy Zocardias en) | oe eee -
Crimlliiim ppronoscmeilis, Lawnek os 6 6 6 075 6 0 8 6 | -
Maroine lamin pidicays 2agiischeran seins is) suis x — =
Bulla utriculus, Brocchi . hl a
Scaphander lignarius, Lin. Sita: aU Netn ara eters Wan eats
S OMIMCO=SuiaiS, WEIN, 55 oo 6 06 o 0 & =
Philine finmarchica, M. Sars
Scyllza pelagica, Lin.
Hero formosa, Loc. .
Fiona marina, Forskal J cop 3S cde Sane A anh tare eae Cle -
race Gitmcnomall, Wemyss, > so 6 6 o 6 0 56 5 0 6 =
Cuthonella abyssicola, Bergh

xX

|X

xX

REMARKS: Janthina communis, Scyllza pelagica and Fiona marina were taken pelagic at the surface.

“37

TT x dex xe

5 A 53 63 66 69 70 72 88 95 96 101 102
Ys | Is 25 | 6/6 Se 22/6 26/6 29/6 30/6 "hy bei 2 2/, | S—7/y | 9 10/5
9 36' | 26° 06' 289 08’ | 31° 20' | 319 24" | 349 59’ | 35° 05’ | 39° 30’ | 41° 39° | 420 59 | 440 35) | 45° 26’ | 50° 22’ | 50° 57’ | 579 41' | 60° 57”
0 95' | 14° 33! | 13° 35! | 35° 07" | 34° 47' | 33° O1' | 430 58! | 499 42’ | 51° 04" | 519 15’ | 51° 15! | 250 45" | 11° 44" | 100 46" | 11° 48' | 4038)

39 | 1365 is 1100 | 75 | 3120 | 1797 | 184 | 1853 | 1098

eee i vellow: yellow sand and hard |dark sand
re shingle | ~ mud hard clay- yellow clay | and clay
o : eine 3.70 | 92.03 |

pees = =< — — — a= a < —_ = dias

— = 7 ae aes cae a Tak =a x

i Sa = aa at a aie a = = = aR =e ao x

a = = == == = x
a se j SS eS a ae ee | :
pan pes ee APE x = pes

"
N',

Rep. of the ”Michael Sars“ North Atlant, Deep.-Sea Exped. rg1o. Vol. III. Grieg:—Lamellibr, etc. Pl. I.

Bucher del.

ANTHOMEDUSAE «nw LEPTOMEDUSAE

FROM THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

BY

P. L. KRAMP

WITH 1 PLATE AND 6 FIGURES IN THE TEXT

The material of Anthomedusae and Leptomedusae
brought home by the North Atlantic Deep-Sea Expedition
1910 is small, but it contains some very interesting species
and increases our knowledge of the geographical distri-
bution of certain species to a considerable degree. Some
of the Anthomedusae, preferably the Tiaridae, have been
examined and identified by CL. HARTLAUuB, Helgoland,
before they were sent to me in Copenhagen, and the
Tiaridae have been included in his paper: 7iaridae, Nor-
disches Plankton XII, I Teil, 3. Lief. 1914.

The material contains 12 species. One species, Tia-
ranna affinis, is new to science and has been described
by Hartlaub in the paper mentioned above. The fol-
lowing species were found:

Anthomedusae.

1. Sarsia princeps Haeckel.
2. Oceania armata K6lliker.

Tiaranna affinis Hartlaub nov. sp.
os rotunda (Quoy et Gaimard).

Leuckartiara octona (Fleming).

6. Neoturris pileata (Forskal).

7. Pandaea conica (Quoy et Gaimard).

OME Co

Leptomedusae.

8. Chromatonema rubrum Fewkes.

9. Laodicea undulata (Forbes and Goodsir).
10. Obelia sargassi (Broch).

11. Yiaropsis multicirrata (M. Sars).

12. Halopsis ocellata A. Agassiz.

West of the submarine ridge running from Iceland
over the Azores and further southwards, dividing the
Atlantic into an eastern and a western part, only four
species were found. The arctic species Sarsia princeps

List of Stations
where Anthomedusae or Leptomedusae have been found.

Number of Date Lat. Long. Depth in | Species found
Station N. W. meters |
19 | May 2—3 36°05’ 4° 49' | Tiaranna rotunda, Pandaea conica
53 | June 8—9 34° 59’ 33° O01’ 2615—2865 Oceania armata
69 — 29 41° 39’ 51°04’ | Obelia sargassi
70 | — 30 42° 59’ 51° 15! 1100 Chromatonema rubrum
| July 5 St. Johns Tiaropsis multicirrata
80 ~- 11 47° 34’ 43° 11' 2000 Sarsia princeps, Chromatonema rubrum
81 _ 12 48° 02! 39° 55! Chromatonema rubrum
82 — 13 48° 24’ 36° 53’ Chromatonema rubrum es
84 _— 15 48° 04' 32° 25! Chromatonema rubrum
90 — 21 46° 58’ 19° 06' Tiaranna affinis
92 | — 23--24 48° 29’ 13° 55! Tiaranna affinis
94 -- 26 OS ils} NO Dey 1565 Halopsis ocellata
97 August 4 HOPI S oN On 139 Halopsis ocellata
98 — 5 06° 33’ 9° 30! 1000—1360 | Leuckartiara octona, Halopsis ocellata
99 — 6 57° 45’ 13° 40! 149 Leuckartiara octona, Laodicea undulata
101 — 6—7 57° 41’ 11° 48’ 1853 Leuckartiara octona, Neoturris pileata, Halopsis ocellata

4 P. L. KRAMP.

was found in the surface water east of the Newfound-
land Bank (stat. 80), carried southwards by the Labrador
Current from the Davis Strait. Tiaropsis multicirrata, a
common medusa in the coastal waters of North America
and North Europe, was taken at St. Johns. Obelia sar-
gassi was found among floating sea-weed in the Sargasso
Sea, hatched from hydroids growing on the sea-weed.
Chromatonema rubrum, previously known from deep
water off the New England coast and from the Davis

Strait, was found at several stations south and east of the

Newfoundland Bank (stat. 70, 80, 81, 82, and 84), so that
this interesting species is now known to be distributed
throughout the north-western basin of the Atlantic.

On the eastern slope of the Mid-Atlantic ridge (stat.
53, south-west of the Azores) one specimen of Oceania
armatia was found; this species is previously known from
the Mediterranean and the Cape Verde Islands, but has
not until now been found so far out in the Atlantic.—

In the East-Atlantic basin, outside the contour of 4000 m.
(stat. 90 and 92), only one species was found, viz. Tia-
ranna affinis n. sp.—In the Mediterranean, just inside the
strait of Gibraltar (stat. 19), two species were found:
Tiaranna rotunda, previously known from the Strait of
Gibraltar and from the North Sea (a single specimen
mentioned by HARTLAUB 1913); and Pandaea conica, a
common Mediterranean species, found only once outside
the Mediterranean, viz. in the South Atlantic by the “Val-
divia” Expedition.—In the waters west of the British Isles
three common North Atlantic species were found: Leu-
chartiara octona, Neoturris pileata, and Laodicea undu-
lata. The most interesting find, however, is Halopsis
ocellata, of which 6 specimens were found west of the
British Isles (stat. 94, 97, 98, and 101); the species is
known from the east coast of North America but has
never been recorded from European waters.

ANTHOMEDUSAE.

I. Sarsia princeps Haeckel.
Codonium princeps Haeckel 1879, System der Medusen, p. 13, Taf. I,

Fig. 1—2.
Sarsia — — ibid., p. 655.
Codonium Vanhoffen 1897, Drygalski’s Grénland-Exped., Bd. II.
p: 273.
— —- Grénberg 1898, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., Bd. XI.,
p. 458.
Sarsia — Browne 1903, Bergens Museums Aarbog, p. 8.

Hartlaub 1907, Nordisches Plankton, XII, I. Teil.,
1 Lief., p. 47, Fig. 44.

p. 303, Pl. 30, fig. 1.

Of this species 6 specimens have been brought home
by the “Michael Sars”, all from stat. 80 on the eastern
slope of the Newfoundland Bank:

Stat. 80. Lat. 47° 34’ N, Long 43° 11’ W, July 11th
1910, depth ca. 2000 m.

a. Young-fish trawl, 2000 m. wire: 1 specimen, height
of the bell 24 mm. The walls of the bell have the
same thickness everywhere, ca. 2.5 mm., also at the
apical pole, no apical projection being present in
this specimen; the apical canal, therefore, is very
short, slightly everted at the distal end.

b. Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire: 1 specimen, height
of the bell 24 mm. There is a well marked conical
apical projection. The length of the apical canal is
*/, of the height of the gelatinous projection.

c. 1 m. ringtrawl at the surface: 4 specimens:

1. An imperfect specimen.

2. Height of the bell 14 mm. The length of the
apical canal is */3 of the height of the apical
projection.

3. Height 19 mm., the apical canal very short.

4. Height 28 mm., the apical canal ?/s of the height
of the apical projection, lobated at the distal end.

In all the specimens the manubrium is highly con-
tracted, the length not exceeding 1/2—*/s of the height
of the beil cavity.

New descriptions of this species have been delivered
by GRONBERG (1898), BROWNE (1903), HARTLAUB (1907),

Bigelow 1909, Proceed. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37,

and BIGELOw (1909).—HARTLAUB has given an excellent
drawing; as to this drawing I shall only remark, that it
does not show the limit between the gonadial and the
gastral part of the manubrium. Perhaps the limit is less
distinct, when the manubrium is so much expanded as
is the case in the specimen figured by HarTLAuB. In
all specimens I have seen there is a very sharp limit
between the gonadial part and the stomach which forms,
as a tule, a flask-shaped dilatation in the distal part of
the manubrium. BIGELOW has given a very good photo-
graph of a specimen from the south coast of Newfoundland.
The conical apical projection is not always distinct,
and it is never sharply marked off from the sides of the
umbrella. The length of the apical canal is as a rule
*/3—*/4 of the height of the apical projection. At the
distal end of the canal there is a knob-shaped dilatation.
In one of the specimens from the “Michael Sars” the
distal end of the apical canal is lobated like a hand.
BROWNE (1903) has seen a similar abnormality in a spe-
cimen from Spitzbergen: “In this specimen the end of
the canal is bifurcated, which is an abnormality”. .
Sarsia princeps occurs in almost all arctic seas (se HART-
LAUB, op. cit. 1907). It is very abundant along the west
coast of Greenland, where it is found exclusively in the
cold water in the neighbourhood of the coast, not in
the inflowing comparatively warm Atlantic water (see
Kramp 1913 and 1914). BIGELOW mentions one single
specimen caught at St. Pierre, a small island off the
central part of the south coast of Newfoundland, on
October Ist 1908. This specimen as well as the specimens
brought home by the “Michael Sars“ have undoubtedly
been carried by the Labrador Current from the Davis
Strait southwards to the waters around Newfoundland.
In the Davis Strait the grown-up individuals are
found near the surface in the summer time. According
to VANHOFFEN (1897) the young specimens are found
in somewhat deeper strata (off the northern parts of the
coast of Greenland), but the species has never been re-
corded from really deep water. It seems improbable, there-
fore, that the two specimens, caught by the “Michael Sars”
in the young-lish trawl with 2000 and 1000 m. wire out,
KRAMP -- 9

6 P. L. KRAMP.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

have really been captured so far below the surface. The
1 m. ringtrawl caught 4 specimens at the surface; ac-
cordingly the species has been fairly common in the sur-
face-water. It seems reasonable, therefore, that the young-
fish trawl, which is a larger appliance, may have captured
a specimen of the Sarsia during the hauling up through
the upper strata.

2. Oceania armata \Olliker.

Kolliker 1853, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., Bd.
IV, p. 323,

Gegenbaur 1856, ibid. Bd. VIII, p. 233,
Taf. VII, Fig. 4.

Turritopsis armata Haeckel 1879, System der Medusen, p. 65.
Callitiara polyophthalma — _ ibid., p. 67, Taf. Ill, Fig. 1—5.
Mayer 1910, Medusz of the World, p. 147.

Oceania armata

—- flavidula

Oceania armata

Stat. 53. Lat. 34° 59’ N, Long. 33° 01’ W (south-
west of the Azores), June 8th—9th 1910, depth 2615—
2865 m. 1 m. ringtrawl with 200 m. wire.—1 specimen,
height of the bell 7 mm. HARTLAUvB deter.

This species is common in the Mediterranean, known
especially from Messina and Naples.—VANHOFFEN') and
MAYER (1910) have demonstrated that Callitiara polyoph-
thalma Haeckel from the Canary Islands is identical with
O. armata. According to HAECKEL each tentacle is pro-
vided with two ocelli, viz. one abaxial crescent-shaped
and one adaxial round ocellus; other authors mention
only the adaxial ocellus. In the specimens from the
“Michael Sars” no ocelli are visible.

Geographical distribution: Mediterranean; At-
lantic near the Canary Islands and the Azores.

3. Tiaranna affinis Yartlaub n. sp.
Plate I, fig. 1.

HARTLAUB 1913, Nordisches Plankton XII, I, 3, p. 269.

Of this new species 7 specimens have been found
in the East-Atlantic basin (west of France) outside the
contour of 4000 m.

Side 0 eats 46m 580 Ni WoncrlomObs Weer dily,
21st 1910. Young-fish trawl, 300 m. wire.—3 specimens.

Stat. 92. Lat. 48° 29’ N, Long. 13° 55’ W, July 24th
1910. Young-fish trawl, 300 m. wire—4 specimens,
treated with osmic acid or a similar fluid (HARTLAUB
derterm. et descript.)

HARTLAUB’S description of this species in the ‘“Nor-
disches Plankton” is based on the specimens from the
last mentioned station (stat. 92). Unfortunately HART-
LAUB has not seen the specimens from stat. 90. They
are somewhat larger and better preserved than the

1) YVerhandl. Gesellsch. Deutsch. Naturforsch. Arzte, 64 Vers.

Abth. Sitz., 1902, p. 121.-I have not seen this paper.

described specimens, and they have not been treated
with osmic acid (HARTLAUB states, that the species has
a very intensive dark colour). Unfortunately I have
not been able to make a thorough comparison between
the specimens from the two stations, as the specimens
from stat. 92, sent from HARTLAUuB to me in Copenhagen,
arrived in a completely dried-up condition.

The diameter of the three specimens from stat. 90 is
14—15 mm., the height of the bell about 12 mm. (in
the specimens described by HARTLAuB the diameter as
well as the height was only 8 mm). The gonads and
the stomach ar well preserved and agree with HARTLAUB’S
description and figure. Each of the gonads forms about
18—20 folds, somewhat irregular. As the reproduction
of HARTLAUB’S drawing is not very good, I give a new
figure (Pl. I, fig. 1). The perradial edges of the manu-
brium are so tightly connected with the radial canals,
that no actual mesenteries are present. The margin of
the bell is badly preserved; all the tentacles have been
broken off, but evidently there has been two series, about
32 primary tentacles alternating with an equal num-
ber of minute tentacles.—The animal, as preserved in
formalin, is colourless.

4. Tiaranna rotunda (Quoy et Gaimard).
Plate I, figs. 2—4.

Dianea rotunda Quoy et GAIMARD 1827, Annales des Sci. Nat.,
tome 10. p. 181, pl. 6 A, figs. 1, 2.

Tiara — HAECKEL 1879, System der Medusen, p. 57.
= a Maas 1910, Bull, de V’Instit. Océanogr ..... Monaco,
No. 183, p. 8.
Tiaranna = — HartTLAuB 1913, Nord. Plankton, XII, 1, 3, p. 266.
Two individuals from the Mediterranean, near —Gi-
braltar.

Stat. 19. Lat. 36° 05’ N, Long. 4° 42’ W, May 2nd
—drd 1910.

a. Vertical haul 900—300 m.—-1 specimen.

b. Silk-net, horizontal haul with 900 m. wire.—1 specimen.

This species was described by Quoy and GAIMARD
(1827) from specimens from the Strait of Gibraltar. Accor-
ding to the description there is “un assez grand nombre
de tentacules’; the figure shows only 8 tentacles.

The next description was given by HAECKEL (1879)
who states, that the number of tentacles is 8, and therefore
refers the species to the new subgenus 7iaranna: “Tiara-
Species mit constant acht Tentakeln”. HAECKEL’S descrip-
tion is rather deficient. According to “Diagnose” the
mouth-lips are “schwach gefranzt’” according to the
“Specielle Beschreibung” they are “stark gekrauselt”. The
mesenteries are said to be short, and the figures give
only a very slight idea of the appearance of the species.

ATLANT, DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III-]

ANTHOMEDUSAE AND LEPTOMEDUSAE. fi

The species has been described again by MAAS
(1910) who mentions 16—20 tentacles of usual size and
a number of much smaller tentacles of the same shape.

HARTLAUB (1913) describes a specimen from the
northern part of the North Sea. It is undoubtedly a young
specimen, 6 mm. high with 8 tentacles.

The specimens brought home by the “Michael Sars”
agree on the whole with the description given by MAAS.
The umbrella is somewhat higher than a hemisphere.
The gelatinous substance is very thick. The exumbrella
is evenly rounded, without any trace of an apical pro-

“jection. The manubrium is short and comparatively broad,

though not as broad as in 7iaranna affinis (see above).
Real mesenteries are not present, but the four perradial
edges of the manubrium are in their whole length tightly
connected with the proximal third of the four radial canals.
The adjacent parts of the wall of the subumbrella are
dragged inwards into the bell cavity, forming four gelatinous
projections. The edge of the mouth is somewhat folded,
faintly divided into four perradial lips. — The gonads
are horseshoe-shaped. HARTLAUB will not use this term,
because in his specimen the gonads are not folded in
the middle. This is undoubtedly due to the fact that it
is a young individual. In the specimens of the “Michael
Sars” the folding of the gonads also embraces the inter-
radial parts. The folding is fairly regular, about 12
transverse folds being present in each of the gonads. In
the specimen from the vertical haul the gonads contain
a number of comparatively large, whitish eggs, also in
the interradial parts. — The four radial canals are slender.
The velum is narrow. — There are about 28 tentacles
with conical basal bulbs and a number of dwarf-tentacles,
2—3 between every successive pair of tentacles (Plate I,
fig. 3). The dwarf-tentacles are spindle-shaped, hollow,
the distal end provided with a cluster of nematocysts
(Plate I, fig. 4). — No ocelli are seen.

Dimensions: a) The specimen from the vertical
haul: diameter 15 mm., height 12 min. — b) The speci-
men from the horizontal haul: diameter 18 mm., height
15 mm.

Colour:
are orange.

The specimens mentioned by Quoy et GaImarD,
HAECKEL, and MAAS were all taken in the Strait of Gi-
braltar. HARTLAUB’S specimen was found in the nothern
part of the North Sea. The specimens obtained by the
“Michael Sars” were taken in the Mediterranean just inside
the Strait of Gibraltar (stat. 19). The species has never
been found further east in the Mediterranean. From
what is known about the occurrence it is impossible to
state, whether the species has its main distribution in the
Mediterranean or in the Atlantic, though the specimen

In formalin the stomach and the tentacles

from the North Sea mentioned above, might indicate that
the species occurs in the Atlantic.

5. Leuckartiara octona (Fleming).

Geryonia octona FLEMING 1823, Edinburgh Philosoph. Journ., vol. 8,
p. 298.

Leuckartiara — MHARTLAUB 1913, Nord. Plankton XII, I, 3, p. 285.

13 specimens from the waters west of Scotland, all
identified by HaRTLAUB and mentioned by him, op. cit.
p. 290.

Siclig ley Wet aioe Srey INL Ibo, Se AO’ WY (SW oi
the Hebrides), August 5th 1910. Young-tish trawl, 1000
m. wire. — 2 fairly large specimens. !)

Stat. 99. Lat. 57° 45’ N, Long. 13° 40’ W (near
Rockall), August 6th 1910. — 6 adult specimens.

Stat. 101. Lat. 57° 41’ N, Lomg. 11° 48" W (be-
tween St. Kilda and Rockall), August 7th 1910.
a. Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire — 1 specimen
b. Depth unknown. — 4 adult specimens.

6. Neoturris pileata (Forskal).

roe

Medusa pileata FORSKAL 1775, Descriptiones animalium..., p. 110.
Neoturris HartLAus 1913, Nord. Plankton, XII, I, 3, p. 326.
Stat. 101. Lat! 57? 417 Ni) Longs IS 48a Ww (bes
tween St. Kilda and Rockall), August 7th 1910. — 1 speci-
men (HARTLAUB determ., mentioned op. cit. p. 328).

7. Pandaea conica (Quoy et Gaimard).

Dianaea conica QuOY ET GAIMARD 1827, Annales des Sci. Nat., tome
10, p. 182, pl. 6A, figs. 3, 4.

LESSON 1843, Hist. Zooph. Acal., p. 288.

HARTLAuB 1913, Nord. Plankton, XII, I, 3 p. 338.

Pandea
Pandaea —

Stat. 19, Lat. 36° 05’ N, Long. 4° 42’ W (Mediter-
ranean, just inside the Strait of Gibraltar). May 2nd
1910, surface—4 specimens, indentified by HARTLAUB
and mentioned op cit. p. 339.

The label of the specimens is marked: Stat. 19, 2—
V—1910, Surface—Owing to a misreading HARTLAUB
states, that the specimens in question were taken in the
Bay of Biscay, Lat. 45° 26’ N, Long. 9° 20’ W, May
9nd 1910. — It will be seen, that the statement of the
date is correct, but the position corresponds to “Michael
Sars” stat. 10, April 19th—2I1st.—In fact, the species has
never been found in the Atlantic north of the Strait of
Gibraltar. It is known from different places in the Mediter-
ranean and has been taken by the “Valdivia”-Expedition
in the Agulhas Current in the South Atlantic (VANHOFFEN,
Deutsche Tiefsee-Expedition. Bd. 19, 5 Heft, 1911, p. 209).

1) By a misprint HARTLAUB has given the Lat. 56° 53’ N for
56° 33’ for these specimens,

(ee)
ae)

LEPTOMEDUSAE.
8 Chromatonema rubrum Fewkes.
Plate I, figs. 5, 6.
Chromatonema rubrum FEWKES 1882, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard
Coll., vol. 9. No. 8, p. 305, Pl. I, fig. 41.
MAYER 1910, Medusz of the World, I. p. 199.
Kramp 1913, Vidensk. Meddel. Dansk naturhist.
Foren., Bd. 65, p. 267.
1914, Meduser etc.. Conspectus Faun
Groenlandice, p. 419.
? Ptychogena erythrogonon BIGELOW 1909, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard Coli., vol. 37, p. 150, Pl. 5 fig.
5 TPG ats) Whee th Sh ING Gs) ieee 7G
? -- Hertwigi VANHOFFEN 1911, Deutsche Tiefsee-Exped., p.
220. Taf. 22 Fig. 9. Textfig. 13.

Stat. 70. Lat. 42° 59’ N, Long. 51° 15’ W (southern
edge of the Newfoundland Bank), June 30th 1910. Ring-
trawl with 700 m. wire—1 specimen.

Stat. 80. Lat. 47° 34’ N, Long. 43° 11’ W (eastern
slope of the Newfoundland Bank), July 11th 1910, depth
ca. 2000 m.

a. Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire.—2 specimens.
b. Ringtrawl, 1500 m. wire-——2 specimens.

Stat. 81. Lat. 48° 02’ N, Long. 39° 55’ W, July

12th 1910.

a Ringtrawl, 100 m. wire.—1 specimen.

b. Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire——1 specimen.
c. Young-fish trawl, 2000 m. wire—1 specimen.

Stat. 82. Lat. 48° 24’ N, Long. 36° 53’ W, July
13th 1910.

a. Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire.—1 specimen.
b. Young-fish trawl, 2000 m. wire.—1 specimen.

Stat. 84. Lat. 48° 04’ N, Long. 32° 25’ W, July

15th 1910.
a. Ringtrawl, 2500 m. wire.—1 specimen.
b. Young-fish trawl, 3000 m. wire.—1 specimen.

Thaumantias —

Description of the adult.—The bell is somewhat
higher than a hemisphere, the gelatinous substance very
thick. The manubrium consists of a quadrangular stomach
and a short wide mouth-tube; the mouth is provided
with four short lips. The stomach is attached to the
subumbrella along the arms of a perradial cross, so that
there are four triangular pouches between the dorsal wall
of the stomach and the subumbrella. There are four
radial canals. The proximal part (1/2—*/3) of each radial
canal is wide and contains the gonads; the distal part is
straight and narrow and communicates with the narrow
ring-canal. The entrance from the side-wall of the stomach
to the radial canal has the shape of a perpendicular slit,
somewhat broader at the top than at the bottom. A
transverse section of the gonadial part of the radial canal
is pear-shaped in the proximal part, nearly circular in
the distal part. The line along which the canal is attached

.. KRAMP.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

to the subumbrella sends out a number of short lateral
branches, so that the attachment of the dorsal wall of
the canal has the shape of a pinnate figure. In each of
the radial canals there are two rows of sack-shaped gonads,
attached to the dorsal wall of the canal in the spaces
between the above-mentioned lateral branches of the line
of attachment and hanging down into the cavity of the
canal. Each of the gonads has a narrow ectodermal
lumen, the opening of which is seen as a small fissure
in the dorsal wall of the canal (see figs. 5 and 6). The
gonads do not communicate with one another. There
are from 10 to 16 gonads on either side of the canal.
The side-walls of the canal are as a rule tightened close
over the sacks, so that the wall becomes faintly lobed or
undulated (see fig. 6b). Frequently some of the proxi-
mal gonads are developed in the dorsal wall of the
stomach on both sides of the cross-arms.

There are about 24 tentacles, all of the same shape
and size. The tentacular bulb is conical with a heart-
shaped base. Between every two successive tentacles
there are two (rarely one) short appendages, cylindrical
or somewhat spindle-shaped, provided with a battery of
nematocysts in the distal end. These appendages are, I
think, homologous with cordyli (see below).—The velum
is thin and narrow.

The colour of the manubrium, the radial canals,
the ring-canal, and the tentacles is brightly orange or
brick-red. The gonadial sacks are white.

Dimensions: The diameter of the specimens brought
home by the “Michael Sars” varies from 16 to 27 mm.
The specimen figured in plate I fig. 5 has the following
dimensions: diameter of the bell 26 mm., diameter of
the bell cavity 18 mm., height of the bell ca. 20 mm.,
the sides of the stomach 4.2 mm., distance from the cen-
tre of the stomach to the distal ends of the gonads 8—9 mm.

FEWKES’ description of this species (1882) was based
on 7 specimens, obtained by the U. S. Fish Commission
off the coast of New England. His description was rather
deficient. I have no doubt, however, but that the speci-
mens found by the “Michael Sars” belong to the same
species. The species was also found by the “Tjalle”-
Expedition in the Davis Strait (KRAMP 1913).—Thus this
interesting and beautiful species seems to be common in
the intermediate water of the North-West Atlantic basin.

BIGELOW (1909) has described a similiar medusa
from the eastern tropical Pacific; he called it Ptychogena
erythrogonon. BIGELOW possessed a series of specimens
in different stages of development, the largest being 38

‘mm. in diameter with about 64 tentacles. The manubrium,

the radial canals, the gonads, and the tentacles have the
same shape and colour as in Chromatonema rubrum.
According to the description BIGELOW’S species possesses

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IIL]

ANTHOMEDUSAE AND LEPTOMEDUSAE. 9

both cirri and cordyli. Only a few cirri were present in
his specimens; they are cylindrical and provided with a
cluster of nematocysts in the distal end. The cordyli are
spindle-shaped and carry no nematocysts. One or two
cordyli are present between every two successive ten-
tacles. These cordyli are undoubtedly homologous with
the small marginal appendages of Chromatonema rubrum.
The two species are undoubtedly nearly related; in fact,
I can see no other noticeable differences than the want
of nematocysts in the cordyli of “Ptychogena” erythrogonon,
and the size, Chromatonema rubrum reaching maturity
when about 24 mm. in diameter with about 24 tentacles,
whereas Chromatonema erythrogonon grows to a larger
size and may possess 64 tentacles when fully developed.

Another similar form is described by VANHOFFEN
(1911) as Ptychogena Hertwigi, found in the Indian Ocean
by the German deep-sea expedition. VANHOFFEN describes
his species as very like Pt. erythrogonon BIGELOW, but
still larger, 50 mm. in diameter, yet with a smaller number
of tentacles, viz 20. Cordyli are said to be wanting,
but there are 5 “cirri” between each successive pair
of tentacles. These “cirri”, as shown in the figure in
the text, seem to be partly cylindrical, partly somewhat
club-shaped, partly spindle-shaped. They are, thus, un-
doubtedly homologous with the cordyli of Chromatonema
rubrum and erythrogonon. According to the coloured
figure (Taf. XXII) the gonads reach to the middie of
the radial canals.—Also this species is undoubtedly nearly
related to Chromatonema rubrum FEWKES and belongs
to the same genus.

Further investigations will show, whether the three
species mentioned above are distinct or only local varieties
of one species, viz, Chromatonema rubrum Fewkes.

Synoptic Table of the Species of Chromatonema.

C. erythro- |
| C. rubrum | ee | C. hertwigi
Fewkes Bigelow Vanhoffen |
Diameter of full-grown |
|) TORSION Sl cconcconsconchoteorsousceeee 24—27 mm. 38 mm. 50 mm.
| Number of tentacles in|
full-grown medusa........ ca. 24 ca. 64 20

Number of cordyli between
each successive pair of |
WETTNE (CBS oe soserenceconsecooossbse 2 (1) 1 (2) | 5 |

{ Northern At- |Eastern tropi-

Occurrence eee ; ab
lantic Ocean | cal Pacific

Indian Ocean)

Systematic position.—FEWKES (1882) who first
described this species, called it by the preliminary name
Chromatonema rubrum until its systematic position could

be stated; he added that it was “apparently allied to
Staurophora”.—MAYER (1910) referred it to the genus
Thaumantias, because it is a Leptomedusa with several
tentacles but without otocysts, ocelli and cordyli. In my
paper of 1913 I followed him in this respect—The medusa
described by BIGELOw (1909) and mentioned above, was
referred by him to the genus Ptychogena owing to the
presence of “lateral diverticula” from the radial canals
and of “cordyli” between the tentacles. Also the medusa
described by VANHOFFEN (1911) was referred to the
genus Ptychogena.

As a matter of fact, the genus Chromatonema beats
a considerable likeness to various members of the family
Laodiceidae. With regard to the general shape of the
gastro-genital system Chromatonema is very like Laodicea
and Ptychogena. In the latter genera, it is true, each of
the radial canals bears only two lateral gonads, more or
less folded, whereas in Chromatonema there are two rows
of completely separated, sack-shaped gonads. It is not
difficult, however, to refer these two types of gonads to
a common origin, and they do not contradict the sup-
position of a phylogenetic relationship. They recall the
typical structures of the gonads in the two main-groups
of Tiaridae, viz. Neoturridae and Calycopsidae, as pic-
tured by HARTLAUB (1913, fig. 295, p. 347).

The most characteristic feature of the Laodiceidae
is the possession of cordyli. A typical cordylus is club-
shaped and destitute of nematocysts. We know, however,
cordyli in which the club-shape is not pronounced, and
in Ptychogena antarctica BROWNE (1910) has observed
nematocysts in some of the cordyli. These cordyli esta-
blish a transition from the typical cordyli to the small
marginal appendages of Chromatonema. The structure
and arrangement of the cell-layers in the latter are exactly
as in a cordylus, the entoderm, consisting of cubical cells,
surrounding a central lumen communicating with the circular
vessel. This fact distinguishes the cordyli from the cirri,
which are solid, the entoderm consisting of a single row
of cells. I do not hesitate, therefore, to call the small
marginal appendages of Chromatonema with the name
of cordyli. Altogether, I have no doubt but that the
genus Chromatonema has to be included into the family
Laodieeidae. On the other hand, the shape of the gonadial
system in Chromatonema has a great likeness to that
structure in certain species of the Tiaridae among the
Anthomedusae, especially Calycopsis which has 8 adradial
rows of sack-shaped gonads, projecting inwards into the
stomach and visible on the outer surface of this as rows
of transverse fissures. Besides, the cordyli of Chromato-
nema bear a great likeness to the dwarf-tentacles of
Tiaranna rotunda.—Altogether, Chromatonema belongs
to the family Laodiceidae, and within this group it is the

wv

P. L. KRAMP.

(REP. OF THE "MICHAEL” SARS NORTH

genus which shows most points of connection with the
Tiaridae.

9. Laodicea undulata (Forbes and Goodsir).

Stat. 99. Lat. 57° 45’ N, Long. 13° 40’ W (near
Rockall), August 6th 1910. Young-fish trawl with 50 m.
wire.

Small pieces of 5—7 individuals. The edge of the
mouth is complexly folded. The gonads end in a distance
of 2—3 mm. from the ring-canal. The tentacles are very
numerous and situated closely together. Between every
successive pair of tentacles there is a small projection, in
some cases stiil bearing a cordylus. If cirri have been
present they have all been broken off. A small but
distinct ocellus is found at the base of every 3—5 of the
tentacles.

As to synonomy and varieties, see BROWNE 1907,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. XX, p. 459, and MAYER
1910, Meduse of the World, I, pp. 201—204.

10. Obelia sargassi (Broch).

The hydroid:
Obelia hyalina Clarke 1879, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard
Coll., vol. 5, Nr. 10; p. 241, Pl. 4, fig. 21.
Congdon 1907, Proceed. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sci., vol. 42, p. 468, figs. 7—9.
Laomedea sargassi Broch 1913, Rep. Sci. Res. “Michael Sars”, vol.
Il} Part. I) p: 13:

Sargasso Sea, June 26th 1910. Sargassum at the
surface, several specimens.

Stat. 69, Lat. 41° 39’ N, Long 51° 04’ W (Sargasso
Sea), June 26th 1910. Sargassum at the surface, several
specimens.

Among the material brought home by the “Michael
Sars” there are a couple of glasses containing a number
of minute meduse of the genus Obvelia. According to
the labels the specimens have been taken on Sargassum,
which probably means, that they arise from the gonothece
of some hydroids growing on the Sargassum, undoubtedly
Laomedea sargassi Broch (Syn. Obelia hyalina Clarke),
which is very common on floating sea-weed and has been
found in great abundance by the “Michael Sars” (see
BROCH op. cit.). The liberated medusa has not been
described. It is described here with the name:

Obelia sargassi. The meduse have the general
appearance of the genus Odelia. All the specimens seem
to have been preserved immediately after their escape
from the gonothece. The diameter is about 0.2 mm.
They have 32—33 tentacles, a comparatively large number;
most other species of Obelia have 24, seldom 28 tentacles
at the time of liberation—Gonads are not visible.

WW. Tiaropsis multicirrata (M. Sats).
Thaumantias multicirrata M. Sats 1835, Beskriv. og lagttag., p. 26,
Pl. 0, fig. 12 a—c.

L. Agassiz 1849, Contrib. Nat. Hist. Acalephe
of N. America, p. 289, Pl. 6, figs. 1—18,
Pl. 8, fig. 11.

St. Johns, Newfoundland, July 5th 1910, surface.

37 individuals, most of which are 10—12 mm. in
diameter, only some few specimens being of smaller size.
The smallest specimen is 6 mm.—There is no specific
difference between the American 7. diademata Agassiz
and the European 7. multicirrata M. Sats.

Tiaropsis diademata

12. Halopsis ocellata A. Agassiz.

Halopsis ocellata A, Agassiz 1863, Proceed. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
IX, p! 219:

1865, North. American Acalephe, p. 99,
figs. 143—150.

Haeckel 1879, System d. Medusen, p. 217.
Fewkes 1888, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XIII
Nr. 7, p: 233; Pl. Il, fig. 3.

Hargitt 1904, Bull. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol.
24, p. 51.

Mayer 1910, Medusz of the World, II, p. 323,
Bigelow 1914, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 58, Nr.
Dd, 50 MOP,

Stat. 94. Lat. 50° 13’ N, Long. 11° 23’ W (south:
west of Ireland), July 26th 1910, depth 1565 m._ Ring-
trawl with 1500 m. wire.—1 specimen.

Stat. 97. Lat. 56° 15’ N, Long. 8° 28’ W (between
the Hebrides and the north coast of Ireland), August 4th
1910, depth 139m. Ringtrawl with 50 m. wire. — 2 spe-
cimens.

Stat. 98. Lat. 56° 33’ N, Long, 9° 30’ W (South-
west of the Hebrides), August 5th 1910, depth 1000—
1360 m. Ringtrawl with 200 m. wire.—1 specimen.

Stat. 101. Lat. 57° 41'N, Long. 11° 48’ W (between
the Hebrides and Rockall), August 6th—7th 1910, depth
1853 m.

a. Young-fish trawl with 1000 m. wire.—1 specimen.
b. Ringtrawl with 200 m. wire.—1 specimen.

Description: The umbrella is watchglass-shaped,
the gelatinous substance comparatively thick, particularly
so in the central part of the disk, evenly diminishing
in thickness towards the margin. The diameter of the
largest specimen is about 40 mm. The manubrium con-
sists of a flattened stomach and ashort mouth-tube. The
stomach is circular or star-shaped; its diameter is 1/5—1/s
of the diameter of the disk. The length of the mouth-
tube is about 4 mm.; the diameter at the narrowest part
(at a short distance below the stomach) is about 1/2 of
the diameter of the stomach. The lower (distal) part of
the mouth-tube is somewhat dilated, divided into four

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. IIL]

ANTHOMEDUSAE AND LEPTOMEDUSAE. 11

folded lips, separated by slight incurvations, not by deep
incisions. About 12 narrow radial canals issue from the
periphery of the stomach’). In two of the individuals the
radial canals are nearly equidistant at their origin; in the
other specimens they originate in a somewhat irregular
manner (se below). In the dorsal (umbrellular) wall of
the stomach there is a number of ciliated grooves, form-
ing a cross, the four arms of which are soon divided
into three or four branches, each leading to one of the
radial canals. They are centripetal continuations of the
dorsal wall of the radial canals and indicate, that there
are really four groups of canals, though in the full-grown
medusa the canals are completely separated outside the
periphery of the stomach. The radial canals are straight

and narrow and connected with a narrow ring-canal. The
distal ends of the radial canals are not always equidistant
(see below). The gonads are situated along the radial
canals, forming a narrow, somewhat folded band on each
side of the canal, leaving both ends free, commencing
2—7 mm. from the periphery of the stomach and ending
1—2 mm. from the ring-canal. There is a large number
of tentacles, as many as 350, fairly long and contractile.
There is one fine cirrus (more seldom two cirri) between
each successive pair of tentacles. The marginal vesicles
are large open folds of the velum, containing a large
number of lithocysts. The marginal vesicles are present
in a number of 3—5 between each successive pair of
radial canals. The velum is narrow, 2.5—3 mm. broad.

Table showing Variation of Halopsis ocellata.

Proximal part Distal part of |

|

| Stat. Length Diameter | Diameter | Number of Gi radial canals | cada eu naleee | Number of |
| of wire | of bell | of stomach | radial canals free of gonads | free of gonads | tentacles |
| 94 1500 m 32 mm. 8 mm. 12 JB om, |) ihe iin, ca. 220 |
Gir es ei 40 - coe 12 ca. 6 Deen ols = 18%)
| == 35) = @ = 12 6—7 | 1 | - 350
leeceynale i200. 40)08 gue 13 ea ANI! | 275
101 bo Bree 28 - ie 13 ana) = Laon 270

| | 1000. - 22 oe (oR CAs DeRose | |e

The specimens, preserved in formalin, are colourless.
Variation.—The table gives a view of the variation
of the 6 specimens brought home by the “Michael Sars”.

It will be seen, that the diameter varies from 22 to 40
mm., the number of radial canals from 11 to 13, the
number of tentacles from about 200 in the smallest spec-
imen to about 350 in one of the Jarger individuals.

1) | have seen specimens from Iceland with 16 radial canals.

| - 200

In order to illustrate the variation of the mode of origin
of the radial canals, I have figured the stomachs of the
six Specimens seen from the aboral side.—In the specimen

\

Ba

Fig. 2.

from stat. 94 (textlig. 1) the canals originate in groups
of 2—3—-3—4, altogether 12 canals. The distances be-
tween the canals when leaving the periphery of the stomach
are very different. The number of tentacles between two
successive radial canals varies from 12 to 27.—In the first
of the specimens from stat. 97 (textlig. 2) the grouping

12 P. L. KRAMP.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

of the canals is very regular; there are 4 groups, each
consisting of 3 canals, almost equidistant when leaving
the stomach.—tIn the other specimen from stat. 97 (text-
fig. 3) the arrangement is very irregular. It is possible

to distinguish four groups of grooves, but they do not
issue irom exactly the same point. The first group con-
tains 4, the second 3 canals. In the third group there
is only one canal at the periphery of the stomach, but
just outside the stomach it divides into two canals. The

fourth group contains 2 canals one of which is bifurcated
haliway to the margin of the bell. Thus altogether 12
canals reach the ring-canal. Near the base of the gastral
groove corresponding to the last-mentioned canal the
groove sends out a short branch, which is undoubtedly
the first origin of a developing new radial canal.—In the
specimen from stat. 98 (textfig. 4) there are four groups
with 4—3—3—3, altogether 13 canals, leaving the sto-
mach in a somewhat irregular manner.—In the specimen

from stat. 101, taken with 200 m. wire (textfig. 5), the
four groups contain 4—3—3—38 canals, fairly equidistant
when leaving the stomach, but the distances between
their distal ends are very different, the number of ten-

|
Fig. 5.
tacles between two successive radial canals varying from

15 to 24.—The canal system of the specimen from stat.
101 b, taken with 1000 m. wire (textfig. 6) is somewhat

irregular. The stomach is very wry, and the four groups
of grooves do not issue‘from the same point. The groups
contain 3—3—2—3, altogether 11 canals. Two of the

canals are connected by a short anastomosis just outside
the stomach. The number of tentacles between two suc-
cessive radial canals varies from 10 to 25.
Geographical Distribution.—All the specimens
obtained by the “Michael Sars” were captured in July
and August 1910 west of the British Isles. The species

yer

Fig. 6.

is not uncommon in the North Atlantic from Scotland
to Iceland, though it has never been recorded from that
area.')—Previously known from the Atlantic coast of

1) GUNTHER: (Report on the Coelenterata . . . of the North
Atlantic—Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. XI, 1903, p. 420) mentions
two small meduse which “bear a considerable resemblance to the
young of Halopsis ocellata as described by Agassiz’, but from his
description it does not seem probable that the specimens have belonged
to that species.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.]

ANTHOMEDUSAE AND LEPTOMEDUSAE. 13

North America: Nahant (“from July to September, quite
commonly”, A. AGassiz), Grand Manan (“several speci-
mens”, FEWKES), and the Gulf of Maine (“four frag-
mentary specimens”, BIGELOW)..

Vertical Distribution.—The specimens have been
captured in very different depths, from about 25 to several
hundred meters below the surface (see above).

The genus Halopsis was described by A. AGAssiz
1863 and 1865 as a genus belonging to the family
Aequoridae and containing the species H. ocellata with
about 16 radial canals and H7. cruciata with 4 radial
canals. Later authors have placed the last-mentioned
species within the genus Mitrocoma, thus widely separating
the two species. Since BIGELOw (1914) has found that
Hf. ocellata has open sensory pits of the same shape as
in Mitrocoma, this species must also be removed from
the Aequoridae and placed among the Mitrocomidae.

According to AGAssiz the genus Halopsis was di-
stinguished from Stomobrachium Brandt by the fact that
the radial canals in Halopsis “take their origin in clusters
of three to five, radiating ... from a large cross-shaped
cavity”, whereas in Stomobrachium they arise singularly
from the periphery of the circular stomach. The speci-
mens taken by the “Michael Sars” and described above
agree in all respects with the description of Halopsis ocellata
A. Agassiz with the exception of the size (the European
specimens being somewhat smaller than the American

specimens described by AGASsIz) and the mode of origin
of the radial canals. It was demonstrated above, however,
that the canals, though separated outside the periphery
of the stomach, are originally grouped into four clusters
which are still indicated by the ciliated grooves in the
dorsal wall of the stomach. Also in the numerous spec-
imens from Grand Manan, mentioned by FEWKES (1888
p. 233), the radial canals arise singularly from the stomach,
and the same was found by BIGELOw (1914) to be the
case in the specimens from the Gulf of Maine.—I have
no doubt, therefore, but that the specimens of the “Michael
Sars” belong to the species Halopsis ocellata Agassiz.

As the mode of origin of the radial canals was the
chief character by which AGAssiz would separate the
genera Halopsis and Stomobrachium, and this character
fails, one might be inclined to think that the two genera
cannot be kept apart. But nothing difinitely can be stated
about the matter, as the two species of Stomobrachium
(St. lenticulare Brandt and St. tentaculatum A. Agassiz)
are very deficiently described, and have never been found
again since the original descriptions were published (BRANDT
1835, AGassiz 1865). Neither cirri nor marginal vesicles
have been observed in any of the species of Stomobrachium,
whereas AGASsIz describes the “large compound eyes” (é.
e. marginal vesicles) and the cirri alternating with the
tentacles in Halopsis.

KRAMP — 10

1914.

. Acassiz, L.:

—

List of Literature.

3. Acassiz, A. in Proceed. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX—Boston

1865.
North American Acalephe.—Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harvard Coll., Vol. I.

Contrib. Nat. Hist. Acalephe of N. America, Part.
I1—Mem. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, New
Ser. Vol. IV.

1856.

1898.

1903.

1879,

1904.

1907.

1913.

1913.

1914,

1853.

1843.

1910.

1910.

1835.

1827.

1897.

Ose

GEGENBAUR: Versuch eines Systems der Medusen.—Zeitschr.
wissensch. ‘Zoologie, Bd. VIII.

GRONBERG: Die Hydroid-Medusen der arktischen Gebiets.—
Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Systematik, Bd. XI.

GUNTHER: Report on the Coelenterata from the intermediate
waters of the North Atlantic—Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XI.

HAECKEL: Das System der Medusen.

Harcitt: The Medusae of the Woods Hole Region.—Bull. U. S.

Bureau of Fisheries, Vol. 24.

HarTLAUB: Craspedote Medusen. I. Theil, 1. Lief—Codoniden
und Cladonemiden.—Nordisches Plankton XII.
— Craspedote Medusen. I. Theil, 3. Lief—Tiaridae.
Nordisches Plankton XII.
KRAmP: Medusae collected by the “Tjalfe’ Expedition.—
Vidensk. Meddel. Dansk naturhist. Foren., Bd. 65.
= Meduser og Siphonophorer.—Conspectus Faunae
Groenlandicae.—Meddel. om Gronland XXIII.
KOLLIKER: Ueber Scheibenquallen.—Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., Bd. IV.
LESSON: Historie Naturelle des Zoophytes.—Acaléphes.
Maas: Contributions au systeme des Méduses...—Bull. de

'Instit. Océanographique, Monaco, No. 183.
Mayer: Meduse of the World. I—II.

M. Sars: Beskrivelser og lagttagelser over nogle merkelige
eller nye i Havet ved den bergenske Kyst levende
Dyr...

Quoy ET GAIMARD: Observations Zoologiques ... Astrolabe.
—Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Part.

Zool. X.
VANHOFFEN: Die Fauna und Flora Grénlands.—Groénland-Exped.
der Gesellsch. fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin 1891—
1893. Unter Leitung von E. v. Drygalski.—II Bd.
— Die Anthomedusen und Leptomedusen der

Deutschen Tiefsee-Exped.-—Wissensch. Ergebnisse
d. Deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. (“Valdivia”) 1898—
1899, 19. Bd., Heit 5.

Explanation of the Plate.

9. BIGELOW: Coelenterates from Labrador and Newfoundland.—
Proced. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 37.
= The Medusae.—Reportt.....Exped. to the eastern tropical
Pacific, XVI—Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll.,
Vol. XXXVII.
— Oceanography and Plankton of Massachusetts Bay
Nov. 1912—May 1913.—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard Coll., Vol. LVIII.
5. BRANDT: Beschreibung der von Mertens auf seiner Welt-
umsegelung beobachteten Schirmquallen—Mém.
Acad. Sct. Pétersbourg, Ser. 6, Tom. 4.
. BrocH: Hydroida.—Report Sci. Results of the “Michael Sars”
North Atlant. Deep Sea Exped. 1910, Vol. III, Part I.
. BROWNE: Medusae from Norway and Spitzbergen.—Bergens
Museums Aarbog 1903.
= Revision of the...Family Laodiceidae—Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XX.
CLARKE: Report on the Hydroida collected during the Explora-
tion of the Gulf Stream and the Gulf of Mexico.—
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. V.
7. CONGDON: The Hydroids of Bermuda.—Proceed. Amer. Acad.
oi Arts and Sciences, Vol. 42.
$2. FEwKES: On the Acalephae of the East Coast of New England.
—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. IX.
— On certain Medusae from New England.—Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. XIII.
. FLEMING: Gleanings of Natural History....In a letter to Prof.
Jameson.—Edinburgh Philosoph. Journal, Vol. 8.
. ForSKAL: Descriptiones animalium quae in itinere orientali
observavit.— Hauniae.
Tiaranna affinis Hartlaub nov. sp.—A specimen from stat.
90.— > 5.
Tiaranna rotunda (Quoy et Gaimard)— 5.
do.—A portion of the bell margin with common tentacles
and dwarf-tentacles.— ~ 30.
do.—A dwarf-tentacle— > 65.

Chromatonema rubrum Fewkes.—A specimen from. stat.
84 (2500 m. wire), seen partly from the top.— 3.

Fig. 6. do.—Two sections of a specimen from stat. 84 (3000 m. wire).

—a) radial section through the middle of a radial canal,
showing one of the rows of gonadial sacks hanging into the
cavity of the radial canal.—b) a section, nearly radial, following
the side wall of a radial canal, through which the gonads are
discerned.

12)

P. L, Kramp.

Vol. Ill.

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910.

Hb-

HETEROPODA

COLLECTED DURING THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

BY
KR. BONNEVIE

(WITH 5 PLATES)

;

he Heteropoda, being warm-water animals should

naturally not be expected to be numerously repre-
sented in material collected in the northern Atlantic, and
the fact that the ‘Michael Sars” Expedition brought home
no less than 12 species must be considered very satis-
factory. The genera represented are: Oxygyrus with
1 species, Atlanta with 4(?) species, Carinaria 1 species,
Cardiapoda 1 species, Pterotrachea 4 species, and Firo-
loida 1\ species.

Several of these species may, with more or less
certainty, be indentified with previously described forms,
but some of them may be considered new to science, or
they have been so inadequately described that identification
is almost impossible.

TescH (1906) has rendered a great service to investi-
gators by collecting all the species described in literature,
with reproductions of the original figures. In dealing with
new material, it seems important that full descriptions
and illustrations should be given, even of species already
described. Only in this way can a knowledge of the
comparative anatomy of the Heteropoda, on which to base
a natural system be arrived at.

Atlantidae.

Heteropoda with a spirally whorled shell large
enough to conceal the whole body of the animal and
with an operculum.

The two genera of this family are both represented
in the collection.

Oxygyrus, Benson.

Species belonging to this genus have a nautiloid
shell, the body-whorl being large, horny and translucent,
while the narrow spire-whorls may be calcareous. The
operculum is triangular, with growth-lines parallel to
the bottom side, on both sides curving upwards round
an oblique, mytiloid centre at the top. The median
plate of the radula has three spines at its free end.

This genus, so well characterized by its nautiloid,
horny shell, is represented by one species.

O. keraudreni, Rang.
Pl. L, figs. 13.

Shell (fig. 1 a-b) smooth, consisting of 3 whorls
tightly connected and all lying in the same plane. The
last whorl is much larger than the others, horny and
translucent, while the inner ones are calcified. A broad,
horny carina runs from the mouth of the shell along one
half of the last whorl, and, suddenly tapering, also along
part of the next half.

As will be seen from the generic description the
structure of the operculum is more complicated than was
formerly supposed.

VAysSIERE (1904) figures and describes the operculum
of O. keraudreni as transversely striated, without a spiral
at the top: “l’opercule n’est pas ici spirale comme chez
les Atlanta, il est symmétrique et offre seulement de
fines stries d’accroissement concentriques.”

And TescH (1905) in the same way describes it as
“dreieckig ohne spiraligen Theil, nur mit parallelen Linien
versehen”’.

A thorough investigation of the operculum proves,
however, that the parallel lines of the lower part curve
up at the sides, and form at the top a peculiar oblique
centre, very similar to the growth-lines of a mytilus shell
(fig. 2 a-b).

Parts of the radula are drawn in fig. 3 a-b. The
three spines of the median plate are very unequal in
size, the one in the middle being large and sharply
pointed, while the lateral spines are short and blunt, each
by a slight incision divided into two minute knots. —
The two spines of the intermediate plates are
placed one above the other; the lower spine is con-
siderably larger than the upper one, and VayssiiRE (1904)
therefore prefers to characterize the intermediate plates
of this species as ““unicuspidées”. — The lateral plates
of the radula are slender and curved, nearly as long as
the intermediate plates.

Of this form three specimens were taken in the
Western Atlantic, all at a depth of about 150 m. The

~ KR. BONNEVIE

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

three specimens were of equal size, about 7 mm. across
the shell.

pocaily Dept! Date 1910. || Nt: of
| e 1 ate x
St. | Lat. N. | Long. W.} e | : individuals
64 | 34044 | 47059" | 150m. | %e | 2
| | |
69 | 41939" | 51° 4’ | 150 m. | af, 1

Atlanta, Lesueutr.

Shell flat, calcified, not nautiloid, but with whorls
forming a more or less protruding spire on the right

side. — Operculum oval or pear-shaped, with a spiral
centre af growth- lines.
Radula: median plate with only one tooth,

intermediate plates with one spine at the free end,
and with (or without?) an accessory spine protruding
from the concave underside. Lateral plates sickle-
shaped, of varying length.

Of this genus 3 (or 4?) species are represented in
the material from the ‘Michael Sars” Expedition.

A. peronii, Rang.
(Pl. I, Figs. 47).

Shell, (fig. 4) flat, 3—5 whorls. Spire not protru-
ding. The carina does not reach the mouth of the shell,
but continues on the other side, gradually tapering,
in between the two last whorls, which in consequence
are not tightly connected.

Operculum (fig. 6 a-b) pear-shaped with a spiral
centre at its narrower dorsal end.

Radula (fig. 7). The spine of the median plate
is scarcely longer than the lateral horns of the plate
itself, the whole thus representing a plate with apparently
three spines. — Intermediate plate with an accessory
spine. Length of the lateral plates about */s of that
of the intermediate ones.

A. peronii was the heteropod most frequently met
with during the “Michael Sars” Expedition, the collection
including about one hundred specimens from no less
than 18 different stations. Among these were specimens
reaching the size of 6—8 mm., but a great number were
small, 1—3 mm.; and many were represented only by
fragments.

Among the larger specimens several were found with
a brown or yellow stripe along the base of the carina,
a character wich has been considered as distinguishing
the two species A. gaudichaudi, Souleyet, and A. rosea,
Souleyet; but the appearance of this stripe is so variable
and so many transitions may be found, from the clear
white carina of specimens which no doubt belong to
A. peronii to others with a carina having a yellow or

brown base, that I find no reason for considering this
stripe alone as a character sufficient to justify the main-
taining of these different species.?)

According to TEscH (1906), A. rosea may, however,
be distinguished also by its more protruding spire, and,
especially, by a system of fine spiral lines on its inner
whorls. But as to A. gaudichaudi the only character
distinguishing it from A. peronii, besides the brown
stripes, is the absence of an accessory spine on the
intermediate plates of the radula.

I must confess, however, that I do not feel quite
convinced of the correctness of the description given by
TescH on this point. The structure of the radula is known
to be one of the most reliable characteristics of the natural
relations between gasteropod species, and one would a
priori not expect to find essential differences between
radula-structures in species belonging to one and the
same genus. — The absence of an accessory spine in
some species,”) while it is present in a number of others,

Locality Dept Date |Numberof| Size
St. Lat. N. | Long. W.! metres 1910 | individuals} ™™-
23 30° 32/ 1 600 |May 5-6 1 3
39 Bee SN Gy OY Uf » 20-21 1 ?
45 Be LOY | 20 OY 50 » 28-29 5 —4d
= = 100 — 5 —5
48 28° 54” | 24° 14’ 0 > Ol 1 2
: = = 50 — 1 3
49 DP || Be 0 |June 1 1 6
‘ -- _ 185) ile == 3 1—5
_ = — 185 — 32 1—8
» = = 1000(?) — 8 1—6
50 SO? SY Bile Wey 0 wid 1 ?
52 31° 24” | 34° 477 0 7 @ i) 2—8
53 342959") 332 17 30 > 8 6 1—2
56 36° 53’ | 29° 47” 50 » 10-11 1 5
5 — — 1000(?) — 1 7
58 3fe Sf! |. 292 257 50 5 Weails 2 6—8
62 36° 52’ | 39° 50! 0 » 20-21 4 1—5
F — = 150 — 2 1—2
5 ~- — 1000(?) _ 2 4—5
64 34° 44” | 47° 52/ 150 » 24 16 1—7
_ — 300 —_ 1 6
; — = 500(?) — 1 1
‘ — — 1000(?) — 6 2—5
67 AQP IA") 0% 397 100 5 6 2—7
69 41° 39’ | 51° 4’ 150 , 2 3—7
81 AST 2/aloo moog 50 |July 12 1 4
‘ “= — 100 _ 1 1
82 48° 24’ | 36° 53” 50 5 le 3 1—3
84 48° 4” | 32° 25! 50 5 1S 1 if
87 46° 48’ | 27° 46’ 100 5 Un 1 7

1) Even SOULEYET has (fig. 1, pl. 23) figured A. peronii with
a yellow base at the carina.

2) According to TEscH in A, affinis and A, oligogyra, Tesch,
and A. gaudichaudi and A. inclinata, Souleyet.

=

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

HETEROPODA 5

would be rather surprising, and the drawings by TESCH
(1906, pl. VII, fig. 10 and 13, pl. VIII, fig. 16 and 26)
are unfortunately not clear enough to serve as unquestion-
able proofs on this point, the lateral plates of the radula
in his drawings concealing the part of the median plate
where an accessory spine might be found. Until this
negative character of A. gaudichaudi is definitely proved,
its rank as a species different from A. peronii must
therefore be questioned.

A. peronii was during the “Michael Sars” Expedition
found scattered within the upper layers (1O—300 m. in
depth) of the Atlantic, as far north as lat. 48° 24’ N.
At some stations (st. 49, 56, 62, 64), where it seems to
have been brought up from greater depths (1000 m.),
the specimens in question may have been caught during
the passage of the gear towards the surface.

Atlanta fusca, Souleyet.
(Pl. I, figs. 8—9).

This well-defined species is represented by one small
specimen, the body of which was in a very frail condition.
My attempts at preparing the radula of this specimen
were therefore not successful.

The shell of A. fusca is translucent, of a yellowish
colour. The number of whorls is 3—4, the spire somewhat
protruding beyond the width of the body-whorl. Carina
gradually tapering towards the shell-mouth and encircling
the entire body-whorl. On the inner part of the latter,
as on the spire-whorls, there is a system of fine longi-
tudinal stripes visible on both sides of the shell. The shell-
mouth is ovoid, instead of pear-shaped as in other species.

The operculum is, in conformity with the ovoid
shell-mouth, broadly oval, with the spiral lines centred
at a considerable distance (about 1—3) from the upper end.

Radula unknown.

Locality

ae |Date 1910/Nr. of ind| Sixe mm.
St. | Lat. N. | Long W. | |
2h il itil Ne Sc nnn ae
52 | Sle 24! | O42) AT! | 0 | 8/6 | i | 2

Atlanta macrocarinata, 0. sp.
(Pl. I, figs. 10—13).

Shell white, transparent, very fragile, with 5—6 whorls
forming a broadly cone-shaped spire. The body-whorl is
only loosely connected with the spire, the largest specimens
having a deep slit not filled by the carina, which separates
the mouth part of the shell from the spire. Carina broad,
encircling the whole body-whorl, on one side continuing

to the shell-mouth, on the other side gradually, though
rather steeply, tapering towards the beginning of the
second whorl (figs. 10--11).

Operculum broadly pear-shaped, exceedingly clear
and transparent; the spiral centre lying at a distance (about
‘/4 of the height) from its upper end (fig. 13).

The radula (fig. 12) is of the typical Atlanta shape,
but relatively much smaller than in other species of Atlanta.
Median plate with one spine and short lateral horns.
Intermediate plates with accessory spine, and lateral
plates the shortest of which is more than half as long
as the intermediate plate.

This species, so well characterized by the broad carina,
which does not taper towards the shell-mouth, by the
cone-shaped spire, and by the loose connection between
the latter and the body-whorl, is represented in the
“Michael Sars” collection by about 20 individuals, inclu-
ding many fragments, all from one station.

The largest specimens measured up to 2 mm., most
of them did not, however, exceed 1 mm.

Depth

Locality | Number of

TSt_[ Lat N, [Long wi] _mettes | OS 1) | individuals
G4 | 84° 44" | 47 5y | 150 | tee Ch a

|
§ 6 |
|: SEES ne

Atlanta, sp. (?).
(Pl. I, figs. 14—15).

From one station near the Azores there is a fragmen-
tary specimen, which by its operculum and radula proves
to be different from all the species just mentioned. Its
shell was, however, broken, hence a full comparison with
other known species is excluded.

The colour of the shell is white. Its shape unknown.

The operculum (fig. 14) is pear-shaped with the
spiral centre at the upper end more finely striped than is
the case in A. peronii.

The radula (fig. 15) is relatively large, especially its
intermediate plates, which are of the typical shape
with accessory spines. Median plate with one tooth
considerably longer than the corners of the plate.

Lateral plates relatively short, the shortest about
half the length of the intermediate plate.

Locality
Hk stands Depth | Date 1910
Se | Wet, IN | Long. W.
56 | 36° 53’ | 29° 47’ 50 | VOI/6 One fragment

6 KR. BONNEVIE

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

Carinariidae.
(Pl. Il, fig. 16—27).

Heteropoda with a shell too narrow to cover the
whole body; without an operculum. The viscera are
concentrated into a nucleus wholly or partly covered by
the shell, while the rest of the bocly with the svimming
fin is largely swollen and covered by a more or less
transparent cutis. Males as well as females have a pair
of tentacles anterior to the eyes. ;

This family includes three genera, two of which are
represented in the material from the ‘Michael Sars”
Expedition.

Carinaria, Lamarck.

Carinariidae with a shell covering the whole
nucleus, which is connected with the rest of the body
by a peduncle. The cutis of the latter is clear and
transparent, and in most species rather swollen. Males as
well as females have a sucker on the free border of
their swimming fin.

Carinaria Jamarcki, Péron and Lesueur.

One shell without the animal, probably belonging
to this species, was taken at. St. 23 (35° 32’ N., 7’ 7’ W.),
depth 1215 m., date °-°/s 1910. Length of the shell
15 mm., height 9 mm.

Carinaria lamarcki, Pér. & Les., var challengeri, nov.
(PI. Il, figs 16—25).

Several small-sized specimens of Carinaria, the largest
measuring 30—40 mm. in length, were taken near Gibraltar
and off the African coast.

The body has the shape of a bow, the back being
considerably longer than the ventral side (figs. 16—17). The
proboscis is wide, continuing the body forward without
any incision, nucleus and swimming-fin placed opposite
to each other at the border of the posterior 1/1 of the body.
The rapidly tapering tail carries a dorsal fin and on the
ventral side of it one finds near the posterior end a pair
of transverse folds (fig. 20, 21, 24, 25 Cl). These folds,
which may be covered by a dark pigment, are appa-
rently more highly developed in young individuals (fig. 25)
than in older ones (figs. 20, 24).

The eyes (fig. 18) are broad-based, the greatest
width being about the same as the length. The circle
of the retinal base of the eyes is not quite closed, but
leaves a slit open on one side.

The height of the nucleus is about half its greatest
length. The shell shows two whorls and a half, the
body-whorl being undulated, having ridges vertical to the
spiral line (fig. 25).

The cutis is clear and transparent, although with
numerous cutis-spots (c. sp. fig. 20). On some specimens
one also finds tubercles forming irregular groups along the
dorsal and ventral sides of the body (fig. 23 t.).

The tail-fin rises abruptly at a distance behind the
nucleus, and gradually tapers towards the posterior end
of the tail, which in some individuals forms a short and
narrow tail filament (fig. 24). The two ventral folds of
the tail, which together seem to form a pair of claspers,
may be found widely spread (fig. 25) or more or less
tightly closed. Their pigment may be quite black or
brown or greyish. In the largest specimen the clasper
is inconspicuous (fig. 24).

The swimming fin, which in both sexes carries a
sucker (Ss) on its posterior border, has a very coarse
musculature consisting of equally distributed fibres running
in two different directions obliquely from the base of
the fin to its free border. According te the degree of
contraction of these fibres the swimming fin may vary in
shape from a Jow rectangle to a high one.

The radula (fig. 22) has a median plate with three
long and pointed spines somewhat diverging from each
other. On each side of these, in older individuals, or in
the older part of the radula small rudiments of a lateral
pair of spines are also found. The intermediate plates
(fig. 22a) carry at their free ends a sharply pointed but
very thin and fragile secondary spine. Lateral plates sickle-
shaped, nearly as long as the intermediate ones. The
penis (fig. 20,23 p), which is found on the right side of
the body of the males, in a line between nucleus and
swimming fin, consists of two finger-shaped protrusions
both fixed ventrally and diverging from each other towards
the dorsal side.

There are many points of resemblance between this
species and C. lamarcki (C. mediterranea, Vayssiére), so
many indeed, that for a long time I considered the speci-
mens from the “Michael Sars” Expedition merely as young
individuals of the much larger Mediterranean form. An
examination of sections through the nucleus of one indi-
viduales proves, however, that in our form sexual ripeness
is already attained in specimens 30—40 mm in length,
while C. lamarcki reaches a size of 220 mm. Most pro-
bably this is the form wich was described by SmitH (1888)
from the “Challenger’-Expedition. I consider it a small-
sized variety of C. lamarcki. Among the smallest indi-
viduals in the material, 10—12 mm. in length, a few
(fig. 25) are very similar to the form described by VAYSSIERE
(1904) as C. pseudo-rugosa. His description seems, how-
ever to be based on a badly fixed specimen and it contains
no indication as to whether or not the individual had
reached sexual maturity. I am inclined to consider his
specimen of C. pseudo-rugosa, as well as the small Cari-

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, VOL. III]

HETEROPODA iG

narias from the “Michael Sars” Expedition, sections of
which have proved them to be immature, as representing
only young stages of the challengeri variety of C. la-
marcki. n this case the darkly pigmented extension on
the dorsal side of the tail, described and figured by
VayYSSIERE, may be considered identical with the ventral
extension in young individuals of our form, its dorsal
position being due to a twisting of the body of the
specimen described by VAysSIERE, a supposition which,
after a look at his illustration (1904, Pl. VI, fig. 83), does
not seem improbable.

Locality

Depth Date |Number of] Size
St. | Lat. N. | Long. W.| metres 1910 | individuals|_ ™™.
SOFA 2 Onno |pelon 9107 120 |May 20-21} 1 (?) 2,5
45 Asse BOY | HO OY LOOMS | etome2S-20) 2 10
51 ole AY | eee 1” O |June 5-6 | 2 10-30
52 31° 24” | 34° 47’ 0 5 Of} B®) 18-20
56 386° 53’ | 29° 47' 50 10-11) 1+ 3 /40, 15-20
F — — 100 — 4 10-12
* — _ 150 _ 1 12

Cardiapoda, dOrbigny.

Carinariidae with a spiral shell covering only a
small part of the nucleus, the peduncle of which is
more or less obviously directed backwards. Appearance
of sucker on the swimming fin variable.

Cardiapoda richardi, Vayssicre.
(Pl. Il, figs. 26—27).

Body cylindrical, with an abruptly cut trunk, and
with the peduncle of the nucleus directly continuing the
body behind, running parallel with the tail. The latter
rapidly tapers and forms at the end a long thread-like
appendage. It carries along its whole length a narrow
dorsal fin, and on the ventral side a pair of horizontal
folds forming together a pair of claspers (Cb), like
those found in young specimens of Carinaria.

The spherical nucleus has at its posterior border small
spiral appendage, and at its anterior border 7—8 gills.
It is carried by a peduncle directed backwards, and con-
nected to the tail by means of a cutis stripe, which farther
back forms the dorsal fin of the tail.) The swimming
fin is broadly oval, with coarse muscle bundles crossing
each other in two directions, and without a sucker.

The eyes are large and the tentacles short and
pointed, with a broad base.

1) Near the base of the nucleus there are in the specimen at
hand two peculiar thread-like appendages diverging from points at the
tight side of the peduncle. The meaning of these appendages is
unknown.

The proboscis forms a direct continuation of the
trunk, though slightly constricted before eyes. It does
not taper in front, but is abruptly cut and with the mouth
opening dorsally.

The radula (fig. 27) has median plates with
three spines, the one in the middle considerably larger
than the lateral ones; these spines are so tightly packed
that they might be considered as one spine with three
points. The intermediate plates have at their free
ends one spine overwhelmed by a short and blunt hook.
The lateral plates are nearly as long as the inter-
mediate ones.

The skin is smooth and (in the fixed animal) brow-
nish in colour, translucent, but not transparent as in
Carinaria. Small oblong cuticular spots are seen equally
spread all over the body.

One specimen, 12 mm. in length (measured between
the front end and the posterior border of the nucleus).

___Locality Depth |p ate 1910| Number of| Size

St. | Lat. N. | Long. W.| metres Individuals} © ™m.

52 | Bil DAY roy ae 50 June 0 1 | 12
Pterotracheidae.

Heteropods without a shell. The spindle- or
pear-shaped nucleus embedded in the body at or near
the posterior end of the animal.

This family includes the two genera Pterotrachea
and Firoloida, both of which are represented in the
material from the “Michael Sars’ Expedition.

Pterotrachea, Forskal.

In this genus the body is continued behind
the nucleus, forming a laterally compressed tail, which
gradually diminishes in vertical extension towards the
posterior end. No tentacles. The males have a sucker
at the edge of the swimming fin. Two longitudinal
rows of buccal teeth are found in the palate.

I fully agree with TrescH (1906) in his lament with
regard to the distinction of species within this genus.
The task of identifying new material with previously
described species is not only a difficult and time-wasting
one, but is in many cases absolutely impossible, most of
the old descriptions and figures referring to generic
characters only. Endeavours to unravel the synonymy
of the described species of Pterotrachea can therefore be
of very little scientific value; the only way of reducing
the chaos to order will be to leave out of consideration
all forms insufficiently described which can not be subjected

BONNEVIE — 11

8 KR. BONNEVIE

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

to renewed examination, and then by the exact methods
oi comparative anatomy attempt to formulate a series of
characters which shall be of real systematic value.

TescH (1906) has made a good move in this direc-
tion by drawing attention to the shape of the eyes and
nucleus as a point of significance for the distinction of
species; he also mentions the extension of the mus-
culature on the under side of the proboscis. Upon
these three characters he established the two subgenera:
1. Pterotrachea s. s. with cylindrical eyes, the retina of
which is scarcely broader than the distal part, with a
spindleshaped, long and narrow, nucleus, and with the
cross muscles of the proboscis covering its whole ventral
side; and 2. Euryopsis including those species with
broad eyes, the right and leit sides of which diverge
greatly towards the base, with a short and swollen,
pear-shaped nucleus, and with a muscle plate covering
both the ventral and lateral sides of the proboscis, though
only through half its lenght.

A distinction between these two subgenera will,
according to TESCH, prove easy enough, but characters
distinguishing the species are still wanting. And indeed,
his material seems to justify this view, for its subdivision
into the subgenera above mentioned is not difficult, while
at the same time six new species described by TEscn,
from the “Siboga” Expedition are characterized by only
relative marks,') which will not secure the recognition of
one species if a comparison with the others is excluded.
The size and development of the sexual organs, penis
and sucker, are by TEScH repeatedly used as specific
marks, although no information is given as to whether
the individuals had reached sexual maturity.

I have thoroughly examined the specimens of
Pterotrachea from the “Michael Sars” Expedition, in
order to find, if possible, some features which might be
considered characters of real specific value, i. e. constant
in all the individuals of one species, but varying from
one species to another.

The first result of my investigation is that I cannot
accept the two subgenera proposed by TeEscu, based
upon differences in the eyes and nucleus and in the
musculature of the proboscis.

1) Thus P. challengeri, is characterized (p. 85) “durch die
kurze, gedrungene Gestalt des Schwanzes, und weiter durch die be-
trachtliche Entwickelung des Saugnapfes und des Penis,’ — P. inter-
media, n. sp. (p. 86), erstens durch den langeren und niedrigeren
Schwanz, dann auch durch den kleineren und schwdcheren Saugnapf”.
— P. microptera, n. sp., finally is characterized by (p. 87), die relativ
kleine Flosse, welche nie die Grésse wie bei den vorhergehenden
Formen erreicht. “Bei den Mannchen kommt als ganz besonderes
Merkmal noch der auszerordentlich winzige Saugnapf hinzu, der kaum
sichtbar ist’.

I quite agree with TrscH that eyes and nucleus
represent very important systematic characters, and that
there is a conspicuous parallelism between these organs
in so far as relatively long cylindrical eyes are found in
species which have also a long and slender nucleus,
while broad-based eyes are met with in animals whose
nucleus is also broad and short. As already mentioned
by GEWERZHAGEN (1914), these two types do not however,
represent distinct groups in which the species of Ptero-
trachea may easily be distributed; they are only the
initial and final steps of an evolution within the whole
genus in a direction from the broad-based eyes and
nearly spherical nucleus of Cardiapoda to long cylindrical
eyes and a spindle-shaped nucleus. — A few steps of
this evolution is illustrated in textlig. A, showing eyes
and nuclei of five different species, or varieties, from the
material at my disposal.

The third feature mentioned by TEscu, the proboscis
musculature, will scarcely prove a character of syste-
matic value, at least not of practical value in the deter-
mination of species or subgenera. For the fact is that
the appearance of this musculature differs very much
with its state of contraction, so much indeed that in
some individuals it can not be distinguished at all, while
in other individuals of the same species, in which the
cross muscle fibres are contracted, the plate is more or
less conspicuous.

For these reasons I cannot regard the subgenera of
TESCH as expressions of the natural relations between the
species of Pterotrachea, and therefore I shall make no
use of them in my descriptions. A thorough examination
of the material at my hand has however, proved the
existence of a series of specific characters which, in the
present state of our knowledge, seem quite distinct and
unconnected by transitions.

Such characters are:

1) The shape of the eyes: whether they be cylindrical
or broadbased, and the relation between their width
and height.

2) The shape of the nucleus: the proportion between
its width and heighth and between the latter and
that of the whole body.

3) The cutis: a. Whether it is equally thick all over
the body, or with a distinct shield-like swel-
ling at certain parts of the body.

b. Whether it is smooth or provided with spots,
or tubercles, or both, and the arrangement of
such structures.

c. The existence of cuticularspines on the
forehead, in front of the eyes, in both sexes, or
only in one.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.]

HETEROPODA 9

4) The presence or absence of peribuccal teeth,

5)

irregularly grouped round the edge of the mouth,
in front of the two rows of buccal teeth always pre-
sent in the palate.

The position of the pedal ganglion in correlation
to the anterior edge of the fin. As is well known,
this ganglion, which may be clearly seen without
dissection through the transparent cuticular wall, is

N

Textfig. A.

6)

placed at a considerable distance from the head, near
the base of the swimming fin. Its position seems
absolutely fixed in each species. In many species it
occupies the same position, viz: right above the
anterior border of the swimming fin, but in some
species it is placed more posteriorly, above the an-
terior third of the swimming fin.

The position and surroundings of the osphradium

la-b P. gegenbauri. 2 a-b P. hippocampus var. apunctata. 3a-b P. hippocampus, vat. punctata. 4 a-b P. minuta. 5 a-b P. coronata.

This character, little used by earlier investigators, has
proved to be a very good specific mark. The long
linear osphradium is distinctly conspicuous, lying
anterior to the nucleus, surrounded in some way or
other by a cuticular wall. Its shape and_ position
seem to be quite constant in each species, and at
the same time differ from one species to another:
the osphradium may in one species be placed in the
median dorsal line, while in another it is placed on the
left side of the animal; the cuticular wall surrounding
the osphradium may, according to the position of the
latter, rise above the level of the body, or perhaps

7)
8)

form a pocket-like structure on the left side above
the heart; it may be smooth or tuberculated.
The arrangement, number and length oi the gills.
The tail also gives a number of characteristic
features of specific value: the number and width of
its longitudinal muscle bands, and the structure of
the cutis above these muscles. The latter may be
smooth or tuberculated, or it may be swollen so as
to form longitudinal ridges, especially along the dorsal
and ventral sides of the tail.

A structure of specific value is also to be seen
in the horizontally extended fin at the posterior

10 KR. BONNEVIE

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

end of the tail; it may consist only of a pair of
cuticular-folds on the sides of the tail, the dorsal
ridge of the latter continuing to the end of the fin,
or it may form a horizontally extended heart-like leaf,
upon which the various ridges of the tail are not
continued.

9) The male organs: the shape of the penis in
mature animals, and especially the position of the
sucker relatively to the median line of the swimming
fin; it may be placed either at the middle of the
edge of the fin, or anterior or posterior to that point.

10) The radula is in the genus Prerotrachea of relatively
little importance as a specific character, the difference
between the radulae of distinct species being slight,
and the variations in one and the same species, on
the other hand, great.

But, after all, a full description, or rather precise
drawings, of the different parts of the radula may be
of great importance in the recognition of a species.
The number and arrangement of spines on the median
plates, and on the free end of the intermediate plates,
may, together with other characters, be sufficient to
distinguish one species from another.

Most of the characters mentioned above vary from
one species to another in the material investigated,
but a few of them are constant in whole
groups of species, and seem therefore to repre-
sent characters of subgeneric value.

Such is the case with regard to the presence or
absence of a cutis-shield on the sides of the fore-
trunk, and of peribuccal teeth, and also with regard
to the position of the pedal ganglion.

In these characters one species brought home by
the “Michael Sars” differs from all the others, a
distinction sharp and important enough to group the
species of Pteroirachea in my hands into two sub-
genera different from those proposed by Tescu. The
characters of these subgenera will be given below.

Subgenus I. Heterodens includes species with a
dorsal cutis shield on the fore-trunk, with peri-
buccal teeth, and with the pedal ganglion in a
position considerably behind the anterior edge of the
swimming fin.

Heterodens gegenbauri, Vayssiére.
(Pl. IV, figs. 40—46).
Eyes (fig. 41, text fig. A. 1 a) large, cylindrical, their
height about twice the diameter of the eye-lens.

The nucleus (fig. 43, textfig. A. 1b.) does not
tise above the level of the body, its length measuring
about three times its greatets width.

The cutis is very clear and transparent, generally
without cuticular spots, but covered with cone-shaped
tubercles (concerning their distribution see below). No
cuticular spines on the forehead. The cutis-shield, cha-
racteristic of the subgenus, forms a thick gelatinous mantle
covering the back and the sides of the whole foretrunk.
Its greatest width is behind the eyes, and from this line
it gradually tapers towards the region of the swimming
fin. The anterior part of the trunk is, therefore, broadly
pear-shaped (fig. 40).

Buccal teeth in two rows, 6—7 in each row. Peri-
buccal teeth irregularly distributed in a circle round the
entrance to the mouth (fig. 42 p. t.).

The pedal ganglion (pg) is found considerably
behind the anterior edge of the swimming fin, at a distance
from this point of about 1/3 of the base of the latter (fig. 44).

The osphradium (0) is placed in the middle dorsal
line, surrounded by a tuberculated cuticular wall (fig. 43).

Gills, about 20 in number, forming a continuous
row posterior to the osphradium and nucleus.

The dorsal muscle bands of the tail scarcely devel-
oped, the ventral ones also very thin. Two pairs of lateral
muscles, the most ventral of which is the broadest. Each
muscle band is covered with a row of cuticular tubercles,
the cutis forming longitudinal ridges along the dorsal
and ventral edge of the tail (figs. 43, 46). These ridges
are not continued upon the heart-shaped, leaf-like tail
fin (fig. 46 a-b).

The swimming fin is semicircular, in the males
with a sucker placed anterior to its middle point, between
the first and second third of its border (figs. 40, 44 b).

The radula (textfig. B. 1) consists of about 24 rows
of teeth. Median tooth with 5 gradually diminishing
spines on each side of the middle spine. Intermediate
plates with a small secondary spine at their free end.
Lateral plates nearly as long as the intermediate plates.

Size of different individuals varying between 45 and
80 mm. in length, this variation greatly depending upon
the different degrees of contraction of tail and proboscis;
the variation in length of the trunk itself in full-grown
specimens is very slight, the average being about 40 mm.

The characters mentioned above fully justify the
indentification of our species with the one described by
VAYSSIERE (1904) as P. gegenbauri. This author mentions
the cutis-shield, so characteristic of the species, — a
character which is, however, not approved of by TEScH
(1906) as being of systematic value, representing in his
opinion only the hanging folds (,,Kehlsack”) so generally

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

HETEROPODA 11

occurring on the sides of the fore-trunk in a number of
species of Pterotrachea.

There is, however, a well-marked difference between
these structures: the cutis-shield of P. (Heterodens)
gegenbauri forms a thick, elastic, gelatinous mantle,
covering the back and sides of the whole fore-trunk,
making the latter appear broadly pearshaped, while the
soft meck folds in other species hang down ventrally,
and thus affect very little the appearance of the body as
seen from the dorsal side.

Generally no cuticular spots are found in this
species, the cuticle being quite clear and transparent all
over the body. In one specimen, however, a few cuticular
spots were found on one side (the left) near the base of
the swimming fin.

Clear conical tubercles are irregulary scattered all
over the dorsal side of the trunk, and in two longitudinal
rows on each side of the cuticular shield, while the
cuticle of the ventral side is quite smooth. Such is the
case also with the cuticle of the probocis.

The distribution of tubercles on the tail and round
the osphradium has been described above; there remains
now only to be mentioned a double row of tubercles
(fig. 45) on both sides of the seminal duct in the male.

The penis (fig. 45) forms a very conspicuous organ
on the right side of the male. Its copulatory part is
formed by an S-shaped double leaf, while the glandular
part is finger-shaped, clear and transparent and containing
near its free end an oval brown body.

This species is represented by 10 specimens taken
off the African coast and near the Azores.

Locality Depth Date | Number of | Size
St. | Lat. N. | Long. W.| metres 1910 individuals) ™m
23 30° 32/ Vineness 1215 |May 5-6 1 65
5 — — 200 — 1 45
25 45° 46' 8° 16’ 1700 7 163 1 45
28 36° (0! T° 19’ | 450—200] , 9 i ?
80

4 28° 52/7) 14° 167 200 » 13-14 2 | ff
: P | (70
} Va ° 7 (65
42 ae 2 14° 17 150 » 20-34 2 175
56 36° 53’ | 29° 47’ 150 |June 10-11) 1 80
58 Be Ol, || Ze 2ay 300 12-13) 1 40

Among other species probably or possibly belonging
to the subgenus Heterodens, may be mentioned: Ptero-
trachea seutata, Gegenbaur (1885), with its shield-like
cuticular swelling on the fore-trunk, an P. (Firola) talis-
mani, Vayssiere (1902), which carries peribuccal teeth
like P. Gegenbauri. A further investigation of these two
species will, however, be necessary in order to decide
whether they correspond also in regard to other characters.

Subgenus II, Eupterotrachea, includes the species of
Pterotrachea without a cutis-shield, without peribuccal
teeth, and with the pedal ganglion above the anterior
edge of the swimming fin.

Eupterotrachea hippocampus, Vayssiére.
(PI. Ill, fig. 28—39).

Eyes (figs. 29, 36a, textfig. A, 2—8 a) broad based,
so that the diameter of the retina is somewhat like the
height of the whole eye.

The nucleus (figs. 30, 38, textfig. A, 2—3 b) is short
and broad (its width about one-half of its length), and
does not reach the dorsal level of the body.

The cutis is soft and smooth, in fixed specimens
hanging down as folds on both sides of the neck. —
Tubercles are found scattered along the lateral muscle
bands of the tail, and occasionally also on the osphradium
wall. Cuticular spines before the eyes are found in two
irregular groups in the females (Sp. fig. 36 a and b),
while in the males they are either lacking or rudimentary
(figs. 28, 37). As to the existence of cuticular spots in
one variety of this species, see below.

Osphradium (o.) in the median dorsal line sur-
rounded by a cuticular wall, smooth or with scattered
tubercles (figs. 30, 38).

Gills short, 12—15 in number, forming a row po-
sterior to the osphradium wall (figs. 30, 38).

The longitudinal muscles of the tail are weak, the
dorsal and ventral ones are covered with cuticular ridges
without tubercles figs. 33, 38, 39). The dorsal ridge is
continued backwards upon the tail fin; the latter is there-
fore not leaf-like, as is the case with the species described
above, but shows a triangular cross-section, (figs. 33, 39).

The radula (textfig. B, 2—3) shows about 23 rows
of teeth. The median plate with a far protruding
median spine and more than five small spines on each
side. Intermediate plate without a secondary spine at
its free end, although it may be present as a rudiment in
one variety of the species (textfig. B, 3). Lateral plates
nearly as long as the intermediate ones.

Buccal teeth (fig. 31) broad-based, 5—6 in each of
two rows in the palate.

The copulatory part of the penis (fig. 32) consists
of a pair of broad, leaf-like lobes, while its glandular
organ is finger-shaped, with a sucker-like extension at the
end, and about twice as long as the two leaves.

In the females a broad, rounded cuticular papilla
is found on the right side of the animal in front of
the nucleus (fig. 30, P).

The size of the individuals of this species varies
from 20—80 mm. in length, most of the full-grown
specimens measuring 70—80 mm,

Textfig. B.

1. Heterodens gegenbauri. 2. Eupterotrachea hippocampus, vat. apunctata. 3. Do. do. var. punctata. 4. Eupterotrachea minuta, a. enlargement like
figs. 1-5, b. part of the Jatter, further enlarged. 5. Eupterotrachea coronata.

HETEROPODA 13

This species agrees on systematically important points
very well with the description given by VayssIERE (1904)
of his P. (Firola) hippocampus, so well indeed, that I do
not hesitate to identify the two forms, although a few
particulars remain doubtful. The concordance with P. hippo-
campus is evident with regard to the size and shape ol
the nucleus, the position and surroundings of the osphra-
dium (not mentioned by VayssiERE), the shape of tail and
tail fin, and also with regard to the structure of the radula.

The shape of the eyes, however, has not been con-
sidered by VayssiERE; nor does he mention any difference
between males and females with regard to the cuticular
spines of the fore-head, and finally the position of the
fin in front of the middle point of the body, at stated by
VAYSSIERE, was not to be found in the specimens at my
disposal.

The 24 individuals of Eupterotrachea hippocampus
brought home by the “Michael Sars” Expedition all coin-
cide with regard to the characters mentioned above.
They represent, however, with regard to the structure ol
their cutis two different varieties. One of these, var. pune-
tata, is characterized by presence of numerous cuticular
spots (c. sp.) on the ventral side, larger ones along the
base of the swimming fin (fig. 34a), and smaller ones
along the cuticular folds of the fore-trunk. Also on the
proboscis (fig. 29), and not only on the ventral side, nu-
merous small cuticular spots are to be found. In speci-
mens belonging to the other variety, var. apunctata, no
cuticular spots are to be found (fig. 35—37).

Of the 24 individuals 21 were taken in the Eastern
Atlantic, between the African coast and the Azores, while

3 individuals were taken at a station in the Western At-
lantic.

Locality Depth Date Number of | Size
St. |Lat.N. Long. W. metres 1910 individuals mm
Var. apunctata:
45 | 28° 42’ 20° 0 150 May 28-29) 1 2 70
D2 Oli 244 (3420477 50 June 6-7 il & 20
g — — 0 — 4 @ 40—55
3 — — 0) — 4S 40—55
DB) | e42097 332 17 1300 » 89 1 (def.) ca. 40
Var. punctata:
AN || DIS OY oye ys 0 May 30 1 & (def.) ?
48 28° 54’ 24° 14’ 0 mo ll OF 45—T7
. — — 0) — 20 70
49 | 29° 8 25° 16’ 130 June 1 1s 42
% — — 180 — i & 55
67 | 40°17’ 59° 39’ 100 Sines 2x 40—45
- — — 100 — 12 45

Eupterotrachea minuta, 0. sp.
(Pl. IV, fig. 47—82).

Eyes (fig. 48, textfig. A, 4a) cylindrical in their
distal part, but with retinal plates broader than the dia-
meter of the cylindrical part.

Nucleus spindle-shaped, slightly rising above the
dorsal level of the trunk (fig. 51, textfig. A, 4b). Its
height is about four times its greatest width.

The cutis is soft and quite smooth, with the ex-
ception of a few cuticular spots round the base of
swimming fin, and also on the ventral surface in front
of this place (fig. 49).

The osphradium (0) has a position somewhat to the
left of the median plane of the animal, and is surrounded
by a wall without tubercles (fig. 51). The right side of
this wall forms the median dorsal line, while the left side
of the wall is found lower down on the side of the animal.

Gills, 11 in number, forming a very regular row
with no great difference in their length, the largest gills
being found on the left side of the animal.

Tail without tubercles along the muscle bands, but
with dorsal and ventral cuticular ridges, the first of which
is continued backwards upon the tail fin. The latter is,
in the one individual at my disposal, somewhat torn so
that its shape can not be accurately described.

The radula (textfig. B, 4a—b). Number of rows
of teeth unknown. The median plate with 5—6 spines
on each side of the middle spine, which is not so far
protruding as in E. hippocampus (cfr. textfig. B, 3and4).
Intermediate plates with a secondary spine at their
free ends. Lateral plates nearly as long as the inter-
mediate plates.

Buccal teeth 5—6, cone-shaped with a narrow base
(fig. 50).

Only one small individual of this species is at my
disposal, and without making sections I am unable to
determine whether it is mature or not: I therefore prefer
to leave this question open until more material may be
obtained. The individual is a male carrying a penis
consisting of three small leaves, and a glandular organ,
ending in a sucker-like plate (fig. 52).

Size, 47 mm. in length.

This species differs from the others in the collection,
and from all other species hitherto accurately described,
especially in the shape of the eyes and nucleus, which
form an intermediate stage between the broad-based eyes
and broadly oval nucleus (subgen. Euryops of TescH) on
one hand, and the cylindrical eyes and spindle-shaped
nucleus (subgen. Pterotrachea s. s. of Tesch) on the other.

14 KR. BONNEVIE

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

The same intermediate stage is represented also in the
position of the osphradium, which lies on the left side of
the animal, but still very near the dorsal middle line.

Locality | Depth Date | Number of | Size
St. |Lat.N. Long. W.| metres 1910 | individuals | mm.
49° |29° 8! 25° 16% 50 | June 6 | ee | 47

Size. This is the largest species in the material
from the “Michael Sars” Expedition, full-grown individuals
measuring up to 180—220 mm. in length.

This species, which is well known from the Mediter-
ranean, was during the “Michael Sars” Expedition taken
outside this sea, as well as about the Azores and in the
Western Atlantic.

Eupterotrachea coronata, Forskal.
(Pl. V, fig. 5359).

Eyes (fig. 55, textfig. A, 5 a) long, cylindrical; length
of the eye more than double the diameter of the lens.

Nucleus long and slender, length abouth six times
the greatest width. It rises above the dorsal level of the
body for about 7/s of its length (fig. 54, textlig. A, 5b).

Cutis smooth, with afew cuticular spots round
the base of the swimming fin (fig. 56, c. sp.), with an
irregular group of spines (sp.) anterior to the eyes (fig.
53, 55), and with tubercles (t) on the tail only. Here
they form two pairs of longitudinal rows covering the
lateral muscle bands, and also occur on the dorsal and
ventral ridges, and even on the tail fin (fig. 57).

The osphradium (0) is situated on the left side of
the animal, and covered by a wall (without tubercles)
which forms a pocket-like structure below the gills (fig. 54).

Gills, ca. 15 in number, very unequal in size, a few
gills on the leit side being large and well developed, while
the others on both sides are quite rudimentary (fig. 54),

The muscle bands of the tail well developed, and,
as already mentioned, all covered by rows of tubercles.
The dorsal and ventral ridges end abruptly at the base
of the tail fin, so that the latter is leaf-like, and with a
deep incision, in which (in a few specimens) a tail filament
was found inserted (fig. 51).

The radula (textfig. B, 5) contains 25 rows of teeth.
Median plate with 6—10 spines on each side of the long
and narrow middle spine. Intermediate plates with
a pointed secondary spine at the free ends. Lateral plates
very long, reaching the free end of the intermediate plates.

Buceal teeth conical, 6—7 in each of two symme-
trical, longitudinal rows (fig. 59).

Copulatory part of the penis?) consists of a pair of
broad leaves, while the glandular part is a finger-like
structure tapering towards the distal end (fig. 58).

1) REUPSCH (1912), in his very thorough essay on the anatomy
of Heteropods, maintains that the glandular, finger-like portion of the
copulatory organ plays the rdle of a penis, while the shorter ventral
protrusion is by him considered as a ,Kopulationshilfsorgan* only.
His reasons for taking this wiew, differing from that of earlier invest-
igators, do not, however, seem clear enough for me to follow him.

Locality Depth Date |Numberof| Size

St. | Lat. N. |Long W.| metres 1910 | individuals} mm
ey ake wt 150

19 | 36° 5 4° 492’ |150—200 | May 2-3 2 { A Ven. iO
: = — 450 — il oy ca. 220
8 asp | ae a g 32

23 | 35° 32 Tv 7 200 » o-6 2 e 47
25 | 35° 36’ 8° 16’ 1700 » 18 1 ¢ 70
29; 35° 10/ UP Bey 1000 » 18-19 12 100
Hl} Sil? Boy | ae 7? 1000 | July 5-6 ikcy 80
i(tce 60

° / °

52 | 31° 24 34° 47’ 0 » 6-7 2 te 45
5S | SP ae? || eer ie 150) peo) ee oe
56 | 36° 53’ | 29° 47’ 50 » 10-11 I ef 80
” = = 150 — 48 20—60
i) |} Oe al || AS Oy 150 » 12-13 1 2 100
67 | 40° 17’ | 50° 389” 100 9 tt 1& 130

The vertical distribution of P. coronata, according to
the above list, seems to extend from the surface down to a
depth of 1000 and 1700 metres. It must, however be remem-
bered that a few specimens may have been caught during
the passage of the gear through the surface layers of the
sea, and therefore the records from stations 25, 29 and
51 should not be taken as real evidence of the occurence
of P. coronata in depths like those mentioned above. In
all probability it belongs to the surface-layers of the ocean
in depths between 0 and 200 metres.

As will be seen from the above descriptions of the
species of Eupterotrachea in the material from the “Michael
Sars” Expedition, they form a continuous series begin-
ning with E. hippocampus, through E. minuta, ending
with E. coronata. Within this series a development may
be traced from broad-based eyes and a broadly pear-
shaped nucleus on one hand, to cylindrical eyes and a
long and slender spindle-shaped nucleus on the other,
and at the same time from a median dorsal position of the
osphradium to a position at the left side of the body.
When more species of Pterotrachea have been accurately
described, this series may probably be augmented by
new points, either at the ends or in the middle of eth
series.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

HETEROPODA. 15

Firoloida.

In species belonging to this genus the tail is rudi-
mentary. The males have a pair of tentacles ahead
of the eyes, and a sucker at the border of the swim-
ming fin.

Firoloida desmaresti, Lesueut.
(Pl. V, figs. 60—66).

Eyes cylindrical, their total length more than twice
the diameter of the lens (fig. 64).

Nucleus irregulary spherical or pearshaped, with the
rudimentary tail protruding beneath its ventral side (figs.
61—62).

Cutis transparent and quite smooth, without spots,
spines or tubercles.

The svimming fin is large, subspherical, its dia-
meter being about three times the width of the body. The
sucker of the male is placed on its anterior border (fig.
60, 63).

The radula carries about 25 rows of teeth. The
median plate of each has its spines (three small spines
on each side of a large one) secluded between the large
sickle-shaped side — pieces of the plate. Intermediate
plates have no secondary spines at their free ends.
Lateral plates sickle-shaped, nearly as long as the inter-
mediate ones (fig. 66 a—b).

The males carry a pair of tentacles protruding
from the forehead close to the base of the eyes (fig. 65) |
a sucker on the anterior border of the svimming fin
(fig. 63) and a pair of fingershaped appendages protru-
ding from the anterior side of the nucleus, each of
them containing a dark, more or less spherical, body ')
(fig. 62).

In the females (figs. 61, 64) all these structures are
lacking, but in a number of individuals we find a long
egg-chord, by thin walls divided into chambers, in which
the eggs are placed (fig. 61).

E Locality __| Depth Dato |Numberof| Size
Si Silane | Long W. | metres 1910 | individuals; = mm.
19 | 36° 5’ | 4° 42" | 0 |May 23) 11 ¢ 10—25
AS || ORS) || QO AY | 0 29 4 9 25
|| IRQ BP |) DO Bey | O. 5 BD Bg ca. 10
43 | 28° 54” | 24°14 | 0 | , St 4g ca. 20
AQ) ||999 8”)|) 25°) 164 | 1000(2) | July 1 19 20

‘ i | (52 1830

56 | 36° 53’ | 29° 47’ | 0 | > 10-11 { 9 3 1290
Beeler ath 150() Weeds 5 © 17—20

x | | | 20 1D

1) The fixation of my material does not allow of any discussion
concerning the special meaning of these peculiar structures, which
probably form parts of the copulatory organ.

Bibliography.

GEGENBAUR, C. 1855: Untersuchungen tiber Pteropoden und Heteropoden.

GEWERZHAGEN, ADOLF 1914: Zur Organisation der Heteropoden, Sitz.
ber. d. Heidelberger Akad. d. Wiss.

GROBBEN, CARL 1888: Zur Morphologie des Fusses der Heteropoden.
Arb. aus dem Zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien, T. VII.

CRASUCKI, ADAM 1911: Unters. tiber Anatomie und Histologie der
Heteropoden, Bull. internat. de l’acad. de sci. de
Cracovie.

MACDONALD, JOHN D. 1862: On the anatomy and Classification of
the Heteropoda. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin Vol.
XXII.

MACDONALD, JOHN D. 1871: Discovery of Buccal Teeth in the Genus
Firola. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. Vol. XI N. Ser.

OBERWIMMER, ALFRED 1898: Zool. Ergebnisse X, Mollusken II, ges.
von S.M. Schiff ,,Pola‘‘, Denkschr. Kais. Akad.
Wiss. B. 65.

d’ Orsicny, A. 1847: Voyage dans 1’ Amerique meridionale, t. 5.

PANETH, JOSEF 1885: Beitrage zur Histologie der Pteropodon und
Heteropoden, Arch. f. micr. Anat. Bd. 24.

RATTRAY ALEX. 1869: On the Anatomy, Physiology and Distribution
of the Firoloidae. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. Vol.
XXVII.

REUPTSCH, ERICH 1912: Beitr. zur Anatomie und Histologie der

Heteropoden Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 102.

1912: Eigentiimliche Organe bei Heteropoden

(Pterotrachea und Carinaria) Zool. Anz. Bd. 39.

SmiTH, EpGar A. 1888: Rep. on the sci. results of the voyage of H.M.S.
Challenger, 1873—76. Vol. 23.

SOULEYET 1852: Voyage autour du Monde —-—— — de La Bonite. t. II.

TescH, J. J. 1906: Die Heteropoden der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-

Expeditie. Mon 51.

Das Nervensystem der Heteropoden.

Wiss. Zool. Bd. 105.

VAYSSIERE, A. 1902: Opisthobranches. Exp. Travailleur et Talisman.

VAYSSIERE, A. 1904: Mollusques Heteropodes provenant des campagnes
des yachts Hirondelle et Prinsesse Alice. Result.
d. Camp. sci. — — — du Prince de Monacco
Fasc. 26.

SCHREIBER, KURT

ESCH LOLS: Zeitschr. f.

Fig.

KS)

S29) C9 SI) LY ee Co

» UG

18.
IIS).
20.
21.

22.
23,

24.
25.
26.
27.

PI.

5 as

29:
30.

31.
32.
33.

Explanation of the Plate.

Pl. I. Atlantidae.

Oxygvrus keraudreni, Rang (X 8). a.
b. in dorsal view.

The same, operculum a. mytiloid centre of the oper-
culum (>< 20) 6. the whole operculum (X 20).

The same, radula. a. (>< 210), b. ( 80).

Atlanta peronii, Rang, the whole animal in lateral view (x 8),
Head of the same (X 20).

Operculum of the same, a. ( 20), b. (>< 40).

Radula, (< 400), a. s. accessory spine.
Atlanta fusca, Souleyet (>< 20).
Operculum of the same, (>< 40).

Atlanta macrocarinata, n. sp. (< 8). a.
lateral view.

The same (< 20).

Part of the radula (550). a. s. accessory spine.
Operculum of the same (>< 40).

Atlanta sp. Dorsal part of the operculum (>< 40).
The same, radula (< 400). a. s. accessory spine.

in lateral view.

in dorsal, 6. in

Pl. I. Carinariidae.

17. Carinaria lamarcki, vat. challengeri n. var. Two
specimens, nat. size.

The same. Part of the head of.
tentacle ( 8).

The same, swimming fin with sucker, s. Pedal ganglion,
p: &. (XK 8).

The same, part of the body with nucleus, penis, P. and tail.
Cl. clasper-like organ of the tail. c. sp. cuticular sport, (< 8).
The same, tail with clasper, (< 20).

The same, radula. a. (>< 400), b. c. ( 80).

The same. Part of the body of the specimen in fig. 16.
c. sp. cuticular spots, ¢. tubercles. P. penis, p. g. pedal
ganglion, s. sucker ( 8).

Tail of the same specimen. Cl. clasper (> 8).

Young specimen of the same species, (>< 8).

Cardiapoda richardi, Vayssiere. (X< 8).

The same. Radula (>< 80).

fig. 17, with eyes and

PI. I1—V. Pterotracheidae.
WI, Eupterotrachea hippocampus, Vayssiére.

E hippocampus, vat. punctata, male, nat. size,

Head of the same. (x 8).

Part of the body of the same, with n. nucleus, g. gills, and
o. osphradium. P, papilla of the female.

The same. Buccal teeth, one of the two rows (< 80).
The same. Penis (> 8).
The same. Tail, showing the dorsal ridge continuing upon

the horizontal tail fin (< 8).

Fig. 34 a—b. The same.

Fig.

30.
36

37.

38.

39.

42.

64.
65.

66

Parts of the swimming fin. (< 8), a, base
of the fin, with cuticular spots (c. sp.) and pedal ganglion
(p. g.). 8, border of the fin with sucker.

The same species var. apunctata. Base of the fin.

a—b. The same. Head of female in dorsal (a) and lateral

(b) view. Sp. cuticular spines. (>< 8).

The same. Head of male; no cuticular spines. (<< 8).

The same. Part of the bedy with N, nucleus, G, gills, and 0,
osphradium (x 8).

Tail of the same (>< 8).

PI. IV.

Heterodens gegenbauri, Vayssiére, nat. size, male.

Head of the same (x 8).

Part of the palate of the same, showing buccat teeth in two
longitudinal rows, b. t., and in front of these the peribuccal
teeth, p. t.

Part of the body with nucleus (n), gills (g) and osphradium
(0) (x 8).

a—b. Parts of the swimming fin of a male (<8). a. base
of the fin with pedal ganglion, p. g. 6. border of the fin
with sucker.
The same.
(X 8).

a—b. Two different views of the tail. The dorsal ridge is
not continued upon the horizontal tail fin. (X< 8).
Eupterotrachea minuta, n. sp. Male, nat. size.

Head of same (x 8).

Swimming fin of the same with sucker (s) and pedal
ganglion (p. g.) (X 8).

Buccal teeth (b. t.) of the same, (>< 8).

Part of the body of the same, with nucleus (n), gills (g)
and osphradium (0), (< 8).

Penis of the same (X 8).

Penis with seminal duct, surrounded by tubercles

PI. V.

Eupterotrachea coronata, Forskal, nat. size.

The same. Part of the body with nucleus (n), gills (g) and
osphradium (0). (x 8).

Head of the same (> 8).

The same. Base of the swimming fin with cuticular spots
(c. sp.) and pedal ganglion (p. g.) (X 8).

Taii of the same ( 8).

Penis of the same (> 8).

Row of buccal teeth of the same (x 80).

Firoloida desmaresti, Lesueur, male, (X< 8).

The same. Nucleus and egg-chord (e.c.) of a female (X< 20),
The same. Nucleus and copulatory organ of a male (< 20).
The same. Swimming fin with sucker (s) and pedal

ganglion (p. g.) (< 20).
The same. Head of a female (>< 20).
The same. Head of a male (> 20).
a—b. The same. Parts of the radula (< 400).

hie

ig )
BU
; owt RS

nea: ?

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910.

Vol. Ill.

Bonnevie:—Heteropoda.

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” Nerth Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910, Vol. III. Bonnevie:— Heteropoda. Pl. I.

Se

Bed pg:
aN 7
ee

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. Ill. Bonnnevie:—Heteropoda. JEANS HE,

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. II]. Bonnevie:—Heteropoda. Pl. Iv.

YY Ge, Pf: : : ae ae a

HL i

. ‘
= N U a
ea
™ A i her : ;
= bd Y r - p
: ; ¥ !
: \
' P
i
F

*
il)
aif
7h
U '
. i
}
4

ic

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. II. Bonnevie:—Heteropoda., Pl.

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES

FROM THE

“MICHAEL SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

BY

OSCAR SUND

WITH 2 PLATES, 49 FIGURES IN THE TEXT, AND CHARTS

aS

rae a ;

Contents.

Pag Pag.
ANEL RT OOGHIT CLI © EI Mea ens cee Sea re ach atlases Sshaeh gracadsi anton ieeresccaice Ae yAmalopenceusielegans;. Smit prereset eee 27
Lemmeibise Weeyametirabht, 1G WN LEXIE IS cc ccconer anascaccbecescAescnchercacce-ceerpeeReAeNs 5 -- walens: Smits ooo. 28
SELES LCS ee eee ere race fe hn enecneaea bck oases ustiarssher siti tstatveveieisettes 5 — TOURIST, TBLOVER HSS cccoccocdeccescccosososocceccacoccucosceckoctoseocoecdoe ott 29
SHIPESSUSS TWTNUIESTTTIS, INCCON/ Cite concesbscescoccocosco ce scence ace cascEREuCESHCCCOCCOCE CECE 7 = Alicei BOUVICK src emcsserss nce assee nee eee eee 29
= GHlanlcus, HM. Edwards. nnn 7 Benthesieyms brasiliensis, Bate oonsninnnnnnsniny 29
— ARG ELGLIS MACRO VIE Lopes rec cae ne a Sates el ee 8 7 Hjorti Mee, wpereestice 30
on corniculum, nt. sp. 9 — longipes, Bouvier SEE Eee a oo coodicotioronccsees 30
os Papnetioe Smithi: 11 _ Garinatus; Smithy | 2c eee ee eae eet 30
— _ splendens, n. sp. .. 14 Plesiopenzus Edwardsianus, JOWMSO........c.ccc-ccccseesecceeesteeene 30
a FA: L0Ke LESS UES) Oe LGM WAristeopsis) tridens, Smithy.) een eee nee eee 31
— ERO PIGUSs Mey SPA riesestatssisedtioessyctveleticutsiue vee Uetesesh tested Seawestan? 18 Aristeomorphea foliacea, Risso .... 31
— ATLOUTS #a MULT DLL ery ee cost Seat ca lear eae c ee ee tse tats eke eas vascose ste 20 Funchalia Woodwardi, Johnson... 39
= WHET, SHUTTLE Ei beaeteeseconcnenta se onencocecbnccor combeeenen eaece ken 21 Parapenzus longirostris, Lucas .... 32
ai armatus. KrOyer .......-ssse-- 23) SpongicolayKoelileri, Caulleny 1 eee eae eee 32
— _ pectinatus, (Hansen) n. nov. ... DES Bibl Geta phy: secsciccseeeicvesoeenross al ae 33
— _Henseni, Ortm. «0... cece =1)20 8) Record of zooplankton) fishing see ee 34
Pe cuckdsi hroyers eee re We Chats la ae 35

— (AAGEIMUMOSOyTEN) CSTE, fills 94 cconctonncaocccnocsceecroeredoaeeecedonasderon 27

Introduction.

This paper, dealing with the Pengzids and Steno-
pids, forms the first part of the memoir upon the decapod
Crustaceans taken during the “Michael Sars” North At-
lantic Deep-Sea Expedition in 1910. Subsequent papers
will treat of the other prawns and of the Reptantia in a
similar manner, and will contain a general account af the
decapod fauna of the Atlantic from the geographical and
biological points of view, based upon the material col-
lected by the Expedition.

The technical terms used are those generally employed
in modern works. In stating the size of a specimen I
ahve made a departure from the usage hitherto common,
giving the lateral length of the carapace (measured from
the ocular sinus to the hinder edge of the carapace) where
not otherwise stated. I have introduced this innovation
because the total length is often very difficult to determine
accurately and, when the rostrum is included, this measure-
ment may give a false idea regarding the dimensions of
the animal, as the relative length of the rostrum differs
exceedingly, not only in the different species of decapoda,
but also in different individuals of the same species.

For most species tables are inserted indicating (1) the
dimensions, i. e. length of carapace, (2) the bathymetrical
distribution, and (3) the number of specimens taken. The
depths are estimated as equal to half the length of wire
paid out (m. w.), and in the opinion of mr. Thor Iversen,
the captain of the “Michael Sars” during the Expedition,
this estimate is generally not far from the truth.') But
even if one knew the actual depth at which the appli-

ances were towed, it must be borne in mind that an ani-
mal may occasionally be caught while hauling in. The
influence of this source of error is however considerably
lessened in the case of species taken in great numbers,
as the number of specimens caught during the short time
required to haul will always be small compared with
the number taken during the long time devoted to tow-
ing horizontally. The following abbreviations are made
use of:—

mxp.* = third maxilliped AiteL HAN Ce eRIeE:

trl? =, pereiopod (trunkleg)

lsn. =silknet, 1 metre in diameter.

y. = young-fish trawl (with an opening of four
Square metres).

31n. = large net, 3 metres diameter.

m. w. = metres of wire paid out.

In the tables indicating the catches, each specimen
is represented by a figure denoting its size, following
the sign for sex., e. g. o 5 = a male with carapace 5
millimetres long; @ 6-7 3 5-7 = two females and two
males, the length of carapace being respectively 6 and 7,
and 5 and 7 mm. The sign ©) is used to indicate im-
mature specimens, the sex of which could not be deter-
mined.

I take the opportunity of offering my thanks to dr.
Hyort for placing in my hands for examination the rich
collections from the Expedition he so succesfully carried
through.

The printing of this paper, which was ready in manuscript in 1915, has been delayed by the fire in jan.

1916 and by war-time difficulties.

Bergen, jan. 1920.

Litterature appeared since 1915 has consequently not been considered.

1) Subsequent scrutiny of the records has, however, shown that the depth attained may go up to two thirds of the length of wire

paid out.

volume), p. 5.

The steepness of the wire is apparently greater when a great length is out, on account of the lesser speed caused by the greater
resistance from the great number of nets which were attached to the single wire.

See also J. GriEG: Brachiopoda etc. (in the present

eh

PENEIDES.

Sergestide.

This family contains the genera Sergestes, Leucifer,
Aphareocaris and Petalidum, of which the two last-named
are not represented in the “Michael Sars’’ collections.

For information regarding the species not treated of
in this paper, readers are, above all, referred to Hansen’s
papers (1896 and 1903).

Leucifer Reynaudii, H. Milne Edwards.

This tiny transparent animal, which looks so little
like a shrimp, seems to belong exclusively to the surface
of the sea. It was taken in the S. E. portion of the
area only.

I have not had access to Milne Edwards’ original de-
scription; but have determined the specimens by means
of Bates’ drawings and description in the “Challenger”

Report.
Table of catches.

St. | Gear | m. w.| Number | Sex
As) \) lem | O | 1 lo
45 | 1 sn |} 200 1 lo
7 | 1 sa | 100 | OQ Ae we
46 | 1 sn 0 Diet| ecules
47 | 1/2 sn| 40 1) BS” Bee
48 | 1/2 sn} 7800 eae ae loss
49 | y | 370 1 12
51 f lsn | 0 113 432 700
fo?) all snp) 10 Bey OPE Oe
8 | 9 184 | 1057 79 2
Sergestes.

For the synonymy of this genus I refer to HANSEN (1896).

Ever since the first Sergestes was captured the genus
has been a source of difficulty, and even now, I believe,
there is still much to be added to our knowledge of it,
especially concerning the role which Sergestes plays as
a component of the oceanic plankton. Two circumstances
seem to have obscured our knowledge regarding Ser-
gestes, (and this applies also to many other oceanic ani-
mals), viz: (1) the adults live generally at some distance
from the surface and are consequently more difficult to
obtain than the small larve, usually found in the upper-
most waterlayers; (2) the adults seem to be powerful

swimmers and hence were not so easily captured before
the introduction of steamships in marine investigations
allowed of the deep-sea appliances being towed at a
greater speed than was formerly practicable.

During the “Michael Sars” Expedition in 1910 the
Atlantic watermasses were investigated by means of effec-
tive tow-nets, etc., and the captures of presumably swiftly
swimming animals like fish and prawns were considerable,
not to be compared to anything brought home by former
expeditions. Our knowledge of the genus Sergestes has
been much extended by an examination of the rich
material collected.

Firstly I should like to point out that Sergestes and
some other prawns (Hoplophoride and Pasiphaide) form
an essential part of the oceanic mesoplankton, and pro-
bably play an important role as food for fishes, whales
and other large aquatic animals.

Not only are the “Michael Sars” plankton samples rich
in quantity, but they also contain many new forms, and
have led to a better understanding of the relationship of
the forms previously described. Thus of Sergestes four
new species are described in this paper, viz: S. grandis,
S. splendens, S. tropicus and S. pectinatus and the adults
of two species formerly known only as larve were found
in great numbers in the Atlantic, viz.: S. armatus, Kr.
and S. corniculum, Kr.

Since Hansen’s two important papers on Sergestes
were published (1896 and 1903) our knowledge of the
genus cannot be said to have been greately extended.
Explorations in the Mediterranean have proved the exi-
stence in that sea of a good number of the Atlantic forms
(Pesta 1913, u, f).

The following key is in its main features similar to
that given by Hansen in 1896, though synonyms and
names applying only to larve are not included, while
some slight alterations are introduced. S. corniculum Kr,
is transferred to group B Il, as made necessary by a study
of the adult. The same is done with S. rubroguttatus
Wood Mason which undoubtedly is nearly related to it.

A number of species not captured by the expedition,
and of which our knowledge is rather incomplete, are not
included, e. g. S. hamifer Wood Mason, etc.

The species taken by the “Michael Sars” are printed
in heavy type and the letters after each name denote the
main facts about their distribution, A signifying the At-
lantic Ocean, P the Pacific, / the Indian and NV the Nor-
wegian Sea, M the Mediterranean.

6 OSCAR SUND (REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Review
of the species of Sergestes.

Names of species treated in this paper are printed in heavy type.

A. First joint of antennular peduncles much longer than third.
I. Two outer joints of antennular peduncles robust, nearly as broad Ss

: MOUS P Smitha A.
a8 US 4 So UAOES IPEEOMs oo050 0000000¢ IP,
1. Cornea small, not broader than stalk, integument soft...... GS, finortians BR, 6 sesec 5. P.
So ODPTECIHS WBA osc ncc0ad00c 2,
2. Cornea larger than stalk, skin hard as in prawns.
a. No ocular spot or tubercle S. bisulcatus W. Mason ....... I.
2 NO IiiMONS ORFAMS (CO) coscosaccovscasvccnveoateoac s bisulcatus Stebbing ........ A.
S. prehensilis Bate............ P.
8. Luminous organs present
) S. robustus Smith.......... N.A.M.
+ On scaphocerite and uropods only ............. Is grandis u. sp...... iti A
a Also One Others Pants: me Menmmnmee Crier Gyn Jee sce ‘Sy Challencerie tins eee Pp.
S. gloriosus Stebbing ......... A.
bs t@cularispot presentyc. te eae ea oe slots nec S. splendens n. sp. ......... A.
Sa GardineriaKeMp ene I.
Sy UONET) IBA. 5 Soon 0 6609005 IP,
ewOculartubercleypresenty.eree coe eee eae cso cle ecco Sy /ACORGHS JPEEOM oscccoaccaes P.
S. tropicus n. sp............ A.
II. Two outer joints of antennular peduncles slender much narrower
than the first
1. Body very slender, cephalic portion very long............. S. tenuiremis Kt............ A.PI.
2. Body not so slender, no abnormal distance between mouth
and eyes: 9
soe Si arcucus Kye eee eee N.A.M.
a. Hairfringe on more than half the length of outer uropod is ie PEI ee kee pe
b. Hairfringe on less than half the length................. S. Henseni (Ortm.) H.J.H... A.
B. First joint of antennular peduncle shorter than third or of same
length.
I. Mxp.* not thicker and longer than trl. Outer edge of outer
uropods fringed with sete for less than half their extent, the
hairfringe limited proximally by a tooth.
1. No spine on epimeron of 5th abd. segment ............ S. atlanticus H. M. Edw..... M.A.LP.
2. Curved spine present on 5th abd. epimeron .............. S. cornutus Kt. ............ A.
II. Mxp.® more robust than trl. Tooth on outer uropods generally
absent. S. corniculum (Kt.)........ M.A.LP.
1. 6th joint of mxp.* divided into 6 subjoints ............... S. Edwardsi Kt. ............ A

S. rubroguttatus Wood Mason?) 1.
2. 6th joint of mxp.? div. into 5 subjoints. Mxp.® with ‘“comb-

alikes stows OlsShort spines). alee erormen sk tiore ees: S. pectinatus n. sp.......... A.
3. 6th joint of mxp.*® divided into 4 subjoints. .

a. Hairfringe on less than half the length of outer uropod. S. incertus H.J.H............ A.

b. Hairfringe on more , —,— —,— —,—
«. 20—25 spines on 6th joint of mxp.®............... S. vigilax Stimpson ......... A.

B.13—15 , =) 16th:y ah aaa

+ 3rd joint of antennular peduncle as long as the Ist S. diapontius Bate, H.J.H..... A.

++ 3rd joint of antennular peduncle 4/3 longer than
[SaU IS Ase oe Ap on P a RAEN ARRON Gr psSieic At 3 cn oda Boned a ae S. armatus (Kr.) ............ A.

1) The structure of the mxp,* not known to me, but probably like that of S. corniculum.

ATLANT DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 7

Sergestes tenuiremis Kroyer.

S. longicollus BATE 1888.
S. junceus BATE 1888.
S. tenuiremis HANSEN 1896.

Only a single young specimen was taken during the
expedition, C—7 (total length about 17 mm.), at st. 64.
1 sn, 100m.w. The eyes are not black, and the sex
cannot be determined.

According to HaNseEN (1896) S. tenuiremis is known
from all three oceans, though only from their warmer
areas, the most northerly record being lat. 32°16’ in the
Atlantic. St. 64 lies in lat. 34° 44’N.

Sergestes cornutus Kroyer.
S. cornutus KROYER 1855.
S. longispinus BATE 1888.
S. cornutus HANSEN 1896.

Figs. 1—3. Sergestes cornutus. 1) § 5, st. 45, y 2000. Petasma, (°°/1).
2) © 2-5, st. 64, y 300, (%/1). 3) © 1.7, st. 49, y 300, (45/1).

A few specimens of this species were taken in the
southern part of the area explored by the “Michael Sars”.
Previously it was known from the central Atlantic as far
north as the latitude of Florida, and, according to Ort-
MANN (1893), from the central Pacific.

Fig. 1 is a drawing of the petasma. The specimen
is possibly not fully developed, as it is difficult to form
an idea about the homology of the part compared with
the structure found in other species. The process marked
b certainly corresponds to 0 in the petasma of S. robustus.

HANSEN, in his description of the mastigopus states
that the fourth segment of the abdomen does not carry
any spine, but in nearly all the “Michael Sars” a dorsal
spine is found, even up to a size of C= 4 (L = about
14 mm.) and where it is lacking it seems to have been

broken off. Fig. 2 is a drawing of a specimen 7-5 mm.
long (C.= 2-5). Fig. 3 is the smallest specimen in the
collection (C= 1-4 mm.), taken at st. 49.
St. | Gear | m. w. | Number Sex, size
|
45 | 2000 1 J 5
48 | 1 sn 0 2 vo404
49 | y 370 2 24© 14
5 [igo |) WOO | i © 35
64/1sn|] 200} 3 © WB, BD. Oi
» y 300 4 © 2-5, 2-1, 2-0, 1-9
» | 3/4 sn} 600 1 @ 2-9
Od ast E00) | See ee Se
(6) | ©) 15

}

Sergestes atlanticus H. Milne Edwards.

. atlanticus, H. MILNE EDWarDs 1830

frisii, KROYER 1855.

. ancylops, KROYER 1855.

. pacificus, STIMPSON 1860 (fide HANSEN 1896).
. ovatoculus, BATE 1888.

. atianticus, do. (partim).

. atlanticus, H. 1. HANSEN 1896 and 1903.

H. I. Hansen in his papers of 1896 and 1903 has
fully discussed the synonymy, and traced the development,
of this species, which proves to have a world-wide di-
stribution in the warmer seas. During the “Michael Sars”
Expedition it was taken only along the southern section,
and mostly in the upper waterlayers, though the adults
seem to descend to intermediate depths.

Table of batymetrical distribution.
Size (C)
3-4 [5=7

AnHRAKRHHN

Depth?) | dauls Total

0--200| 18 53 36 89
200—500 3 4 4 8
over 500) 13 6 22 28

‘Total....| 34 63 62

1) The depth is estimated as half the length of rope (‘“m. w.”).

OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS" NORTH

Table of sizes. (C in mm.)

Size......| 1a] 2 |2¥2| 3 |3¥2| 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
Males........ be | | 7 i) | 3
Sanbies i | | | | 5 | 15 | 7

| 3 | 22 1 | 18 3/76/10 6 | 4

Fig. 4.

In this species, the length of
the carapace (C) seems not to ex-
ceed 7 mm. corresponding to a total
length of about 20 mm. A figure
is given of the petasma (fig. 4).

S. atlanticus,

o 7, st. 48, 1/2 sn 7800,

petasma, (19/1).

Table of catehes.

(Hauls made during night marked *)

St. Gear | m. v. | Number Sex, size
|
19 |4in | 900) 1 © 2
25* | 1/2 sn | 3400 1 2 6
29 | y | 400 5 2h BG, &, & &
- | y | 2000 YD 96,07
34*| y | 400 1 Q7
42#| y | 900 1 2 6
451 sn | 200| 2 |©3,3
Eel ay, | 300 3 2) 7, 6, 6
s*| y | 2000 2 ORT:
Fa leth Saydpo 1 Vie2
. | Y2sn| 7800 eee
49*| y | 2000 1 ©3
51#| 1 sn| 0] A ES OVS ED
52 | 1 sn 0 15 1, 1, 1, 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5) 4, 42
| | 11/2
}4/2 sn} 100 1 @ 14/2 (dubious)
. | 3 sn} 1200 | 1 7
53*| 1 sn 0 9 | G ae Sy eee es
-*|1sn| 100} 11 | 96,6, 46, 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, © 3%, 142
fly 300 2 2 6, 6
.*| y | 1600 1 3
»*| 3 In | 2600 2 96,5
56% | 1 sn | 0 | 2 | © 3%/2, 31/2
.*| 1 sn | 100 | 1 ©3
.*| y | 2000 | ie Eye
.*| 3 In | 3000 DN RON NG
62*| 1 sn 0 2 | ©4, 22
64 |1sn| 200} 11 Cb B,D, OF OOO RO OO)
Ley AOU) i || zh A, 4S) AY aE Sh 1) ONO) on oy OG)
, |2%/s sn| 600 1 |@2
x y 1000 | BD) \\ (Oye, a P
a y 2000 | 4 615; 5; 3
~ | 3s sn | 2600 3 0 5, 36, 5
67 | y 200 5 =) 4) 3, 3, 3, 3
: y 1200 6 2 7, 6, 6, 6, © 4, 4
69 | 1 sn} 200 1 ~) 2
80 |%/s sn} 600 2 °) 5, 5
17 | 36 125

|
|
|
|
|

Sergestes arcticus Kroyer.
. arcticus, KROYER 1855.

. atlanticus, BATE 1888 (partin).
. arcticus, HANSEN 1906.

. arcticus, WASSERLOOS 1908.

ANNN

This species seems to bee
commonest of the genus, and
was indeed captured by the
“Michael Sars” Expedition in all
regions of the North Atlantic.
Its anatomy is so well known
that it is wummecessary to add
anything but a drawing of the
petasma (fig. 5), to show the
homologies with S. robustus, the
petasma of which I have taken
as the standard of comparison
(see fig. 11). It will be seen that
the part d is not found in S. g
arcticus, while the part c, which &
in most species is unarmed, is Fis: 5. S- arcticus, < 16, st.
: 4 ; : 102, 3 In 1500, Petasma, (19/1).
in this species armed with a row
of spine clusters. This structure is figured by Kemp
(1910) pl. Il.

The “Michael Sars” specimens are arranged according
to size in the following table:

Sizes (C in mm.)
1 |2 | 3|4|5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |10/11|12|13]14|15)16|17|18|19

Males ei eoeecne 3/5] 1 1
Females................ 2/2)4/5/5/4/3/2
WOVE saccocncccoocoret80 18}23} 2 | 8 |19|26|20)6 | 9} 1) 2

The vertical distribution differs for the larve and for
the adults, and is correlated with the fact that the latter
posses a fair amount of red pigment (see Kemp 1910,
p. 32), while the larvae are nearly colourless. (Compare
this with the table of vertical distribution of the different
sizes).

Size (C in mm.)
Depth m.| Hauls Total
I= | 1015 | =i
0—200 12 55 1 56
201—500 14 48 5 53
over 500 7 il 18 15 60
Total ........ 441) 100 24 15 170

It appears that the grown up individuals do not
ascend much beyond 500 m. from the surface, the species
resembling in this respect Acantephyra purpurea and other
prawns, the horizontal distribution of which it also shares,
being found all over the Atlantic, as far north as 65° N. lat.
between Iceland and Greenland. It has also been taken
in the Norwegian Sea on several occasions both by Danish

1) One haul from unknown depth.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 9

and Norse Expeditions, on the Norwegian Coast as far
north as in the Trondhjem-fiord. In May 1911 it was
taken in the Sogne-fiord along with Pasiphea principalis
and P. multidentata (SuND 1913). Generally it may be
stated that Sergestes arcticus in the Northern Atlantic
has nearly the same distribution as the genus Pasiphea.

Table of catches. (Hauls dwing night marked *)

St. | Gear | m. w.| Number Sex, stze
fOre|) =y | 300 1 2 11
i ? ? 1 2 12
19 4 In 900 5 SRL2 EOS ©6505
23% y 400 1 ©7
42* | 1 sn 200 1 28
53* y 1600 1 ©5
62* | 1 sn 0 2 ©5, 4
.* | y | 1000 4 | ©6,6, 6,5
64 | 1sn| 100 | 1 mast.
66 | %/4 sn | 1500 D 10Gb hho OG. 4
fs 3/4 sn | 1000 2 | ©6,6
“ y 1500 Al NO) 1G My A
70 | 3/4 sn 70 | ©8, %
e y 1700 WG) Qa, Te Ue i A A, Sy, ING), Nay,
ee Ge 16), 318}, hy TE} BL TOY) 1B) SDD
| © 7
80 y 1000 5 Q ils, 14. Ob; &,
, | /«sn| 1500 1 | ©6
H y | 2000 to) OMG
» | 31n | 3000 DE WOn8s 16
81 1 sn 100 7 | 4 mast., 3 acanthosoma
a 3/, sn | 600 1 ©3
82 1 sn 100 | 20 5 mast., 15 acanthosoma
a 1 sn | 200 13 mastigopus
84 | %/ssn| 600 1 |@4
» | 3s sn} 1500 2 © 5, 4
87 y 1000 12 O& th G te % @ GG, & o& 5, 6
88 | 1 sn 100 2 © 8, 7
5 y 300 2 © 7, 7
5 y 1000 4 ©9, 9, 6, 6
90 | %/4 sn | 600 2 © 5, 4
y 1000 3 © 9, 9, 6, 6
92* | 1 sn 100 2 © 6, 4
aS y 300 2 ©9, 9
~* | y | 2000 1 -|-©4
94 | 3 1n | 2000 1 9 14
98 | 1 sn 200 2 ©5, 5
3 y | 600 3 OG, Ger
2 y 1000 5 © 9, 9, 6, 6, 6
3 3/4 sn | 1450 1 ©6
3 3 In | 1500 10 © ©), wo; WS, hey WE Te}, (OEE teh We
101 y 600 4 OW, b 5,
oi 3/; sn | 1500 2 @ 6, 4
é y | 2000 WS NE OVS
3 In | 2500 3 © 15, 14, 13
102*| y 600 3 © 6, 3, 3
Pan onlin | 1500 1 J 16 i
21 45 170 10, & 27, © 133

Sergestes corniculum (Kroyer).

S. corniculum, KROYER 1860 (larve).

S. corniculum, BATE 1888 (do.)

S. corniculum, HANSEN 1896 (do.)

S, corniculum, HANSEN 1903 (do.)
? S. rubroguttatus, LO BIANCO 1904 (adult).
? S. rubroguttatus, PESTA 1913 (adult).

S. vigilax, STEPHENSEN 1913 (do.)

Young specimens of this species were described by
Kroyer in 1860, and later on HANsEN (1896) gave further
particulars, and added a description of stage still younger
than that described by Kroyer. The adult was captured
in the Mediterranean by the “Puritan” and a drawing
of it was published by Lo Bianco (1904).—It was subse-
quently examined by Pesta and Stephensen, who gave
drawings of the petasma. I am not quite sure that the
Mediterranean species is identical with the Atlantic one;
there seems to be a very slight difference in the form of
the petasma but it may be accidental.

This fine large species is closely related to S. rubro-
guttatus, Wood Mason.

That I am right in referring the adult form to the species
described from larval specimens by Kréyer is proved by
a study of the outer maxillipeds. Fig. 6 shows the 6th
joint in an adult and in a mastigopus; in the lastnamed
the four distal subjoints are not yet distinctly divided
from each other, and in neither can the subdivision of
the two long proximal subjoints, mentioned by Hansen,
be seen with certainty.

The branchial apparatus agrees closely with the de-
scription given by HANSEN (1896, p. 957). In the adult
the relative lengths of the four posterior branchie (those
above the 3rd and 4th pereiopods) are about as follows:
9—3—6—4.

The mxp.° do not differ very much from the pereiopods,
an only the proximal two-fifths of the external uropods
are devoid of sete on the outer edge. Nor does this
edge carry any spine (see fig. 7). The rostrum (PI. Il,
fig. 1) is small, ending in a blunt tooth, directed for-
ward. Ocular and hepatic spines present. Cervical groove
distinct; so are also the branchiocardiac groove and ridge,
which run backwards to the edge of the carapace. The
pleon is smooth, the pleuree rounded, and the sixth somite
is very powerful, being nearly twice as long and one-half
deeper than the fifth.

The integument is transparent (but not soft) save
for some red spots on the fore part of the body (see
fig. 8).—The pleon also probably carries such patches,
but they are not visible in the preserved material. The
stomach is of a bright red colour, clearly visible through
the transparent body. S. rubroguttatus Wood-Mason is
the only other species of this type of colouring.

SUND — 2

10 OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

The eyes reach about to the middle of the Ist
segment of the antennular peduncles, the diameter of the
cornea being about half the length of the ocular peduncles,
which carry on their inner side and near the edge of the
cornea a low colourless tubercle, which is seen to receive
a branch of the optic nerve.

The antennular peduncle is slender, about two-thirds
the length of the carapace. The first joint is slightly

6a 66 7 8

shorter than the third, which is about one half longer
than the second. The internal flagetlum in the male
differs slightly from that in S. rubroguttatus, figured by
Woop-Mason 1892. Compare his figure with fig. 9.
The scaphocerite reaches about to the middle of the
third joint of the antennular peduncles. Its outer edge
is gently curved from base to tip, and more strongly in
the outer half. The terminal spine is short and stout.

Figs. 6—10. Sergestes corniculum. 6) Outer end of third maxilliped, © 3-2, st. 67, y 200. 6b) The same, @ 17, st. 62, 3 In 3000.

7) Outer uropod, @ 15, st. 51, y 300, ('%1).

8) Forepart of % 15, st. 51, y 300, (°/1).

9) First antenna, ¢& 17, st. 51, y 300, (1%1).

10) Petasma, ¢% 15, st. 51, y 300, (3/1). i

The petasma is strongly and very characteristically
developed. In general plan it resembles that of S. ro-
bustus, but the processes c and d are much more devel-
oped, while the processes g and f are reduced both in
size and armature. Thus the process f in S. corniculum
has only a single hook, situated on the tip, while the
end of ¢ is broadened and terminates with a row of
“claws’. Parallel with the terminal row is another, con-
sisting of smaller claws.

The largest individual is a female, 55 mm. in total
length, corresponding to a length of carapace of 19 mm.

Table of sizes.

Sizes (C) |3|4]5]6|7| 8] 9 |10|11|12|13]14/15|16|17|18|19] Total
Malesvee acne | | i 1/;2 3 8
Females vss. 1/3/2/5|7/7\/4\1] 30
Vounsss aaa 1/2 2|5|3|3]1 17

This beautiful species was taken at most stations,
except those situated in the NE quadrant of the area
investigated, 55 specimens being procured.

The bathymetrical distribution is shown in the fol-
lowing table. Although the catches are not numerous it

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.)

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 11

appears that the species mostly lives in the intermediate
waterlayers, and rises some hundred metres nearer to the
surface during the dark hours.

Table of vertical distribution.

ce Size (C in mm) ||

auls ——|

Depth 50 [oneoe]

(metres) =

D|IN|ID/|N/|D{[N] DIN

OCD Si) Del |] 2 18 | 16
IO 200 | aj Fe Ty Sh I Ba It ya sy

300-1700) 4] 6/4] 2} 2] 7) 6| 9] 15

Total ....| 9 | 18 || 7 | 10] 3 | 35 || 10 | 45 |554

Ge, iota ane 38 || 553)

Table of catches. (Hauls during night marked *)

St. | Gear | m. w. | Number | Sex, size

23* | 1 sn 200 2 | 2 16, 613

2 | 400 Bf Ql NG, ee Mis

25 | 4/2 sn | 3400 | 1 | © 10

29 y 400 2 | 212,69

34" | oy 400 1 2 16

AGE Ay 300 2 | ©9, 11

49*| 4 In | 1000-0 2 | 2 17, 17 (verticai haul)

»* | 4 In | 3000 2 @ ig), 7

51*|] 1 sn 200 1 lis),

a y 300 6 OMT, 165 lo; 14) Sly, 15
yt y 2000 1 © i)

52 y 600 1 J 14

5 3 In|) 1200) | 1 ©7

53#! 1 sn 100 4 © 10, 8, 8 4

Le il Say 200 2 @© 10, 8

ae y 300 6 O17, 16; 16, lo, 14, G15
» | 3 In | 2600 2 2 18. © 8

56 y 300 1 © 18

»* | 3 In | 3000 2 © 17, 15

58% y 300 T © 16, 15, 13, 138, 13, Q17, 12
62* | 1 sn 0 1 ©) 4.2 (mast.)

ps y 2000 1 ©7

3 3 In | 3000 1 9 lo

64 | 1 sn 100 1 ©) 3.0 (mast.)

i 1 sn 600. ) © 4, 4

» | In | 38000 1 ©9

67 y 200 1 © 4.0

88 y 1000 1 © 18 i ca mae :
15 27 57 8, 31 2, 18 ©

') Two specimens from vertical haul not considered.

Sergestes robustus Smith 1882.

S. dissimilis, BATE 1888. K
S. mediterraneus, HANSEN 1896.
S. dissimilis, HANSEN 1903(1, 2).
S. inermis, HANSEN 1903(2).
S. robustus, HANSEN 1908.

== Kemp, 1910.

Small individuals of this species were caught at nearly
all the stations during the expedition, as well as a few
fine adult specimens. The identification of this species
proved to be very easy from Smith’s description, especially
as he has given a good drawing of the petasma, that
appendage which should be used as the “ear-mark” in
the genus Sergestes. Several doubtful species are in my
opinion rendered ,good* on the evidence furnished by
the petasma. I have tried to use Smith’s designations of
the different parts of this appendage when dealing with
other species, but in many cases the homology is rather
doubttul, especially in very distantly related species, for
instance S. robustus and S. pectinatus.

For the sake of a clearer understanding of the
petasma | reproduce here Smith’s drawing (fig. 11) and
an additional figure of the outer portion, seen from
behind, Smith’s figure being seen from before. The
“fingers” f and g seen from before look like separate
members, but in fact form one piece, bent in two planes
(see fig. 12).

The smallest individual in which I could detect a
petasma was only 23 mm long (C=7), and among the
individuals of C= 8 I found three with petasma buds.
Fig. 13 is drawn from a male of this size. There were
twelve individuals with C = 8, in wich no petasma could
be seen, but I dare not conclude that they are all females.
When C excedes 9 I believe than the petasma should be
easily seen, and I have therefore classed as females all
the specimens above 9 mm (C) without petasma. The
only adult female specimen is very like the male in
appearance, except that the eyes are slightly smaller.

I cannot dismiss this opportunity of mentioning what
I believe to be the luminous organs of Sergestes robustus.
The structures in question are small opaque patches on
the scaphocerite and on the outer uropods, arranged in
a similar manner to that found in S. ehallengeri. S. glo-
rious and S. splendens. In S. robustus there is a row
of 14 patches on the scaphocerite: 7 along the outer edge
of the muscle and 7 beyond the termination of it. On
the outer uropod there are 12 patches, six situated in
an irregular longitudinal row beyond the muscle, and
six near the inner setose edge, in a row occupying
the second fourth from the base of that edge. I have not
been able to find such patches on other parts of the body

12 OSCAR SUND

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

or appendages. On the outer uropods there are fine
dotted lines, just as in S. splendens, which may also be
luminous organs.

As the name denotes, S. robustus is one of the
largest species in the genus. It should be mentioned
that the abdomen in S. robustus is considerably longer
than in S. mollis. The following table shows the number
of specimens of each size and sex:

11

Fig. 11—13. Sergestes robustus.
3 In 2600, (°%/1).

The peculiar feature of this table is that no specimens
between 11 and 17 mm C. were caught. Is this to be
interpreted as indicating that the material comprises two
(or three?) yearclasses?

S. robustus was taken at 19 stations, on the northern
and southern sections, to the W. of the British Isles, and,
what is most remarkable, at st. 102 to the SE. of the
Faeroes, in the part of the Faroe-Shetland Channel be-
longing to the Norwegian Sea, as well as in the Spanish
Gulf and near the Canaries, but not on the route between
the Canaries and the Azores.

It had previously been captured by ,,Blake” and
the “Albatross” off the New England coast (Smith), in
the Bay of Biscay by the “Caudan” (CauLtery), in the
Mediterranean near Crete (ADENSAMER) and near Sicily
(Lo Bianco and Riccio). It has been taken at a number

11) Petasma, after SmiTH (1884), (ca. 1/1).
13) Petasma, §% 8, st, 67, y 1200, (°%/o).

Length

201 | 30| |4o| | |sol | 60 | |zo| | Igo
(total)
} Total
L. of carap. | 5 | 6/7 |g | 9 \10/11/12/13/14/15|16/17|18|19120)21\22
(mm) | |
|
Malesteeee 1 a7 a\2| | | Ci Pe} on
Females.... 12)12 16] 5 1 46
Young ..... 10/26/44) 4 84

(The figures given for total length are only approximate).

—

13
12) Tip of Petasma, ¢% 18,st. 53,

of localities to the W. of Ireland, and by Danish and
Norwegian expeditions to the SW. of the Faroes. Gene-
rally it may be said that it is as yet known only from
the Gulf Stream and from Mediterranean watermasses,
inside and outside Gibraltar. Its apparent absence between
the Canaries and the Azores may be accidental.

Vertical distribution of sizes.

Depth Hauls OCG an) Total
(metres) | 5—8 | 9—12 |17—29|
50—250 10 1D || 1p) 24
251—500 11 33 | 10 43
501—1000 | 14 36 5 1 42
> 1009 8 19 | 14 5 38
Lota 43 | 100] 41 6 | 147

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 13

From the vertical distribution as evidenced by the
“Michael Sars” catches it appears that S. robustus is a
deep-sea prawn, only the younger stages occurring in
the upper strata, but never at the surface. There is a
marked difference in the colouring of the adult and the
young, the latter being almost transparent, only the pur-
plish blue stomach shining through the carapace. The ex-
ceedingly beautiful colouring of the adult (scarlet lake with
crimson spots, golden feather-bristles and blue reflections)
is well described by Kemp (1910).

Table of catches, (Hauls made during neight marked *)

St. | Gear | m. w. | Number Sex, size
23*) 1 sn 200 5 © 11, 10, 9,9, ©7
| oy 400 Dalnest10}
yi | (2i5) 1 29
34*| y | 400 1 29
»* |4/2 sn| 600 2 2 9, 9
35 | 4 sn | 2400-0 3 ep Mil, 2 A0l, 30)
, |/2 sn | 4200 1 2 10
49*| y | 900 | © iil, Te WO, 10)
53*| y 300 2 10, 28
a y 600 2 © 6, 6
»* | 4/2 sn} 2100 1 @©7
-= | 3 In | 2600 AW eae. MW, Oth 7
56*/ 1 sn | 100 ib OMe
Poca eles 200, 1 ©o
ae y 300 5 Om ty Ut
™ | y | 1000 BWM Gye Wea
-* | y | 2000 5) 2 10, ©6
»* | 3 In | 3000 13 © IQ; NO, OS) OS CHO) 1h 1 Wy 16,
58*| y | 300 By | © 10, Ok 7
62| 1 sn | 200 Qo) On
»*| y | 1000 2 | $9, ©6
a y 2000 2 ©, 6
** | 3'In | 3000 D | ge I. in
63 | 4 sn |1350-450 1 ©8
64 y 2000 9 2) 7, NO, WO, O10; 10, Ss 15 1
» | 3/4 sn} 2500 2 8, 28
» | 3 In | 3000 5 Al, 2 & & 8, O71
66 y 1500 3 9,7, 28
67 y 1200 14 Coes Oi, 6) .6516) Gos oy os dy Oy 10), 0
g1| y | 2000 1) eee)
87 | 2/s sn| 1500 1 9 8
ba y 2000 2 98, @©7
88 | y | 1000 | eo he On
, | 3/4 sn} 1500 1 v9
» | y | 2000 1 2 10
90 y 1000 4 29,9, ©7,.7
ODE ey, 300 2 6&9 29
» *| 3/4 sn| 600 2 2 8, ©6,
ey 1000 1 °8
98 y 1000 18 @ 8a7, 946, 1a45mm.
» |3/4 sn} 1450 1 ©6
3 In | 1500 10 eo 22, OV’, & te ty Uo tells U0
101 | %/s sn} 1500 2 © 6, 5
By) 2000) | De @i66
102} y | 1000 5) OMe
20 | 45 151 S21, 9 46, © 84
Larve.

At the stations 51, 52, 53 and 64 a number of
mastigopus stages were taken which I believe may be
referred to Sergestes robustus. Their length is between

4 and 7 mm. (C = 1-7—2-5 mm.) and they agree perfectly
with Bares’ (1888), ORTMANN’s (1893) and HaNsEn’s (1903)
descriptions of S. dissimilis, which Hansen later (1908)
cancelled as being the young of S. robustus).

A study of the telson in these larve and in the sub-
adult S. robustus and its nearest allies makes Hansen’s
statement probable, though some transitional stages (C =
3-4 mm.) are needed to make the series complete. Fig.
2 and 3, pl. J, are photographs of the head and tail-fan
of a specimen 4-7 mm. long (C = 2-1), and in textfig. 14
outline drawings of telson of the same specimen and of

15

S. robustus (juv.). Fig. 14. Tip of telson in 4 young specimens.
Size (C) inscribed in each drawing. The two smallest from st. 64 y 300,
the others from s. 98, y 1000. Fig. 15. Abdomen of ©) 1.7 in fig. 14.

a smaller one (but subadult specimens of S. robustus) are
given. I will be noted that the larve and the subadults
possess the same number of lateral spines. In the smallest
of the subadults (C = 5) the tip is still cleft while in the
largest it has become simple. In one specimen with forked
tip, not figured, a single tip was observed ready to take
its place after moulting.

In the smallest larvae (C — 1-5—1-7) there were
also spines on the 2nd and 3rd abdominal somites, in
the very smallest (1-5) even on the first, while the spec-
imens described by Bate (L = 10 mm.), by Ortmann
(10—12 mm.) by Hansen (9-5 mm.) and the others taken

1) H. I. HANSEN writes (1908): “It appears now that S. dissi-
milis is the mastigopus stage of S. robustus, so that intermediate
stages have been described as S. incertus H. I. H. and as “the sub-
adult stage of S. mediterraneus H.1. H.” 1 presume that “S. in-
certus’ in the passage cited is a misquotation for S. inermis.

14 OSCAR SUND

{[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

by the “Michael Sars” (4-7—7-0 mm.) had spines on the
4th, 5th and 6th only, see fig. 15.

Larval examples of Sergestes robustus were taken
on the folloving occasions:

Sin pile. Oimeiwe one. © — 2-4 mint

ee ee Ore Ones G = By aa

OOO One. C= 2-0) Fe

, 64,100 , ten, C—1-9—2-5 mm., one 1-5 mm.
~ 5 SOD 5) amcy GS le, Pell.

Fig. 16—18. Sergestes splendens, § 10, st. 49, 3000.

Sergestes splendens n. sp.

This handsome species is a near relative of S. ro-
bustus which it resembles in the form of its powerful body
(see fig. 16) though of much smaller size, the adult females
not reaching a total length of 40 mm. The males are
smaller. Though of such moderate size S. splendens has
a stout and more muscular body than perhaps any other

Outline of body (2/1), rostrum (8/1), ext. uropod and scaphocerite (19/1)

and petasma (9/1).

Sergestes. The sizes of the specimens taken are given
in the following table:

| Length of carapace (mm.)

WYSGGRE UP | ee SS Total
Aas areal aie ales roll aig ie

Maleteepeneo. | 4| 4) 12 a|s|3|o| | | si

Rentalese pe. a2 14/ 5] 22) 3 | & | -6 | 1 1 55

Young ........- 5 | | | 5

The rostrum is in most specimens of the form re-
presented in fig. 16, though it is subject to some variation
as will be seen from fig. 19.

The carapace has distinct grooves but no ocular spine,
and the hepatic spine is represented only by a bluntly
rounded lobe. The eyes are larger than those of S. ro-
bustus, and spherical. On the inner and upper side of
the stalks there is the rudiment of an ocular tubercle.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 15

The branchie are as in S. robustus, differing only
in the relative size of the posterior branchia above the
third pereiopod, this branchia being only two thirds as
long as the anterior, while in S. robustus it is nearly as
large. The posterior branchia above the fourth pereiopod
is */5 as long as the preceding one.

The first joint of the antennular peduncles is slightly
shorter than the second and the third together. The
second is about one fourth longer than the third, which
is not much more than two times longer than broad.

The form of the scaphocerite and the outer uropod
may be seen from fig. 17. On both appendages is no-
ticed even in the smallest specimens a row of peculiar
patches which I believe to be luminous organs, their po-
sition being analogous to that of the light organs of
S. gloriosus Stebbing and S. Challengeri Hansen. In the
young specimens the patches are fewer in number, while
in the young of S. robustus no patches are visible till
the animal has reached a size of a full-grown S. splendens.

The colouring of newly preserved formaline spec-
imens consists of an intense scarlet on the fore part of the
back, fading gradually into the transparent abdomen and
legs. In the alcoholic specimens the colour is persistent
only along the grooves of the carpace.

The nearest relative of S. splendens is undoubtedly
S. Gardineri Kemp (Kemp 1913) which is proved by the
petasma in these species, (see fig. 18) that of S. splendens
carrying however only one process (e in the figure) were
S. Gardineri has two. Other points of distinction may
be derived from the relative length of the branchiz, and
of the joints of the antennular stalk; the presence in
S. splendens of patches believed to be luminous organs, etc.

Also from the species described by StEBBiNG (1908)
as S. bisulcatus S. splendens is easily distinguished by
the presence of the lastnamed character and by its size
(C. never exceeding 12 mm. in the 111 specimens, while
Stebbings specimen measured 24, the total length being
76mm). From S. gloriosus and S. bisulcatus Wood Mason
our species is distinguished by its characteristic petasma
which resembles only that of S. Gardineri as stated above.

Table of bathymetrical distribution.*)

| Size (C in mm.)

Depth Hauls : Total

(a) zi (9) Sle
DONG PONENT ps Ne pn |fpo PN
50—100 | 2 | 5 | 3 | | +0 Sin 38 lag
101—250 | 1 | 5 10| 1 | 40 5| 1| 55
sun Seba le 25y eadelerees Su 4. (3) (032)! 7
fotate i, 24 | 28| 11] 4 | 53] 4 | 11 | 36 | 75

1) Heavy figures denote the number of specimens taken during
the night.

Horizontally S. splendens is apparently limited to the
southern part of the area explored. The accompanying
table of batymetrical distribution seems to indicate that
the species avoids the upper waterlayers during the day,
but ascends during the night, though it has not been
taken at the very surface of the sea.

Table of catches.

St.| Gear | m.w | Number Sex, size

29 y 400 1 | &®

LON se 00 Les

45 sn | 100 1 a7

5 | lesa | 2000) 6 Qo Uy C8 Iy 1 0

F y 300 50 ©:1410, 248, 1647, 146 and445mm.
o&':1410, 248, 1847 and 546 mm.

, y 2000 1 2 10

» | 4 1n | 3000 1 29

49 | 4 In | 3000 4 QNOS 10; @

51 | 1 sn | 200 | 1 ov 10

F y 300 2 o& 10, 9

» | 2/2sn| 1000 1 v6

52 |1/2sn} 100 2 6G, 28

53 | 1 sn} 100 4 2 10, #9, 9, 8

Bah Sy, 300 1 J 10

5 | oe 600 2 O71

, | 3 1n | 2600 1 J8

56 | 1 sn | 200 1 9 11

4 y 300 1 2 10

62 Ie, 2000 1 2 10

64} 1 sn | 100 1 ©4

ae ele | 2000 3 | #10, ©4, 4

66 | 3/4 sn | 1000 1 25

67 | 3 In | 2000 2 ot 8 (L=29), 9 12 (L=39)

; y 1200 22 ot: 4a 6and4 45mm, 9: 446 and

tte etal dl ai] 8 a5 mm, ©2 4 4 mm.

1 |) oe nig, 4)

Larvee.

At stations 64 and 67 some larve were taken which
I believe may be referred to S. splendens. They resemble
this species very much in the form of the cephalic append-
ages, even the rudiment of the ocular tubercle being
visible as a protrusion from the nerve (see fig. 20, which
also shows the form of uropod typical of S. splendens).
It is true that an ocular tubercle is present in many
species of Sergestes, but none of these species were
taken in the same area with the larve in question.

An examination of the telson points also to S. splendens.
Fig. 21 shows the outlines of the telson in the three
larve, and in a nearly adult S. splendens. It will be
noted that the three pairs of dorsolateral spines found in
the smallest larve, have disappeared in the two larger
larve, but the form of the tip convinces one of the
specific identity of the three larve, neither could any
other differences be found than those connected with

16 OSCAR SUND

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Figs. 19—20. S. splendens. 19) Rostrum of 4 specimens, the sizes
(C) of which are inscribed, from st. 53, 1 sn 100. 20) Head and
uropod of © 3.15 from st. 67, 1 sn 50.

7

ayy.

29

wf
Y

3.15

say

Fig. 21. S. splendens. Tip of telson of 4 specimens7(the size of

which are inscribed) from st. 64 and 67.

size. Now both S. splendens and S. grandis catry only
one pair of spines on the telson, as does the larger of
the larve in question. But these spines in S. grandis
are situated very far from the tip, whereas in S. splendens
they are found close to it (see fig. 21).

The larve referred to S. splendens, were taken on
the following occasions:
St. 64, Isn 100 m.w, one, C= 2-6, L=6-15,

Urop. = 1-25 mm.

» » y 2000 , one, C=2.9, L=7.0,
Urop.=1-50 ,

, Of, Isn 50 5 one, C—3-15 L=8-7,
Urops— e7 0k

Pl. Il, figs. 2 and 3, are photos of the head parts
and tail-fan in the smallest of the specimens.

Sergestes grandis i. sp.

This species is very nearly related to the species
described by Faxon (1895) from the Pacific under the
name of S. bisculatus Wood-Mason. In 1893 Faxon had
mentioned his species under the name of S. phorcus, which
was withdrawn by himself as a synonym. Now after the
publication of a more detailed account with illustrations
of S. bisculatus by Atcock in 1901 it appears beyond
doubt that Faxons species is not identical with that of
Wood-Mason, so that the former must retain the original
name of S. phorcus. In describing S. grandis | shall try to
indicate the points in which it differs from the species
mentioned.

Figs. 22 and 23 show two females, one adult and
one young. The relative length of carapace and ab-
domen is nearly as in Faxon’s species, the abdomen,
telson excluded, equalling about twice the length of the
carapace, while i Wood-Mason’s species, according to
Alcock’s figure (Illustr. . . . Investigator, pl. L), the cara-
pace is half the length of the abdomen, telson included.

The rostrum, as in Faxon’s species, is small, inclined
about 30° from the back. Both edges are parallel, and
the tip is excavated as in S. splendens.

Both transverse grooves are well defined, as are also
the gastrohepatic and the branchiocardial, the last running
nearly to the edge of the carapace, accompanied by a
marked keel.

The branchial formula is the same as i Faxon’s
species; the second lamella above the third leg is not
however concealed beneath the first, but plainly visible,
and it is about °/; as long as the first.

The eyes are as in S. phorcus. In the smaller spec-
imens the lateral length of the cornea is less than half
that of the stalk, while in the adult it is about two-thirds.

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES

17

i ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 19J0. Vol. III.]

22

23

|
K
\s

Figs. 22—23. Sergestes grandis. 22) 9 17, st. 52, y 600 (7/1). Below is shown the fourth pereiopod more enlarged.

23) © 10, st. 34, y 400 (2h).

U 1
i"

24a 246

4 Figs. 24—26. Sergestes grandis, 320, st. 51, 3ln 4000. 24a) scaphocerite (°/1). 24b) antennular peduncle (°/1).
26) petasma (19/1).

25) outer uropod (P/1)-

SUND — 3

18 OSCAR SUND

(REP. OF THE "MICHAEL” SARS NORTH

The antennular peduncles are of the same type as
those of S. robustus, though the 2nd joint is relatively
slightly longer, resembling that of S. phoreus (see fig. 24).

The scaphocerite (fig. 24) differs from that of S. phorcus,
the outer edge being less curved, and the inner being
slightly concave in its outer two-thirds. Its under side
carries more feather bristles than in any other Sergestes
known to me. These bristles are sparsely implanted in
a longitudinal bed along the middle of the scaphocerite,
and their length equals about one-third of the breadth
oi the appendage. The scaphocerite carries a row of
9—10 luminous (?) patches.

The fourth pair of pereiopods differs from those
both of S. phoreus and of S. bisulcatus in having the
two last joints broader, the greatest breadth of the pen-
ultimate joint being more than one-fourth of its length.

The exopodite of the outer uropod is shown in fig.
25. The spine is situated slightly more than two-thirds
from the base (in S. phorcus slightly less), the breadth
is contained about 41/2 times in the length (in S. phorcus
about 5 times). The general form recalls that found in
S. splendens. In S. bisulcatus the uropod is of quite
another type.

The telson has dorsally a broad shallow groove, the
limits of which bend slightly together just before the
middle and form the dorsolateral edges of the telson in
iis posterior part.

Male. The only male (from st. 51) differs from the
females in the larger size of its eyes, a sexual difference
aiso found in S. robustus. The grooves and keels on the
carapace are less distinct, and the integument on the
whole is stiffer than in the females, perhaps depending
upon difference in time since the last moult.

The petasma (fig. 26) possesses one process more
(h) than in that of S. robustus, thus strikingly resembling
the petasma of S. phorcus, from which it differs however
in the following points:—(1) the process b ends in a
strongly curved hook, (2) the process e is much shorter.
(Compare the drawing in Faxon, 1895, pl. LIl).

Sergestes grandis, like S. phoreus, has been captured
on a few occasions only, and apparently does not in-
habit the superficial waterlayers. Some of the specimens
showed traces of red pigment (S. phorcus is reported to
be deep red). During the “Michael Sars” expedition it
was taken as follows:—

St. 34, y, 400 m. wire, one, @ 10
AS Ati O00) = 1 5 Sones oa m2
EO olny 4000) =) 9s One ci 20
OD Ys 600) )=) Se onenomly,
ean Ys 12005 = tO CBD: D

STEBBING (1908) also describes a “S. bisulcatus’” from
S. Africa taken i 250 —300 fathoms, 29 miles EN. of Cape
Point. He says that his specimens “agree so closely with
Faxon’s description that it would be rash to base a
specific separation on the one or two minute differences
which I have noticed”. A glance of his figure however
shows at once that his species has nothing to do with
Faxon’s. The form of the carapace is different in many
respects, and it is not easy to understand how Stebbing
could arrive at such a conclusion.

Neither is his species identical with that described
here as S. splendens, with which it seems to have the
nearest relations, as mentioned under that species.

Sergestes tropicus n. sp.

This species shares with S. phorcus Faxon (described
as S. bisculatus, Faxon 1895)'), and S. Kréyeri Bates,
and S. gardineri Kemp, the character of having a con-
Spicuous tubercle on the eyestalk. Faxon does not mention
it in the text but it is seen in his figure. S. tropicus
is easily distinguished from S. phorcus by the form of
the petasma, compare fig. 27 with Faxon’s figure (1895,
pl. 52, fig. 1h), and from .S. Kréyeri by the form of the
rostrum (compare fig. 28 and fig. 29, the last being taken
from HANsEN 1903).

The uropods (fig. 33) are narrower (breadth con-
tained 4'/2—5 times in length) than in S. Kréyeri, the
uropods of which are “at most four times longer than
broad”’.

From S. gardineri Kemp the present species is easily
distinguished by the form of the petasma, of which Kemp
(1913) gives an excellent drawing (pl. 7, fig. 4).

The third pair of maxillipeds are considerably shorter
than the third periopods, the length of the joints (begin-
ning with the second) being in a ~ 21 from st. 64:
6:5, 6:0, 7-0, 6:7, 6-0 mm. The fifth joint is subdivided
into three subjoints the relative length of which are as
36:11:20. The sixth joint is subdivided into 8 subjoints,
the relative length of which are as 17: 20:14:13:18:
15:14: 13.

The scaphocerite, which does not reach beyond the
middle of the third joint of the antennular peduncles?)

The telson ends in a point and carries three pairs of
spines along the dorsolateral edges and three other pairs
is broad and the lamellar portion is much in advance
of the triangular tooth. (See fig 30 and 31 where also
the ocular tubercle is visible).

1) As regards the name S. bisulcatus, see under S. grandis.
*) According to BATE (1888, p. 388) it reaches, in S. Kréyeri
to the tip of the antennular peduncles.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, VOL. III] PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 19

Jl 32
Fig. 27. Petasma of Sergestes tropicus, § 18, st. 53, 31n 2600 (1%1). Fig. 28. Rostrum and eye of S. tropicus, ¢ 19, st. 49, 41n 3000 (!%1).

Fig. 29. Rostrum of S. Aréyeri, (after HANSEN, 1903). Fig. 30. Fore-end of S. tropicus, 3 18, st. 56, 31n 3000 (6/1). Fig. 31. The same (8/1).
Fig. 32. Outer flagellum of antennular of the same specimen (2/1).

*h

~Qn
™

Fig. 33. Sergestes tropicus, 21, st. 64, 31n 3000. Right eye from above, petasma, end of 4. leg, telson and outer uropod. (Enlarge-
ments inscribed in the drawnings).

20 OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

between those edges. This feature together with others
in a large male from st. 64 is shown in fig. 33.

Both the uropods and the scaphocerite show a reti-
cular or cellular pattern, also found in S. mollis. The
integument is soft as in that species and supraocular and
hepatic spines are absent.

The branchie are feeble compared with those ol
S. robustus, though not in such a state of reduction as
found in S. mollis (see SmitH 1887). Relative length of
four posterior branchie 6—2—4—3, the second branchia
above irl.? being very small and onesided.

The form of the secondary antennular flagellum in
the male is seen in fig. 32.

S. tropicus is one of the larger Sergestes, one female
and one male measuring about 70 mm. (C= 21). It
was found only in the southern part of the area examined,
in all 18 specimens having been taken. It seems to be
a deep-water species, as all the large specimens were
taken at a depth of 1000 metres or more, even though
most of the hauls were made during the night.

Colour orange, except mouthparts which are reddish-
brown. The dark stomach can be seen through the body.
The eyes are large and black, the tubercle is of the
same colour as the stalk.

Table of catches,

’ St. | Gear |m. w.| Number Sex, size
99] y | 2000 2 2 19, 318
451 y | 2000 1 2 13
49 4 In | 3000 4 Mil, 19), 1, CT
51 | 1/2 sn} 700 1 © 7, (def.)
> | 7/2 sn} 1000 1 29)
Bay, 173000 1 29
» | 41n | 4000 1 2 10
52|31n | 1200| 1 10
53 | 31n | 2600| 4 3 19, 18, 18, 9 11
56 | 3 in | 3000] 1 J 18
64] 3in | 3000} 1 | #21
8| 11 18 97,89,1©

Sergestes mollis Smith.

S. mollis, SMITH 1884.

S. mollis, SMITH 1887.

S. japonicus, HANSEN 1896.
S. japonicus, HANSEN 1903(2).

I have been somewhat in doubt as to what name
should be adopted for the numerous ‘Michael Sars”
specimens which agree in every particular with SmitH’s
descriptions and figures, but have decided not to follow
HANSEN in regarding S. mollis as a synonym of S. ja-

ponicus Bate (BATE 1881, 1888). The evidence given by
Hansen in support of his view seems too scanty. He has
compared the three 30 years old and mutilated ‘Chal-
lenger”’ specimens with Smith’s description, and found
no difference. He says:—“‘It should be specially mentioned
that an examination of the branchiz showed the most
complete agreement with Smith’s description and drawing”.
Still, he has not seen any Atlantic specimens, or he would
have noticed that the form of the rostrum differs greatly
from that of the specimen figured by Bate (1888, pl. 70),
and until it can be shown that this difference is due to
inaccurate drawing by Bate, it is safest to regard S. mollis
and S. japonicus as distinct species.

Fig. 34. Sergestes mollis ,§ 17, st. 81, 31n 3000. Petasma (79/1).

The petasma (fig. 34) is remarkable for the rudi-
mentary stage of the small hooks and tubercles on the
processes. It is possible, though not very probable, that
even the largest of our male specimens are not fully
developed.

S. mollis is undoubtedly a deep-sea species, as will
be seen from the following table of bathymetrical distri-
bution (3 ind. from vertical hauls not consid.) :—

NewOE | Sizes (C. in mm.) pide :
Depth hauls | 410 | 1117 || 1826 =
(metres) is Ss
p|nijo|n|o|n|o|n|vd|Nnjo
350— 800 | 6| 5|/13/14| 5| 2 is | 16 | 34

1000—1300 4

1500—2100 5

Total 15

Grand total 32

ATLANT, DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 21

This table affords no evidence of a diurnal vertical
migration, like that found e. g. in the case of S. splen-
dens. A similar difference regarding this habit is found
in the peneid genus Amalopeneus, the large-eyed species
of which have a marked diurnal movement, while nothing
of that kind could be inferred from the data regarding
the species which lives deepest and has the smallest
eyes, viz. A. Alicei. The same rule holds good in the
genus Sergestes, S. mollis having very small, S. splen-

Table of sizes.

dens vety large eyes. It will be noted that the large
specimens were all ‘taken at a depth of 1000 metres or
deeper.

S. mollis was formerly known only from deep water
along the Atlantic coast of the United States (Smith 84, 87).
During the “Michael Sars” Expedition it proved to be
fairly common, as it was taken nearly every time the
deep-sea plankton appliances were towed, even as far
north as between Scotland and Rockall (st. 101), but it has

Total

Bie! | 4] 5| 6] 7] 8| 9] 10] 11] 12] 13) 14] 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20] 2 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 |
| | l
Males............. | 3 B)| 29) 1 | | | | | 10
|
Females ...... Wet Sime ley 33g 2 1 26
YOUN eecesccee EL le UI Mea tan Se On an eer see allen | Gea ee anatog

Table of catches.

St. | Gear |m. w.| Number | Sex, size

19} 4 In | 900 1 ©5

25) 1/2sn | 3400 2 © 10, 8

99} y | 2000 ) | © iG, &

35] 4/2sn| 4200 | © 12

42| y 900 8 OS hh & 6 hb O&O

45 y 2000 12 ONG; 165 © 11; 10; 9595857; 7,6, 6; 5

» | 4 In |} 3000 5 © 10, 9, 7, 7, 7

49| y 2000 6 © 10, 10, 10, 9, 9, 7

» | 4 In | 3000 3 ©9, 9, 7

ol} t/2sn} 700 1 ©4

Fy 2000 5 19, © 18, 8, 7, 5

» | 4 In | 4000 2 © 18, 7,

53 1600 2 © 12, 12

, | 3 In | 2600 12 © 17, 15, o 15, 14, © 12; 9, 9, 8,7, 6,5

56 1000 3 ©5, & d

» | 3d In |} 8000 1 ©8

62/ y 1000 2 © 6, 6

= y 2000 2 © 11, 6

, | 3 In | 3000 7 © OBR Ol, ID, 10, 10) 10), ©

63) 4 sn |45225, 1 © 18

> || 4 St |B eRe 2 2 17, ©10

64) y 2000 13 is eh lS, O)iles Wy 1h Os Os Gh Gh oy

5 & ®

, | 31n | 3000 9 2 20, 19, 19, 14, 3 17, 16, 14, © 12, 11

66; y | 1500 I etd

‘67 1200 9 © 10; 8, 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 5, 5

80} 3 In | 3000 3 @ iW, Ws, 1s

81} 3 In | 3000 7 © 23 (L=71), 21 (L =64), 17, 16, 15, 14
a1l7

82) y 1000 3 © 13, 12, 11

84) y 1000. 1 ©5

» | 3 In | 3000 2 © 20, 19

87 | 3/4 sn | 1500 3 © 12, 7, 5

i y 2000 1 Jo 16

OD: 3000 1 2 20

101 | 3 In | 2500 2 2 26, 16

22 | 34 135

not been captured in the Norwegian Sea, where it prob-
ably does not occur, as we may infer from the non-occur-
rence there of other Atlantic deep-sea species, such as Hyme-
nodora gracilis Smith, which is indeed replaced in the
Norwegian Sea by a near relative: H. glacialis Bucholz.

Sergestes vigilax Stimpson, H. |. Hanseu

S. vigilax,, STIMPSON 1860 (mastigopus).
S. vigilax, HANSEN 1896.

Hansen has described the adult very carefully, and
there can be no doubt as to the specific identity of Stimp-
son’s young specimens and the adult described by Han-
sen. In the material from the ‘Michael Sars“ expedition
all stages from the very smallest are present, and the
development of the charcteristic rostrum and maxilipeds
can be followed without interruption until they assume
their final shape, (see fig. 35 and 36). The number of
spines on the 6th joints of the maxillipeds 1 have found
to vary between 20 and 22, or rather less than stated by
Hansen (22—25). The 5th joint is subdivided into two
subjoints, the distal one being about one-fourth the length
of the entire joint.

The petasma (fig. 38) is of quite another type from
that found in S. robustus, and shows the closest resemb-
lance to that of S. atlanticus.

S. vigilax is a small species, as seen from the fol-
lowing table:—(specimens of 21/2 mm. are entered as
being 3 mm., etc.)

Size (C. in mm.) 1 | 2

Females ...........- 11/20) 9| 2 42
WOE cosneernconceced 1 | 39} 50| 26] 11 127

99 OSCAR SUND [REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH
S. vigilax is probably limited to the tropical At- Sin “5
. 4
lantic}). It was taken only on the southern section, from Nistetei Total | ©
ie Depth of hauls z Bit
Airica to the Sargasso Sea. The catches were too few to (neires) <a |S 4 z
ere . . : oC
allow any definite conclusions regarding the bathymetrical pinipinipiInloinis
distribution to be drawn, but the table seems to indicate
that (1) the adults prefer deeper water than the young, O—50 | 5| 5) 43 | 64) 4) 14) 47 | 78) 125
(2) that the adults sink during the night. 100200 | 41 9| 8| 6] 2! 27/101 97! 37
300— H]/ 6) Si] ses] Ul) Gi ie) O) Bs
otal 14 | 22 | 56 | 73 | 17 | 41 | 73 | 114| 187
| Gr. total...) 362) | 129 58 187
Table of catches.
St. | Gear | m. w.| Number Sex, size
23 y 400 1 QT
5 T |(1215 m) 1 27
20 y 400 3 a7, 5.5, 2 4.5
42 y 300 1 a7
45 | 1 sn | 100 15 v7, 26,5, 5, ©4, 4, 4, 3.5, 3.5, 3, 3,
2, Oh, 2, 2
4 y 300 6 © 7, 7, 6, 3 6, 6, 6
. y | 2000 1 v6
47 | 4/2 sn 40 4 © 3, 3, 3, 3
49 y 370 6 © 5, 3, 2.3, 2.2, 2.2, 2.0
» | 4 In | 1000-0 1 a7
P y_ | 2000 2 © 2.6, 2
ol | 1 sn 0 27 27, © 641.5, 542, 942.5, 243, 3 a
3.5, 144 mm.
. y 300 2 © 6, 6 (def.)
37 35 38 36 a ye [eee eee
; y | 3000 2 2 6, © 3.5
4 In | 4000 1 26
: aa 0 »
Fig.35—38 Sergestes vigilax, 35) 2 7, st. 67, y 1200, rostrum (2/0). ml ea 0 29 OG & CASS LAS, GAVE GAD
36) #6, st. 29, y 400, end of 3. mxp. (2%). 37) §6, st. 29 y 400, B Abie Tn cece
outer uropod (19/1). 38) 36, st. 29, y 400, petasma (%%/1). eal 109 3 95,5 © 4
» | 3 In | 1200 2 26, K6
53 | 1 sn 0 1 ©4
» | 1 sn 60 22 ©2445, 244, 5435, 543, 6425,
1) HANSEN’S opinion (1896) that Bates’ S. parvidens, which was DA Orewa,
taken both in the Atlantic and the Pacific, is the young of S. vigitax Oe atsna| aelGo 11 2 7, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 5, © 45, 45, 4
is certainly wrong. The eyestalks are, as represented by Bate, much , | 1sn | 200 5 2 8, 6, 6, 6, 6
too short. In a specimen of S. vigilax of the same size they are i y 300 5 2 7, 7, 6, 6, 5
much more than half the length of the carapace. It is equally cer- ‘ y 600 1 26
tain that S. macrophthalmus, Stimps. is not the mastigopus of S. 3 | 1 ga || HCO 1 J6
vigilax. The “Michael Sars” specimens of young S. vigilax agree : y 300 1 Q7
fairly well with STIMpsoNn’s description, but they seem to have more em ga 200 1 eel
numerous dorsal spines, which are found not only, aS in S. macroph- RAN ga || 100) 12 ©4445, 144, 3435, 143, 3425
thalmus, on the hinder edge of the carapace and on the fourth and 5 lien | oo 2 © 25, 2.3
fifth abdominal joint, but also on the third and sixth joints up to a i y 300 3 © 30, 2.8, 1.5
size of 7—8 mm. (C = 2,5 mm.). The size given by Stimpson (0,7 , |3/4sn| 600 1 © 26
inch = 17 mm.) suggests that S. macrophthalmus is uot identical i y 1000 8 2 6, 6, 5,5 © 45, 45, 4, 3
with S. vigilax, as this species has lost all its dorsal spines before ‘ y 2000 1 26
it attains a total length of about 13 mm. 67 | 1 sn 50 6 © 3:2, 2:8, 2.7, 2.3, 2.2, 1.7
» y 200 2 © 3, 2
y 1200 4 2 7.5 (L = 24) 6, 5, 5

2) One vertical haul (one specimen) not considered.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

PINEIDES AND STENOPIDES 23

Sergestes armatus Kréyer
S. armatus KROYER 1855 (mastigopus)
S. armatus HANSEN 1896 ( —,,— )

This species has hitherto been known only from its
mastigopus stage, but during the “Michael Sars” expedi-
tion many adults were captured, which I shall briefly
describe.

40 39 4]

39) 2 14, St. 23, y 400, rostrum

Figs. 39—41. Sergestes armatus.
41) 310, St. 51,

(2/1). 40) Q 14, St. 23, y 400, end of 3. mxp. (1%/1).
y 300, petasma (°°/1).

Rostrum adscendent, its outer third tapering to an
acute point (see fig. 39). Supraocular and hepatic spines
present, the latter situated upon a marked keel running
from the base of the antenna and disappearing behind
the spine. The branchiocardial keel and furrow are also
distinct and reach the hinder edge of the carapace.

In the antennular peduncles, the aggregate length of
which is about’ 85 °/o of the length of the carpace, the
first and the second joints are nearly equal, the third
being about one-third longer than either.

The very long third maxillipeds have the sixth joint
divided into four subjoints, the relative lengths of which

are as 21:30:16:33. All four subjoints carry strong
spines arranged as shown in fig. 40. In all the specimens
the distal subjoint is strongly curved.

The outer uropods are fringed with sete along 2/s—8/s
of their external edge, and a spine is present only in
some of the young specimens.

The petasma (fig. 41) recalls to some extent that of
S. vigilax.

As far as can be judged form material preserved in
formaline pigment is absent, except in the stomach, which
is purplish.

S. armatus is a large species, compared with the
others in Hansen’s group Il, as will be seen from this table:

Size (C in mm,) | 3|4|5|6|7 | 8 | 9 [10] 11/12) 13|14| Total

| ee

Malesus a. | | | | 1 | 1
Kemalese | eH Bf TL ab ya yy a 15
Young DER et [5 | 4 | 2 | | | | il

The nearest relative of S. armatus Kr. is S. diapon-
tius Bate H. J. H (= S. penerinki Bate H. J. H.), but is
distinguished from it by the form of the antennular
peduncles and the relative length of the hairfringed por-
tion of the outer uropods.

S. armatus has been identified with certainty only in
the Atlantic. Bate’s specimens from the Pacific and from
Australian waters, are not, according to HANSEN (1903),
correctly determined.

Regarding the bathymetrical distribution not much is
known, and the “Michael Sars” material is too scanty to
allow of any definite conclusions being drawn. (See table
of catches).

Table of catches.

St. | Gear | m. w.| Number Sex, size
23 y 400 1 2 14
45 y 300 5 © 10, 10, 8, 8, 7
» | 4 In | 3000 1 2 10,
ol | 1 sn 0 2 © 3, 3
» | 1 sn} 200 1 v6
ti y 300 2 2 10, 10
53 y 300 2) OQ. 7
s y 600 1 27
64 sn 100 3 © 342, 3, 3

sn | 200 9) © 44/2, 4

y 300 3 © 4, 4, 3

y 1000 2 28, v7
af y 2000 1 26
67 | 1 sn 50 1 9 il

3/5 sn! 600 1 © 4/2

y 1200 2) ? 13 (L=36), # 9 (L=31)

6 17 30 15 9, 4 3, 11 © is

24 OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Sergestes pectinatus (Hansen) nomen novum.
Sergestes Henseni (Ortmann) H. J. HANSEN 1896 (partim).
This interesting species was described by HANSEN

(1896) from “National” specimens, but it is not, as he
believed, identical with the species described from the
same sample by OrTMANN (1893) as Sergia henseni. On
comparing Ortmann’s and Hansen’s descriptions it appears
without doubt that both authors have founded their de-
scriptions on specimens of two distinct (though closely
related) species. Ortmann described one species, for which
I propose to retain the name S. Henseni while Hansen
fixed his attention chiefly upon an example of another
species, for which I here propose the name S. pectinatus,
alluding to the peculiar structure of the mxp.? first seen
by Hansen. That both species were present in the sample

42

Figs. 42—43. Sergestes pectinatus.
b) 4. and 5. joint of same (15/1).

carefully measured 82 °/o). The petasma (see fig. 39) is
of a type different both from that found in the “robustus-
group” and from that of S. vigilax.

A peculiar interest is attached to a specimen ( 5)
from st. 45, y 300 m. w., which presents all the char-
acters of S. pectinatus, except in the left mxp.*, which
is shown in fig. 43. The sixth joint is subdivided in the
typical manner, but the “comb” is wanting, being re-
placed by an armature of spines resembling that found
in the mastigopus and in the adults of other species.
I am inclined to regard this abnormality as an instance
of atavistic regeneration pointing to the origin of S. pee-
tinatus aS a mutation from a nearly allied form. The right

42) § 6, st. 45, y 300. petasma (29/1).

in question is certain from the following passage in
Hansens description relating to the outer uropods (1896,
p. 959): “— — in the one specimen the ciliated part
occupies three-fifths, in the other almost four-fifths of its
length. In no other species have I met with any similar
variation in this feature, but it also exists in the larve”.
One of the specimens must have lost its maxillipeds,
otherwise the error cannot be explained. Hansen’s de-
scription may be completed by the following particulars.
The rostrum is rudimentary, consisting of a horizontal
spiniform process from the frontal margin, its length at most
equalling one-fifth of the breadth of the cornea. The three
joints of the antennular peduncles are of nearly equal
length. The relative length of the hairfringed portion of
the outer uropods is about four-fifths (in one specimen

c
43) o15, st. 45, y 300.
c) 4. and 5. joint of right 3. mxp (45/1).

a) 6. joint of left 3. mxp. (49/1).

mxp.® is of the typical pectinatus-shape, the fifth joint
being adorned with “comb” (the sixth joint is missing).

S. pectinatus is a very small species, apparently not
exceeding C = 8 mm., (total length about 25 mm.), and
the sexes may be distinguished even in specimens about
10 mm. in total length.

Size (Cinmm,)|1|2|3|4|5|6|7| 8 | Total

Males ji.022:833 3/4/5/3 15
Females............ EHO) ts | B yal 28
NOUNS eee 2 |17| 14 33

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III)

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 95

The larve differ from the adults in the following
characters:—(1) the eyes are enormus, their greater dia-
meter being from 31 to 50 °/o of the length of the carapace;
(2) the relative size of the joints in the antennular ped-
uncles shows an approximation towards the proportions
found in S. Henseni (see under that species); (3) the
percentage of hairfringed edge on the outer uropods is
less, beeing from 74--78 °/o against about 80 °/o in the
adult; (4) the sixt joint of the mxp.® is subdivided as in
the adult, but carries only spines, something like the
abnormal mxp.? found in an adult male (fig. 43).

It may be that Hansen is right in supposing that Masti-
gopus tenuis Bate (1888, pl. 65) is identical with Ortmann’s
S. sargassi. lf so, the structure of the uropods and the
process on the mxp.® indicate its connection with S. pec-
tinatus, the said process not being found in S. Henseni.
In that case the antennular peduncles must have been in-
correctly drawn by Bate.

S. pectinatus was captured only in the southern
part of the area explored by the “Michael Sars’, and
OrTMANN (1893) reports it (and S. Henseni!) from the
equatorial region of the Atlantic.

It seems to live in the upper waterlayers.

Table of catches

St. | Gear | m. w.) Number | Sex, size

23 | 1 sn} 200 1 | een)

34| y | 400 i pOas

4) || xy 300 3. | OSB ea

45 | 1 sn 100 6 2 4, 4, 4, #4, 4, 3

; y 300 IS | © GG, GG, & OO O & cf, oo
» |4/2sn | 1000 i | Qa

49 | 1 sn 100 1 © 2.4

> | Ww |) S0eo it 1 2G

» | 3 In | 3000 1 5

51 | 1 sn | 200 1 | 6

» |3/2sn| 700 1 25

i y 300 3 26,5, #3

Be ee yi | 2000 1 2 6

A y_ | 3000 1 28

53 | 1 sn | 200 2 2,

56 |4/2sn} 500 1 @ 4 (def.)

62 | 1 sn] 200 1 v6

64 | 1 sn 100 1 yore 5252) 2-257 2:05 2:05 18
= | loom 200 4 © 2.9, 2.7, 2.7, 2.0

i y 300 5 O27 2:54 2/3) 13; 0:9) (= 3)
» |3/4sn| 600 6 Og & & QD, YS 2H

67 | 1 sn 50 4 © 2.8, 2.2, 2.0, 1.5

* y 200 6 © 2.8, 2.6, 2:5, 2.4, 2.4, 2.3
64} y | 1000 1 33.5 (L= 10)

2 y_ | 2000 1 2 3.5

67 y 1200 3 | 9 55, 3.5, G1 2.5

13 | 26 76. |

Sergestes Henseni Ortmann.

Sergia Henseni, ORTMANN 1893.
Sergestes sargassi, do., (mastigopus).
Sergestes Henseni, HANSEN 1896 (partim).
Sergestes vigilax, STEPHENSEN 1913.

In describing S. Henseni it will be convenient to
compare it with S. pectinatus.

The rostrum is of the same shape, but longer than
in S. pectinatus, its length equalling ?/s of the breadth
of the cornea.

The distal joints of the antennular peduncles are
nearly of the same length but the first is much longer.
In one specimen the following proportion was found:
19—10—11, in another: 18—11—13.

The third pair of maxillipeds are much more slender
than in S. pectinatus, and the sixth joint, which also
however, is divided into 5 subjoints, is not provided with
a “comb”, but carries a crowded armature of long and
short spines. (See fig. 44). The relative length of the
joints is about as 25—36—9—9—20 (in the other species
as 34—16—16—16—17).

The hairfringed portion of the outer uropods, which
carries sometimes a small tooth, is much shorter than in
S. pectinatus, about 60 °%/o.

ORTMANN’S figure (1893, pl. 3, fig. 3) is drawn from
a specimen of the present species. It is easy to under-
stand that HANsEN (1896) found this figure “rather defi-
cient” because he compared it with a specimen of S.
pectinatus (certainly overlooked by Ortmann). The pe-
tasma is slender as in S. pectinatus, but very different
in shape (see fig. 45). A singular feature, which I have
not observed in other species, is the presence of multiple
spines on the process f, somewhat recalling the “morning-
stars” of by-gonetimes (se fig. 46).?)

The larve are easily separated from those of S.
pectinatus by several characters, viz: (1) the eyes are
smaller, their longer diameter (E) compared with the length
of the carapace (C)?) being as follows:—

C—18 20 23 26 30 31 32 35
E—0-7 0-65 0:75 0-7 0-7 0-7 0-75 08;

C—15 2.0 2:0 22 28
E—0:85 1:0 0:8 0:9 0-9

in Serg. pect.:

(2) the second joint of the antennular peduncles is shorter,
though the measurements are rather uncertain owing to
the difficulty in securing a horizontal position without
injuring the specimens; below the values found:

') A drawing of the petasma is given by STEPHENSEN 1913 as
fig. 6, though he refers his specimens to S. vigilax.

2) C is contained a little more than 3 times in the total length.

SUND — 4

26

OSCAR SUND

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

2nd jnt. 199 = 73-78-73-78-75-82-87-75;

ord jnt.

in S. pect. 82- 96-82-89.

There is no appreciable variation with the size of the
specimens. (3) the percentage of hairfringed edge on
the uropods, which can be determined rather easily is
very different from that in S. pectinatus. The following

values were found (no appreciable variation with size):
61-63-64-65-63-63-62-60-64-63; in S. pect.: 74-75-78.
(4) the external maxilliped is very similar to that of the

adult, but there are only 4 subjoints, the fourth being
later on divided into two. The armature is undeveloped,
but the big spines are present and occupy similar positions
as in the adult, see fig. 47. Attention is drawn to the
fact that they are situated in pairs indicating a more
primitive stage of development of the one-sidedness of
the member, so pronounced in S. armatus, vigilax etc.

Sergestes Henseni is a much larger species than S.
pectinatus, as the smallest males with petasma developed
are about 5 mm. (C), while in S. pectinatus the petasma

Figs. 4447. Sergestes Henseni.. 44) 2 7.5, st. 23, y 400, 6. joint of 3. mxp. (7%). 45) 97, st. 51, y 300, petasma (2/1). 46) 7, st. 51,
y 300, process f of same (1°°/1), 47) © 2, st. 64, y 300, 3. mxp. (°%/1).
is present in males of only 3 mm. (C). Below is a table Sieel@uamnn)
recording the size of all the specimens taken during the Depth Hauls Total Gann
expedition. It should be compared with the corresponding (metres) Below 5) 5 — ae
data for S. pectinatus. Di wilw lw lio lw p N
aM, BUS 29 5 0100 4) 8 |) 943 1 7 10 10 20
| 3 5 | 7 | | | | | tal Fs
C (mm) | 2 Seiler HOO lea een ne enema 9 300°0 Wee Bi Oioo | in| ve at | aH | as
ps Eel hee] peor a
ies em a Mailed | TRH 6001500 seeeaee SS TN OL BIO] Bt LO ae
See AEA ES ous es) i) Ol Can rena 1025") eon irra sl aya essen te
Young... 12/15] 7| [rea | | 36
SS ; See | GEG HOI ane 351) 34 58 92

From the table of bathymetrical distribution it ap-
pears that S. Henseni lives in depths of about 150 metres.
The data seem too scanty to allow of definite conclusions
being drawn as to diurnal migrations or differences in
habitat of the young and adult.

According to our present knowledge the area of
distribution is the same as that of S. pectinatus, with one
remarkable exception one specimen caught as far north
as st. 88 (about 45° N, 26° W).

1) On vertical haul not incl.

ATLANY. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 27

Table of cathes.

St. | Gear | m. w.| Number Sex, size
23} 1 sn} 200 1 26

Piya e200 3 Sill, WO eee

f Tr | 12501) 1 ule

29 y 400 1 29

» | y | 2000 2 27, v5

34] y | 400 2 2 10, 8

42 |} 1 sn} 200 1 © 7

‘1 y 300 1 26

45 | 1 sn | 200 1 © 3.5

2 y 300 16 ©:347,546,145, #:3a7,4a6mm.
5 y 2000 1 a7

49 y 370 1 © 3.1

» | 3 In | 3000 1 Q7

51 | 1 sn! 200 3 29,6, 7

Sey 300 6 © @, 1, th th Gi te te
5 y 3000 2 27, 6

53 | 1 sn 0 1 ©4

5 | il ga |) WOO) 1 ©3

» | 1 sn | 200 1 ORS

Sey | 300 4 2 7, 6, 6, #6

» | 3 In | 2600 2 26, 8

56 | y | 2000 1 2 10

» | 3 In | 8000 1 2 10

58 | 1 sn | 200 1 26

es y 300 1 O 7

62| y 300 1 26

» | 9/4 sn | 2500 1 26

63 | 3 In |500—200 3 25, ©4, 4

64} 1 sn} 200 5 Oso, 27, M8, Po, 20
Be liay 300 18 © 243.5, 543, 5425, 642 mm.
maliay ||): 2000 1 © 2.0

67 | 1 sn 50 1 @ 1.4

» y 200 3 © 3.2, 2.6, 2.0

» | 8/4sn} 600 2 ©4, 3

~ | wl io 3 OT B.S

88 | 1 sn | 200 1 v8

15 | 36 95

Sergestes Edwardsi Kréyer.

S. Edwardsi KROYER 1955.
S. oculatus do. (mastigopus)
S. Edwardsi HANSEN 1896.

Of this species only one specimen was taken during
the expedition, a mastigopus about 10 mm. in length
(C = 2,88), at st. 67, 1 sn. 50 m. w.

Sergestes (Acantosoma) sp.
PAL, 1, aitiey,. le

The single specimen was taken at st. 51, 1 sn, 200
m.w. I believe the photograph will give a better idea
of the specimen than a description. The total length,
excluding rostrum and telson is 2,5 mm. I may suggest

1) Actual depth sounded.

that this Acanthosoma-form belongs to Hansen’s group II,
as the zoéa of S. areticus, figured by WAssERLOOs (1908),
is of quite another type. The form of the eyes suggest
S. Henseni as being the adult.

Penzidez.

Amalopenzus Smith 1882.
Gennadas BATE 1888.
Gennadas BOUVIER 1908.
Amalopeneus KEMP 1910.

Amalopenzus elegans Smith.
Amalopeneus elegans SMITH 1882.
Gennadas parvus BATE 1888.
elegans BOUVIER 1908 (ubi syn.)
Amalopeneus elegans KEMP 1910.

This is one of the commonest deep-sea prawns in the
Atlantic; it was taken in great numbers in nearly every haul
made in sufficient depth, — i. e. deeper than about 400
metres. In all 690 specimens were taken evenly distri-
buted over the area investigated, excluding, of course,
the Norwegian Sea. It seems however from the table of
catches that the species is more abundant in the waters
traversed by the northern route from St. Johns to the
banks S.W. of Ireland, in this respect very much resemb-
ling the other pelagic prawn of quantitative importance,
Acantephyra multispina, with which it disagrees in being
found also in the southern portion of the area.

In the table of bathymetrical distribution+) the catches
from the northern and southern sections are kept apart
and it appears as if the species ventures to ascend a
trifle higher up in the water in the northern section than
in the southern.

Northern section | Southern section
Depth <5 mm. o mm. — < 5 mm. o mm. —
(metres) eeu
Day | Night | Day | Night Day | Night | Day | Night
200—375 el | Sef ie | es
450—850 | 253 | 2 | 100 eae ei ee 6 | 14
|
1000-2100 | 29. | 85) | 2 4), 23,7 14) eat ies

It appears also that the young come somewhat higher
up than the adult, though they are also decidedly dwellers
of the deeps, even the smallest specimens in the collection
displaying a similar red colouring as the adult, only the legs
being more transparent. Even the smallest (C = 2 mm.)
have gone through the whole metamorphosis. The larve,
which are presumably very small, could not be detected
in the collections.

1) St. 10 and vert. hauls not considered.

98 OSCAR SUND [REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH

Table of catches (Hauls during night are marked with an*). Amalopenzus valens Smith.
l : Amalopeneus valens, SMITH 1882.
~ |) T. =
St. | Gear | m.w. | Number | Sex, size Gone Coe ROUT EELIGOR.
|
S | ee pear 7 | case So far as the area investigated by the “Michael Sars”
» | 1 sn |900—300 3 | Gos is concerned this species shows a similar distribution to
358| 1 aa Sinn uy | Saas that of A. elegans, though it was taken in greatest numbers
29 y | 2000 he ae in the SE part of the area. It has a more pronounced
34) y | 1000 i | ©5 : i F E :
35 | 1ssn | 4200 9 7, 3 vertical migration than that species as shown in the table
sil wie (2603) 1 4 below:
42% y 900 0 7, e 6, 6, 5, 5,5, 4, 4, 4
= 1 sn 500 | {, 9, o
517) y | 2000 iho TRS Depth Day Night
53% y | 1600 hay Gyan, GS
> | Yesn| 2100 3) || 5 oh Bs oO 50) 1
»* | 3 In ~ 2600 iS |=
56*) 1/5 sn 750 | 3 5, 3, 3 (very defect) 100—300 55
== y 1006 8) | SS SD Sb DH Sell (= er 3) ae
"=| ¥ | 2000 8 | 6, 5, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 500—2000 11 43
g | 3m 1000 3 38 33,3
|| AY » 9, OO, ;
2a a i Baie Soup eye &) &) th © The blue patches characteristic of most species of
= | 3 in | 3000 tl 1G the genus Amalopenceus are larger and the eyes are larger
3 mn seek 2 ee 9 and darker than in A. elegans.
2 sn |*°2250 ?
4 2000 | 34 @ 12.5 + thirteen © with C= 5—6 +
. 20 small, C = ca. 3
> | 3/ssnj 2500 5 10, 6, 6, 6, 4 Table of catches. (Hauls made during night marked *)
EUs oenioo 9 3 33, 3°3, 3, 3, 3,3
y , 9, 9, 9, 9, D, 9, 9, ; _w. | Numb Sex, si
ae 1500 | i 07. 6 6.66 4 38 St. | Gear | m. w umber ex, size
67 3 In | 2200 | 1 | 29 (defect)
70 | y | 1700 | 8 17; 10, 2, OS & % 7 19 | 4 In | 900 2 ©4, 3
SON aya OOD Ess 1" 5/16 23*| 1 sn | 200 2 | 2 Be
» | 3/ssn} 1500 1 2 10 se 400 10 R
i hays |) 2000 10 @ ig Ws, Ws WEG, 1 ee ll, 10,9 ow
> | 3/ssn| 2500 5 © 1%, 1D; 10; 6 10, 7/ Sit We | WON 7 6—7
goin _ 3000 5 : Det, 310, 9, 9 | 1 sn |500—0 1 7
| 2000 2 : 25%| 1/2 sn | 2600 2 8, 11
— 3/s sn 2500 | 2 WP. doubtful e 9000 9 9 85
» | 3 In | 3000 D | ORs ULL ohh eh d ales ae
82) y | 1000 13 2 8, 8,8, 8, 7,6,6, #8, 8,7,7,6,©@3 34%) %/2sn| 600 1 4
>» ssn) 1500 5 | 28,7, 7,6, 8 a 400 8 (5—8 mm.)
2 2000 BS | se Nee 35*| 4 In |2400-0/ 1 2 10, § 8, ©6, 4, 3
83 | 1°sn | 1000 4 | 3, 3, 3,3 ioe a0 5 a B
84| y | 1000 57 Q 7,6, 07,7, 7+52 small, C—2-3mm y )
» | 3/ssn| 1500 3 | QI6 Ost OF 4 3, ch B 45*| y | 2000 1 v9
” y | 2000 | 7 29 ih we G th, @ © 49*| 4 In | 3000 1 8
7 3/s sn | 2500 | 4 gs 7, © 2:5, 2.5 51*| y | 2000 1 5
y | 1000 —
~ ajesn 1500 36 | 36, 5 the rest small, C = ca. 3 »* | 3 In | 4000 1 2 8
ml ey | 2000 10 | 96, 6 do, do. 52 | 3 In | 1200 2 29, @3
88 y | 1000 49 2 16, (3, By AE doe pest 2 wit C=3 53#/ 1 sn | 100 1 7
» |%ssn} 1500 10 | 27, 7, 6, 6, %7, 6, 6, 6, 4, # 300 G, G, @, &, BS
Panama On Pn O86, 6407 candle eas) > (| “alt alee,
90; y | 1000} 17 | 97, and sixteen © with C = ca. 4 ae ,
» | 3/s sn | 1500 | 3 2 6,6, #6 »* | 3 In | 2600 12 (5—8 mm.)
92* 3/,sn| 600 i 2 567} y | 300] 10 | @ 10, 10, 7, #11, 9, 8 87,7,5
oe y | 1000 5 2 6, oS 6, 6, © 4, 4 # y 1000 1 @ 10,
Zee a eae 5 Nee #1 y | 2000 6 7-9
> y 2000 2 PRON 7 0
94 | 2/ssn) 1500 Ip || Bh »* | 3 In | 3000 10 | 6—
= Pou onal a anes BBY 1 oO eae
» |*/4sn| 1450 og 6,3, 3, 9) 8, 3, 3,9, *|31n | 600 6 10, 9, 7, 7, 6, 6
» | 3 In | 1500 2 ||MO Wnt 2a WAG, OW ge 2 ?
i ( 4 8,747, 20 a 6) mm. 62*) 3 In | 3000 1 2 10
101 y 1000 40 Cc = 3—4 64 | 3 In | 3000 1 2 10
» | 4/ssn{ 1500 8 2 7, #7, 6, 6 and four ©, C= 2.5-3 67 y 1200 9 87
» y | 2000 22 ? 8, 8, 7, 7, 6, 6, 6, 6, #7, 7,7,6,6,5 81 | 3 In | 3000 9 2 10, 8
a Oem ay: 82 2000 il if si
» | 3 In | 2500 200 |1389 448, 4475, 347,246), 75 y
(848, 347, 146) mm. 94 | 3 In | 2000 1 J 12
27 | 69 705 eee 20 | 32 112

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 29

Amalopenzus Tinayrei Bouvier.

Gennadas Tinayrei, Bouvier 1908.

This species resembles A. valens very much in ap-
pearance and seems to have a similar distribution hori-
zontally and vertically, though it is probably wanting in
the northeastern part of the area.

Depth Day Night

50—200 20
300—600 6 5
750—1500 3 7

Table of catches. (Hauls during night marked *),

St. | Gear |'m. w. | Number Sex, size
34#] oy 400 1 26
42*| 1 sn 200 2 @
ae y 300 4 8, 8, 7, 4
ADE)” Y. 300 3 oJ’ 6, 6, 6
51*] oy 300 1 Ca. 6 (defect)
53%] 1 sn 200 @ 3 6, 6, 6
é y | 600 2 5, 5
»* | 3 In | 2600 4 1, 5 U, @
56*| 1 sn 100 1 ull
£3 || il om | 200) 1 v6
ie y 300 1 v6
yt [7/3 sm) 700 3 3, 3, 3 (defect)
»* | 3 In | 3000 1 6
58*| 1 sn 200 1 6
as y 300 9) 6, 6
62*| y | 2000 1 5
yt | 3/4 sn | 2500 1 6
64 | 3/4 sn | 2500 1 6
67 y 1200 4 1, @, & @))
so | y | 1000 1 Q7
81 | 3 In | 3000 1 27
82 | 3/4 sn | 1500 1 v6
84) y 1000 1 26
23 41

Amalopenzus Alicei Bouvier.
Gennadas Alicei, BOUVIER 1908.

The appearance of this species is very different from
the other species of the same genus; the bright red is
replaced by a strong orange and no blue patehes are
found. The eyes are very small and their pigment faded.
The adult specimens are of much greater size than the

1) The smallest may perhaps be an A elegans.

other species in the genus. The species is certainly
an inhabitant of the very deepest strata where the
amount of light is nearly imperceptible. From the table
of catches it will be seen that A. Alicei was never taken
above a depth of 1000 metres, even during night.

The geographical distribition of A. Alicei is at pre-
sent not fully known but is probably very extended.
It has been taken during several of the Prince of
Monaco’s expeditions in the North Atlantic, approx-
imately within the same area where the. “Michael Sars”
obtained it.

Table of catches. (Hauls during night marked *)

St. | Gear | m. w. | Number Sex, size
25*| 1/5 sn | 3400 1 c. 16 (defect)

29 y 2000 8 We Ih, WO, Ge Gy, Zak al
35 | 4/2 sn | 4200 1 8

45*| y | 2000 3 1? 192, 10)

»* | 4 In | 3000 3 12 (two def.)

49*) y 2000 3 4,4, 4,

» | 4 In | 3000 6 15, 14, 13, 12, 9

51*| y | 3000 1 © 10

53*| 3 In | 2600 32 6—15 (mostly 12—14) mm.
06*| y 2000 2 14, 10

illo 3000 4 fey, Wes sl, ©)

62*) y 2000 1 15

»* | 3/4 sn | 2500 1 15

>» | 3 In | 3000 2, 17, 16

64 y | 2000 1 i

5 || Fean 2500 1 8

» | 3 In | 3000 1 epiile}, & iil

80 | 3 In | 3000 1 © 12

82 y 2000 1 9 11

12 19 74 |

Benthesicymus Sp. Bate.
Benthesicymus brasiliensis, BATE 1881.

This species was taken by the ‘Michael Sars” at
st. 35 with trawl in a depth of 2603 metres. One defect
female, total length 105 mm. The specimen differs from
Bate’s description by the presence of a very small spine in
the hepatical area and a very small tubercle between the
first pair of pleopoda. These characters may possibly
have been overlooked by Bate, and this assumption is
the reason why I do not propose a new name for the
single specimen at hand.

B. brasiliensis has formerly been taken in the Southern
Pacific and the South Atlantic, in depths between 600
and 4300 metres.

30 OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Benthesicymus Hjorti n. sp.
(Pl. Il, fig. 4).

This species bears a close resemblance to B. crenatus
Bate sharing with it the outstanding feature of having
the posterior edge of the fourth pleosomite saw-toothed
(see fig. 48). Our species which might be considered the
Atlantic representative of the Pacific species B. crenatus,
differs from it in carrying only two teeth on the upper
edge of the rostrum (the tip not included) and no spine
on the carapace behind the rostrum.

Fig. 48. Benthesicymus Hjorti. Detail of abdomen (°/1).

The eyes are devoid of pigment. The cornea is
scarcely broader than the stalks which do not reach as
far as the tip of the rostrum, neither to the extremity of
the first joint of the antennular peduncles. This joint is of
about the same length as the two outer joints together.
The stylocerite ends in a short triangular tooth.

The carapace is very smooth, the sulci being nearly
obliterated. Of spines only the branchiostegal is seen;
it is very small.

The tail-fian is large. Telson is long, nearly three
fourths as long as the outer uropod.

In all three specimens were taken, two males at st. 53
(trawl, 2615—2865 m.) and one female at st. 35 (trawl
2603 m.). Below is given some measurements, in mm.,
of these specimens.

of ce ¢
st. 53 st. 53 st. 35
Pengthoitcarapacee ssa eee 35 26 44
Do, rostrum included.... 42 30 55
Length of scaphocerite, to tip of tooth 21 16 24.5
“ - outer uropod, do. 20 15 23
i - do., totale chee. 24 18 28
5 = IMME NILO POG vx seeseeeeeeteeeees 17 13 20
z =~ LEISON sete eee 16.5 13 20.5

Benthesicymus Jongipes Bouvier.
Benthesicymus longipes, BOUVIER 1908.

This species has formerly been taken only once, near
the Cap Verde Islands, in a depth 3890 metres.

Two of the specimens obtained by the “Michael
Sars” were taken at a depth not exceeding 3000 metres
(length of wire paid out 4000 metres) bottom being
found in a depth of 3886 metres. The capture must
therefore have occurred at a distance of not less than
800 metres ftom the bottom, thus establishing B. long-
ipes as a plankton- animal.

“Michael Sars” 1910, st. 51, large net, 4000 metres
wire out. Two males, length of carapace (C) 22 and
20 mm. respectively. St. 35, trawl, depth 2603 metres,
one defect specimen (C — 19).

Benthesicymus ? carinatus Smith.
Benthesicymus ? carinatus, SMITH 1884.

Only one, very mutilated specimen of B. carinatus
was obtained, a female with a carapace length of about
30 mm., at st. 82, at a depth of about 2000 metres (large
tow-net, 3000 metres wire out). Drawings of the very
characteristic mouth parts are given in fig. 49. The form
of these, especially of the 2. mxp., suggests for this species
an intermediate position between the genera Amalopenceeus
and Benthesicymus.

Plesiopenzus Edwardsianus |. Y. Johnson.
Peneus Edwardsianus, |. Y. JOHNSON, 1867, p. 897.
Plesiopeneus Edwardsianus, E. L. BOUVIER, 1908, p. 64, ubi. syn.
Of this magnificent species good catches were made
with the trawl at the following stations:
at st. 23, depth 1215 metres, 54 males and 83 females,
and one young,
at st. 24, depth 1615 metres, one male and one female,
at st. 41, depth 1365 metres, 18 males and 7 females.
The length of carapace was measured in all the
specimens except four defect ones. The females are
generally much larger as will be seen from the measure-
ments. In addition to those contained in the table four

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. HII]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 31

Fig. 49. Benthesicymus carinatus.

defect specimens and one young of indefinite sex, meas-
uring 30 mm. were taken.

The largest specimen, a female with a carapace 104
mm. long measured 334 mm. from tip of telson to tip of
rostrum. The species has been taken on both sides of
the Atlantic, in the Gulf of Bengal and in the Andaman
Sea but not in the Mediterranean. Bathymetrical limits
344 to 1850 metres.

Length of

Number of
carapace we eels
cm. males females
4.0 3 3
4.5 2} 6
5.0 3 3
5.5 21 1
6.0 | 33 2
6.5 8 | 8
7.0 — 12
7.5 — | 8
8.0 — 15
8.5 = 14
90 | = 13
9.5 — 4
10.0 | _— —
10.5 — 1

Aristeopsis tridens S. |. Smith.
Aristeus? tridens, S. |. SMITH 1884, p. 404, pl. IX, fig. 1—6.
Aristeopsis armatus Sp, Bate var. tridens, BOUVIER 1908 (ubi syn.).
This large prawn was obtained on two occasions
during the expedition, both of the catches within the
bathymetrical and horizontal limits of distribution as
previously known, viz:

S
= \ .

2 4S G
= VA :
hy
— S = S |

=e .
{SS g Vy
SS =

==

ee 2
a amu

410
1

Mouth parts.

at st. 35, trawl, 2603 metres, 5 males and 3 females,
at st. 53, trawl, 2615—2865 metres, 21 males and 20
females.

The sizes of the specimens were as follows:

Length of Number of

carapace
cm.

3.5 2
4.0 —
4.5 6
5.0 12
5
1

males females

D.0
6.0

= = (Co)

The total length is about 4 times that of the cara-
pace measured from the orbital sinus.

As the species is perfectly well established by Smith
(1884) and clearly distinguishable from A. armatus (Bouvier
1909), there seems to be little reason to encumber its
name by referring it as a variety of another distinct though
nearly related species.

Aristeomorpha foliacea Risso.
Peneeus foliaceus, RISSo, 1826.
Aristeomorpha foliacea, E. L. BOUVIER, 1908, p. 53 (ubi syn.).
This species was taken together with Parapencus
longirostris, at st. 21, trawl, 535 metres.
Two females, length of carapace 58 and 65 mm.
respectively.
The species is known from the Mediterranean and off
Morocco in depths between 500 and 1300 metres.

32 OSCAR SUND

{[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Funchalia Woodwardi Johnson.

Funchalia Woodwardi, JOHNSON, 1867, p. 995—897.
Grimaldiella Richardi, E. L. BOUVIER, 1905 (juv. solum).
Funchalia Woodwardi, E. L. BOUVIER, 1908, p. 93, ubi syn.

No less than 67 specimens were obtained of this
curious species, all of which are immature, the largest
only about 7.5 cm. long while the type specimen taken
by Johnson at Madeira in 1867 was 61/2 inches or about
17*/2 cm. Bouvier (1908) belives that Funchalia leads a
bathypelagic life though being able to ascend to the

Table of catchés. (Hauls during night marked *).

St. | Gear | m. w.| Number | Sex, size

235) y 400 8 | A a 8, 75 Th 16 38

29 | 1sn] 200 | 1 12

» | y | 2000 ies al at

34*| Y/esn | 600 1 | 9

35* 4 In |2400-0 1 8

38 Yesn} 200 1 8

39% 1 sn} 150 ee RS

49%} y | 900 ee

-*| y | 300 5 | 20, 1 thy ih

S 1 sn 100 2 yi Tt

45*) 1 sn 100 6 oh toy oh oh 2

== | 1 sn] 200 17 18, 10, 9, 9, 8, 8, 7, 6, 6, 6. 6, 5, 4, 4,
A Gh

~* | 3 In | 3000 4 20, 14, 10, 9

49* 4 In | 1000-0 2 9,7

= y 2000 2 95

-* | 3 In | 3000 1 | 8

51#| y | 2000 1 (a8

52 |4/2sn| 100 2 |e

537) 1 sn 100 |B & 8 2

58 | y | 300 i |e}

67 y | 1200 DM || SB Be

14] 21 67

upper waterlayers. From the catches of the ,Michael
Sars“ Expedition it would appear that the young, at last
of Funchalia are denizens of the upper waterlayers though
not of the very surface, most of the 67 specimens (43)
having been taken between 50 and 150 metres and the
rest probably during the hauling up of the gear from
greater depths.

As to the geographical distribution it may be noted
that the species was taken both in the Sargasso Sea, S.
of the Azores and W of North Africa while formerly it was
known only from the neighbourhood of the Azores and
the Canary Islands.

Parapenzus longirostris H. Lucas.

Peneus longirostris, H. Lucas, 1849.
Parapeneus longirostris, E. L. BOUVIER, 1908, p. 102 (ubi syn.).

At st. 21 the trawl brought up from a depth of 535
metres four females of the above species. Their length
of carapace was 29, 30, 32 and 36 mm. respectively,
total length 15—17 cm.

The species has formerly been taken off the coasts.
of Portugal and Morocco and in the Mediterranean down
to a depth of 500 metres.

STENOPIDES.

Spongicola Koehleri Caullery.
Spongieola Koehleri, CAULLERY, 1896.

This interesting species was discovered by the ,Cau-
dan“ in the Bay of Biscay in a depth of 1410 meters in
1896. Since that time it has probably not been retaken
until the “Michael Sars” expedition obtained one specimen
at st. 23, from a depth of 1215 metres. C= 9, L= 24mm.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.]

PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES 33

Bibliography.

ALcocK, 1901. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea
Crustacea Decapoda, Macrura and Anomala, in the Indian
Museum.

BATE, 1888. Report on the scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M.
S. “Challenger” during the years 1873—76 Zoology, vol.
XXVI Crustacea Macrura. Edingburgh 1888.

Boas, 1880. Studier over Decapodernes Slegtskapsforhold. (Vid.
Selsk. Skr.) 6. Rekke naturv. og math., Avd. I, 2. Kjoben-
havn 1880.

BORRADAILE, 1907. “On the Classification of the Decapod Crustaceans”.
Ann. mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7. Vol. XIX.

BOuviER, 1905. Sur les Pénéides et les Sténopides recueillis par’ les
expeditions francaises et monégasques dans !’Atlantique
oriental (Comptes rendus Acad. des Sciences), A. CXL,
p. 9 80—983.

BouviEr, 1906. “Sur les Gennadas ou Pénéides Bathypélagiques‘.
Bull. Mus. Oceanog. Monaco., No. 80.

BouviER, 1908. Crustacés decapodes (Pénéidés) provenant des cam-
pagnes de lHirondelle et de la ‘“Prinsesse-Alice” (1886—
1907). Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. XXXII.

CAULLERY, 1896 a. Crustacés Schizopodes et Decapodes; Résultats Sci-
entifiques de la Campagne du Caudan. — Ann. Univ. Lyon
XXVI.

CAULLERY 1896 b. Résultats scientifiques de la campagne du ‘“‘Caudan”’
dans le golfe de Gascogne, aofit—septembre 1895. Cru-
stacés schizopodes et decapodes. Lyon 1896.

FAXON, 1895. Stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Albatross Expedition. Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. XVIII.

HANSEN, 1896. On the Development and Species of Crustaceans of
the genus Sergestes. — Proc. Zool. Soc., Londor

HANSEN, 1903(1).
cruise of the Oceana.

HANSEN, 1903(2).
gestes from the Challenger.

On a new species of Sergestes obtained during the
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. XI.
On Crustaceans of the genera Petalidium and Ser-
Proc. Zool. Soc., London.

HANSEN, 1908. Crustacea Malacostraca of the Danish-Ingolf Expedition.
JOHNSON, 1867. Descriptions of a new Genus and a new Species of

Macrurous Decapod Crustaceans belonging to the Peneide
discovered at Madeira. Proc. Zool. Soc., London 1867.

Kemp. 1910. The Decapoda Natantia of the Coasts of Ireland. Fishe-
ries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908, I.

Kemp, 1913. Pelagic Crustacea of the Percy Sladen Trvst Exp. in
H.M.S. ‘“Sealark”. London Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool.
Lowpie te

KROYER, 1859. Forsok til en monografisk fremstilling af Krebsdyr-
slegten Sergestes med Bemerkninger om Decapodernes
Horeredskaber. — K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, 5. Rekke.
Nat. Math. Avd. iv. 2.

Lo Branco, 1901. Le pesche abissali eseguite da F. A. Krupp. col
Yacht Puritan nelle adiacenze di Capri ed in altro localita
del Mediterraneo. Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel. Bd. XVI.

ORTMANN, 1893. Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition.
Kiel & Leipzig. 1893.

ORTMANN, 1901. Crustacea, zweite Hialfte: Malacostraca (Die Klassen
und Ordnungen der Arthropoden). Leipzig 1901.

Sars, 1882. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer.... (Forhandl. Vid.
Selsk. Christiania) No. 18. 1882.

SmitH, 1882. Reports on dredying .... on the East Coast of the
United states . By the Blake XVI[. — Pt. I. Cru-
stacea Decapoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll.
Vol. X.

SmitH, 1884. Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dred-
gings off the East Coast of the United States. Rep. U. S.
Fish Commission for 1882.

SmitH, 1887. Report on the Decapod Crustacea from the Albatross
dredgings off the East Coast of the United States during
the Summer and Autumn of 1884. (Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish.
and Fisheries for 1885). Washington 1887.

STEBBING, 1893. A History of Crustacea, Recent Malacastraca.
1893.

STEBBING, 1908. South African Crustacea, Part III], Marine Investigations
in South Africa. Vol. IV.

London

STEPHENSEN, 1913. The copulatory organ (Petasma) of Sergcstes
vigilax Stimpson (H. I. H.). Mindeskrift for Japetus Steen-
strup. Copenhagen.

STIMPSON, 1860. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum
fee Pars VIII, Crustacea Macrura Proc. Ac. nat. Sc.
Philaladelphia 1860.

Woop-Mason, 1891. On the Results of Indian-Deep-Sea Dredging.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, VII.

Woop-Mason, 1892. Illustrations of the Zoology of H. M. Indian
Marine Surveying Steamer “Investigator”. Part I, Cru-
staceans.

SUND — 5

34

OSCAR SUND

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Record

of horizontal hauls intended to provide samples of zooplankton during the “Michael Sars” expedition 1910.

The appliances used were:—conical silknets with
mesh in end-part of 0.5 mm. (7/4 square millimeter) and
with a diameter at ithe opening of 4/2, °/s or 1 meter
(designated in the tables as 4/2 sn, 3/s sn, 1 sn); conical
nets made of shrimp-trawl net, diameter at the opening
3m. (“3 In’); and young-fish trawls og C. G. Joh. Peter-
sen’s model (“y’). In the first table (1) each haul is
represented by a figure showing length of wire between
the appliance in question and the ship. The actual depth
is, of course unknown, but may roughly be guessed as
about-.two thirds of the length of wire, in hauls near
the surface perhaps somewhat less.—The suriace-hauls

were alle made by means of a one-meter silk net. Table II
shows the duration of each haul in minutes. Table III
giwes a view af all the horizontal zooplankton hauls,
distributed over the different depths (i. e. wire out) and
over the four are as into which the regions travesed
during the voyage may conveniently be divided. NE
comprises station 1—12 and 87116, NW stations 70—86,
SE stations 13—59 and SW stations 60—69.. Operations
began on the the 9th of april 1910, at st. 1 and ended
aug. 14 1910 at st. 116.

The position of the stations may be gathered from
the three charts, pag. 35.

Table I. (Table 1) (Table 1)
Dur. | Appliances towed simult Dur Appliances towed simult Dur Appliances towed simult
Sta Darelleot aes [ess [betel Ge) © [Se oa oi
haul 1/>sn|3/ssn|1sn|3 in| y | haul | 1/, sn/3/ssn| 1sn| 3 In| y haul 1/5 sn |8/s sn|l sn| 3 in| y
| hours | Mm. W | m. W. | m. w. | m. w. | m. w. hours | m. w. | m. w. | m. w. | m. w. | m. w. hours | m. w. | m.w.| m.w.| m.w.| m.w
10 | N/a Q'/ | 100*) 300*)) 53*| ©%/6) 6 1100 1600) 83 | 44/7 | 1 | 10008)
ee ee ee | | 200*) 4 ; » |2100 84 | Pr | 4 600) 100 300
5 il ey |e SB | | | 970 1570 |) 56* |''12/6 | 10 | 500 1002)) 3000 | 3002)) . | 4, = 1500} 200 1000
15% | 2223/4)" 12/3" | | | 100 300 ‘ % Pe (A2\0) 2002) 1000)| , | » ra 2500 2000
Sollee | 200 ai lees eee 2000)||ine ea ete eee 3000
Aare |e | | 600 58* |10-11/6 | c. 10 100 | 600} 300] 86 | 18/7 | 1/2 | 1008)
19* |23/5;] 8 | | | AVON cx hp ‘ 200 sl a lo |) Sox
23% | =8/5 | 6l/o | 200 400 || 62* |?0-21/6| 61/2 600} 100 | 3000} 300) , | , 5 6008)|
a 5 ie cal | SOO | ny |) i: 2500 | 200 1000) ., | » 1 | 10003)
25 A 4 3 | 2600 ” » ” 2000 ” ” ” 2000. 3)
25 B#| 9/5 5 | 3400 64 | 4/6 600} 100 | 3000} 300}| 87 | "%/7 300 | 600} 100 300
29 9/5 | 11/4 | 1100 | | 200 400 te - & 2500 | 200 NOON} ys 1500} 200 1000
S BAG | Asa 2000 a 5 * 2000} en eas = 2500 2000
34% | 1314/5) 4 600 | 400 || 66 | 7% | 2 200 UO 5 os F 3000
= PS = | 1000 A 5 a 500 88#| 18/7 | 64/2 | 300 | 600) 100 300
35% | 1819/5) 2 | 4300] P = i 1000 A a = 1500} 200 1000
38 2/5 | 12 | 215] 60 | 215 || 67 | %/e6| 2 600| 50 |2200] 200) ,| » | » 2000
i |e | 140 eteanlts a 800 1200|) 90 | 247 | 3 | 800-} 600} 100 300
39 A#2021/5;| 7 | 240) | 75 | 300) 4 | » Bs 1700 pe ulE ae “ 1500) 200 1000
E i eae | | 150 | | @) | 2% | 2 100 300] 5 | » Fe 2000
AQ |2724/,1 7 | 500| | 100 | 300 f . se 200 QDs] 23-24/7| 4 600} 100/3000) 300
= 2 od! | 200 | 900 || 70 | %/6 | 5 100 | 200 COOH = | a 1500) 200 1000
45% 25-29/5| 91/s | 1000 | 1001) 3000/ 300')} , | , > 700 | LOO} cy I) = 2000
+ 3 aoe) 2001), 2000 | = 5 7 1200 On| 2a | 250 | 600) 100/2000) 300
47 30/5 }c.10| 45 | fil 5 2 100 300] , | » . 1500} 200 1000
+ > | » |6800 | “ 6 ss 200 Be |} ae 1 100 300
48 Ey i OA SEY) | | SO) |) in |e 600 3000} 300|| 97 | 4/8 | 3/4 50
= ” » | 7500 | | jos - 5 1500 98*| 5/g 1 4 600) 100/1500) 300
49B | Ye | c.8) 750| 100 | 3000} 370 - % 5 2500 iy a $ 1450} 200 1000
- - . 1000 | 270 | 2000 || 81 | 47} 3 600} 100 | 3000} 300)| 99 | %/s | 4/ 75
o1l* | *8&/e}c. 11} 700 100 | 4000 | 300 i a 3 1500 | 200 1000|101 | 7/s | 3 600} 100/2500) 300
x * » | 1000 200 | 2000 Es 3 i 2500 BUCO cy cy : 1500} 200 1000
os = ES | 3000 |} 82 | !%/7 | 3%/2 600} 100 | 3000} 300|| , | ,, * 2000
52 Ge | 2/2} 100| 11200} 600 || , 5 P 1500 | 200 1000 ||102*) 9-19’ | 3 400} 1001500) 300
33% | €%/6| 6 60 | 100 | 2600} 300 || , i = 2500 2000)| een ee a 1400} 200 600
2 wee 10)| 200 | 600 || 83 | 4/7 | 1/2 | 1008) os |e iM 1000
1) Appl. 100, 200, 300, m. w. only 6'/s hours. 7) Appl. 100, 200, 300 m. w. only 7 hours, #) Fine silk horisontal closing net, d = 4/2 m.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.] PENEIDES AND STENOPIDES. 35

Cruises of the “Michael Sars’ 1910.

25° 20° 40° Ee on
Ovéward voyage —@—e— Homeward voyage Ra Olecssoneee

Portions of the voyage in larger scale in the two smaller charts. Figures denote station-numbers.

36 OSCAR SUND
Table I. Table VI.
Surface-hauls (with silknet, 1 m. diam.) Summary of hauls.
Duration of hauls given in minutes.
Silk-net = hae ts etc. | —
St. | Dur. Euued St. | Dur. prided Sia Drs Ended Wire out (m.) £ argecnets ete £
: i NE|NW| SE |SW| © | NE|NW] SE|sw| &
5 | 10 | 1440] 44 | 10 | 140] 70 | 300 | 13:10
10 | 90 | 214] 46 | 10 | day | 71 | 120 | sunset MAL EYP CTS OE)
E 60 1l.oo | 47 10 | day 73 15 day Surtace: eon ere 8 6 14 5 Sys |) = jf — |} — = || —— || —
15 | 100 | 23.30] 48 | 720 | 233] 75 | 5 | day BOE Dess OT Oy SN a ba =) 2
18 | 15 | 2330] 49 | 240 | 1630] 78 | 15 | 17.00 LOL lhe: CS WO es | ey S|
19 | 10 | 915} 50 | 10) 830] 980 | 360 | 18.09 EUs EN eel Sy CAN ay en 22) | ile
95 | 60 | 2250] 51 | 15 | 20.45] 81 | 180 | 18.30 1251—2250... Be Of | MO] 2) | 2) 8 | ie
96 | 10 | 214] , | 660 | 53| 821 60 | 16.0 30 47.50 Ree ee 1} Ay ni 9h Bl Oy Al all al a
27 | 10 lao} 52 | 150 | 24.00 84 | 240 | 17.30 Aol Mole =) — | 2) — 2) =|] ) =|} —] | —
28 | 10 7.10 | 53 | 390 | 430] 87 | 180 | 13.30 Total (day) | 30 | 37 | 28 | 19/114] 19| 18] 8] 9] 54
29 | 75 | 20.15/ 56 | 150 | 430] 88 | 390 | 8.45 fiver ttn (ees |
31 | 10 | 1610) 58 | 500 | 415} 90 | 180 | 18.00 Uringpinin ats (AGurs hI Seb)
32 | 10 | 2010) 59 15 | 16.45 | 92 | 240 | 2230 QUIENES ceosserecenscerosnarcucooros & || SH} sy |) aL) Dl
35 | 45 19.45 60 10 | 9.05 94 180 15.00 40 150M a cere eee 5 | —/} 11 Wy) 7 |) |] Se Sl
37 | 10 | 915] 62 | 390 | 4.30] 97 | 45 | 20.10 Ler fea a eee Way I Te
38 | 10 | 1200] 64 | 600 | 17.00] 98 | 240 | 6.30 Soap i MIs) Sh Si 1 i ko
39 | 10 | 400] 66 | 120 | 174] 99 | 20 | 9.20 ee Meo pa By on
42 | 10 | 5.00] 67 | 120 | 1515] 101 | 180 | 16.0 Saeed ee ae Ea 7
43 | 10 | 18.0! 69 ! 120 | 10.30] 102 | 180 | night Total (night) | 24 | — | 47| 5 | 76| 14 | —| 26] 4 | 44
Table III.
Number and duration of horizontal hauls.
Length of wire Silknets (diam. 0.5, 0.75 and 1 m.) Large nets or y. fish trawl of shrimp net
metres Number of hauls Hours towed Number of hauls Hours towed
Limits | NE Nw | SE | SW | Tot.| NE | NW] SE | SW | Tot.| NE | NW] SE | SW | Tot.| NE | NW] SE | SW | Tot.
OR oe | 12 | 6 | 28 | 6 | 52%)| 39.2] 23.5| 65.2| 18.5|146.4
=) eee | | 1 1 2 10 ) | 1 1 1] Os 0.8
Gee ee 10! 7! 16 | 31 361 328] 1851101 | 145|166.8| 1 1 | 05 0.5
i250 ee 10} 5 | 11 | 4 | 30] 348] 17.5] 65 | 16.5/133.8 1 1 2 18° 9 | Bs
TAG) soos 4] ] 1 6] 155] 05] 8 24/10] 5] 13] 3 | 31 | 33.8] 17.5] 83.8] 14511496
ASI 750"--5 ns TN 60 6 A 93" 26s 22) 407) 16:5)/10517)) 1 3 ee} 18.5 215
T= 50 ee 1 si & | 9 | mi 8 | 7 | asl 427) 49s) 8 2-41 8 |) 1© | SOs) 168! 5] tas! aco
19511750 es Sian |) Pale | 13g 20's |G's 2 | 48 3.) i 2 || a “N10 I & | Ws) 2 | ws
VEE. ooo ae8 1 1 | 2 1 6 7 6 4 5 3 | 18 | 22.5) 16.5] 39.5] 145] 93,
27508 | WN ait Ihe 8 & | 165i) S || 1s) a 1 1 D | 8 6 9
Fi fj 29) soar: | A) Al ai 9 | 1 | 74 16s! Ball sll 74s
3751 A750 eee 2 | 2 7 7 1 1 11 11
ATS 62502 - ee
62516750. =-....
ISI 1250 see 1 | 1 10 10
10 TE Venn oanae eealigil 1 12 12 :
53 | 37 | 74 | 23 | 187)|1843|123 |364.4| 86.5|757.2/ 33 | 18 | 34 | 13 | 98 |1101] 72 |2346] 60 | 4767

1) Series

of of surface hauls at the same station here considered as one haul.

a eae Plate I.

Fig. 1. Sergestes (Acanthosoma) sp. (*°/1) ;
ve ; Fig. 2. Sergestes robustus (juv.) Forepart, st. 64, y
; 300 m. w. (42/1). -
Fig. 3. Sergestes robustus (juv.) Tail-fan of the same:
; specimen (42/1), Me

Rep. of the ‘Michael Sars’ North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910, Vol. II]. Sund:—Peneides and Stenopides. Pie

RU DALAL

er _

Plate II.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Sergestes corniculum, @ 17, st.51, y 300 m. w.
Rasmussen del. (2/1).

Fig. 2. Sergestes splendens, head-parts of a young spec-
imen, st, 64, 1 sn, 100 m. w. (#//1).

Fig. 3. Sergestes splendens, tail-fan of the same spec-
imen (#°/1).

Fig. 4. Benthesicymus Hjorti 9 44, st. 35, trawl, 2603 m.

: Rasmussen del. (2/1).

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. Ill. Sund:—Peneides and Stenopides PISie

eos

ECHINODERMATA

THE ,MICHAEU SARS” NORTH ATLANTIC DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 1910

BY

JAMES A. GRIEG

WITH 5 PLATES, 10 ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT AND CHARTS

A very rich and interesting material of echinoderms
was collected in the summer of 1910 during the cruise
of the “Michael Sars“ in the North Atlantic. The material
which contained 92 species and 67 genera is distributed,
as follows:

Holothurioidea: 14 genera 21 species
Asteroidea: 24, BO). gg
Ophiuroidea: By a Dre et
Echinoidea: eye eee jays emee
Crinoidea: Seay Aa

The greater and most interesting part of the collec-
tions was taken from the great depths of the North Atlantic,
Peniagone ferruginea, one of the species found
there, is new to science, and Peniagone wyvillii taken
in the Bay of Biscay by the “Michael Sars” is new to
the Atlantic region. It was previously known only from
the Pacific. Several of the others are likewise of great
interest from a zoogeographical point of view, as their
vertical as well as their horizontal distribution has been
extended by the explorations of the “Michael Sars’. I
may thus mention Bathybiaster robustus and Solaster
abyssicola which were previously known only from the
east coast of North America. The cruise of the “Michael
Sars” furnished proofs that they occur also on the east
Atlantic side; for Bathybiaster robustus was found west
of Ireland (stat. 95) and the Hebrides (stat. 101), and
Solaster abyssicola north of the Azores (stat. 88). The
northern boundary of Psilasteropsis patagiatus and
Astronyx locardi was formerly the Bay of Biscay. The
“Michael Sars” found the firstnamed species off the
Hebrides (stat. 101) and the latter off Ireland (stat. 95).
Benthodytes glutinosa was previously taken only by the
“Talisman” in the Sargasso Sea and south of the Azores
at depths of 3175 to 3432 m. The “Michael Sars”
collected the species off the entrance to Gibraltar, 2603 m.
(stat. 35) and besides a very young individual at the
intermediary depth of about 1400 m. southwest of Ireland
(stat. 92). Under the description of the various species,
however, an account of their horizontal as well as their
vertical distribution will be given.

Only one haul was made in the cold area north of
the Faroe-Shetland ridge (stat. 102) where 9 species were
taken, all characteristic of the Norwegian Sea. Five of
them are found principally in the cold area and occur
only exceptionally in the warm and then in the border
region only. The other four species on the other hand
occur in the cold, as well as in the warm, area, where
they have a wide distribution. But they are likewise
wanting within the Atlantic region proper. They may
perhaps be carried as larvae into the Atlantic by the
south-going cold ocean currents across the ridge that
divides it from the Norwegian Sea, but they do not
settle there. It should be stated that three typical warm
water species were also obtained at stat. 102, viz:
Plutonaster bifrons, Psilaster andromeda and Zoroaster
fulgens, but there is every reason to assume, as I shall
show more fully below, that they did not live in the
locality, but had accidentally remained clinging to the
trawl from the foregoing station (stat. 101), where several
specimens of these species were taken.

The difference between the deep-sea faunas of
echinoderms of the Norwegian Sea and the Atlantic
appears very distinctly by comparing stat. 101 and 102
which lie on either side of the Faroe-Shetland ridge.
Neither of the localities gives a complete picture of the
echinoderm faunas of the Atlantic and the Norwegian
Sea, respectively, as several characteristic species are

wanting in the collections from both stations; but
the picture is more complete at stat. 101 than at
102. At the former 13 species were collected; five of

these are known, besides from the Atlantic, also from the
banks bounding the Norwegian Sea, the other 8 species
on the other hand are restricted to the Atlantic region
(I leave out of account here that some of them may
also occur in the Pacific and Indian Oceans), but none of
them are met with in the cold area of the Norwegian Sea,

Both regions may have genera in common, thus, to
mention a few of them, Bathybiaster, Ophiopleura and
Pourtalesia; but they are represented by different species.
Bathybiaster robustus, Ophiopleura aurantiaca and Pour-
talesia wandeli occur within the Atlantic region, while
Bathybiaster vexillifer, Ophiopleura borealis and Pourta-
lesia jeffreysi live in the cold area of the Norwegian Sea.

JAMES A.

GRIEG . (REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Mesothuria verrilli Théel.
Holothuria verrilli Théel, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 13, 1886, p. 6.
7/5. stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N., 8 25’ W., 2300m., yellow mud. One specimen.
18/5. stat. 35, 27° 27’ N., 14 52’ W., 2603 m., yellow mud. Common.
23/5. stat. 41, 28° 8’ N., 13°35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud. Two specimens.

’ Koehler!), Hérouard*) and Ludwig®) consider Mesothuria
verrilli as a variety of M. intestinalis. Von Marenzeller*)
also seems inclined to take this: view, while Ostergren®)
and R. Perrier®) on the contrary maintain that they are
distinct species. Judging from the material at my disposal
I fully agree with the two last-mentioned scientists on
this maiter.

Mesothuria verrilli was first captured by the “Blake”
oif the West Indies, 760 to 1797 m. It was later taken
in the Mediterranean and off the west coasts of Europe
and North Africa between 45° 59’ and 22° 57 N.
Bathymetrical range on the east Atlantic side, 280 to
2518 m.

Mesothuria maroccana R. Perrier.
(BE i, ities 1),
Mesothuria maroccana R. Perrier, Comptes Rendus de l’Acad. des Sci.,
tome 126, 1898, p. 1665.

18/7. stat. 88, 45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow
mud. A somewhat contracted specimen, 59 mm. long, 22 mm. broad,
17 mm. thick. The lateral ambulacral papillae are as much as 5 mm.
long. Colour gray. The specimen agrees very closely in the
arrangement of the ambulacral papillae, the form of the calcareous
deposits, etc. with the description that Perrier gives of this species.

Mesothuria maroccana was hitherto known only
irom two specimens taken off the west coast of Morocco,
2105 to 2200 m.; but the variety of Holothuria murrayi
described by Théel’) and collected by the “Challenger” off
Gibraltar (stat. 5, 35° 47’ N., 8° 23’ W., 1995 m., temp.
3.6° Cel.) most likely also belongs to this species. The
Mesothuria murrayi from the Azores. described by
Herouard*) seems likewise to belong to this species.

*) Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Sci. Camp. du “Caudan’’, Fasc. 1,
1896, p. 106.

*). Hérouard: Holothuries, Res. Camp. Sci.,
1902, p. 18.

). Ludwig: Ark. und subark. Holothurien, Fauna Arctica, 8d. 1,
Lief. 1, 1900, p. 138.

4). v. Marenzeller: Holothuries, Res. Camp. Sci., Monaco, Fasc 6,
1893, p. 7.

°). Ostergren: Subfamilie Synallactinidae unter den Apsidochiroten.
Festskrift for Lilljeborg, 1896, p. 347.

5). R. Perrier: Holothuries, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur’ et du
“Talisman”, 1902, p. 307.

7). Théel: Holothurioidea 2, Rep. Sci. Res. “Challenger”, Zool.,
vol. 14, part 39, 1885, p. 187, pl. 9, fig. 3.

5). Op. cit., p. 23.

Monaco, Fasc. 21,

Pseudostichopus villosus Théel.

Pseudostichopus villosus Théel, Holothurioidea 2,
Res. “Challenger”, Zool. vol. 14, part 39, 1885, p. 170.

8/s. stat. 53, 34° 59’ N., 33° 1’ W., 2615 to 2865 m., yellow
hard clayey mud. One specimen, length 70 mm., breadth 24 mm.

Rep. Sci.

The “Challenger” found Pseudostichopus villosus
in the northern as well as in the southern part of the
Atlantic, also in the Pacific, Antarctic and southern part
of the Indian Oceans, 3016 to 5307 m., temp. 0.06 to
2.3° Cel. The “Princesse Alice” took it off the west coast
of Morocco and the Azores, 3745 to 4360 m. Pseudo-
stichopus villosus has therefore a world-wide distribution.
According to the explorations of the “Michael Sars” its
bathymetrical distribution is now 2615 to 5307 m.

Bathyplotes tizardi Thécl.
Stichopus tizardi Théel, Proc. Roy. Soe. Edinburgh, vol. 11,
1882, p. 696. ;
8/5, stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8 Cel. Two specimens.

Ludwig (,Arktische und subarktische Holothurien‘,
p. 158) gives the range of this species as 44 to 60° N.
According to more recent explorations the southern limit
must be extended to 20° 41’ (“Talisman”) and the northern
limit to 63°30’ N. or to the Trondhjemsijord. Bathymetrical
distribution, 255 to 1615 m.

Deima atlanticum Herouard.
(Pl. 1, figs. 2, 3).
Deima atlanticum Herouard, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 23.
1898, p. 88.
31/5, stat. 48, 28° 54’ N., 24° 14” W., 2800 to 3000 m. One
specimen.

The specimen, 94 mm. long and 63 mm. broad, has
11 tube-feet, 3 pair of lateral and 5 pair of dorsal
papillae (I have used the term proposed by Ludwig in
the Albatross “Holothurioidea”)'), 14 tentacles with 2 to
8 small retractile processes. Colour of specimen in alcohol
white.

Deima atlanticum was previously taken only by the
“Princesse Alice” between Portugal and the Azores (stat.
7538, 39° 50’ to 39° 54’ N., 20° 18’ to 20° 27’ W., 4360 m.).
It is closely related to Deima fastosum Théel of the
Pacific Ocean and it is also recorded under that name
in Murray and Hjort’s “Depths of the Ocean” (p. 541,
fig. 384). It may, however, be easily distinguished from
that species by the absence of a conical knot on the
calcareous plates.

1), Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 17, no. 3, 1894, p.63.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III].

ECHINODERMATA 5

Onetrophanta mutabilis Théel.

(Pl. 2, figs. 1 & 2).

Oneirophanta mutabilis Théel, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
Bd. 5, no. 19, 1879, p. 6. tab. 1, figs. 4-6.

19/4. Stat. 10, 45° 26’ N., 9° 20’ W., 4700 m., yellow mud, temp.
2.56° Cel. 10 specimens.

The largest specimen was 108 mm. long and 47 mm.
broad. It had 12 tube-feet on either side, 10 lateral
and 6 dorsal papillae. The middle ambulacrum oi the
trivium had 5 very small tube-feet, two of them quite
near the anus. The fifth pair of dorsal papillae were
smaller than the rest. Another specimen, 60 mm. long,
27 mm. broad, had 12 tube-feet on the right and 13 on
the left side. The middle ambulacrum of the trivium
had 4 tube-feet. There were six pairs of lateral and
dorsal papillae. The smallest specimen, 37 mm. long,
15 mm. broad, had 7 tube-feet on the right and 8 on the
left side. The middle ambulacrum of the trivium had
3 tube-feet. The specimen was unfortunately a little
mutilated, and therefore the number of lateral and dorsal
papillae could not be exactly determined.

In the remaining specimens the number of tube-feet
varied between 10 and 14 pairs on either side. In 2
specimens they were arranged in distinct double rows
on either side. In a third this arrangement was found
on one side only, on the other side they formed a
single row. The number of lateral papillae varied between
4 and 10 on either side, and the dorsal papillae, between
5 and 8. In the specimen depicted (pl. 2, fig. 1.) the
third and fifth pair of dorsal papillae were smaller than
the rest. The same was the case in a second specimen;
in the other specimens only 5 pairs were smaller. Colour
in life, transparent.

Calcareous plates and deposits agree entirely with
those in Oneirophanta mutabilis. | have therefore referred
the specimens to this species, the more as the variations
in the number of papillae and tube-feet come within the
limits given by Théel!) and Ludwig?) for this greatly
varying species,

Oneirophanta mutabilis has a world-wide distribu-
tion. The “Challenger” captured it in the Atlantic region
off Montevideo, and the “Talisman” in the Bay of Biscay.
It is further known from the Indian Ocean and the Pacific,
Bathymetrical range, 2516 to 5307 m. The “Challenger”,
“Blake” and “Michael Sars” found the bottom temperature
varying between 0.2° and 2.56° Cel.

1), Théel: Holothurioidea I, Rep. Sci. Res. ‘Challenger’, Zool.,
vol. 4, part 13, 1881, p. 62.
*). Ludwig: Albatross Holothurioidea, p. 70.

Laetmogone violaceaThécl.

Laetmogone violacea Théel, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl.,

Bat os nos 1918798 pai abe le figs. l4a—d.

W0/s, Stat. 4. 49° 38’ N., 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2° Cel. Three specimens.

%/5. Stat. 23, 35° 32’ N., 7° 7’ W., 1215, m. yellow mud, temp.
10.17° Cel. 8 specimens.

8/5. Stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. 9 specimens.

There are besides 2 specimens without definite locality.

The ‘Michael Sars” took numerous specimens of this species in
1902 south of the Faroe-Iceland banks (stat. 76a, 59° 28’ N., 8° 1’ W.,
1100 to 1300 m., temp. 8.07° Cel., and stat. 79, 61° 7’ N., 9° 33’ W.,
750 m.).

Laetmogone violacea is known from the Atlantic,
the Bay of Bengal, the Indian Archipelago, and the
Pacific. Within the Atlantic region it appears to have
its principal distribution on the east side, where it was
found in a number of localities from the Faroe-Iceland
banks to the Azores and the west coast of North Africa.
On the west Atlantic side it is only recorded from the
Davis Straits and the Bredefjord, Greenland (Mortensen) 1).
Bathymetrical range, 225 to 1739 m. Bottom temperature
DY i@ MOM Cal.

Laetmogone wyvilli thomsoni Théel

Laetmogone wyvilli thomsoni Théel, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 5, no. 19, 1879, p. 10, tab. 1, figs. 12—13.

10/4. Stat. 4, 49° 38’ N., 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2° Cel. 3 specimens.

8/5, Stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. 3 specimens.

25/5. Stat. 41, 28° 8 N.,
One specimen.

13° 35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud.

Laetmogone wyvilli thomsoni is known only from
the east side of the Atlantic region, where it was previously
taken by the “Caudan” in the Bay of Biscay and by
the “Princesse Alice’ off the Azores. It ranges from
28° 8 to 49° 38’ N., while ZL. violacea is found from
20° 41’ to 61° 7’ N. Laetmogone wyvilli thomsoni is
further known from the Antarctic, the Pacific and the
Indian Archipelago. Bathymetrical distribution, 631 to
3294 m. Bottom temperature, 0.3—9.2° Cel.

Benthogone rosea Koehler.

Benthogone rosea Koehler, Echinodermes, Res. Sci. Camp, du
“Caudan”, Fasc. 1, 1896, p. 114, tab. 1, figs. 2, 3, tab. 3, fig. 36, tab.
4, fig. 46.

8/5, Stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. 5 specimens.

7/5. Stat. 25A, 35° 36’ N., 8° 35’ W.,. 2300 m., yellow mud.
10 specimens. :

1) Mortensen: Conspectus Faunae Grenlandicae, Echinodermer,
1913, p. 322.

6 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

23/5, Stat. 41, 28° 8’ N., 13° 35’ W., 13865 m., yellow mud. One
specimen.

27/7, Stat. 95, 50° 22’ N., 11° 44' W., 1797 m. Common.
specimens were preserved.

Two

The largest specimen was 220 mm. long and 47 mm.
broad. Several specimens had retained some of the
colouring. Judging from these the colour of the ventral
surface was a deeper dark violet than in the specimen
depicted by Koehler. It was very light violet on the
dorsal surface, while Koehler’s specimen has a yellowish

hue.
Benthogone rosea is an east Atlantic species, previ-

ously taken by the “Caudan” in the Bay of Biscay, and
by the “Talisman” off the Azores and the west coast of
North Africa. Horizontal distribution, 20° 41’ to 50° 22’
N., bathymetrical range, 1103 to 2300 m.

Peniagone wyVillii Théel.
(Pl. 3, figs. 3—5).

Peniagone wyvillii Théel, Holothurioidea 1, Rep. Sci. Res.
“Challenger”, vol. 4, part 13, 1881, p. 42, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4, pl 44, figs.
5, 7, pl. 37, fig. 6.

S/e. Stat. 53, 34° 59’ N., 33° 1’ W., 2615 to 2865 m., yellow
hard clayey mud, 5 specimens.

The two best preserved specimens measured:
Total length to the point of the

dorsalgprocessesiar as eee 92 mm., 73 mm
Basalg@lenothmasn eres ee ae 62, 04°,
Gieaestapreadthy ec ee io Dine TA
BleIeb ianyr ee aoe ieee ete ae 295% 2 a
Length of the biggest dorsal

PROCESSESW herve ers sy senile ates 2a. NORE
Breadth of the biggest dorsal pro-

CESSCS Het oe lore Miche ose ke iby Bees ae

Fig. 1. Calcareous deposits from the body of Peniagone wyvillii Théel.

8 tentacles and 6 ambulacral papillae along both
sides of the ventral surface. The hindmost of these
papillae is situated at 7 mm. from the anus in the
largest of the specimens. There is a space of 6 to 7
mm. between the papillae respectively. The largest papillae
are 9 mm. long. Besides these large papillae three very
small ones are found at the lower border of the anus.
The disc of the tentacles is 5 mm. broad. The body, and
more especially the dorsal surface, is very sparcely covered
with calcerous deposits. They are cruciform and spiny
and frequently furnished with protuberances (fig. 1). The
calcareous deposits of the ambulacral papille like those of
the body are in part cruciform in part rod-shaped (fig. 2).
The spicules may sometimes be branched. The calcareous
deposits of the tentacles resemble those of the ambulacral
papillae. But while the cruciform deposits are most fre-
quent in the papillae, the spicules predominate in the
tentacles.

Fig. 2.
Calcareous deposits from the tube-feet of Peniagone wyvillii Théel.

The colour of the specimen in formol was hyaline
reddish, put into alcohol it changed to grayish. The
disc of the tentacles was pale red.

The specimens agree closely in appearance with
P. wyvillii, and I have therefore referred them to that
species. Théel indeed states that P. wyvillii, like the
other species of the genus Peniagone, has 10 tentacles,

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 190 VOL. III.]

ECHINODERMATA 7

while 1 found only 8 in the 3 specimens whose tentacles
were intact. This difference cannot be of great signi-
ficance, however, for, judging from the material at hand,
the tentacles are apparently easily lost, but as easily

Peniagone ferruginea n. sp.
(Pl. 1, figs. 4—6.).
5'/5, Stat. 48, 28° 54’ N., 24° 14” W., 2800 to 3000 m.

One specimen which measured:

restored. It is therefore probable that my specimens also Total length to the point of the dorsal

originally had 10 tentacles. PIOCESSES) #56) h/005 eer alemeea ote eer aemere tare ane 34 mm
Dani willii is new to the Atlanti ; Basal length toymothy seen deere PAB)

, he ae oe nr eae ae argest) breadth oibody: sere ee a eee 14tee

it was previously collected only by the “Challenger off Height of body 6

Christmas Island (stat. 271, 0° 33’ S., 151° 34’ W., 4438 m., Length of largest dorsal processes’... ) Seema

etme wl Gel.): : Breadth’ of dorsal processesim ane eee IO,

Fig. 3. Calcareous deposits from Peniagone ferruginea n.sp. a—c from abactinal surface, d, e from actinal surface, f—f from the tentacles,

i from the tube-feet.

The body is oval and about twice as long and one
half as high as it is broad. The somewhat elongated
mouth is situated on the anterior ventral surface. The
anal opening is sub-dorsal, about 1.5 mm. above the
posterior extremity of the body. There are ten tentacles
with a disc diameter of 3 mm. and provided with
retractile processes. 5 ambulacral papillae are situated
on either side of the edge of the posterior half of the
body. The largest of these are 4.5 mm. long and 2.5
mm. broad. The hindmost papilla is situated at 2 mm.
from the anus. The space between the papillae is 1.5
to 3 mm. respectively. Besides these large ambulacral
papillae there are three very small papillae directly below

the anus. On the dorsal surface, at the base of the
dorsal processes there are two small papillae on either
side, 1.5 mm. in length and 0.5 mm. in diameter.

The body-wall is very thin and, together with the
ambulacral papillae and the tentacles, is abundantly fur-
nished with calcareous deposits. The dorsal deposits are
chiefly composed of spiny crosses with arms provided
with small processes (fig. 3 a). These processes may
frequently be as strongly developed as the branches which
give the deposits a rather irregular shape (figs. 3 b, c).
Simple, smooth, cruciform deposits and some peculiar
saddle-formed ones may likewise be found, but they are
tare. The deposits of the ventral surface are similar

8 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

to those of the dorsal surface, but the saddle-formed ones
(figs. 3 d, e) predominate there, while the cruciform
deposits are more scarce. More or less spiny erosses
(fig. 3 f) are frequent in the ambulacral papillae. In
other respects the same forms of deposits are found as in the
body. The rod-shaped spicules (fig. 3 g) are characteristic
of the tentacles. They may be more or less spiny and
more or less curved. Figs. 3h, i represent forms which
are likewise frequently found in the tentacles. There are
besides the same forms as occur in the body.

The colour of the disc of mouth and tentacles is
dark bluish-violet, the rest of the animal, plain grayish
rusty-brown.

The specimen, kept in alcohol, is not very well
preserved, as it has become rather contracted and a tip
of the right lateral process is torn off. Also some of the
tentacles and lateral ambulacral- papillae are wanting.
The forms of the animal given by me (pl. 1, figs. 4—6)
are therefore in part reconstructed.

At a first glance the specimen reminds one of Peri-
amma rosea described by Perrier!) in his monograph on
the holothurians of the “Travailleur’ and “Talisman”.
The calcareous deposits show, however, that it does not
belong to this species, nor even to the genus Periamma,
but that it is a Peniagone — | recognize the genera of
Elpidiidae, adopted in the classification given by Perrier
in the monograph mentioned’). Perrier recognizes
12 species of Peniagone, four of them from the Atlantic,
three from the Indian Ocean, four from the Pacific, and
one irom the Antarctic. Koehler and Vaney*) added three
species from the Indian Ocean to this number*). The
specimen herein described differs from all of the species
cited, by its external form as well as by the structure of
the deposits. It must therefore constitute a new species
which I call Peniagone ferruginea on account of the
tusty-brown colour of the specimen.

Peniagone azorica vy. Marenzeller.

Peniagone azorica vy. Marenzeller, Holothuries, Res. Camp. Sci.
Monaco, Fasc. 6, 1893, p. 12, tab. 1, fig. 4, tab. 2, fig. 5.
18/>, Stat. 88, 45° 26’ N, 25° 45’ W, 3120 m., sand and yellow

mud. One specimen.

The specimen measured 78 mm. in length, 22 mm.
in breadth. It was therefore considerably larger than v.
Marenzeller’s type-specimen which measured 50 and

1) Op. cit., p. 419, tab. 13 fig. 10—12, tab. 20 fig. 1—11.

2) Op. cit., p. 405.

2) Koehler and Vaney: Investigator Deep-See Holothurioidea, 1905.

4) The two species, P. ecalcarea and P. discrepans, described
by Sluiter in ,Die Holothurien der Siboga Expedition“ evidently do
not belong to the genus Peniagone, | have therefore paid no regard
to them.

13 mm., respectively. The dorsal processes were 19 mm.
in length, 8 mm. broad at the base. It had, like v.
Marenzeller’s specimen, 21 ambulacral papillae, 9 of which
were placed along either side of the body, and 3 at the
anus. The largest were 8 mm. in lenght. The disc of
the tentacles was 4 mm. wide.

I may add to the description which v. Marenzeller
and Herouard!) give of the deposits of this species, that
they were numerous, not only in the body but also in
the tentacles, where they existed chiefly as straight or
curved rods of different sizes. Sometimes the rods were
branched. Irregularly branched and cruciform deposits,
some of them similar to those on the ventral surface,
occurred also, though sparingly (fig. 4).

Fig. 4.
Calcareous deposits from the tentacles of Peniagone azorica Marenz.

Peniagone azorica was previously found only off the
Azores by the “‘Hirondelle” and “Princesse Alice“. Accor-
ding to the explorations of the “Michael Sars” its horizontal
distribution will be from 38° 8’ to 45° 26’ N. Bathy-
metrical range, 2870 to 4020 m.

Euphronides auriculata RX. Perrier.

Euphronides auriculata R. Perrier, Comptes Rendus de 1|’Acad.
Sci., tome 123, 1896, p, 902.

7/5, Stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N, 8° 25’ W, 2300 m., yellow mud.
Two specimens.

The best preserved specimen was 70 mm. long and
13 mm. broad.

1) Op. cit., p. 42, tab. 6, figs. 21—25.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. HI]

ECHINODERMATA 9

The posterior dorsal process was 20 mm. long and
situated at a distance of 16 mm. from the posterior ex-
tremity of the body. The two anterior dorsal processes
were 6 mm. long and situated at a distance of 21 mm.
from the anterior extremity of the body. The other
specimen was 83 mm. long.

The ventral deposits were cruciform, as noted by
R. Perrier in his monograph of the holothurians of the
“Travailleur’ and “Talisman’'). There were besides
straight or curved deposits, as well as all transition-forms
between them and the cruciform ones. The most common
form of the dorsal deposits was that described by Perrier
(pl. 20, fig. 12). But there were also found more simple
cruciform deposits similar to those on the ventral surface.

Euphronides auriculata is an east Atlantic species
taken by the “Travailleur’” and “Talisman” off the west
coast of Marocco and the Canary Is. The “Challenger”
collected it off Gibraltar (stat. 5, 35° 47’ N., 8° 23’ W.,
1995 m., temp. 3.1° Cel.); for, as Perrier correctly remarks,
the example of Euphronides depressa Théel*) taken at
the lastnamed locality differs from the two specimens
found off Juan Fernandez (stat. 300, 33° 42’ S., 78° 18’ W.,
2516 m.) and must therefore be referred to E. auriculata,
and this is moreover confirmed by the fact that the
“Michael Sars“ found the last-named species in the same
waters in which the “Challenger” specimen was taken.
The horizontal distribution is from 27° 31’ to 37° 47’ N.
Bathymetrical range, 1918 to 2300 m.

Benthodytes gigantea Verrill.

Benthodytes gigantea Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci., ser. 3 vol. 28,
1884, p. 216.

30/6, Stat. 70, 42° 59’ N., 51° 15’ W.,
4 large and some very young specimens.

1100 m., temp. 3.7° Cel.

The specimens were unfortunately so very badly
preserved, that it was impossible to give a good illustraticn
of this species of which only a sketchy drawing by
Verrill exists*). I merely give an outline drawing of the
actinal surface showing the arrangement of its ambulacral
papillae (fig. 5), as this is not clearly seen in Verrill’s figure.
It is unnecessary to give a detailed description of Ben-
thodytes gigantea, as Verrill’s description is very exhaus-
tive. I shall therefore confine my remarks to the cal-
careous deposits, as they were not dealt with by Verrill.

The body was scantily furnished with three-rayed
deposits, whose points were slightly branched or provided
with a small perforated plate (fig. 6). The deposits of the ten-

1) Op. cit. p. 437, tab. 20, fig. 13.

*) Théel, Challenger Holothurioidea 1, p. 93.

8) Verrill, Res. Explor. “Albatross” 1883 (1885), pl. 10 fig. 31,
pl. 11 fig. 31 a, b.

tacles, whose form may be best explained by the accom-
panying illustration (fig. 7), were comparatively more
numerous than those of the body.

Fig. 5. Diagrammatic view of the actinal surface of Benthodytes gi-
gantea Verr., illustrating the arrangement of the tube-feet.

The best preserved of the large specimens measured
298 mm. in length. Anterior breadth 84 mm., posterior
breadth 61 mm. According to Verrill this species gene-
rally attains a length of 250 to 300 mm., and a breadth
of 75 mm. It may however be as much as 475 mm.
long and 127 to 152 mm. broad.

The very young specimens were 10—!4 mm. long
end 4—5 mm. broad.

Fig. 6.
Calcareous deposits from the body of Benthodytes gigantea Verr.

10 JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE "MICHAEL” SARS NORTH

Benthodytes gigantea is known only trom the north-
eastern coast of North America. The ‘Albatross’ found
it in a number of localities, very numerous in some of
them, off the coast of New England at a depth of 1691
to 3720 m. According to the explorations of the
“Michael Sars” the bathymetrical distribution will be
1100—3720 m.

inte, 1,
Calcareous deposits from the tentacles of Benthodytes gigantea Vert.

Benthodytes typica Théel.
(Pl. 3 fig. 6, 7).

Benthodytes typica Théel, Holothurioidea 1, Rep. Sci. Res.
“Challenger” Zool., vol. 4 part 13, 1881, p. 103, tab. 27 fig. 7, tab.
35 fig. 4, tab. 38 fig. 5.

Sf. Stat. 53, 34° 59’ W., 33° 1’ W., 2615—2865 m., yellow
hard clayey mud. One specimen, whose dimensions were as follows:
length 94 mm., breadth in front 21 mm., in the middle 39 mm.,
behind 32 mm.

As may be seen from pl, 3 figs. 6 & 7 the animal
has an elongated body with a greatest breadth of about
40 per cent of its length. It was rounded in front and
straight cut behind with an incision at the anus. I ought
to mention that the animal was slightly mutilated a little
below the mouth. It is therefore possible that it had
been much contracted, whereby the border between fore-
part and body had become a little too distinct. The
brim was natrow in front, but broad along the sides of
the body.

a

Fig. 8. Spicules from the body of Benthodytes typica Théel.

There were 20 tentacles. The middle ambulacrum
of the trivium had about 30 papilla in each row. The
dorsal ambulacra have each 5 or possibly 6 small papille.
The body was scantily covered with thorny calcareous
rods (fig. 8). The rods of the ventral surface seem also
a little more thorny.

The colour of the fore part was a deep, dark violet
which extended a little over on the dorsal surface of the
body. The middle part of the trivium, as well as the
canals connected with the ambulacral systems, were of the
same colour, which in the case of the canals, could be
distinctly seen through the brim. The dorsal surface was
bluish transparent. The disc of the tentacles was yellowish
brown.

The specimen contained well developed eggs, with
a diameter of 1.3 mm.

The specimen agreed in most of its characteristic with
Benthodytes typica but differed from it in the form. The
typical B. typica is oval, while the specimen in question
was elongated. This difference may however be due to
preservation or other accidental circumstance. More-
over the present specimen had 5, or possibly 6, papillae
in each of the dorsal ambulacra while Théel’s species
is said to have ‘about eight’. The papillae are so
small, however, as to be easily overlooked. I there-
fore do not attach much importance to this difference and
refer the specimen to B. typica as it agreed in all other
characteristics with that species, as already stated.

Bentodytes typica was taken by the “Challenger” off
Gibraltar (Stat. 5, 35° 47’ N., 8° 23’ W., 1995 m., temp.
3.1° Cel.). Afterwards it was taken by the ‘“Hirondelle”
off the Azores at 2870 m. Furthermore Théel!) records it,
though doubtiully, from the West Indies and the Gulf
of Mexico, 1885—3514 m. Its horizontal distribution on
the East Atlantic side is from 34° 59’ to 41° 40’ 41” N.,
on the West Atlantic from about 15° to 24° 33’ N.

Benthodytes glutinosa R. Perrier.
(Pl. 3, figs. 1 & 2).

Benthodytes glutinosa R. Perrier, Comptes Rendus de !’Acad.
des Sci., tome 123, 1896, p. 903.

18/5, Stat. 35, 27° 27’ N., 14° 52’ W., 2603 m., yellow mud.
One specimen, 62 mm. long. 21 mm. broad. A coloured drawing of
the specimen preserved in formol is given on pl. 3, figs. 1 & 2

3/7, Stat. 92, 48° 29’ N., 13° 55’ W., 2000 m. wire. One very
young specimen, 13 mm, long, 4.5 mm. broad.

The structure of this species, like the others of the
genus Benthodytes, shows that it is a natatory animal.
The young specimen from stat. 92 gives a further proof
of this. It was taken in the next to the lowest gear, a
young fish trawl set with 2000 m. wire, consequently at
a depth of about 1400 m. The lowermost gear was set
with 3000 m. wire or a depth of about 2000 m.*) There

'), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 13, no. 1, 1886, p. 2.

*). In accordance with my statement in “Brachiopoda, Lamelli-
branchiata etc.” (This rep., vol. 3, part. 2, p. 5). I have estimated
the depth at ?/s of the length of the wire (cfr. Brinkmann: Pelagic
Nemerteans, this rep. vol. 3, part. 2, pag. 10.)

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 11

was unfortunately no sounding at stat. 92, but judging
from the maps of the depths in the North Atlantic the
depth can not have been less than 3000 m. The specimen
must therefore bave been taken about 1600 m. above
the bottom.

Benthodytes glutinosa was previously taken by the
“Talisman” off the Azores and in the Sargasso Sea. Ac-
cording to the explorations of the “Michael Sars”i its hori-
zontal distribution will be from 27° 27’ to 48° 29’ N., the
bathymetrical distribuation from 1400 to 3432 m.

Benthodytes janthina v. Marenzeller

Benthodytes janthina v. Marenzeller, Holothuries, Res. Camp.
Sci., Monaco, Fase. 6, 1893, p. 10, tab. 1, fig. 3, tab. 3, fig. 4.

19/5, Stat. 10, 45° 26’ N., 9° 20’ W., 4700 m., yellow mud
temp. 2.56° Cel. One specimen, 220 mm. long. 83 mm. broad.

A coloured sketch made immediately after the animal
had come on deck shows that the colour of the ventral
side was intensely violet, that of the dorsal side light
violet, considerably lighter than in the specimen illustrated
by v. Marenzeller, the colour of which agrees more with
that of the ventral side in the specimen under discussion.
In alcohol the ventral side is a deep blackish blue, the
‘dorsal side light grayish blue.

Benthodytes janthina was previously found by the
“Hirondelle”’ and the “Princesse Alice” off the Azores
and the west coast of Morocco. The “Michael Sars’
collected the species in the Bay of Biscay, hence its
horizontal distribution will be from 34° 4’ to 45° 26’ N
the bathymetrical distribution from 2252 to 4700 m.

Cs)

Cucumaria abyssorum Théel.

Cucumaria abyssorum Théel, Holothurioidea 2, Rep. Sci. Res
Voy. “Challenger”, Zool. vol. 14, part 39, 1886, p. 66, tab. 4 fig. 6, 7,
tab. 5 fig. 1, tab. 16 fig. 6.

18/9, Stat. 88, 45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow

mud. 3 specimens.

Théel and Ludwig!) have given a very detailed de-
scription of this species to which I shall merely add that
the majority of the calcarious deposits in the tentacles
are composed of bowed rods whose form may be seen
from the present figures (figs. 9 a—c). They very much
resemble the deposits in the ambulacral papilla. Fig. 9 d
is an extreme form of this type. Further straight rods, as
well as a few scattered cruciformed deposits (fig. 9 e) are
found in the tentacles.

Cucumaria abyssorum was taken by the “Challenger“
in the Antarctic, Indian, and southern part of the Pacific
Oceans, 3516—4061 m., temp. 1.2—2° Cel. The ‘Alba-

1) Ludwig: Albatross Holothurioidea, p. 122.

Fig. 9)
Calcareous deposits from tentacles of Cucumaria abyssorum Théel.

tross” took it off the west coasts of Central America and
Mexico, 1656—4084 m., temp. 2.1—2.9° Cel. and the
“Hirondelle’” at the Azores, 2870 m. Thus the species
has a world-wide distribution.

Holothuria tubulosa Gmelin.

Holothuria tubulosa Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 1788, p. 3138.

0/5. Stat. 37, 26° 6’ N., 14° 33/ W., 39 m., shingle. Common.

The specimens were chestnut brown on the dorsal
and lemon yellow on the ventral side.

Holothuria tubulosa is known from the Mediterranean,
the Canaries and the south west coast of France. The
bathymetrical distribution is 0—40 m.

Stichopus tremulus Gunnerus.

Holothuria tremula Gunnerus, K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol

28, 1767, p. 119, tab. 4, fig. 3.

10/,, Stat. 3, 49° 32’ N., 10° 49’ W., 184 m., fine sand. Rather
common.

10/5, Stat. 4, 49° 38’ N., 11° 385’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2° Cel. Several specimens.

Ludwig states in “Arktische und subarktische Holo-
thurien” (p. 136) that the northern border of Stichopus
tremulus is at 71°, the southern at 43° or the northern
coast of Spain, and that its bathymetrical distribution is
from 18—1229 m. The researches of the “Talisman” and

12 JAMES A.

GRIEG [REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS* NORTH

the “Travailleur” show, however, that its southern distri-
bution extends to Cape Garnet, or to 25° 41’ N. and
that it descends to a depth of 1918 m.

Labidoplax digitata Montagu.

Holothuria digitata Montagu, Transact. Linn. Soc., vol. 11, 1815,
p. 22, tab. 4, fig. 6.

fs. Stat. 21, 35° 31’ N., 6° 35’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52 Cel. One specimen.

Labidoplax digitata is known trom the Mediterranean
and the west coast of Europe northward to Great
Britain. Its bathymetrical distribution is from 18—618 m.

ASTEROIDEA

Pontaster tenuispinus Diiben & Koren.

Astropecten tenuispinus Diiben & Koren, Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl.
1844 (1846), p. 251, tab. 8, figs. 20—22.

“/s—t/s. Stat. 102, 60° 57’ N., 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand
and clay, temp. = 0.9° Cel. Common.

The largest specimen measured: arm-radius 77 mm.,
disc-radius 14 mm., the smallest specimen was 33.5 mm.
and 6.5 mm. respectively. In 10 specimens of different
sizes varied r:R, between 1:4.47 and 1:5.9.

The specimens belong to the variety platynota Sladen’)
irom the cold area of the Faroe-Shetland channel. They
have a paired arrangement of the marginal plates, spatuli-
form pedicellarie and a not very prominent papularium.
The armature of the adambulacral and marginal plates
as well as the dorsal paxille was large and well developed.

Benthopecten spinosus Vertill.
(Pl. 4, fig. 1).

Benthopecten spinosus Verrill, Amer. Journ., ser. 3, vol. 28, 1884,

p. 218.

fe Stat. 70; 42° 59’ N., 51° 15’ -W., 1100 m., temp: 3'7° Gel.
One specimen.

fz—-47- stat 9a; 007 227N., Lie 447 We 1797 mi, temp: dros
Cel. 5 specimens.

°/g-—i'g

temp. 3.3° Cel.

Stat. 101, 57° 41’ N., 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay,
12 specimens.
All the specimens were more or less mutilated. Only
in 4 specimens from stat. 101 was at least one of the
arms intact. These four specimens measured:

mm mm. mm. mm.
NUIH tA iSite oe eo. 52 48 38 32
DISA iiS eee 2-282, 7 6 3.5 3)
Breadth of arm at base...... 7 53.5 ) 3)
[P21 Pee a has ne ena one oe ne WET Sailety, Palws Gye) lB io.A
PGP Cie SS Ee an Re ei © jeer iene ile 64
Number of dorsomarginal
PldleSee seers yee seca 27 26 22 20
1) Sladen: Asteroidea, Rep. Sci. Res. ‘Challenger’, Zool. vol. 3,

1889, p. 29, tab. 6, fig. 7; tab. 7, figs. 3 & 4.

The largest specimen has a disc-radius of 11 mm.
Thus all of the specimens were younger individuals.
Verrill mentions specimens that were twice as large as the
largest of the specimens from the “Michael Sars”.

The species varies greatly with respect to the disc-
overing as well as the armature of the adambulacral and
marginal plates, as pointed out by Verrill. 5—6 papille
are normally found in the inner row on the adambulacral
plates, but the number may vary between 4 and 7. One
large papilla and a small one outside of it are normally
found in the transverse row. But two large papillae may
also occur, one outside the other as in Pararchaster
semisquamatus Sladen, or a small papilla may be situated
on either side of the large papilla. Also two small
papilla may be found instead of the small one outside the
large one. One or two large spines besides some very
small ones are found on the ventro-marginal plates. One
large spine is most commonly found on the dorso-
marginal plates, two such spines being an exception.
Moreover most of the plates have some spinelets most
commonly grouped around the large spine. These spine-
lets were in some specimens entirely wanting however
(pl. 4, tig. 1). Of the large spines the one on the medial odd
plate of the disc-angle is larger and stouter than the rest.
In a specimen from stat. 95 (disc-radius 8 mm.), this
spine was 8.5 mm., while those on the adjoining plates
measured 6 mm. In an other specimen from stat. 101
(disc-radius 5 mm.) these measurements were 5.5 mm.
and 3.5 mm. respectively.

In two specimens, the medial odd marginal. plates
were bifurcated in one of the angles of the disc. The bifur-
cation included not only the dorsal but also the ventral
plate. Each of these plates was furnished with a large
spine.

The peculiar “‘spiracle-like or double comb-formed”
pedicellariz on the actinal interradial area were observed
only in some of the larger specimens. The number of
pedicellarize seems to vary greatly. They were absent in
some specimens, while a number of them were met with
in others of a similar size. The inter-radial areas have a
varying number of pedicellariza even in the same indi-
vidual. Thus 0—1—2—1—2 pedicellaria were observed
in a specimen from stat. 95 (disc-radius 8 mm.). No
pedicellaria could be found between the ventro-marginal
plates.
Verrill’) has correctly referred Parachaster semisqua-
matus var. occidentalis and Parachaster armatus des-
cribed by Sladen, in his report on the ‘Challenger’
Asteroidea’), to that species. Pararchaster fisheri E. Perrier

1) Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 17,
Journ. ser. 3, vol. 49, 1895, p. 129.

2) Op. cit. p. 10 & 19, tab: 1 figs. 5

1894, p. 245, Cfr. Amer.

6, tab. 4, figs. 5—6.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.)

ECHINODERMATA 13

a specimen of which was taken by the “Talisman” off the
west coast of North Africa must likewise be referred to it’).
The agreement between these species is clearly demon-
strated by comparing Perrier’s and Verrill’s figures.°) |
ought to state that pedicellarie are wanting in Verrills
drawing of the specimen, while Verrill himself makes
mention of such. The main difference between these forms
is then that the pedicellaria between the ventro-marginal
plates are wanting in Benthopecten spinosus (Pararchaster
armatus). But it is difficult to determine how constant
this character is, as only one example of Perrier’s species
exists. Most probably it is very variable, however, as
indeed indicated by that very specimen. The number of
pedicellariz on the left side of the arms was | to 2 with
a rudimentary third on one arm, on the right side 1 to 3.
Arm a had 5 pedicellarie, 6 4, c 3 and a rudimentary
fourth, d@ 3 and e 3. Most probably Mortensens Parar-
chaster nov. sp. (P. fisheri Perrier aff.) {rom the slope
south of Iceland (“Thor’ 1903 stat. 164)*) must be refer-
red to Benthopecten spinosus.

The “Challenger” has taken Benthopecten spinosus
off the east coast of North America between 37° 25’ and
49° 8’ N., at 2269—3111 m., temp. 2.33—3.33° Cel., as
well as off Portugal. According to Verrill it is distributed
along the east coast of North America between 35° 10’
and 42° 47’ N., from 1319—3698 m., but being most
common at a depth of 2200—2900 m. It is further
recorded by Verrill from the Mexican Gulf, 2334—2617 m.,
and from Jamaica, 2999 m. The “Thor” took it south
of Iceland (stat. 164, 62° 10.8’ N., 19° 36’ W., 2094 m.,
temp. at depth of 1850 m., 2.75° Cel.), the “Helga” off
the west coast of Ireland (51° 22’ N., 12° 41’ W., 1797 m.)
and the “Talisman off the west coast of North Africa
(1883, stat. 73, 25° 39’ N., 18° 26’ W., 1435—1056 m.).
Benthopecten spinosus thus appears to be a deep-sea
species whose distribution includes the entire northern
part of the Atlantic and the habitat of which is restricted
to the waters whose temperature is not below 2.33° Cel. I
may mention for comparison with the temperatures given
above, that the “Albatross” in 1883 found a bottom
temperature not lower than 2.78° within the range of
distribution of this species.

1) E. Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du
“Talisman”, 1894, p. 263, tab. 20, fig. 2.

*) Transact. Connecticut Acad., vol. 10, 1900, p. 217, tab. 30,
fig. 7 a.

5) Schmidt: Fiskeriundersegelser ved Island og Feergerne i som-
meren 1903 (1904) p. 24.

Plutonaster bifrons Wyville Thomson.

Archaster bifrons Wyville Thomson, The Depths of the Sea, 1873,
p. 122, figs. 17 and 74.

10/4. Stat. 4, 49° 38’ N., 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2°Cel. One specimen.
5. Stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.

8° Cel. 15 specimens.

"Js. Stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N., 8° 25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud.
Two smaller specimens.

8/5. Stat. 25 B, 35° 46’ N., 8° 16” W., 2055 m., yellow mud.

Four smaller specimens.

°3/5 Stat. 41, 28° & N.,
6° Cel. 13 specimens.

Uris Nei, BBY, OY? PY
17 specimens.

6/s—7/s. Stat. 101, 57°
temp. 3.3° Cel. Common.

®/s—1/s, Stat. 102, 60° 57’ N., 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand
and clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. A very defective and macerated
specimen, which had most likely remained in the trawl from stat. 101,

13° 35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud, temp.
N., 11° 44” W., 1797 m., temp. 3.5° Cel.

41’ N., 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay,

The two smallest (stat. 25 A) and two of the largest
specimens (stat. 101) measured:

Arm-radius .......... 33.5 mm. 37 mm. 92 mm. 97 mm.

Disc-radius .......... Saleen igre Sse IQ).

Number of dorso-

marginal plates .. 25 A 20u OM A Be) sp

r:R RAsig) sist oil 3 Alter 1: 4.97
The proportions of r:R varied between 1: 3.36 and

1:4.47 in 10 specimens with an arm-radius of up to

55 mm. in length, but in two specimens only the pro-
portion exceeded 1:42. In 10 specimens with an
arm-radius exceeding 70 mm. the proportion varied
between 1:3.81 and 1:4.97, but in one individual only it was
less than 1:4. The relative length of the arms is subject
to great individual variations, thus the smaller of the two
specimens from stat. 25 A. had proportionately the lon-
gest arms, and in three specimens with an arm-radius
of 45 mm. the proportion r:R varied between 1 : 4.09
and 1:4.74. But such individual variations apart from
the measurements clearly demonstrate that the relative
length of arms in Plutonaster bifrons increases with the
age.

Colour in life, reddish violet.

Plutonaster bifrons is one of the most widely distri-
buted starfishes of the East Atlantic. It is known from
numerous localities between Cape Verde Is. and the
Faroe-Shetland Channel or from 19° 12’ to 60° 21’ N.,
leaving out the doubttiul find at stat. 102. Itis besides found
in the Mediterranean. The bathymetrical distribution is
from 106 to 2489 m. It is a true warm-water species
which was, however, captured three times in the cold

14 JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

area of the Faroe-Shetland Channel (“Porcupine” 1869
stat. 57, 60° 14’ N., 6° 17’ W., 1156 m, = 0,8° Cel. .and
stat. 58, 60° 21’ N., 6° 51’ W., 988 m., = 0.6° Cel. and
“Knight Errant” 1880, stat. 8, 60° 3’ N., 5° 51’ W., 988
m. + 1.56° Cel.).

Plutonaster agassizi Verrill.
(Pl. 4, figs. 2—4).

Q

Archaster agassizi Verrill, Amer. Journ., ser. 3 vol. 20, 1880, p. 403:

30/5, Stat. 70, 42° 59’ N., 51° 15’ W., 1100 m. Temp. 3.7° Cel.
One specimen, measuring:

1D FETT EVE CET, Sates ieee ye Re a Se re
PANT RYT -FACHE RNS ence 0 sc Seco once Re ee et 79 2
VIS =r NTS aaa eee 24 x
Breadth of arm at 4—5 dorso-marginal plate ............ 13 5
Breadth of paxillary area at same place...................... 7 :
Breadtheof-arm@in they middleware ses ere ree 10 5
Breadth of paxillary area at the same place.... 4 “
Sizevolmadreporic aleaie snare ee ee <a) ;
Distance of madreporic area from centre of disc...... 11.5
Number of dorso-marginal plates... 31—32
Number of ventro-marginal plates.. 30—31

TRE es Uae ae Se einer 1:3.29

The marginal plates are very small and high in the
arm-angles increasing proportionately in length as they
advance towards the points of the arms, where they are
almost quadrate as the following measurements distinctly
show:

lst dorso-marginal plate 2 mm. long, 5 mm. high.

10th == aso at 5
20th —,— EN 3 5 >
25th —,— 1S ; 2 " F

Ist ventro-marginal plate 25 , Fy OG g .
10th —,— uae F ACS tas 5
20th —,— DOR 2 ss ,
25lh —,— 5s - eS eae 9

The ventro-marginal plates are furnished with a
well-developed conical knob, the height of which equals
the length, of the plates. It is wanting, however, in 3 to 6
oi the outermost plates, as well as in a few of the others.
The knob is rudimentary in some plates. Most of the
dorso-marginal plates are bare, and only a few of them
bear a little rudimentary knob.

7 to 9 papilla were counted along the free margin
of the mouth plates and also 7 to 9 adambulacral papille
of about uniform size. Outside the latter a group of
small short papilla were found, the outermost of which
corresponded in size and in form to the granules of the
actinal plates. This group of secondary papillae was ar-
ranged in 2 to 4, most commonly i 3 rows. The arrange-
ments were not very distinct, however. No pedicellariz
were observed on the actinal face.

Although Verrill’s description of Plutonaster agassizi
is far from exhaustive it yet clearly shows that his species
is identical with Plutonaster rigidus Sladen, and as this
name dates from 1889 while Verrill’s is from 1880, the
latter has the priority. I agree with Koehler in referring
Plutonaster granulosus Perrier to Pl. agassizi. Further
Pl. intermedius, taken off the Antilles by the “Blake”,
must be referred to the species under discussion. Perrier
states that Pl. intermedius is distinguished from Pl. agassizi
by the presence of 8 mouth-papille while the other
has 9, by having 7 adambulacral papilla, while there are 9
in the other species, by having two rows of secondary
adambulacral papilla as against 3 rows in the other form,
by having commonly a knob on the dorso-marginal plates,
while the knob is wanting in the other form, and finally
by possessing 22—27 marginal plates, while the other
has 31.

The last-named difference can be of no great signi-
ficance, however, as Perrier’s type-specimen was a small
individual. Nor is the presence or absence of knobs on
the dorso-marginal plates a reliable specific characteristic.
Perrier writes about the knob-covering on the dorso-
marginal plates of Pl. intermedius: “
elles portent, en général, un piquant conique, sauf sur
la moitié terminale des bras ou elles sont inermes; ce
piquant peut d’ailleurs avorter accidentellement, méme
sur les plaques qui sont situées dans l’arc interbrachial”’’).
He further says (‘‘Stellerides des dragages du Blake”)*)
that the dorso-marginal plates of the interbrachial angles
at least are furnished with knobs. Verrill remarks on
Pl. agassizi: “In one large series there are among the
adult specimens all gradations from those having no
marginal spines whatever to those that have a large
spine on nearly every marginal plates of both series.
Therefore it is useless to recognize varieties on this character
like the variety semiarmata of Sladen’?). The specimen
under discussion as before mentioned has a knob on some
of the dorso-marginal plates.

The armature of the adambulacral and the mouth-
plates does not seem either to afford reliable specific cha-
racters. The specimen in question has 7—9 papille along
the free margin of the mouth papille. Thus the number
of papille characteristic of Pl. intermedius (8) as well as
of Pl. agassizi (9) is found in the same specimens. It is
noteworthy, however, that Sladen in his description of
Pl. agassizi s. rigidus uses the expression “about nine

1) Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du “Talis-
man, 1894, p. 316.

2) Nouv. Arch. du Museum d’Hist. Natur., ser. 2 tome 6, 1883,
p. 251.

3) Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 17, 1894, p. 248.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 15

sie spinelets” 1). He must have been aware then that the
number of papilla may vary. Some adambulacral plates
of the “Michael Sars’’ specimen have 7 furrow-papille like
Pl. intermedius, others 8 and again others 9 as in the spec-
imen described by Sladen. The number given in Verrill’s
diagnosis is ,,about seven or eight ... spines”, which
likewise shows that the number of papillae may vary.
Moreover the arrangement of the secondary papille is
subject to variation as shown by the specimen under
discussion. Pl. intermedius can therefore not be con-
sidered as a distinct species, but only as a variety of
Pl. agassizi.

Plutonaster agassizi was first taken off the east coast
of North America, where it was found by several Ame-
rican expeditions and by the “Challenger” at several
localities between 35° 45’ and 41° 53’ N, 333—3111 m.
It was later on taken by the “Blake” off the Antilles, 24°
24’ 24° 36’ N, 1524—1748 m., and by the “Michael Sars”
south of New-Foundland. The Prince of Monaco took it
off Madeira and the Azores and in the Bay of Biscay,
1165—1900 m. On the west Atlantic side it is distributed
from 24° 24’ to 42° 59’ N, and on the east Atlantic side
from 32° 39’ to 43° 33’ N. The bathymetrical distribution
is 333—3111 m.

Dytaster agassizi Ed. Perrier.
Dytaster agassizi Ed. Perrier, Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du , Travailleur’’
et du ,,Talisman”, 1894, p. 302, tab. 19, fig. 2.

18/7, Stat. 88, 45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow
mud, temp. 2.5° Cel. 34 specimens.

The smallest specimen measured: arm-radius 29 mm.
disc-radius 6.5 mm., the largest 61 mm. and 12 mm.
respectively. r:R is thus in these specimens 1: 4.46 and
1:5.08. This proportion varied, however, between 1 : 4.46
and 1:5.65 in 15 specimens. In the two smallest speci-
mens only was R < 5dr. I Perriers type specimen, which
was a little larger than the largest of my specimens, the
proportion was R — 5.isr.

The ventro-marginal plates commonly bear one large
spine, but they may have two, particulary in the angle
of the arm, and more rarely three larger spines or one
large and one or two smaller spines. The dorso-marginal
plates bear one spine, but as an exception those in the
arm-angle may have two smaller spines. The ventro-
marginal as well as dorso-marginal plates may, however,
be without spines, especially in the outer half of the
arms.

The mouth-plates have 10—11 papille along the
inner free margin. The adjoining adambulacral plate
has 8 papille, the remainder 7—10, in the outer half of

1) Sladen: Challenger Asteroidea, p. 91.

the arm not more than 6—8. Besides the furrow-papille
two more rows of adambulacral papillae were found with
4—5 papille in each row, the outermost of which was
usually very indistinct, however, and its papille tiny.

According to Perrier the actinal areas of Dytaster
agassizi are furnished with numerous pedicellariz, of which
he remarks: “une trentaine des ces pédicellaires couvrent
presque l’aire interambulacraire ventrale, les autres sont
disposés isolement le long de la gouttiére ambulacraire
comme les plaques dont ils dependent”. The specimens
examined by me have not such a great number of
pedicellaria, nor were they grouped in the manner descri-
bed by Perrier. The number of pedicellaria appears to
be subject to great variations, however. In some speci-
mens a few pedicellarie only were found in each actinal
area and there were even areas in which the pedicellarie
were entirely wanting. No specimens had more than
about 20 pedicellaria in each area, and they exhibited
no grouped arrangement, but were scattered among the
spines of the actinal plates. In spite of this difference
I have referred the specimens to Dytaster agassizi Perrier
as they agree with it in other characteristics. Thus the
mouth- and adambulacral plates have the same armature,
the actinal area has the same extension as in the
specimens in questions, the 4th ventro-marginal is tangent
to the 5th adambulacral plate, etc.

The colour in life is red.

Dytaster agassizi was first taken by the “Talisman”
between Europe and the Azores, 4060 m. It was again
found there by the Prince of Monaco in two localities,
4020—4360 m. According to the explorations of the
“Michael Sars” its horizontal distribution will be from
304 (On 10) 452 120) INE wands ironlinn oO OmmlOnn Oman on
W. The bathymetrical distribution ranges 3120 to 4360 m.

Astropecten irregularis Pennant.

Asterias irregularis Pennant, British Zoology, vol. 4, 1777, p. 52.
9/4, Stat. 1, 49° 27’ N., 8° 36’ W., 146 m., fine sand, temp.
9.57° Cel. One specimen which measured: arm-radius 32 mm, disc-
radius 8 mm., 28 dorso-marginal plates.
10/4, Stat. 3, 49° 32’ N., 10° 49’ W., 184 m., fine sand, temp.
10.3 Cel. Three specimens measured: arm-radius 37—39 mm, disc-
radius 9—12 mm, 27—29 dorso-marginal plates.

Astrospecten irregularis is an East-Atlantic species,
ranging from the Josephine Bank (36° 41’) to the Lofoten
Is. (68° 20'). It is besides recorded from Tromsoe
(Danielssen)!) and the Barents Sea (Hoffmann)’). I am,
however, inclined to consider their records as based on
misidentifications of Leptoptychaster arcticus as Astro-

‘). Kgl. norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, bd. 4, h. 2, 1859, p. 159.
2), Niederlind. Archiv f. Zool., Suppl. Bd. 1, 1882, p. 9.

16 JAMES A. GRIEG

specten irregularis has not since been found again in those
northern waters. Mr. Dons, keeper of the Tromsoe Mu-
seum, has thus kindly informed me that there is no
specimen of Astrospecten irregularis in the Museum. |
have not found it myself among the rich echinoderm
material brought home from northern Norway and Barents
Sea by Mr. Nordgaard and by the ‘Michael Sars”.

Bathybiaster robustus Vertill.
Archaster robustus Verrill, Amer. Journ., ser. 3 vol. 28, 1884, p. 383.
2/7, Stat. 95, -50° 22' N; 11° 44" W, 1797, temp. 3\5> Cel. 25
specimens.
Stat. 101, 57° 41’ N, 11° 48’ W, 1853, temp. 3.3° Cel. 30

specimens.

The dimensions of the largest specimens from stat.
101 were:—Arm-radius 127 mm., disc-radius 23 mm.,
breath of arm at base 26 mm., 57 dorso-marginal plates.
In the other specimen these figures are 80 mm., 17 mm.,
18 mm. respectively and 53 dorso-marginal plates and in
the third one 56 mm., 14 mm., 15 mm., 44 dorso-marginal
plates. The proportions of breadth of arm to arm-radius
is 1 : 4.88, 1 : 4.44 and 1 : 3.39 respectively in these spec-
imens. The proportion r: R is 1: 5.52, 1: 4.72 and 1:4.
Young individuals have proportionately broader and shorter
arms than older ones, as will be even more evident from
following table of measurements of some specimens from
Stat. 95.

Number of

ne Disk: Breadth of Wakelin
5 : arm at r:R A:R 5
radius radius | marginal
base. |
| plates.
|
53 12 14 lei | ear) | 44
54 11 15 1:4.91 1: 3.60 | 46
68 15 16 1: 4.53 healer || 2)
76 ay al memes 125.07 | 174.99 50
78 16 19 eden |) ileain 53
83 20 23 1: 4.15 1: 3.61 43
8&9 17 18 1: 5.24 1:4.91 52
92 18 20 Persyst 1 : 4.60 58
94 18 22 1 : 5.22 1 : 4.27 57
97 1% 19 Weyl |) segrosil 62
100 19 23 1:25.96 | 1: 4.35 58
102 19 20 1 : 5.36 1: 5.01 58

The measurements are in millimetres.

The table further shows that the proportion of r:R
and of length of the arms to their breadth are subject
to great individual variations. Thus the comparatively
shortest length of arm is not found in the smallest spec-
imen in the table but in one of middle size. Even in
specimens of the same size these figures may vary. Thus

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

in three specimens with an arm-radius of 99 mm. the
proportion r:R is 1: 5.21, 1:5.5 and 1 : 5.82 respectively,
and A:R is 1:4.71, 1: 4.75 and 1 : 5.50.

The marginal plates are high and narrow. Apart
from the innermost interbrachial plates the proximal plates
are largest, gradually decreasing in size towards the points
of the arms. In the largest specimen the measurements

were:

Ist dorso-marginal plate 1.5 mm. long 7.5 mm. high
10th yy 2 Br pal autne ji
20th == ES 5 Oa) = i
30th —— Ds raie Rha cues
40th —,— Di = aie) oS 3
50th — eer Be nai = .

At the upper edge of the dorso-marginal plates one
or, very rarely, two conical knobs were situated, which
may, however, be absent in young individuals. Larger
specimens have often besides these a somewhat smaller
knob in the centre of the plate. In younger specimens
one or two knobs are situated along the distal margin
of the ventro-marginal plates of the arm-angle. In larger
specimens there are 3 or, more rarely, 4 knobs. The
uppermost of these is situated a little below the edge
nearest the dorso-marginal plates, the lowermost near the
lower edge of the plate, and the third, about the middle
of it. They decrease in number towards the points of the
arms, the outermost plate bearing only one knob. The knobs
of the ventro-marginal plates are smaller than those of
the dorso-marginal ones. They may, however, be absent
in the former as well as in the latter.

The central “epiproctal cone’ is large and well-
developed in young individuals, but gradually disappears
with age. It may, however, also be present in older
individuals and was thus very distinct in a specimen
whose arm-radius war 92 mm. On the other hand it was
absent in one with arm-radius 78 mm.

The abactinal skeleton is composed of round or
irregularly polygonal plates which join, but never over-
lap Owing to the irregular shape of the plates small
Open spaces are formed between them in which
a papula is placed. Each plate bears a little low cylin-
drical paxilla whose upper surface is furnished with
as many as 12 granules. In the closely related Bathybi-
aster vexillifer the skeleton is composed of stellate over-
lapping calcareous plates, each bearing a paxilla similar
in shape and appearance to that of Bathybiaster robustus
but apparently a little more slender than in that species.
The abactinal skeleton therefore affords a good specific
character for these two closely related and in their habits
so similar species.

The actinal skeleton is covered with scales. In some
individuals several of the ‘scales are converted into small

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 19J0. Vol. III.)

knobs, similar in form to those of the marginal plates,
but smaller.

The long, narrow mouth-plates carry a double row
of little, short and compressed papille, the largest spec-
imen having about 20 in each row. The first adam-
bulacral plate has a double row of papillae with 12 papille
in each row. The 2nd has 6 papille, the innermost of
which is larger and more compressed than the rest,
and resembles the large compressed middle papilla of
the other adambulacral plates. These plates have 5—6
papille the middle one of which was larger as well as
more slender and compressed than the rest and reached
into the ambulacral furrow. Verrill!) writes: —“The pecu-
liar purselike or bursiform pedicellariz of the large inner
adambulacral spines, characteristic of Bathybiaster, are
often entirely wanting in our specimens, especially when
small, and usually, when present, there are but few of
them even in the large specimens. Possibly they may
have been destroyed by rough usage in the dredges and
washing sieves”. An examination of the ‘Michael Sars’s”’
specimens shows that this “purselike or bursiform pedicel-

laria” is identical with the “vexillum” of BSathybiaster

vexillifer, which as demonstrated by Mortensen?) is no
other than the middle papilla of the adambulacral plates,
and as such it was described by me above. It is similar in
form to the papilla in Bathybiaster vexillifer, but appears
to be somewhat shorter and broader. It is often lost
as already stated by Verrill, and was entirely wanting in
some of the specimens examined by me; in others it was
present in a few of the adambulacral plates only, and
merely in a very few specimen it was found in all the
plates.

Bathybiaster vexillifer Wyville Thomson.
Archaster vexilifer Wyville Thomson, The Depth of the Sea, 1873,
p. 150, fig. 25.

9/gs—10/,. Stat. 102, 60° 57/N, 4° 38’ W, 1098 m., dark sand and
clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. 24 specimens. The smallest specimen measu-
red: arm-radius 52mm., disc-radius 11 mm., the largest: 106 mm. and
21 mm. respectively.

Bathybiaster vexillifer was discovered by the ‘“Porcu-
pine’ in 1869 in the cold area of Faroe—Shetland Channel
(stat. 76, 60° 36’ N, 3° 58’ W, 630 m., temp. + 1.1° Cel.) It
was found subsequently at a number of localities in
the cold area of the Norwegian Sea (the , Voeringen“, 753—
2222 m., temp. + 1 to = 1.6°, the “Michael Sars’, 600—
1960 m., temp. -+ 0.41° to + 1.07°, the ““Armauer Hansen”,
1400 m. temp. + 0.74°, the “Thor”, 877—1401 m., temp.
+ 0.58 to + 0.95°, the “Princesse Alice”, 1185—1865 m.

1) Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 17, 1894, p. 256.
*) Mortensen: Echinoderms, Danmark Exp. Gronlands Nordost-
kyst 1906—1908, Bd. 5 no. 4, 1910, p. 252.

ECHINODERMATA 17

and the “Danmark”, 304m.) It was likewise found by Swedish
expeditions in the cold area of the Norwegian Sea, but
no reference to the individual localities was given. Bathy-
biaster vexillifer is thus distributed in the Norwegian —
Sea between 60° 36’ and 79°59’ N. and between 14° 24’
E., and 18° 30’ W. in 304—2222 m.and in temp. + 0.41 to
+ 1.6° Cel. It is besides found off western Greenland
between 64° 5’ and 70° 47’ N., 223—1276 m.

Bathybiaster robustus was taken by the “Challenger”
at three localities off the east coast of North America,
2269—3111 m., temp. 2.33—2.89°. It was likewise taken
there by American expeditions in several localities between
35° 10’ and 41° 28’ N., 1290-2665 m. All the stations
belong to the warm area, as, according to the records
of the cruises of the “Albatross” in 1883 and 1884, the
temperatures ranged between 2.78 and 3.89° at the depths
at which B. robustus was found. B. robustus was not
hitherto known to occur on the east side of the Atlantic.
The stations off Ireland and the Hebrides also belong to
the warm area. This species is therefore a pronounced
warm-water form restricted to the depths of the North
Atlantic, 1290—3110 m. while the closely related B. ve.xil-
lifer, as shown above, is a true Arctic species.

Verrill remarks about these two closely related forms,
“that they may prove to be indentical when a full series
of each can be compared‘, and Koehler?) joins him in
this view, as he considers B. robustus and its synonym
Phoxaster pumilus Sladen”) identical with B. vexillifer’.
The two species, as I have stated before, however, have
their distinct habitats, the one being restricted to the
warm area of the Atlantic, the other to the cold area
of the Norwegian Sea and the waters off the west coast
of Greenland where the hydrographic conditions are
probably also Arctic. Neither reaches the banks, that
divide the Norwegian Sea from the Atlantic. This dif-
ference in distribution indicates that the species must be
distinct and a closer examinations of their structure con-
firms this view.

In B. robustus the marginal plates have a more
vertical position than in B. vexilifer, where the arms do
not exhibit the rectangular straightened appearance seen in
the former species. 6. robustus has 1 to 2 spines on
the dorso-marginal plates and 2 to 3, or more rarely 4,
on the ventro-marginal ones. In B. vexillifer the dorso-
marginal plate bear 0 to 1 in exceptional cases 2 spines;
the ventro-marginal plates on the other hand, 1 or 2
very rarely 3 or 4 spines. In the first-named species
the spines are larger than in in the other, and the

') Koehler; Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc, 34,
1909, p. 57.

2) Sladen: Challenger Asteroidea, p. 336, tab. 15, figs. 3—6,
tab. 40, figs. 7—10.

GRIEG ;—ECHINOD. — 3

1

oO

JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

uppermost spine of the dorso-marginal plates is the
best developed one. In B. vewxillifer on the contrary
the lowermost spine of the ventro-marginal plates is the
best developed one. In both species the spines may be
absent in the marginal plates, but this is more frequently
the case in B. vexillifer than in the other species. As
stated before the “vexillum” is somewhat different.
According to Danielssen and Koren?) the colour of
B. vexillifer is “pale yellow over the entire starfish; the
marginal plates and ventral surface being paler than the
other parts”. Wyville Thomson gives the colour as ‘‘pale
tose with a tinge of buff; the suckers semitransparent
and pale pink”. In B. robustus is according to Verrill
“the colour in life, light buff or salmon”. In alcohol or
dried B. vexillifer has a yellowish white colour, while the
other species is more reddish gray. These differences
are of minor importance, however, and could at most
justify their separation into two races or subspecies.
The divergencies in the structure of the abactinal
skeleton are of more vital importance, being so great as
to fully justify the separation into two species, one Arctic
(B. vexillifer), the other an Atlantic species (B. robustus).
In the first-named the abactinal skeleton is composed oi
stellate overlapping calcareous elements, in the latter on
the other hand of round or polygonic plates which though
joining one another, never overlap. We see here the
same difference as between the Arctic Solaster squamatus
and the boreo-arctic Solaster papposus. In the former the
abactinal skeleton consists of overlapping scales or plates,
in the latter of small calcareous rods forming a meshwork.

Psilaster andromeda Miiller and Troschel.
Astropecten andromeda Miiller and Troschel, System der Asteriden,
1842, p- 129.

Stat. 24, 35° 34’N., 7°35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.

8° Cel. One specimen.

30/e. Stat. 70, 42° 59’N., 51° 15’ W., 1100 m. temp. 3.7° Cel. One
specimen.

%/s—i/s. Stat. 101, 57° 41’N., 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp.
3.3° Cel. 23 specimens.

%/g—19/s, Stat. 102, 60° 57’N., 4° 38’ W., 1098 m, dark sand and
clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. A very defect and macerated specimen, which
had most probably remained in the trawl from stat. 101.

The following table shows the dimensions of a few
specimens from stat. 101. As will be seen from this
table the proportion r:R varies between 1: 3.7 and 1: 4.8,
and the breadth of arm to arm-radius 1: 3.24 and 1: 4.21.
|] may mention for comparison that in some specimens
of similar dimensions from the Norwegian coast (Sogn).
I found r:R = 1:3.7—43 and A:R = 1:3.4—3.9.

1) Danielssen & Koren:
1884, p. 89.

Asteroidea, Norske Nordhavs Exp.,

Nine Die: /Breadth of Number of
radius | radius | eee au dorso- TR A:R
ase. | marginal
50 13.5 14 25 1: 3.70 1: 3.57
72 15 19 29 1: 4.80 | V4 21
75.5 17.5 20 28 1: 4.31 1]: 3.78
81 | 19 25 30 1 : 4.26 1:3.24
82 | 20 25 30 1: 4.10 WeSto4
Soin eee 25 as 1: 3.86 | 1: 3.40
SB || 1G | eB 1:453 | 1:3.44
92 | 20 23 34 1:46 | 1:4

The measurements are in millimetres.

Several of the specimens from stat. 101 are remark-
able for the abundant spiny armature of their ventro-
marginal plates, particularly those of the interbrachia
angles which carry O—10 spines. O—5. spines were
found in the middle of the arm, while in the distal plates
nearest the points of the arms spines were totally wanting.
In Norwegian specimens I have never found more than
4 spines on the ventro-marginal plates. In the specimen
from stat. 24 the plates of the interbrachial angles and
those in the middle of the aim carry up to 7 spine
and in the specimen from stat. 70 2—4. In the latter spec-
imen as well as in some from stat. 101 a central spine
was observed on a few of the dorso-marginal plates.

According to Perrier Psilaster andromeda descends
to a depth of 2190 m., but this statement needs confir-
mation, as Perrier confused Psilaster andromeda and
Psilasteropsis patagiatus (cir. Koehler)!). Psilaster andro-
meda was not hitherto with certainty known from
greater depths than 1795 m. According to the explorations
of the “Michael Sars” the bathymetrical range of the
species is from 19 to 1853 m. But it is rare at smaller
depths than 80 m.

Psilaster andromeda is a decided warm-water species
which was, however, taken twice in the cold area of the
Norwegian Sea (Porcupine 1869, stat. 76, 60° 36’ N., 3°
36” W., 630 m., temp. + 1.1°, “Michael Sars’ 1902,
Stat. of) 622143) N;, le 26887 fol) sei mSeimi Smee
due to the fact that both stations are close to the warm
area. The hydrographical conditions are unstable in
such localities which are sometimes washed by warm
Atlantic, sometimes by cold Arctic water, as a result of
which they are supplied now with larve of Atlantic or
boreal, now with those of Arctic forms. The bottom
fauna will therefore consist of a mingling of southern and
northern species. What 1 have said about Psilaster
andromeda also applies to Plutonaster bifrons, which is
an inhabitant of the deep water of the Atlantic and

1) Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 34,
1909, p. 60 and 62.

ATLANT DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 19

which therefore to a still higher degree is a warm-water
species, but which was nevertheless taken three times in
' the cold area of the Faroe-Shetland Channel.

Psilasteropsis patagiatus Sladen.

Psilaster patagiatus Sladen, Asteroidea, Rep. Sci. Res. Challenger

Zool., vol. 30, 1899, p. 232, tab. 7, figs. 11 & 12, tab. 41, figs. 3 & 4.
S/g—"/s.

temp. 3.3° Cel.

Stat. 101, 57° 41’ N., 11° 48’ W., 1853 m, hard clay,
One specimen, measuring:

In the type specimen of this species the proportion
t:R was 1:3.95 and A:R = 1: 4.05. Koehler found in
some large specimens from the collections of the Prince
of Monaco the proportions r:R to vary between 1: 4.18
and 1:4.72. The specimen under discussion is remarkable
for its comparatively short and broad arms. It differs
further from the type specimens by a more abundant
spiny armature of the ventro-marginal plates, in as much
as some of the plates of the arm-angles bore up to 10
spines, which recalls the armature observed in a few
specimens of Psilaster andromeda {rom stat. 101. The
specimens agree in other respects with the description
and figures of Psilasteropsis patagiatus given by Sladen.
17 furrow papillae were present on the middle adam-
bulacral plates.

The type specimen was captured by the “Challenger”
off the Cape Verd Is. The “Princesse Alice” also took
it there, as well as off the coast of Morocco, at the Canary
Is., the Azores and in the Bay of Biscay. The ‘“Hirondelle”
and the “Talisman” likewise collected it within the same
area, though the exact localities can not be given, Perrier,

as above stated, having confused the species with Psilaster

andromeda. The ‘Helga’ captured it off Ireland. The
“Michael Sars’ locality lies to the west of the Hebrides.
Thus Psilasteropsis patagiaius is an East Atlantic species,
ranging from 16° 34’ to 57° 41’ N. _ Bathymetrical
distribution 1095—2165 m.

Dorigona arenata Ed. Perrier.
(Pl. 4, figs. 5—8).

Pentagonaster arenatus Ed. Perrier, Bul. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9,
1881, p. 21.

*/5. Stat. 21, 35° 31’ N., 6° 35’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52° Cel. Three specimens, of which the two best preserved
ones measured:

PNriitietd di tiSrceeen ete shh ee aren
Disc-radius

Distance of the madreporic plate

TROT CAUSE GL” GNSS senccriecccerseecescoceorsea 4 mm 4 mm
Size of the madreporic plate .......... DB SK Oh Pay SK OG
t:R 1: 4.66 1 : 4.29
Number of dorso-marginal plates...... 37 32
Number of ventro-marginal plates... 39 39

The dorso-marginal plates are joined together, beginning with
the 5th or 6th plate.

Perrier states that pedicellarie are wanting in the
marginal plates of this species!). I found pedicellarie pre-
sent, however, on the dorso-marginal as well as on the
ventro-marginal plates of the three specimens mentioned
above, but the number of pedicellariz-bearing plates
seems to vary considerably in the different individuals
In one of my specimens pedicellariz were present on 6
dorso-marginal and on one ventro-marginal plate, in an
other specimen on 71 dorso-marginal and on 67 ventro-
marginal plates and in the third specimen on 89 dorso-
marginal and on 116 ventro-marginal plates. I ought to
mention that one or more of the arms of all the specimens
were defective, which admits the possibility that the
number of pedicellarie-bearing plates might have been
greater if the specimens had been intact. Most of the
plates of the interbrachial angles were furnished with
pedicellarie. They may also, though more rarely, be
found on the arm plates, particularly in the distal half
of the arms, but in the outermost plates they appeared
to be constantly absent. The majority of marginal plates
bear one pedicellaria, but both the dorso-marginal and
the ventro-marginal plates may have two or very rarely
three pedicellarie.

Pedicellarie are wanting in the inter-radial actinal
area. On the abactinal surface they are restricted to the
papularium and are besides, as regards number, apparently
subject to great individual variations. Only 6 pedicellaria-
bearing plates were counted in the first of the specimens
in question, 28 in the second, and 8 in the third. None
of the plates bore more than one pedicellaria, and most
of these were situated near the margin, only exceptionally
farther in on the plate, as is normal in the marginal
plates. As in Pentagonaster granularis the pedicellarie
are composed of two rounded quadrate flaps about 0.64
mm. long and about 0.23 mm. broad. Those on the
marginal plates have the same form, but are somewhat
smaller.

The mouth-plates carry 6—8 papille and the adjacent
adambulacral plates have 4—5 furrow-papille. The
number of adambulacral papille is 6 to 7 in the middle
of the arm and up to 9 in the outer half of the arm.
Behind the furrow-papille there are three and, at the

1), Ed. Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du
“Talisman”, 1894, p. 379.

20 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NOHRT

extreme point of the arm, frequently only two more or less
distinct rows of papilla, the hindmost of which equal
in size the granules of the adjoining ventro-lateral plates.
The number of papille varies in the furrow row as well
as in those behind it, as will be clearly seen from the
following account of the number of papille in 7 successive
adambulacral plates of the inner half of the arm of the
largest specimen: 6—2—4—3, 5—3—2—3, 5—3—3—4.
5—4—3—4, 6—4—4—3, 7—4—5—4 and 6—3—5—5.
Dorigona arenata occurs on both sides of the North
Ailantic. It was first found by the “Blake” off the West
Indies between Grenada (12° N) and 24° 36’ N., at 298—
1748 m, where it was later also taken by the “Albatross”
On ithe east Atlantic side it was first taken by the
“Challenger’ southwest of the Canary Is. at 2791 m.
The “Travailleur” and the “Talisman” took it later at
16 stations between the Canary Is. and the Bay of
Biscay (44° 4’ — 29° 1’ N., 407 — 1805 m.) and there
it was also found by the Prince of Monaco at 40 stations
between 29° 6’ and 47° 45’ N., 1096 — 1588 m.
The “Caudan” obtained it at three stations in the Bay
of Biscay, 400 — 1410 m. It is finally recorded under
the names of Nymphaster protentus, N. subspinosus and
N. arenatus ftom the great depths west of Ireland, 381 —
1332 m. Dorigona arenata thus ranges on the west
Atlantic side from 12° to 24° 36’ N., and on the east
Ajlanicesside, irome 254) 456 sto spl a2 3ee Ne) ihe
bathymetrical distribution is 298 to 2791 m.

Paragonaster subtilis Ed. Perrier.

Goniopecten subtilis Ed. Perrier, Bul. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 9, 1881.
p. 26.

19/,, Stat: 10, 45° 26’ N., 9° 20’ W., 4700 m., yellow sand,

temp. 2.56° Cel. Two large unfortunately defective, specimens and a

very young one. The disc-radius of the two former was 19.5 mm.

and 15 mm. respectively. The small specimen measured:

(ATI AVAGIIS et este eee ee ass
Disc-radius

Number of dorso-marginal plates 0.00.00...
Number of ventro-marginal plates

The small specimen differs from the two fully deve-
loped ones in having the dorso-marginal plates more
scantily covered with granules, which form a marginal
border; for the rest granules are absent or a few scattered
ones only occur. In the two large specimen on the other
hand the plates are completely covered with granules.
In like manner the ventro-marginal as well as the abactinal
plates of the small specimen present more scanty granu-
lation. The terminal plates end in two spines which
are turned forward, are comparatively broadly and straightly
cut off and among which 2 to 4 more spines of smaller
and more slender dimensions are found.

The adambulacral plates of the two large specimens
carry 4 — 8 furrow papilla, most frequently 5 to 6, and
behind them 12 papille arranged in three distinct rows.
Pedicellariza were absent in both specimens.

Paragonaster subtilis is evidently identical with P.
strictus Perrier, which I can not but consider. as the
juvenile form of this: species as was also indicated by
Perrier!). I agree with Koehler?) in further referring P.
elongatus Perrier*) to the same species and likewise P.
cylindratus Sladen*), which was found by the “Challenger”
south of the Cape Verd Is. (1° 47’ N. 24° 26’ W., 3386 m.,
temp. 2.6° Cel.)

Verrill°?) remarks about the relation between P. eylin-
dratus Sladen and P. formosus Verrill, taken of the east
coast of the North America between 37° and 41°7'N.,
at 2455 to 3698 m., that the latter “appears to have the
adambulacral plates more salient and angular on the
furrow-margin and the notches between them deeper;
the furrow-spines appear to be more slender and form
a more strongly curved or angular group, which is conti-
nued by three to five shorter ones in a fasciole-like row
on the proximal and distal edges of the plates; there are
about five on the furrow-edge proper; the spines on the
actinal surface are more elongated and more regularly
stellated, with a longer one in the middle of the group.
—The spinules of the lower marginal plates have the
same arrangements as in Sladen’s species, but are slightly
more slender and acute than shown in his figure; of
the larger median series there are usually two or three
irregular indefinite rows in the larger specimens, instead
of a single definite row. These differences are, however,
so slight that the two former may prove to be the same
species”.

One of the two larger specimens mentioned by me
is a typical Paragonaster subtilis, the other agrees more
closely with Verrill’s form, which according to him I must
regard as identical with P. cylindratus, and consequently
also with P. subtilis, the type specimen of which was
taken by the “Blake” off the Antilles (24° 33’ N., 84° 23’ W.,
3532 m.)

Paragonaster subtilis must therefore be a North
Atlantic species ranging on the American side from 24° 33’
to 41° 7’ N., 2455—3698 m., and on the European side

1) Ed. Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur’ et du
“Talisman”, 1894, pag 363, tab. 24, fig. 7, tab. 25. fig. 5.

2) Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 34, 1909,
p, 86, tab. 4, fig. 2.

8) Ann. Sci., Nat., ser. 6, Zool. tome 19, 1885, no. 8, p. 38.

4) Sladen: Challenger Asteroidea, p. 314, tab, 51, figs. 3 & 4,
tab. 53, figs. 3 & 4,

5) Proc, U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 17, 1894, p. 257.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III}

from 1° 47’ to 45° 26’ N., 2995—4700 m., bottom temp.
2.56°—3.3° Cel. 2).

R r

Nmm. mm. t:R
P. subtilis “Michael Sars” 10 4 2 25
, strictus “Talisman” 7 ® eB
» ¢ylindratus “Challenger” 30. 8.5 petoe53
: a —» Bl D5 1 : 4.08
» subtilis “Blake”’ 60 12 ss
» formosus ““Albatross”’ 74 «18 1: 4.11
, elongatus “Talisman”’ 87 18 1: 4.83

The foregoing list of specimens of which measurements
exist, shows that older fully-developed individuals are
more long-armed than very young ones, tor while R of
the smallest specimen was 2.5 r, it was 4 — 5 r in the
larger specimens.

Mediaster ste/latus Ed. Perrier.

Mediaster stellatus Ed. Perrier, Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 4,
1891, p. 268.

30/6 Stat. 70, 42° 59’ N., 51° 15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7° Cel.
Five specimens, measuring:

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
/ANITUIENTEVODNBISS, cerobbadocecosacodesnnse bade) 32 38.5 47 48 54
MD ISG=ACILS meters ecetersiel ss 12.5 14 17 16.5 16
Breadth of arm in the middle 4.5 4.5 6 i 7
Breadth of paxillar area in the
SMUT [OVVEVCE nncnemedoebroseeedseendenceonaes 2.5 2.5 4 4.5 5
Tun Re ere yes AUS ce aces wearer tent leas Ws Qe he Pans sol is ehsy
Number of dorso-marginal
PI ALCS pees cceesctcesnescsstesscsstiisksiesteres 23 28 30 29 3l
Number of ventro-marginal
JOYCE) Sa ee tee tea erate ee 24 28 29 29 31
The specimens agree with the description and
illustrations which Perrier?) gives of this species. The

adambulacral plates bear three rows of papilla with 4
to 6, most commonly 5 papillae in each row, of which
the furrow-papille are the largest. The papille of the
outermost row agree in size and form with the granules
of the adjacent actinal plates. The larger paxille of the
abactinal plates bear 22 to 54 granules, but pedicellarie-
bearing paxille have at most 20 granules. The pedicel-
lari are more numerous in the larger specimens, than
in the smaller ones, thus evidently increasing in number
with the age of the animal.

Mediaster stellatus is known only from the great
depths south and east of New-Foundland where it was
previously taken by the Prince of Monaco in 1887 at a
Station north-east of the ‘“‘Michae! Sars” locality (stat. 161,
46° 4’ 40” N., 49° 2’ 30” W., 1267 m).

1), “Challenger” 2.6°, “Albatross” 3.3° (3 stations) and 2.8°
(one station) “Michael Sars” 2.56°.

2), Ed. Perrier: Stellerides, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 11,
1896, p. 46, tab. 4. figs. 1 — ld.

ECHINODERMATA Dit

Astrogonium fallax Ed. Perrier.
(Pl. 5, fig. 1).

Astrogonium fallax Ed. Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 6 tome 19, 1885,
no: 8 p: a7:

30/g. Stat. 70, 42° 59’ N., 51° 15’ We, 1100) m: temps 37° (Gell

Two specimens measuring:

Arm-radius
Disc-radius

cee

Number of ventro-marginal plates ................c00- 29 35

The largest specimen agrees with Koehler’s figure
of this species.') In the smallest specimen some few of
the ventro-marginal plates only have rudimentary spiny
formations, the rest exhibit a scale-like granulation
similar to that of the largest individual. The small
specimen has likewise a similar armature of the adam-
bulacral plates and similar uniform granulation of the
plates of actinal area. | have therefore referred the
smallest specimen also to Astrogonium fallax.

Astrogonium fallax was first found by the “Talisman”
at 4 stations off the Azores, 1440 — 2220 m., and there
it was also later taken by the Prince of Monaco at two
stations, 1165 — 1385 m. Verrill*) further records it from

the east coast of North America; but judging from Verrill’s
figures, this North American form appears to differ from

the typical Astrogonium fallax. The uniform crowded
granulation of the plates in the actinal area is characteristic
of this species, while Verrill’s drawing (fig. 2 a) exhibits
a more scattered granulation, and the individual granules
vary in sizes, a circumstance which was, however, also
pointed out by Koehler.

Pentagonaster dentatus Ed. Perrier.

Pentagonaster dentatus Ed. Perrier, Nouv. Arch. du Museum d’Hist.
Natur., ser. 2 tome 6, 1883, p. 242, tab. 8, fig. 3.

8/5. Stat. 24, 35° 34’ N., 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. Two specimens.

8/5. Stat. 25B, 35° 46/ N., 8° 16’ W., 2055 m., yellow mud.
Three specimens.

23/ ea Stata 2OCmOme INE.
temp. 6° Cel. Six specimens.

27/7, Stat. 95, 50° 227 Ni, ilo) 44” W.. 797m.) temp s3:o5 Gel:
A large specimen.

The specimens were measuring in millimetres:

13° 35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud,

1), Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc, 34,
1909, p. 71, tab. 18, fig. 2.
2), Transact. Connecticut Acad., vol.
2 — 2b.

10, 1899, p. 190, tab. 30,
figs.

99 JAMES A. GRIEG (REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH
Bs & | T 3 : =
Stations 14 25B 25 B 24 25B PEN icteil en. ea | 41 41 eee 41 95
|
| |
Z Z a oi : Bs )
Diameter.............. 26 42 49 56 59 62 Gy |) 7 81 83 90.5 130
|
Arm-radius .......... 13.5 22.5 26 30 Ose e o2 Sy ey WB} 44 48.5 69.5
Disc-radius .......... 9 13 14 18 i OR 21 21 | 26 23 30.5 47
Size of the mad- | | | | |
RADOFE EWS oon OH SIE Wk? SCL |) Ma Sel | OWES ila IS he elapsceles OV" S< NO) 1H S< ta) We SKB | lteS<D | LSSSBN MSs
Distance of the |
madreporic plate
from centre of
CiSGie ee 3 45 5 5.5 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 13
Number of dorso- | |
marginal plates.. 6 8 9 6-7 10 | 7—8 9—10 8 8—9 | 12 7—8 9—10
Number of ven-
tro-marginal pla-
tespeeen tee 7 8 9—10 ives | 10 8 9—10 | 9 9 14—15 | 9 | tO= i
RRR Sa (eta Wetee | Meike 3) Meier ip Weiss ie Werke |e eee ee | Mesias |e ten' |) tense | ile ive

The largest of Perrier’s specimens had an arm-radius
of 67 mm., and a disc-radius of 38 mm?) It was thus
but a little smaller than that from stat. 95, from which
it differs by proportionately longer arms, the proportion
t:R was |: 1.76, while in the specimen from stat. 95 it
was 1:1.4s. The latter has not, however, attained the
maximum growth of this species. Farran mentions in
»,!he deep-waters Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea and Echinoidea
oi the West Coast of Ireland*)” two specimens of consider-
ably larger size, which measured respectively: R 86 mm
and 95 mm, r 50 mm and 63 mm, r:R = 1: 1.72 and
[Ea bere

The specimen from stat. 95 is remarkable for its
short arms. Apart from a few exceptions the ‘‘Michael
Sars” specimens had longer arms and in a few of them
the arm-radius was even nearly twice as large as the
disc-radius. According to the measurements quoted by
Perrier the proportion r: R seems to vary between 1: 1.62
and 1:1.7s. The largest specimens had the largest arms,
while in the “Michael Sars” specimens in which r:R
varied between 1:1.48 and 1:1.96, the middle-sized
individuals had proportionately the longest arms. Indivi-
dual variation is, however, present; thus the 62 mm.
specimen from stat. 24 was very short-armed (1: 1.52);
while the 59 mm. specimen from stat. 25B had very
long arms (1:1.96). The Prince of Monaco’s largest
specimen had an arm-radius of 42 mm. and a disc-radius
Ole 22 rin os —— lel 75 32):

1), Ed. Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur’ et du
‘Talisman’, 1894, p. 391, tab. 25, figs. 1a — b.

*), Fisheries Ireiand, Sci. Invest. 1912, no. 6, (1913) p. 10.

%), Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 34,
1909, p. 85, tab. 2, fig. 7.

The arms were distinctly marked off in most of the
specimens, the terminal plates being separated from the
abactinal plates by 3 or 4 dorso-marginal ones or even
by 5 plates in the most long-armed specimen.

The abactinal plates of the larger specimens were
angular and furnished with one row of large round
granules, but in other respects bare. In the smaller
specimens, on the other hand, the majority oi the plates
were granulated throughout. The abactinal plates are
thus originally entirely covered with granules, but the
granulation disappears gradually with the growth of the
individual, except along the border of the plates. It first
disappears in the plates of the papularium, which in the
smallest specimen bore only a ring of granules along the
border, while the remaining abactinal plates were still
covered with them.

The dorso-marginal plates of the large specimen from
stat. 95 bore one row of granules along the border, but
were otherwise bare. The ventro-marginal plates were
granulated along the border nearest the dorso marginal
plates, and the same was the case with a larger or smaller
portion of the ventral part adjacent to the actinal plates.
The ventro-marginal plates of the smallest specimens were
covered with granuls throughout, and the lateral portion
of the dorso-marginal plates was likewise granulated, while
the dorsal portion was bare. In the remaining specimens
the granulation of the dorso-marginal plates was similar
to that of the largest specimen, while the ventro-marginal
plates presented transition forms between the granulation
of the largest and that of the smallest specimen. The
terminal plates were bare.

The papularium was very large and papule were
wanting only in a comparatively small interradial area
from the centre of the disc to the middle interradial dorso-

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 23

marginal plates. They vere likewise absent from the area
nearest the marginal plates. As will be seen from the
foregoing table the madreporic plate was situated nearer
to the centre of the disc to its border, the distance from
the centre being about one third of the disc-radius.

No pedicellariz could be discovered in the two smallest
specimens. But in the remainder on the other hand
several were found. They were present in the abactinal
as well as in the dorso-marginal plates, while I did not
succeed in finding them in the ventro-marginal or actinal
plates. Perrier states, however, that pedicellariz are found
scattered on the actinal plates. They are very small and
similar to those in Pentagonaster granularis, and are
found on the radial as well as the interradial plates, and
in the centre of the plates as well as along the border.

The adambulacral papilla are arranged in 3—4 rows,
among which one or several isolated papillae are some-
times found. The furrow papille are the largest, while
those in the outermost row are shortest and similar in
form to the granules of the adjoining actinai plates. As
in Pentagonaster granularis the number of papille found
in a row varied greatly. In some of the middle adambula-
cral plates of the smallest specimen there were thus: 3—3
—3, 4—3—2—3, 3—1—2—38 and so on; in the 81 mm.
specimen: 6—4—1—5, 6—5—6, 6—4—2—5, 5—1—5
7—2, 5—5—5 and so on; and in the 130 mm. specimen:
5—d—4—6, 4—5—1—4—2—6, 4—4—5—4 and so on.
In the three specimens from stat. 25 B the adambulacral
plates had three row of papillae with 5 to 6 papille in
the furrow-row and 3 to 6 in the remaining rows. Some
plates had besides an indefinite fourth row with 2 to 3
papilla. In some specimens the papille behind the furrow-
tow were gathered in a cluster without definite order,
instead of being arranged in rows.

The colour of the specimen from stat. 95 preserved
in formol was orange-yellow on the abactinal and yellowish
white on the actinal surface. The papule were white.
The remaining specimens preserved in alcohol, had lost
their colour entirely.

With respect to the interpretation of Pentagonaster
dentatus | agree entirely with Farran, who maintains
that P. perrieri Sladen s. grandis Perrier and P. concin-
nus Sladen are identical with it. P. dentatus is therefore
a North Atlantic species and is known from the western
as well as from the eastern side. It was first found by
the “Blake” in the West Indies, between Grenada (12° N.)
and 19°7’N., at 75 to 2196m. The “Talisman” later
obtained it off the west coasts of Morocco and Spain
(20° 32'—38° 38’ N.), 930—1590 m., the “Caudan” in the
Bay of Biscay, 950—960 m.; the Prince of Monaco in
several localities between the Cape of Verd Is. and the
Bay of Biscay (15° 17’—45° 9' N.) 1095—1804 m., and

English expeditions in several localities off the west coast
of Ireland, 628—1455 m. While thus P. dentatus on the
west Atlantic side was known only between 12° and 19°
7’ N. it was found on the east Atlantic side between
15°17’ and 51° 35’ N. Its bathymetrical distribution is
from 75 to 2196 m.

Luidia ciliaris Philippi.

Asterias ciliaris Philippi, Arch. f. Naturgesch., vol. 3, 1837, p. 70.

10/3, stat. 3, 49° 32’ N. 10° 49’ W.,
Cel. One specimen.

*o/5, stat. 37, 26° 6’ N. 14° 33’ W., 39 m., shingle, temp. 15.6 Cel.
One specimen.

28/7, stat. 94, 50° 13’ N. 11° 23’ W., 1m. net, surface.
imens, and 1 m. net, 200m. wire. 4 specimens.

8/s—t/s, stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11°48’ W., 1m. net, 200 m. wire
and */s m. net, 600 m. wire. From each gear one specimen only was
obtained.

184 m., fine sand, temp. 10.3

11 spec-

The specimens from stat. 94 and stat. 101 were young,
with remnants from the larval stage adhering. The largest
of them had a diameter of 3.7 mm.

The specimens from stat. 3 and stat. 37 were on the
contrary fully-developed. The specimen from stat. 3
measured: arm-radius 270 mm., disc-radius 32 mm., breadth
of arm at base 28 mm., r:R = 1:8.44. In the individual
from stat. 37 these measurements are 182 mm., 20 mm.
and 16 mm. respectively, r:R = 1:9.1.

Both specimens belong to the variety normani Lud-
wig. Likewise three specimens taken by the ‘Michael
Sars” in 1902 and 1906 in the northern part of North
Sea’) belong to this variety.

Luidia ciliaris is common in the western part of the
Mediterranean, but apparently absent in the eastern part
(cfr. Ludwig’). It further occurs off the west coasts of
Africa and Europe from the Cape Verd Is. to the Faroe
and Shetland Is. In the North Sea it is known only
from the north-western part, where it was collected by
the “Michael Sars” and the “Poseidon” between 58° 2’
and 61° 14’ N. and between 2° 21’ E. and 2° 19’ W., 70
— 215m. and it was altso taken off and on by the bank-
fishermen; also from the eastern coasts of Scotland and
England, where it ranges as far south as Scaborough.
Stissbach and Breckner?) statements “An der norwegischen
Ktiste scheint sie selten aufzutreten und nur an ihren

1) The localities are:

1902, stat. 50, 61° 14’ N. 2° 13’ E., 155 m. temp. 6.78° Cel.
Iie, 5 Pe BOP GWONL OF oy Je, Ue im, .. Ta .
1906, EE) OP SP ING OF lev ie leOimi, ._ Gh .

2) Ludwig: Die Seesterne des Mittelmeeres, Fauna und Flora

des Golfes von Neapel, vol. 24, 1897, p. 80.
3) Siissbach & Brekner: Die Seeigel, Seesterne und Slangensterne

der Nord- und Ostsee. Wissensch. Meeresuntersuch. N. F. Abt. Kiel,
Bd. 12, 1910, p. 210.

24 JAMES A.

GRIEG

siidlichen Teilen‘‘ seems to be founded in mistake. As
far as I know, Luidia ciliaris, is never collected off the
Norwegian coast. But there is a specimen in the Riks-
museum in Stockholm that is recorded as taken off Bohus-
lan (cir. Ditben & Koren’), which is the more remarkable
as Luidia ciliaris is not found in the eastern part of the
North Sea, the Skagerak or the Kattegat. I am most
inclined to think that Professor Lovén obtained the
specimen from fishermen from Bohuslan, who had brought
it from the fishingbanks of the north-western part of the
North Sea.

Helland Hansen mention in “Farvandenes hydrogra-
fiske forholde’*) that some of the salty and rather warm
water of the Atlantic passes into the North Sea through
the channels between Scotland and Norway. It then
flows southward along the coasts of Scotland and Eng-
land, until it turns eastward across the North Sea immedi-
ately north of the Doggerbank. Ii we mark on a chart
the localities in the North Sea, where Luidia ciliaris was
obtained, we shall find that its distribution comes within
the bounds of this Atlantic current and that the southern
limit of the species is where the current turns eastward.
Its southernmost locality of the east coast of England,
Scaborough being abreast of the Doggerbank. Luidia
ciliaris must therefore have migrated from north into the
North Sea. Some water from the Atlantic also flows
through the English Channel into the North Sea, but
Luidia ciliaris can not have come that way, as it is not
found in the southwestern part of the North Sea and,
in the English Channel, not east of Plymouth.

The bathymetrical distribution is 4—220 m.

\

Luidia sarsif Diiben & Koren.

Luidia sarsii Diben & Koren, @fvs. Kgl] Vet. Akad. Foérhandl., vol. 1.
1844 (1845), p. 113.

8/g, stat. 53, 34° 59’ N. 33° 1’ W., 1 m. net, 100 m. wire. A very
young fully transformed specimen.

10/,, stat. 56, 36° 53’ N. 29° 47' W., 1 m. net, 100 m. wire. One
specimen with adhering remnants from larval stage. Diameter 4.5 mm.

24/,, stat. 64, 34° 44’ N. 47° 52’ W., 1 m. net, 200 m. wire and
youngfish trawl, 300m. wire. From either gear one specimen with
adhering remnants from larval stage. Diameter 3 mm.

5/s, stat. 98, 56° 33’N. 9° 30/ W., 1m. net, 200 m. wire. One
specimen with adhering remnants from larval stage. Diameter 4 mm.

8/g—7/g, stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1 m. net, 200 m. wire.
6 specimen with adhering remnants from larval stage. Diameter 3
—4.2 mm.

%/g—0/g, stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 38’ W., 3/s m. net, 400 m. wire.
Two very young, fully transformed specimens. Diameter 5 mm. and
6 mm., disc-radius 0.7 mm. and 1 mm., arm-radius 3 mm. and 3.2 mm.

) Kgl. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., 1844 (1846), p. 254.
*) Hjort: Norges Fiskerier | Norsk Havfiske, 1905, p. 19.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SAKS* NORTH

Luidia sp.
26/5, stat. 67, 40° 17’/N. 50° 39’ W., 1 m. net, 50 m. wire. One
specimen with adhering remnants from larval stage. Diameter 3.5 mm.

The larva, which was not very vell preserved, could
not be definetely determined, but as stat. 67 is situated south
of Newfoundland, it seems reasonable to assume that it
belongs to one of the species of Luidia common along
the eastcoast of North America, Luidia clathrata Say ot
L. elegans Ed. Perrier.

Stichaster roseus O. F. Miiller.
Asterias rosea O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prod., 1776, p. 234.

10/4, stat. 3, 49° 32’ N. 10° 49’ W., 184 m., fine sand, temp. 10.3
Cel. One specimen.

Stichaster roseus is an east Atlantic boreal species
that ranges northward to the banks of Tromsoe (the
“Voermgen? stat. 173)" 69s 180 Ne 42327549 irs) sate
ranges south to the Bay of Biscay (45° 18’ N.), where it was
obtained by the “Caudan” as well as by the “Princesse
Alice”. The ‘“Caudan” found it to be numerous at depths
from 100 to 180 m. The bathymetrical distribution of
the species is from 4 to 1232 m., but the typical form
does not descend to below some 500 m.

Zoroaster fulgens Wyville Thomson.
Zoraster fulgens Wyville Thomson, Depths of the Sea, 1873, p. 154.

8/s—i/s, stat. 24, 35° 34’ N. 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. Two smaller specimens.

23/5, stat. 41, 28° 8’N. 13°35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud, temp.
6° Cel. 10 specimens.

30/6, stat. 70, 42° 59’N. 51° 15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7 Cel.
spécimen.

9/7, stat. 75, 47° 22/N. 49° 16’ W., 120 m. One specimen.

8/s—i/s, stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp-
3.3° Cel. 8 specimens.

9/s—10/s, stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand and
clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. One very defective and macerated specimen,
which had probably remained in the trawl from stat. 101.

One

The smallest specimen measured: Arm-radius 26.5mm.,
disc-radius 6.5 mm., breadth of arm at base 8 mm.,
r:R = 1:4.08, A:R = 1:3.31. The remaining spec-
imens measured: arm-radius 66—162 mm., disc-radius 6.5
—15mm., breadth of arm at base 8—13 mm., r:R varied
between 1:6.6 and 1:12.36, A:R varied between 1: 6.5
and 1:13.6. In some specimens taken by the “Michael
Sars” in 1902 r:R varied between 1:6.4 and 1: 11.5
and A:R between 1:6.5 and 1:10.5. In others mentioned
by Sladen’) these figures were 1:6.87—1:10 and 1: 7.86
-—1: 9.89 respectively. From the foregoing we may infer

1) Bell: Cat. British Echinoderms, 1892, p. 88.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 25

that the relative length as well as breadth of arm are
subject to great variations and judging from the material
at my disposal, older individuals appear to have propor-
tionately longer and more slender arms than younger
ones, the ratio, hovewer, being subject to individual
variations.

The colour in life was pink or white.

Zoroaster fulgens was discovered by the “Porcupine”
in 1869 north-west of the Hebrides, 992—1304 m. It was
later taken on the east Atlantic side south of Iceland by
the “Thor” (921 m.), in the Faroe—Shetland Channel by
the “Triton” (1016—1043 m.) and the “‘Michael Sars”
{1100—1300 m.), west of Ireland (732—1797 m.) by the
“Flying Falcon” and the “Helga”; in the Bay of Biscay,
1300 m. by the ‘“Caudan” as well as by the “Travailleur”
and the “Talisman” between 23° and 44° N., 912 —1975 m.
On the west Atlantic side the “Challenger” found it off
North America, 2287—2470 m. and off Pernambuco,
1235 m. The “Michael Sars” obtained it east of New
Foundland, 120m. Thus Zoroaster fulgens ranges from
23° to 62°57’ N. on the east Atlantic side and from
8° 37'S. to 47° 16’ N. on the west Atlantic side. The
bathymetrical distribution is 732 to 2470 m., there is
besides one specimen from a depth of only 120m. The
bottom temperatures at the localities, where temperature
measurements were made, are: ‘Porcupine’ 5.2°, ‘“Chal-
lenger” 3.3—4.4°, “Triton” 7.5—7.6°, “Michael Sars” 3.3—
8.07°. It will be seen from the foregoing that Zoro-
aster fulgens is a true warm-water species. It must
therefore be due to a mistake, as stated before, when
a specimen of this species was recorded from stat. 102
which belongs to the cold area of the Faroe—Shetland
Channel. The specimen must have been left in the
trawl from stat. 101, where several specimen of this
species were taken. The same must have been the case
as regards Plutonaster bifrons and Psilaster andromeda
of both of which a very defective and macerated specimen
exists from stat. 102, while several specimens were taken
at stat. 101. Like Zoroaster fulgens they are true warm-
water species as stated before, and do not belong to the
cold area of the Norwegian Sea. The other echinoderms
taken at stat. 102, viz: Pontaster tenuispinus var. platy-
nota, Solaster papposus var. septentrionalis, Solaster
squamatus, Ophiopleura borealis, Ophioscolex glacialis
and Hathrometra prolixa are on the contrary decided
arctic and boreo-arctic species. The same is true of the
others invertebrates found at stat. 102, which I may men-
tion :—Buccinum hydrophanum, Neptunea curta, Neptunea
mohni, Philene finmarchiea, Cuthonella abyssicola, Scal-
pellum angustum, Colossendeis proboscidea, Colossendeis
angusta, Nymphon grossipes, Borenymphon robustum etc.

Solaster abyssicola Verrill.
(Pl. 5 figs. 2—4)
Solaster abyssicola Verrill, Amer. Journ., ser. 3, vol. 29, 1885, p. 162
and Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1885, p. 541.

18/7, stat. 88, 45° 26’ N. 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow mud,

temp. 2.5° Cel. Two specimens measuring:
Diameters. fee ae ene 103 mm. 137 mm.
AIM=nadiise sai: een ae ee tye Onn
DiSc-radilis eae eeeee 2250 Ke}
Breadth of arm at base....... 13—14 , 15—18 ,
Height of arm at base ....... 7—9 , 12—145 ,

TR eS ek ee ce 1: 2.45 1 Deis
INEM OS Oi AAS. 6 bce ocuccces 8 8
Number of inner adambulacral-

Papillgss eee one eee 3—4 3—4
Number of outer adambulacral-

Dapillee eee ate ie rae 3—9d 3—5d

The abactinal skeleton is composed of stellate cal-
careous plates (pl. 5, fig. 4), whose four branches
united with the branches of other plates forming a qua-
drate mesh-work. In some of these plates a branch may
be absent whereby two mesh-spaces are turned into
one larger of oblong rectangular form. Meshwork of
irregular or triangular form may also occur, but seems to
be comparatively rare. A short cylindrical paxille in the
centre of the plate bear up to about 15 short divergent
calcareous spines. The meshwork have normally 3—4
large papule, but the larger ones may have as many as 8.
The skeleton of Solaster endeca (pl. 5, fig. 5) consists
in part of caleareous plates similar to those of Solaster
abyssicola, in part of short narrow calcareous rods. The
network formed by the calcareous deposits is of an ex-
tremely irregular shape and bears several paxille, the
mesh-spaces bear proportionately to their size from 1 to
7 papule. Besides isolated calcareous rods bearing one
paxilla may be present in them, similarly as in the mesh-
spaces of Solaster papposus.

The paxille in the plates of the actinal area are
cylindrical and furnished with as many as 8 very small
spines. They are arranged in rows and similar to the
paxillz of the abactinal skeleton, but smaller.

The outer row of adambulacral papille (pl. 5, “tig. 3)
bears 3—5 papille in both specimens, most often 4. They
are comparatively short, covered by a thick membrane
and united at the base. The inner row bears 3—4 papille
of about uniform size and united by a membrane to half
their length.

Solaster abyssicola has according to Verrill 5—7
adambulacral papilla, while the two specimens under
discussion have only 3—5. Notwithstanding this I have

GRIEG:—ECHINOD. 4

26 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

referred the specimens to Verrills species because they
agree well with it in other characteristic. The number
of papille apparently does not afford a very reliable
specific characteristic, however. In Solaster papposus |
have found normally 5—7 papille in the outer adambulacral
Tow, but the number may vary between 2 and 9, and
in several Solaster endeca trom Hardanger 5—9 papille
were present.

Solaster abyssicola was previously known only from
the east coast of North America, where it was taken ac-
eording to Verrill at several stations between 35° 45.5’
and 39°5.5’N., 1543—3813m. The species therefore ap-
pears to be new to the European fauna. It is possible,
however, that this was the species taken by the “Thor”
in 1903 south of Iceland (stat. 166, 62°57’ N. 19° 58’ W.,
931 m.). For it is recorded by dr. Mortensen under the
name Solaser n. sp. (S. earlii Verr. aff.1), a species to
which Verrill originally referred his Solaster abyssicola*).

Solaster papposus var. septentrionalis Sladen.
Crossaster papposus var. septentrionalis Sladen, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 704.

10/s. stat. 102, 60°57'N. 4°38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand and

Siete A

clay, temp. = 0.9 Cel. Two specimens measuring:
Drametererene Syren wees reece ee 73 mm. 71 mm.
PATINA CIUIS HIS soe ices See nee Oe Sime
IDISGTACTTIS He eee ee ee eat Lefer MD). 5

PS 4 Ronee eee Sn eee cnet eis teecnues Ie Doi 3 Dame
INfitrTl VT OW GINO leageadosco scold 10 10
Number of paxille in the actinal

ANIGAY Biscotti is big cee tote ieee 4—7 6—9
Number of inner adambulacral

Papillon rer kt as eects 4—6 5—6
Number of outer adambulacral pa-

pili seers me ea 5—8 5—8

Disc arched, the arms, broad at base, taper rapidly
toward the point. Paxille small and numerous, the largest
bear about 30 spines. The abactinal skeleton consists of
short, broad rods united together so as to form an
irregular meshwork. In the mesh-spaces only a papula as
a rule is present, there may be as many as three, however.
In several mesh-spaces isolated rods occur besides. The
skeleton most closely resembles that of a 77 mm. spec-
imen of Solaster papposus irom the Varangerfjord’).

1) Schmidt:
(1904) p. 22.

2) Ann. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. 1885, p. 541.
ser. 3, vol. 49, 1895, p. 200.

%) Grieg: “Michael Sars” Asteroidea, Bergens Museums Aarbog,
1906, no. 13, p. 64, tab. fig. 7.

Fiskeriundersokelser ved Island og Fergerne 1903

Cfr. Amer. Journ.

Most of the plates of the inner adambulacral row
bear five papille, but the number varies betwen 4 and 6.
In the outer row 5 to 8 papille are found, most often 7,
and those in the middle are largest, the—distal ones
smallest.

The colour is pink, lightest on the actinal side.

The specimens agree in all essentials with Sladen’s
Solaster (Crossaster) papposus var. septentrionalis, which
was likewise taken in the cold area of the Faroe—Shet-
land Channel (“Knight Errant” 1880, stat. 2, 60° 29’N.
8° 19’ W., 686 m., temp. + 0.56° Cel.) I have therefore
referred them to that variety. I ought to mention, how-
ever, that Sladen’s form has somewhat shorter arms, and
the proportion r:R is 1: 1.94, while it is 1:2.24 in the
two “Michael Sars” specimens. This difference is not of
vital importance, however.

Solaster squamatus Doderlein

Solaster papposus var. squamatus Dederlein, Wissensch. Meeres-
untersuch. N. F. Bd. 4, Abt. Helgoland, Heft 2, 1900, p. 208,
tab. 6, figs 55 c.

10/s—11/s, stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand and
clay, temp. 0.9 Cel. Two specimens measuring:

Diameters) lacy mies raeieh ai ate 76 mm. 73 mm.
AT INET AUS rere pene ee at ae es 43> 38 ue
BiSCana diisiee tates regis si cedar 2 Omar
jer Raat RM ALS Tea eR 3 oa eQos ile 2 i
Ntimbezoteaiyi'S! ane ne 10 10

Number of paxille in the actinal area 5—8
Number of inner adambulacral papilla 4—6
Number of outer adambulacral papilla 5—8

These two specimens are distinguished from the two
before mentioned individuals of Solaster papposus var.
septentrionalis, which were likewise taken at stat. 102 by
a somewhat more arched disc and comparatively shorter
arms. The proportion r:R may, however, vary in Sol-
aster squamatus between 1:1.8 and 1: 2.6, most often it
is 1:2.2—2.3, as will be seen from the material col-
lected by the “Voeringen” and the “Michael Sars”. The
paxille are low, cylindrical and furnished with short
spines; in S. papposus var. septentrionalis, on the other
hand, they are conically pointed and bears longer spines,
the middle ones longest, which further adds to their
conical appearance.

The abactinal skeleton consists of scales, among
which small spaces are found with most often one papulle
only. The skeleton resembles most nearly that of a
41 mm. specimens from the cold area east of Iceland
(“Michael Sars”, 1900 stat. 10, 64°53’ N. 10° W., 360 m.,
temp + 0.69° Cel.)?)

1) Grieg: “Michael Sars’ Asteroidea, pag. 62, tab. 1, fig. 4.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 97

Colour in life orange-red on the abactinai surface
with yellowish red paxille and yellowish white on the
actinal surtace.

Solaster squamatus appears to be indigenous to the
cold area of the Norwegian Sea from 100—1159 m. It
may, however, occasionally make its way a little into the
warm area, where the temperature of the bottom-water
may be comparatively high, and where the fauna consists
mainly of warm-water species. The ‘Michael Sars” thus
found it in 1902 at a locality, (stat. 85, 62° 53’ N. 9° 6’ W.
450 m., 3.98° Cel.) together with Pentagonaster granularis,
Poraniomorpha hispida, Ophiactis abyssicola, Gorgono-
cephalus lamarcki, Hathrometra tenella etc. Among other
arctic species, besides Solaster squamatus, which were
taken at this station, | may mention, Lophaster furcifer,
Ophiura sarsi, Ophiopholis aculeata, Ophiacantha bidentata
etc. (cir. Appelloif: Havbundens dyreliv)?).

Lophaster turcifer Diiben & Koren.
Solaster furcifer Diiben & Koren, Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1844 (1846)
p. 2438, tab. 6, figs. 7—10.
10/s—'"/g, stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand and
clay,, temp. + 0.9° Cel. Two specimens measuring:

DRANG UC Teta eee NL. Ae mi 138 mm 72 mm
IAITSUENGINDIS) o's aati ier aears encore one TS) sy BY 5
DISC ACIS pe ely teeth als Pale eh ene Oil iy Dene

POIR) i Gd wate ater aaa onan meen e236 le Das
Number of ventro-marginal paxille 25 20
Number of inner adambulacral

Delos. swath glduts aa oie eee 3—5d 3—4
Number of outer adambulacral pa-

(OWES) ore Giciedle Gb Stee ea tetas 3—6 3—d

The specimens belong to the group, which I called
the Arctic or cold water form’). Their appearance recalls
two specimens, which the Duke of Orleans found in the
Kara Sea). The interbrachial arc is rounded, and the
abactinal skeleton consists of irregular stellate deposits,
the branches of which unite with those of the adjacent
plates, forming a meshwork. A large and robust paxilla
is attached to the calcareous deposits, which in the disc-
centre of the largest specimen measured about 2 mm. in
height and about 1 mm. in diameter and bore as many
as 20 spines covered with a thick membrane. The paxille
of the ventro-marginal plates of the interbrachial arc mea-
sured about 2 mm. in breadth as well as in height and

‘) Hjort: Norges Fiskerier 1 Norsk Havfiske, 1905, p. 105. Cfr.
Murray & Hjort: The Depths of the Ocean, 1912, p. 533.

*) Grieg: “Michael Sars” Asteroidea, p. 70.

8) Grieg: Echinodermes, Duc d’Orleans:
‘de 1907, 1910, p. 17, figs, 11 & 12.

Campagne Arctique

bore 30 to 40 spines.
had 4—10 spines.

The colour of the specimens in life was brick-red
on the abactinal surface and orange-yellow on the actinal.

Walter K. Fisher has described two forms of Lopha-
ster trom the northern part of the Pacific. One of them,
Lophaster furcilliger') ranges from Alaska to southern
California and the Galapagos Is. from 351 to 2013 m.,
the other, Lophaster furcilliger vexator?) inhabits the
Bering Sea and ranges south to northern California. Its
bathymetrical distribution is from 137 to 640 m., it is
most common, however, at depths below 370 m. Fisher
states in “Asteroidea of the North Pacific and adjacent
Waters, Phanerozonia and Spinulosa’’*) where these two
forms are described in detail, that the latter form has an
intermediary position between L. furcilliger and L. furcifer.
From the typical furcifer it differs, ‘in having a more open
abactinal skeleton with consequently more widely-spaced
paxilla, higher paxille with longer spinelets, much smaller
actinal paxille (about as in furcilliger) and longer adam-
bulacral spines. If equal-sized specimens of the two forms
are compared, L. furcifer is seen to have wide rounded
interbrachial arcs which merge gradually into the ray.
Vexator has a smaller disk, never rounded interbrachial
arcs, but acute angles, the rays being sometimes swollen
at base so that the marginal and adjacent abactinal paxille
of two rays interlock. L. furcifer reminds one of a five-
rayed Solaster, whereas L. vexator suggests a five-rayed
Crossaster’. L. vexator again differs from L. furcilliger
by its larger disc, thicker arms, more robust actinal as
well as marginal paxille, more robust abactinal spines
as well as more closely joined adambulacral plates.
Without further entering upon the subject Mortensens
remarks in “Conspectus Faune Grenlandicae. Echinoder-
mer’ *) about Fishers forms that these seem to be transi-
tion forms trom furcifer through vexator to furcilliger, so
that these forms can hardly be regarded as more than
varieties of furcifer.

The Bergen Museum possesses very abundant ma-
terial of L. fureifer from the Norwegian coast as well as
the Norwegian Sea and extreme Arctic regions such as the
Kara Sea, Spitsbergen and Jones Sound. This material
shows that individuals from the Boreal regions, such as
the coast near Bergen, have a pointed interbrachial arc,
the arms comparatively narrow at base and tapering
gradually toward the point. The individual from the
neighbourhood of Bergen figured by Diiben and Koren

The paxille of the actinal plates

1) Bull. Bur. Fisheries, vol. 24, 1905, p. 312.

2) Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 35, 1910, p. 574.

3) Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum, no. 76, 1911, p. 334, tab. 794, figs.
1 & 2, tab. 114, fig. 1. tab. 116, tab. 5 and p. 338, tab. 114, tab. 2.

*) Meddel. om Gronland, vol. 23, 1913, p. 336.

28 JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

must be regarded as typical for this form. Judging from
Verrill’s figure?) the form of L. furcifer occurring off the
east coast of North America is of similar appearance. In
specimens from Arctic regions on the other hand the arc
is most often wide and rounded, and the arms broad at
base tapering rapidly toward the point. This is evidently
the form on which Fisher based his remarks on L. furcifer
and it is also the form depicted in works on Arctic echino-
derms. Judging, however, from the material at my disposal,
the form of the arc seems to be subject to variations and
this is moreover borne out by the literature on the sub-
ject. Duncan and Sladens figure of L. furcifer*) has but
slightly rounded arcs. In two specimens in the Kara Sea
by the Duke of Orleans they are a little more rounded
and this is more particularly the case in the individual
from the cold area of the Norwegian Sea illustrated by
Danielssen and Koren’). In a specimen from Gaasefjord,
Jones Sound they are extremely wide and rounded ?).
There are, however, Arctic specimens, which differ very
little in their form from the Boreal. This is the case
with the L. furcifer from the cold area of the Faroe—
Sheiland Channel figured by Wyville Thomson in “The
depths of the Sea” (p. 119, fig. 14). A very extreme
example of such Arctic forms is presented by the speci-
mens which | illustrated on “Michael Sars Asteroidea’’(p. 71,
fig. 9). It reminds one of L. fucilliger vexator, a fact
which Fisher likewise calls attention to.

The abactinal skeleton of the Arctic furcifer consists
oi stellate deposits which are united so as to form a
meshwork. Its structure appears, however, to be subject
to great variations. In some individuals the deposits are
close up to one another, so that the meshes become
small and narrow, in other examples, such as one from
Jones Sound, the deposits are isolated. Between these
two are all shades of intermediary forms and also a mesh-
work like that which characterices vexator (cfr. Fisher
pl. 114, fig. 2b). In the Arctic furcifer the paxille are
more scattered than in the boreal form, and they are
larger, more robust and have longer spines. We may
find examples whose paxille closely resemble those of
vexator. The same is true of the actinal paxille and
the adambulacral armature. With abundant material of
the Atlantic Lophaster at hand, it will not be possible to
distinguish it from the Pacific form. Fisher mentions
intermediary forms between L. furcilliger and L. furcil-

1) Verrill: Res. Explr. made by the Steamer ,,Albatross’ in 1883,
1885, tab. 16, fig. 49.

2) Duncan & Sladen: Mem. on the Echinodermata of the Arctic
Sea to the West of Greenland, 1881, tab. 3, fig. 9.

#) Danielssen & Koren: Asteroidea, 1884, tab. 8, fig. 12.

4) Grieg: Echinodermata, Rep. Il Norweg. Arctic Exp. in the
“Fram” 1898—1902, no. 13, 1907, tab. 3, fig. 1,

liger vexator and my material shows transition forms
between the latter and L. furcifer. | therefore fully agree
with Mortensen in considering furcilliger and vexator as
hardly more than varieties of L. furcifer. To the varieties.
of this species we must possibly also refer Sarkaster
validus Ludwig!) which was taken by the -‘Albatross”
in 1891 between Galapagos Is. and Las Tres Marias Is.,
523—1244 m., and which as already pointed out by
Fisher, is a Lophaster and presents agreements with L.
furcilliger.

Pteraster reductus Koehler.
Pl. 5, figs. 6, 7.

Pteraster reductus Koehler, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco,
no: 99, 1907, p: 23.

8c, stat 53, 34°59’ N, 33°1/ W., 2615—2865 m., yellow hard
clayey mud, temp. 3 Cel. Three specimens of which the best pre-
served measured:

Diameter seer was oes oh eee ee 37 mm
Aimer adinige iiss Wun eh Clan deni cima ae Uta omeae 20
IIS Cea H US ees Ora ee GAR ON pe eee Went rg et a ae IB) = 55
Disc-radius measured on the actinal side to the
TART all eS TCC eee pee ea nee eee WAS
LS FSAIG: io ate eae MUR e a Ie Maa a mE aes Ola. pes
Gireaiesta bread this olga yess iene Li ne
Greatest breadth of arm measured on the act-
inal side between marginal sutures...... 14.3
Greatest breadth of the actino lateral area... By are
Number of actino-lateral beams ............. 1B 5
ICS Col ie ceed DR eR ale oR CAGED UNE AS Mall ile Tees,

In the two other specimens which are somewhat
defective the arm-radius measured 22 mm. and 27 mm.,
respectively, disc-radius 13 mm. and 18 mm., greatest
width of arms 16mm. and 20 mm.,r:R=1:1.69 and 1: 1.5.

Arms broad at base, tapering rapidly. Abactinal sur-
face considerably arched, the actinal plane. Supradorsal
membrane thin and fibrous. Paxilla numerous, compact
and furnished with cluster of some 20 long thin calca-
reous spinelets. Of the actino-lateral beams the third is
longest. In the 37 mm. specimen it is 7 mm. long.

The tube-feet are large and present a paired arrange-
ment in two rows. The innermost adambulacral plate
has 6 papille, the remainder 5. These papilla are united
by a membrane and arranged in slightly curved, trans-
verse rows, similarly as in Pteraster personatus Sladen”).
The innermost papilla is 1—1.5 mm. in length, the outer-
most 3—4 mm. The mouth plates are well-developed

1) Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 32, 1905, p. 185, tab. 15, figs.
75 & 76, tab. 29, figs. 171—173, tab. 30, figs. 174—177.

*) Proceed. R. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1890, p. 694, tab. 27,
figs. 1—5.

a

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 29

and provided with a high and broad ridge along the
medianline, where they are united. Six long, thin papille
united by a membrane are arranged in a row along the
horizontal edge of the mouth plates. Secondary papille
on the actinal surface of the plates are wanting.

The colour in life of the best preserved specimen
was a deep purple red, on the abactinal surface of which
a slight tinge still remained. The actinal surface and the
tube-feet were pale red. The other specimen had com-
pletely lost its colour. The third specimen, preserved in
formol, was ash-grey on the abactinal surface and light
reddish gray on the actinal surface, the tube-feet red-
dish grey.

Numerous light reddish grey eggs with a diameter
of 0.6 mm. were found in the interradial spaces.

I have referred the specimens to Pteraster reductus
Koehler as they agreed with that species in most charac-
teristics e. g. in the number of mouth- and adambulcral-
papilla, as well as in number of actino-lateral beams.
But they differ from the typical P. reductus in that their
third actino-lateral beam was longest while in Koehlers
species the 4th was longest. Moreover the typical P.
reductus has longer arms, its arm-radius according to
Koehler being twice the length of disc-radius. Judging
from Pteraster militaris no great importance is to be
attached to this difference, however. Koehlers coloured
illustrations of P. reductus') likewise differ from the colour
of the best preserved one of the specimens in question.
But this difference of colour is of no more importance
than the relative length of arms.

Pteraster reductus was found 1888 by the Prince of
Monaco off the Azores and was likewise taken there by
him in 1896 and 97. By the find of the “Michael Sars”
its horizontal distribution will be from 34° 59’ to 41° 40’
41” N. and from 26° 26’ 15” to 33° 1° W. The bathymetrical
distribution is from 1846 to 2870 m.

Hymenaster pellucidus Wyville Thomson.
Hymenaster pellucidus Wyville Thomson, The Depths of the Sea, 1873,
p. 220.

9/g—!0/g, stat. 102, 60° 57’N. 4° 38’ W., 1098 m., dark sand and
clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. A somewhat damaged specimen, measuring :
arm-radius 29 mm., disc-radius 17 mm., r:R = 1: 1.7.

The specimen had two adambulacral papillez and two
pair of secondary mouth-papille. Number of primary
mouth papillae four. Kalischewskij*) has etablished a

1) Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc 34,
1909, tab. 3, fig. 8 & 9.

2) Kalischewskij: Zur Kenntnis d. Echinodermfauna d. sibir.
Eismeeres, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, ser. 8. vol. 18, nr. 4,
1907, p. 36, tab. 1, fig. 9.

variety arctica of this species with three pairs of secondary
mouth papille, but his illustration shows only two pairs,
which is what the typical form has. I agree wiht Koeh-
ler!) that these two forms can not be separated. An
examination of the specimen collected by the “Voeringen”
and the “Michael Sars” shows that the mouth-plates
have 1—3 secondary papille?).

Flymenaster pellucidus is indigenous to the Nor-
wegian Sea and adjacent waters where it ranges from
the Faroe—Shetland Channel (60° 21’N., to 81° 1’ N. and
from the east coast of Greenland, (Forsbladfjord, about
26° W.) to 114° 31’E. Perrier besides records it from the
Azores*). I am inclined to think, however, that he con-
fused it with another species. The bathymetrical distri-
bution is 27 to 2814 ™m. Most of the localities of this
species belong of the cold area, but it seems to invade
the warm area to some extent, as the temperatures records
vary between + 1.7° (“Jermak’”’) and 3.36° (“Michael Sars”
1902, stat. 86)*). The warm water stations, however, lie
close to the limit of the cold area, and the hydrographical
conditions may probably therefore vary there.

AHymenaster rex Ed. Perrier.
Hymenaster rex Ed. Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 6, Zool., vol.
19, 1885, no. 8, p. 69.
7/5, stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N. 8° 25’ W., 2300 yellow mud. Two spec-
imens, measuring :

PNGIEECTIS 5 nooodedonns 32 mm. 43 mm
DiSC-raditiSheeeeeee eee By 5 oy
oe Uma ie Lariat ecrne a oo IS BR 1:1.16

The adambulacral plates have three papille of which
the adoral one is largest. The mouth-plates bear two
pairs of secondary papillz and three papille along their
free border and one of the mouth-plates of the largest
specimen had even 4 primary papilla. Some 20 actino-
lateral spines were counted. The valves around the oscu-
lum have 10—12 spines. The colour of the specimens
in alcohol is grayish-red on abactinal surface, slightly
darker on the interradial than on the radial surface.
The actinal surface is dark violet, the tube-feet bluish white.

1) Koehler: Echinoderms, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 34, 1919
p. 93.

2) Grieg: Invértebrés du Fond, Duc d’Orleans: Croisiére Oceano-
grafique, 1909, p. 54.

3) Ed. Perrier: Stellerides, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 11,

1896, p. 40.

4) The recorded temperatures are: “Porcupine” - 1.3°, “Voe-
tingen” + 1.3—1.1°, “Michael Sars’ 1900 -- 1—0.11°, 1902 + 0.32°
—3.36°, “Thor” + 0.58°, “Belgica” 0.4°, the Russian Spitzbergen

Expeditions + 1.1—0.3°, ‘“Jermak” + 1.7—3.1°, “Varna” + 1.4—1.2°
The temperatures varied between + 0.8 and + 1.5° at the depths
in the Kara Sea, 84—116 m., where the “Dijmphna” found this species.

30 JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

The “Michael Sars” specimens agree most closely
with Hymenaster rex Perrier among the North Atlantic
species of Hymenaster, but differ trom that species by
the presence of three primary papille in the mouth-plates,
while typical Hymenaster rex has four, which was, how-
ever, found also in one mouth-plate of the largest spec-
imen. Judging from Perriers drawing, the secondary mouth-
papilla are situted very close to the suture of the plates’);
in the specimens under discussion they are placed nearer
the centre of the plates. The valves around the osculum
bear 10—12 spines, while Hymenaster rex has 14. Jud-
ging from A. pellucidus of which numerous specimens
were at_my disposal, these characteristics seem to be
subject to variations. Notwithstanding the divergencies
from typical Hymenaster rex, | refer the specimens to
that species.

Hymenaster rex is an east Atlantic species, previously
found only by the “Talisman” at three stations off the
west coast of Africa between 23°50’ and 46° 4’N. and
between 6° 46’ and 19°37’ W., 1139—2285m. The “Mi-
chael Sars” station also lies within these limits.

Echinaster sepositus Gray.
Rhopia seposita Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, 1840, p. 282.

26/5, stat. 37, 26° 6’ N. 14° 33’ W., 39 m., shingle, temp. 15.6° Cel.
One specimen, arm-radius 77 mm., disc-radius 12 mm.

Echinaster sepositus is an east Atlantic species, rang-
ing north to Bretagne (Roscoff) south to the Cape Verde
Is. It occurs besides in the Adriatic and the western part
oi the Mediterranean. Bathymetrical distribution 1—1060 m.

Cribrella abyssalis Ed. Perrier.
Cribrella abyssalis Ed. Perrier, Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travail-
leur” et du “Talisman”, 1894, p. 144, tab. 11, fig. 1.

23/5, stat. 41, 28° 8’ N. 13°35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud, temp.
6° Cel. One larger, not very well preserved, specimen.

Cribrella abyssalis was first taken by the “Talisman”
off the west coast of Morocco, 1105—1635 m. It was
later found in adjacent waters by the Priuce of Monaco,
1470—2165 m. According to the discovery of the ‘“Mi-
chael Sars” its horizontal range is between 28° 8’ and
38° 47’ N. and between 7°55’ 45” and 28° 4’5” W. The
bathymetrical distribution is 1105—2165 m.

Brisingella coronata G. O. Sars.
Brisinga coronata G. O. Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl.,
1871, p. 5.

5/5, stat. 21, 35°31'N. 6°35’ W., 535 m., yellow mud, temp.
11.52 m. A defect specimen with 10 arms, whose disc-diameter was
18.5 mm., length of arm 177 mm.

&/,—7/s, stat. 101, 57° 31’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1843 m., hard clay, temp.
3.3° Cel. A fragment of an arm.

1) Ed. Perrier: Echinodermes, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du
“Talisman”, 1884, p. 186, tab. 13, fig. 2.

As regards the nomenclature of this species I have
followed Fisher in “New Genera and Species of Bris-
ingide”’ 2).

Brisingella coronata is an east Atlantic species which
was first recorded by G. O. Sars from Skraaven, Lofoten,
376—564 m. It was later found in the Foldentjord, 530 m.,
the Tronhjemsijord, 376—564 m. and the Sognefjord, 130
1229 m., bottom temperature 6.3 to 6.7°. The temperature
was hardly below 8°, however, at the smallest depths in
the Sognefjord. It was further found by the Prince of
Monaco off Vege (1899, stat. 1052, 65° 41’ N. 9° 30’ 15” E.,
440 m.)

In the Atlantic Brisingella coronata ranges from the
Hebrides to the Cape Verde Is., 366—2330 m. According
to Sladen the bottom temperature was 6.4 to 11° at the
localities, where the ‘Porcupine’ obtained the species.
Records of temperature are wanting from the other sta-
tions. In the Mediterranean it was found in the western
as well as in the eastern part, where it ranges as far as
Samos and Samothrace. It occurs besides in the southern
part of the Adriatic. The bathymetrical distribution in
the Mediterranean is 100 to 2660 m. The ‘Pola” found
a bottom temperature of 12.9 to 14.4° in the eastern part
of the Mediterranean, but records are wanting from the
two least depths (129m. and 218 m.), at which it was
taken by that vessel.

Brisingella coronata appears therefore to be a typical
warm-water species. Its range is restricted to localities
with a bottom-temperature of not less than 3.3°, its prin-
cipal distribution, however, apparently occurring in waters
with a bottom-temperature of not less than 6.3°

Freyella sexradiata Ed. Perrier.

Freyella sexradiata Ed. Perrier, Comptes Rendus de |’Acad. des Sci.,
Tome 101, 1885, p. 442.

19/4, stat. 10, 45° 26’ N. 9° 20’W., 4700 m., yellow mud, temp.

2,56° Cel. Four defect specimens as well as fragments of several
arms.
IDVSFCAEVMNGISTS os scosssanasosoe 9mm. 10 mm. 11 mm. 11 mm.
Breath of arms at base........ 2 test CH ODE 4 ,
Greatest breadth of ovarial en

aT SCHTE TL ere eee een HS 5 three BY. 5 (OH) 4

The smallest specimen has only five arms, the others
six. Koehler also found that this species may have 5
arms”),

This species like Freyella spinosa has two gonads
in each arm and they are similarly arranged in both
species. Freyella sexradiata thus belongs to the genus
Freyellidea, so named by Fisher in his revision of the

1) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8 vol. 20, 1917, p. 423 & 427.
2) Koehler: Echinodermes, Res. Camp, Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 34,
1909, p. 129.

Al

E!LANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III-]

ECHINODERMATA 31

Fig. 10. Freyella sexradiata Ed. Perrier from stat. 10. Abactinal view, magnified 3 times.

family of Brisingide'), a name which he changed to
Freyella in “Notes of Asteroidea II’’?).

Freyella sexradiata was first found in 1883 by the
°Talisman” north of the Azores (stat. 134, 42° 19’ N.
53° 36'W., 4060 m.) It was later taken by the Prince of
Monaco at two stations between the Azores and Portugal,
4020 m. and 4360 m. The “Michael Sars” obtained it
in the Bay of Biscay. Freyella sexradiata is therefore an
East Atlantic species known up to present time only
between 38°8' and 45°26'N. and between 9°20’ and
23° 36’ W. Bathymetrical distribution is 4020 to 4700 m.

Beside it, the following species of the genus Freyella
occur on the eastern side of the North Atlantic:

F. edwardsi from the Bay of Biscay and west coast of
Africa, 1786 m.

’) Op. cit., ser. 8, vol. 20, 1917, p. 425 & 429,
Z\e@pr cit. Ser.9) vole 2 s19185 ps 103:

F, spinosa from west coast of Africa and the Azores,
4060—4310 m.
F. recta from the Azores, 3465 m.
F. tuberculata, between Canary Is. and Cape Verde,
4310 m.
From the western side of the North Atlantic are
known:
F. americana from Nova Scotia, 320 m.
F. elegans between Nova Scotia and Cape Hatteras,
1115—3700 m.

A Freyella was besides taken south of Iceland (“Thor’
1903, stat. 164, 62° 10.8’N. 19°36’ W., 2093 m.), which
according to Mortensen’), is closely relative to the last-
named species.

1) Schmidt: Fiskeriundersegelser ved Island og Fergerne i som-
meren 1903 (1904) p. 24.

39 JAMES A.

GRIEG [REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

OPHIUROIDEA

Pectinura elata Koehler.
Pectinura elata Koehler, Ophiures. Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du
“Talisman”, 1906, p. 249, tab. 18, figs. 1—3.
8/5 stat. 25 B, 35 46’N 8°16’ W, 2055 m., yellow mud, 8 spe-
cimens.
8/s stat. 53, 34° 59’ N. 33° 1’ W, 2615—2865 m., yellow hard clay-
Two specimens.

ish mud, temp 3° Cel.

The smallest specimen has a disc-diameter of 14 mm.
the largest of 25.5 mm. Koehler states that this species
har three arm-spines. I found 3 to 4 spines in all of the
specimens under consideration, but the extreme arm-
joints possessed only 2. One of the specimens from stat.
53 differed besides from the typical Pectinura elata by
having the ventral surface of the disc covered with granu-
les, in this respect agreeing more nearly with Pectinura
heros Lyman. However, as it agreed with Koehler’s spe-
cies in other characteristics, such as the forms of the
mouth-shields and the size of the arm spines, I have
referred it to that species. The remaining specimen were
typical Pectinura elata, apart from the somewhat diver-
gent number oi arm-spines.

Pectinura elata was previously taken only by the
,lalisman“ in 1883 at a station off the west coast of
Africa, (25° 2’ — 25° 6’ N 19° 11’ — 19° 13’ W, 2325—2518
m.) Its horizontal distribution should thus at present
be from 25°2’ to 35°46’ N and from 8° 16’ to 33°1’ W.
The bathymetrial distribution is from 2055 to 2865 m.

Ophiopleura borealis Danielssen & Koren.
Ophiopleura borealis Danielssen & Koren, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidensk.
vol 23, 1877, p. 77, tab. 5, figs. 1—4.

$3—!0/s stat. 102, 60° 57’ N 4°38’ W, 1098 m. Dark sand and clay,
temp. + 0.9 Cel. Three specimens with a disc-diameter of 31—40 m.

Ophiopleura borealis has not before been recorded
from the Faroe—Shetland Channel. The southern limit
of its distribution in the Norwegian Sea was formerly 62°
43’ N. It is a true Arctic species, known from Disco-
very Bay, the east coast of Greenland, the Norwegian
Sea, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Franz Joseph Land, the
Kara Sea and the Siberian Polar Sea as far as 124° 41’ E.
The bathymetrial distribution is 9—1411 m. It lives
preferably in the cold area, but was, however, also met
within the adjacent warm area (bottom temperature
1.1 to ~ 1.39°).

Ophiura convexa Lyman.
Ophiolypha convexa \yman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol 5 no. 7,
1878, p. 84 tab 3 figs. 84 & 85.
19/, stat. 10, 45° 26’ N 9° 20’ W, 4700 m., yellow mud, temp 2.56
Cel. Four specimens. Diameter of disc 12—15 mm., length of arm
17—27 mm.

Ophiura convexa was taken by the “Challenger” in
the South Atlantic off the west coast of Africa, 4300 m.,
as well as in the Pacific, 3751—4209 m. It was later
obtained by the Prince of Monaco between the west coast
of Africa and the Azores (29° 5’ — 39° 54’ N, 16° 58’
— 22° 22’ 45”W, 3825—4360 m.) and by the “Albatross”
olf New England, 2942—4710 m. Lyman besides doubtfully
records its being found by the “Blake” off the Antilles,
209—494 m.})

Of the last-named form, which Koehler later de-
scribed under the name Ophioglypha coronata?). 1 have
had a specimen for examination from St. Lucia, and
after comparing it with the “Michael Sars” specimens
from the great ocean depths, I agree with him in con-
sidering this shallow-water form from the Antilles as
distinct from Ophiura convexa.

Ophiura concreta Koehler.
Ophioglypha concreta Koehler, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 26.,
1901, p. 228.

18/; stat. 88, 45°26’N 25°45’ W, 3120 m., sand and yellow
mud, temp. 2.5° Cel. Three specimens. Diameter of disc 21— 26.5 mm.
breadth of arms at border of disc 3—4 mm. In all of the specimens
the arms were torn off.

Ophiura concreta was hitherto known only from —
two specimens, the one found in 1901 by the Prince of
Monaco off the Cape Verde Is., 2478 m., the other in
1883 by the “Talisman” off the Azores, 2995 m.

Ophiara irrorata Lyman.

Ophioglypha irrorata Lyman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 5 nr. 7,
1878, p. 73, tab. 4, figs. 106—108

Stat. 88, 45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow
mud, temp. 2.5° Cel. Four specimens. Diameter of disc 15—18.5 mm.,
breadth of arms at border of disc 2.2.—3 mm. The length of arm in
the smallest specimen was 53 mm., without the point, which was
wanting. One of the other arms was absent and in all of the speci-
mens they were very defective.

Loire

Ophiura irrorata, like Ophiomusium lymani, is a
world-wide species. It is known in the Atlantic from
New England, the West Indies, the Bay of Biscay, Por-
tugal, the Azores and the Canary Is. It was further
found off the Cape of Good Hope, the Bay of Bengal,
New South Wales, Japan, Bering Sea, the Gulf of
California, the Gulf of Panama and the Galapagos Is.
The bathymetrical distribution is 604—4315 m. (cir. Clark®)
and Koehler*), who also dealt with the complicated
nomenclature of this species.

') Bull.
figs. 40—45.
*) Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum no. 84, 1914, p. 12, fab. 2, figs. 3 & 4.
5) Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, no. 75, 1911, p. 62.
4) Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, no. 84, 1914, p. 18, tab. 1 figs. 3 & 4.

Mus. Comp. Zool. vol 10 no. 6, 1883, p. 243 tab. 4,

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.]

ECHINODERMATA 33

Ophiura tessellata Verrill.

Ophioglypha tessellata, Verrill, Proceed. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 17,
1894, p. 290.

8/6. Stat. 53, 34° 59’ N., 33° 1” W., 2615—2865 m., yellow hard

clayish mud, temp. 3° Cel. Two specimens. Diameter of disc 18 mm,

18/7, Stat. 88. 45° 26’ N., 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow

mud, temp. 2.5 Cel. 15 specimens. Diameter of disc 9—24 mm.

This species was first described from the east coast
of North America, where it was taken at a depth of
458—3720 m., most abundantly between 730 and 1820 m.
It was later obtained by the Prince of Monaco in the
Bay of Biscay, off Portugal, the Azores and the Cape
Verde Is., 1267—2870 m. Ophiura tessellata is thus a
North Atlantic species, ranging between about 39° and
41° 39’ N. on the western side and between 14° 47’ and
46° 52’ N. on the eastern side. The bathymetrical
distribution is 458—3720 m.

Ophiura affinis Liitken.
Ophiura affinis Littken, Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Nat.
math. Afd., R 5, B 5, 1859, p. 45, tab. 2, fig. 10.

94. Stat. 1, 49° 27’ N., 8 36’ W., 146 m., fine sand, temp. 9.57°
Cel. One specimen.

20/5. Stat. 38, 26° 3’ N., 14° 36’ W., 77 m., red sand and shingle.
Three specimens.

27/7, Stat. 96, 50° 57’ N., 10° 46’ W., 184 m., temp. 11° Cel.
6 specimen.

Ophiura affinis is a North Atlantic species, occurring
off the coasts of North America, as well as of Europe,
where it ranges as far north as the Trondhjemsfjord and
south to the Mediterranean and Cape Bojador.

Ophiocten sericeum Forbes.

Ophiura sericea Forbes, Sutherlands Journ. Voy. Baffins Bay, vol. 2,
1852, App. p. 2165.

a0/gam Stata MON 4220a90 Nolo Vo, W., 1100 m., temp. 3:7° Cel:
Numerous smaller specimens. Diameter of disc 2—5 mm.

Ophiocten sericeum is a boreo-arctic species which
has its main distribution and attains its greatest development
within the Arctic regions, but which is also widely distributed
within the boreal area. It was occasionally met with in
the Atlantic region proper, to which stat. 70 must belong,
although there were found such boreal or boreo-arctic
animals as Terebratulina septentrionalis, Pilidium radiatum,
Buccinum undatum, Scaphander puncto-striatus etc. In
the last-named region it was thus taken by the “Thor”
in 1903 in deep water south of Iceland (stat. 164, 62°
10:8°N;, 19° 36° W.; 2128 m., and stat. 166, 62° 57’ N.,
19° 58’ W., 947 m.)?)

1), Schmidt: Fiskeriundersogelser ved Island og Feroerne Som-
meren 1903, p. 22 & 23.

Ophiocten Jatens Koehler.

Ophiocten latens Koehler, Ophiures, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du
“Talisman”, 1906, p. 267, tab. 18, figs. 11 & 12,

"9/4. Stat. 10, 45° 26’ N., 9° 20' W., 4700 m., yellow mud, temp.
2.56° Cel. Two specimens.

Of one of them the under surface of the disc only
was existant, of the other the entire disc and a portion of
one arm. This last-named specimen, whose diameter of
disc was 9 mm and which consequently equalled in size
the specimens from the “Talisman”, agrees perfectly with
the description, that Koehler gives of them. In the other,
somewhat smaller specimen the form of the mouth-shields,
the lateral mouth-plates and the innermost ventral arm-
plates are similar to the “Talisman” specimens and I
therefore also refer this specimen to Koehler’s species.

Ophiocten latens was previously found only by the
“Talisman” between the Azores and Portugal (42° 19’ N.
23° 26’ W., 4060 m.)

Ophiochiton ternispinus Lyman.
Ophiochiton ternispinus Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 10,
no. 6, 1883, p. 255, tab. 5, figs. 67—69.

8/gs—7/s, stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp.
3.3° Cel. One specimen.

Diameter of disc 23 mm. The arms, which were torn
off, were 4mm. broad at the border of the disc. The
largest arm-spines measured 3.5 mm. Five to six mouth-
papille. The specimen is almost twice as large as the
type-specimen, which had a disc-diameter of 12 mm. It
differs from the latter by proportionately broader mouth-
shields (length 2.7 mm., breadth 2.2 mm.) but agrees with
it in other respects. The colour of the specimen preserved
in alcohol was brownish gray.

One specimen of Ophiochiton ternispinus was found
in 1869 by the “Porcupine” SW. of Ireland (stat. 42,
49° 12’ N. 12° 52’ W., 1577 m., 4.3° Cel.) It was later taken
by Wandel off the west coast of Greenland (66° 49’N.
56° 28’ W., 442 m.) The species is therefore most prob-
ably distributed at the great depths throughout the northern
part of the North Atlantic.

Ophiomusium lymani Wywille Thomson.
(Pl. 5, figs. 8—10).
Ophiomusium lymani Wywille Thomson, The Depths of the
Sea, 1873, p. 173, figs. 32 & 33.
6/5 stat. 24, 35° 34'N. 7°35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp.

8° Cel. One specimen.

7/5 stat. 25 A., 35°36’ N. 8°25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud. 20
specimens.
8/5 Stat. 25 B, 35°46’ N. 8°16’ W., 2055 m., yellow mud.
Common. :

GRIEG :—ECHINOD 5.

34 JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE "MICHAEL” SARS NORTH

85 stat. 35, 27°27’ N. 14° 52’ W., 2603 m., yellow mud. Arm
fragmenis.

Sf; stat. 538, 84° 59’N. 33° 1’ W., 2615—2865 m., yellow hard
clayey mud., temp. 3° Cel. One specimen.

30/5 stat. 70, 42° 59’ N. 51° 15’ W.,
Common.

2/7 stat. 99,
Common.

§/s—i/s stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11°48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp.

3.3 Cel. Very common.

1100 m., temp. 3.7 Cel.

50° 22’ N. 11°44’ W., 1797 m., temp. 3.5 Cel.

Disc-diameter of the smallest specimens 2 mm., of
the largest 33 mm. In the smallest specimens with a
disc-diameter of 2 to 3 mm. (pl. 5, fig. 8) the dorsal side
of the disc consists of the central plate, the five primary
plates, the radial shields and two small plates placed
interradially between the latter. By a disc-diameter of 4
mm. (pl. 5, fig. 9) a secondary plate between the primary
plates and the radial shields is added to the disc, which
thus possesses 31 plates. By a disc-diameter of 5 mm.
(pl. 5, fig 10) this number is further increased by 5 se-
condary plates situated interradially between the primary
plates, and the number goes on increasing rapidly with
continued growth of the disc. The central plates with
secondary plates becomes separated from the primary
plates, and these from the radial shields, and so on.

Mortensen has shown in “Smaa faunistiske og bio-
logiske Meddelelser?) that ophiurids of various ages are
found simultaneously in shallow water at the same
locality within the boreal region, and that recently trans-
formed young were collected at the same time with
one-year old, fully developed two-year old and older
individuals. In Arctic waters on the other hand only a
single year-class as a tule is found of the ophiurids
occurring at locality. A few year-classes may, however,
as an exception occur simultaneously, cfr. Mortensen:
Echinoderms from East Greenland?) and Grieg: , Michael
Sars Ophiuroidea* ’).

Among the ophiurids collected by the “Michael Sars”
in 1910 in the North Atlantic Ophiomusium lymani
only was represented by a greater number of specimens.
In the following synoptic table the measurements of their
disc-diameter will be given. As will be seen from
this table the great mass of the individuals at a locality
seem to belong to the same year-class. Two or three year-
classes may, however, occur at the same locality, pos-
sibly more. At stat. 25 A there was a maximum of 11
individuals with disc-diameter 15—17 mm., which no doubt
represented a year-class. Possibly one or two more year-
classes may be found at this station, but the material was
too scanty to determine this definitely. At stat. 25 B there

1) Vidensk. Meddelelser 1897, p. 321.
2) Meddel. om Grenland, vol. 29 1903, p. 82.
2) Bergens Museums Aarbog 1903 no. 13, p. 23.

was a maximum of 25 individuals with a disc-diameter of
18—19 mm. The 7 individuals with a disc-diameter of 12
—13mm. may possibly represent still another year-class.
Three year-classes at least occurred at stat. 70 where a
group of 30 individuals aiforded a maximum at 23—25
mm., a small one of six individuals at 17 mm. and a great
one of 56 individuals at 4—7 mm. It is probable, however,
that the 3—5 mm. examples represented one year-class,
and that there was besides a fourth about 10 mm. At
stat. 95 a group of 19 individuals afforded a maximum
at 27-29 mm. Concerning the remaining 11 to 23 mm.
sizes no definite statement can be made, as only single
specimens of this group were to hand. They probably
represent at least one year-class, however. At stat. 101
there was a very marked maximum at 26 to 29 mm.
Besides, the smallest individuals must also represent one
year-class. Thus two year-classes at least are found in
that locality.

Dise- | gtat,| Stat.| Stat.| Stat.| Stat.| Disc- | stat,| Stat,| Stat. Stat.| Stat
dia- }95a/25b| 70} 95 | 101|| %# |25a/25b| 70| 95 | 101

meter | | meter

a mim-| Number of specimens [" mim.) Number of specimens
2 ;—|—| 2|—|—] 19 | 1] 13) 2) 1) 7
eS Vo ea 2) =) 4
ee On i ni A
SS Sao pa ee rp} afi Ss
Se) Oo) — fi] 8 | =|] 8] a] a
Ch hit) |) I 22 | = =| 18) =| 7
ae eat eae ee ome eee horse OG I it. iG
eee ee eS i a Sl oh 2a
=) Seo | = Pe) | 7] a
ee eee ee Ne) eh Lh a | as
CN elo he} dg | oa
IW 2 | By a 1] —

eee | al eo Si aie 2] 2
CHEM ti OIRO al mys ly &
1 | 8) 1) By) — | ai 2 4
17) 95)| NO) 26) 1 al == ieaeen ee ie eee eal
18 e221 a eon eee) ea os

As examples for comparison I may mention Pectinura
elata, Ophiura tessellata, Ophiocten sericeum and Ophia-
cantha abyssicola. At stat. 25B 8 specimens of Pectinura
elata were taken. Seven of these had a disc-diameter of
21—25.5 mm., and one of 14 mm. The last-named indi-
vidual can hardly belong to the same year-class as the
rest. At stat. 88 15 specimens of Ophiura tesselata, (disc-
diameter 9—24 mm.) were obtained, which are grouped
as follows: There are three examples each of 24 mm.,
21 mm. and 18mm. Two specimens measured 20 mm.
The sizes 19, 16, 15 and 9 mm. are represented by only

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III.)

ECHINODERMATA 385

one example each. The smallest of these specimens must
belong to a different year-class from that of the largest,
but whether representatives of a third year-class are found
among them it is impossible to decide, as the material
is very scanty. Ophiocten sericeum, which was so
numerous at stat. 70 seems to have been represented
there by a single year-class, and as all of the individuals
measured 2 to 5 mm., they were probably one year old.
33 examples of Ophiacantha abyssicola were obtained at
stat. 101 (disc-diameter 4—8 mm.) These specimens may
be grouped as follows:
4 (1), 5 (4), 6 (6), 7 (4) and 8 (8)

(The figures in brackets represent the number of
specimens; the others the size of the disc-diameter in
millimetres.)

The specimens from stat. 101 are grouped about a
dise-diameter of 7 mm. thus probably also represent a
single year-class.

If we were to draw any conclusion from this somewhat
scanty material, it must be, that what has been said in
the foregoing about Ophiomusium lymani applies
equally to all of the deep-sea ophiurids of the North
Atlantic.

For the purpose of comparison | shall give in the
following table a summary of the grouping of sizes in
some of the North Atlantic deep-sea star-fishes, of which
more abundant material is at my disposal. In determining
sizes I have found it most convenient to use the radius
of the disc for the star-fishes and not the disc-diameter
as in ophiurids.

As the table shows there is a great abundance of
specimens of Plutonaster bifrons, particularly from stat.
101. We find a group of 96 individuals from this lo-
cality with a disc-radius of 8 to 21 mm., and one
specimen at 24mm. The group affords two maxima;
one consisting of 28 individuals at 10—11 mm. and the
other of 17 at 17—18 mm. Both of these must repre-
sent a year-class. It is not possible to determine defi-
nitely whether the 24 mm. specimens belong to the older
of these year-classes or whether it represents a third one,
but judging by the material from stat. 41 I am most
inclined to think that stat. 101 had 3 year-classes. At
stat. 95 there is a large group of 16 individuals with a
disc-radius of 14—20 mm. and one 8 mm. specimen, which
must belong to a year-class different from the large group.
If we compare these specimens with those from stat. 101,
it is evident that the large group must be of the same
age as the group from stat. 101 which is grouped about
a disc-radius of 17—18 mm., while the 8 mm. example
must belong to the youngest year-class. At stat. 41 there
were three year-classes. The material comprised 14 speci-

mens, one of which measured 10 mm., another 27 mm.,
the remainder 14—22 mm. The latter must belong to
the same year-class as the large group at stat. 95, while
the 10 mm. specimen must be of the same age as the
8mm. example in that locality. The 27 mm. specimen
must belong to a third and older year-class. The mate-
tial from stat. 24 is very little differentiated. It is com-
posed of two small groups, one of 9 individuals with a
disc-radius of 13—18 mm, the other of 6 individuals with
a disc-radius of 18—20 mm. If we compare these groups
with the material from the other localities it seems prob-
able, that there were two year-classes at stat. 24.

The examples of Dytaster agassizi from stat. 88
must all belong to the same year-class, as they have a
disc-radius of 6—12 mm. The 9—10 mm. group affords
a maximum of 18 individuals or 53 per cent of the total
number. The specimens of Benthopecten spinosus {rom
stat. 101 must probably likewise represent a year-class.
The features of the material were insufficiently marked,
however.

|
|
|
|

Plutonaster bifrons

~ Bentho-
andro
meda

Disc-

radius

pecten
* spinosus
‘Psilaster

Bathy:

> biaster
robustus

| Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | Stat. |
PE EN ei

a
p
=
Dn
+
=

Ve)

>
|\os
+
n
+
i)
—

inmm. ol | 101

101 _ 88

Number of specimens

Pie

a
(ia vag
= ren asst sil
=| = | = | & |

0
WEN COM NIN a
|
=
of wo Wh
wo

|
=
|
—
bo
pa
i=)
nN
|

—

eat
a
nS
me

BN £ Oo eB BQ JN

|
|
|
|

NWN NTN) =
hk tS Ser we wel

|
—
0 Gt a Ww Ow ce |

NO
—
|
|
=
|
NO RF WN NYO RK eS Se

38
|
|
|
|

12) ae | ae iz oe eae

JAMES A.

GRIEG

At stat. 101 23 Psilaster andromeda were taken which
were grouped about 6—10 mm. (9 specimens) and 14
—22 mm. (14 specimens). The grouping was not very
distinct, however. If we compare this material with some
from the Norwegian coast in the Bergen Museum, it
appears that the smallest specimens (disc-radius 6—8 mm.)
must belong to a year-class, different from that of the
largest specimens (disc-radius 20—22 mm.) It is further
evident that some of the intermediary examples (disc-
radius 10—19 mm.), must represent a third year-class
with a maximum at 12—l5 mm. The smallest indivi-
duals must be two years old and the largest about four,
and | should be inclined to consider the before-mentioned
year-classes of Plutonaster bifrons as being of the same
age as these.

The specimens of Bathybiaster robustus taken at
stat. 101 are grouped as follows: Two individuals with
disc-radius of 11—12 mm., and besides a group of 23
individuals with disc-radius of 15—21 mm. This group
affords a maximum of 11 individuals at 19—20 mm. The
fact that maximum included the largest individuals
(there were only three larger examples at 21 mm.)seems to
indieate that the two small individuals (11—12 mm.)
may belong to a year-class distinct from the rest.

From the foregoing examples we may thus infer
that what has been said before about the deep-sea ophiu-
tids of the North Atlantic applies equally to the star-
fishes of that region. The latter may also be represented
by several year-classes in a locality, whilst only one of
them is numerously represented. In my treatise “Nogen
asteriders alder og aarsklasser’') and ‘Remarks on the
Age of some Arctic and North-Atlantic Star-fishes”’ *) I
have entered more at length upon the subject of the
grouping of the asterids occurring in a locality.

Ophiomusium lymani is a world-wide species, known
from the Atlantic, the Pacific and the Indian Oceans,
130—3435 m. In the Atlantic where it appears to be the
most widely distributed deep-sea ophiurid, it ranges north
to 61° 10.8’ on the eastern side and to 66°49’ on the
western side.

Ophiomusium planum Lyman.

Ophiomusium planum, Lyman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 5, no. 9,
1878, p. 218, tab. 3, figs. 46—48.

10/,, stat. 10, 45° 26’N. 9° 20’W., 4700m., yellow mud, temp.
2.56° Cel. Three specimens. Disc-diameter 16.5—22 mm.

®/e, stat. 53, 34° 59 N. 33° 1’ W. 2615—2865 m., yellow hard clayish
mud, temp.3° Cel. Three specimens. Disc-diameter 15.5—22.5 mm.

') Bergens Museums Aarbok 1916—17, Naturvidensk. Rekke no. 1.
2) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9. vol. 3, 1919, p. 400.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH.

This species has normally three arm-spines, but as
already pointed out by Koehler!), it may have four, of
which the uppermost is placed at some distance from
the rest. Some of the specimens under discussion had,
however, sometimes as many as five spines, of which
the three ventral ones stood very close together, while
the two others were separated by a space from them and
from one another. The mouth-shields likewise seem to
be subject to variations. In the smallest specimens their
form resembles that of typical Ophiomusium planum, while
those in the larger specimens are more similar to the
mouth-shields in Ophiomusium armigerum. As, however,
the specimens agree with Ophiomusium planum in other
characters, I have referred them to that species.

In the Atlantic Ophiomusium planum is hitherto taken
only in the northern part, but is found there on the
western as well as on the eastern side. It is distributed
on the west Atlantic side from 24°3' to 37°56’ 20” Ne
262—4064 m. It was first taken by the “Blake” in the
West-Indies, where it was also later found by the ‘“Alba-
tross”. The same vessel took it also off the east coast
of North America. On the east Atlantic side it ranges
from 15° 48’ to 45° 26’ N., 2325—5005 m. It was collec-
ted by the “Talisman” of the Cape Verde Is., the
Canarys and the Azores, where is it later also taken by
the Prince of Monaco. Finally the “Investigator” has
taken it in the Gulf of Bengal, 27823563 m.

Ophiactis abyssicola M. Sars.
Amphiura abyssicola M. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Echinoder mer,
1861, p. 18, tab. 2, figs. 7—12.
/s stat. 24, 28° 8’ N. 13° 35’ W., 1365 m. yellow mud, temp.
8° Cel. Two specimens.
*/s—T/s stat. 101, 57°41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp.
3.3° Cel. 9 specimens.

23/,

The largest specimen measured: disc-diameter 8
mm., length of arm 40 mm. It is thus somewhat larger
than Sars’ type specimen.

This species is distributed along the west-coast of
Norway as far as Senjen, but the northern limit of its
range is 71° 25’ (“Voeringen” stat. 200). It was besides
found east of Shetland Is., in the Faroe—Shetland
Channel, off the west coast of Ireland, on the banks
between the Faroe Is. and Iceland and in the Denmark
Straits. It is further recorded by Mortensen from the
west-coast of Greenland, whereas I have not seen it
recorded from the east-coast of North America. The
Prince of Monaco took it off the Azores. It ranges
therefore from 28°8’ to 71°25’ N. on the east Atlantic

1) Koehler:
man’, 1906, p. 265.

Ophiures, Exp. Sci. du “Travailleur” et du “Talis-

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL III.]

side. The bathymetrical distribution is 118—1853 m.
As already pointed out in “Michael Sars Ophiuroidea”
(p. 30) Ophiactis abyssicola is a true warm water species.
It may, however, occasionally occur in the cold area, and
was obtained there by the “Porcupine” (2 stations), the
‘“Voeringen“ (4), the “Knight Errant’ and the “Triton”
(one station each) and the ‘Michael Sars” in 1902 (2
stations).

Amphiura chiajei Forbes.

Amphiura chiajei Forbes, Transact. Linn. Soc., vol. 19, 1843, p. 151,
tab. 14, figs. 14—18.

%/5 stat. 21, 35°31’N. 6°30’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52° Cel. Several specimens.

This is an east Atlantic species, ranging northward
to the Trondhjemsfjord, south to the Mediterranean, the
west coast of the North Africa and the Azores. Its bathy-
metrical range 10—1015 m., with main distribution at
depths less than 200 m.

Amphiura duplicata Lyman.

Amphiura duplicata Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., no. 8, part 2,
LSfo; ps 19) tab; o; figs 78!

*/5 stat. 21, 85° 31’N. 635’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp. 11.52°
Cel. Four rather defective specimens. Judging from the figures,
which Lyman gives of this species, the specimens under discussion
agree as regards the form of radial shields, mouth-shields end arm-
plates more closely with those in the report on the ‘Challenger
Ophiuoroidea” (pl. 17., figs. 10—12).

Amphiura duplicata was first taken by the Hassler
expedition off Barbados, 183 m. It was later obtained
by the “Blake” at numerous stations in the West Indies,
134—2869 m. The Challenger found it off the Bermudas,
1967 m., the ‘“Caudan” in the Bay of Biscay, 1710 m.,
and the Prince of Monaco off Azores, 1350—1800 m.

Ophiolebes claviger Ljungman.

Ophiactis claviger Ljungman, Ofvs. Kgl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl.
vol. 21, 1864, p. 365, tab. 15, fig. 4.

30/5; stat. 70, 42°59’ N. 51°15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7 Cel. One
specimen clinging to Acanella arbuscula Johnst.s. normani Verr.
Disc-diameter 5 mm.

Ophiolebes claviger occurs sparingly along the west
coast of Norway to Grete, where Danielssen obtained one
specimen. Mortensen records it from the Skagerack and
the west coast of Greenland, and Farran from the west
coast of Ireland. I have been able to examine a speci-
men from the east coast of North America (“Blake stat.
306, 41° 32’ 50” N. 65° 55’ W, 959 m.) which the Bergen
Museum received from Agassiz. To this species belongs
undoubtedly the ophiurid from Nova Scotia, 167—223 m.,

ECHINODERMATA 37

which Verrill describes in “Res. Expl. made by the steamer
Albatross 1883” (p. 548) under the name Ophiolebes
acanelle. If we compare this description with typical
specimens of Ophiolebes claviger from the Norwegian
coast, we shall find in this the same characteristics as in
Ophiolebes acanella. It should be noted, however, that
Verrill does not give any illustration of his species and
that the description is very brief. It is therefore difficult
to identify the species definitely.

Ophiolebes claviger should therefore range from 41°
32’ 50” to 64°53’ N. on the west side of the Atlantic
and from 50°42’ to 67°50’ W. on the east side. Its
bathymetrical distribution is 167—1232 m.

Ophiacantha abyssicola G. O. Sars.

Ophiacantha abyssicola, G. O. Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Selsk.
Forhandl. 1871, p. 8.

5/6, Stat. 24, 30° 34’ N. 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud, temp. 8°
Cel. 7 specimens.

"/s, stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N. 8° 25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud.
specimen.

8's, Stat. 25 B, 35° 46’ N. 8° 16’ W., 2055 m., yellow mud. Three
specimens.

80/g, stat. 70, 42° 59’N.51° 15’ W., 1100 m. temp, 3.7° Cel.
specimen.

®/s—"/s, stat. 101, 57° 41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay, temp.
3.3° Cel. Rather common.

One

One

Koehler records this species as occurring throughout
the Arctic waters of Europe and Asia‘). But this state-
ment must be based on a confusion with Ophiacantha
bidentata, for Ophiacantha abyssicola is not known north
of the Lofoten on the Norwegian coast. It was, however,
taken by the “Voeringen” in two localities between Nor-
way and Beeren Ejiland (stat. 286, 72°57’N. 21°51'E.,
408 m.) It is absent from the coasts of Finmarken and
Murman and thence eastward. But it occurs along the
west coast of Europe as far south as the Azores. It is
further found off the east and west coasts of Greenland
as well as of the east coast of North America, from which
Verrill has described it under the name Ophiacantha mille-
spina. Ophiacantha abyssicola is thus a North Atlantic
species, ranging from 35° 34’ to 72°54’ N. on the Euro-
pean side, and from the Bahamas (about 25°) to 63° 17’ N.
(64° 42’N.) on the American side. The bathymetrical
distribution is 35—3508 m. It is a true warm-water species,
which was, however, taken three times (“Voeringen”,
stat. 286, “Porcupine” 1869, stat. 54 and stat. 65) in the
cold area. These cold water localities are situated very
close to the warm area, however.

') Koehler:
1909, p. 182.

Echinodermes, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fase. 34,

(oy)
(o4)

JAMES A. GRIEG

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Ophiacantha aristata Koehler.

Ophiacantha aristata Koehler, Res. Sci. Camp. “Caudan” dans le
Golie de Gascogne, Fasc. 1, 1896, p. 84, tab. 4, figs. 43 & 44.
23/5, stat. 41, 28

Cel. One specimen.

> 8 N. 13°35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud, temp. 6°
Disc-diameter 4.5mm. Colour pink.

The type specimen was obtained by the “Caudan”
in the Bay of Biscay, 1700 m. It was besides found
by the “Talisman” between 22°57’ and 45°59’ N. and
between 6° 29’ and 31° 46’ W., 8221635 m., by the Prince
of Monaco between 27° 57'40” and 42°30’N. and be-
tween 9°37’ 45” and 30° 28'54” W., 1095—1743 m., as
well as by the “Helga” off the west coast of Ireland
(50° 42° 51° 37’ N. 11° 18’—11° 56’ W., 1116 — 1332 m.)
Ophiacantha aristata is therefore an east Atlantic speci-
es, ranging from 22° 57’ to 51° 37’ N. Bathymetrical
distribution 822—1743 m.

Ophiacantha crassidens Vaettill.
Ophiacantha crassidens Vertill, Amer. Journ., ser. 3, vol. 29, 1885,
p- 152.

is’; stat. 88, 45° 26’ N. 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and dark yellow
mud, temp. 2.5° Cel. One specimen (disc-diameter 11.5 mm.) which
agrees well with the descriptions that Verrill, Koehler and Farran give
of this species.

Ophiacantha crassidens is a North Atlantic species
which was first taken by the “Albatross” off Cape Hat-
teras, 1543 m. It ranges on the European side from
38° 45’ 30” to 51°50’ 30” N., 986—3120 m. It was ob-
tained by the Prince of Monaco off the Azores, 1095—
1360 m., and by the “Helga” off the west coast of Ire-
land, 986—1801 m.

Ophioscolex glacialis Miller & Troschel.
Ophioscolex glacialis Miiller & Troschel, System der Asteriden, 1842,
p. 109, tab. 10, figs. 1 & 2.

2/3105, stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 38’W, 1098m., dark sand and
clay, temp. + 0.9° Cel. 8 specimens.

Astronyx locardi Koehler.
Astronyx locardi Koehler, Res. Sci. Camp. “Caudan’’ dans le Golfe
de Gascogne, Fasc. 1, 1896, p. 88, tab. 3, fig. 25.

27/;, stat. 95, 50° 22’ N. 11° 44’ W., 1797 m., temp. 3.5° Cel. One
specimen. Disc-diameter 24.5mm. All of the arms were defective,
the best-preserved one measured 145 mm. The specimen is but a
very little larger than the type-specimens with which it agrees in
all the characteristics.

Astronyx locardi was previously known only from
the Bay of Biscay, where it was collected by the ‘“Cau-
dan” as well as the “Travailleur’. According to the explo-
tations of the ‘Michael Sars” its horizontal range will
be from 44°7' to 50°22’N. and from 7° to 11° 44'W.
The bathymetrical distribution is 411—2030 m.

Astrochele lymani Verrlll.
Astrochele lymani Verrill, Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. 6, 1878, p. 374.

30/s stat. 70, 42°59’ N. 51°15 W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7 Cel. Two
very young specimens, clinging to Acanella arbuscula Johnst. s.
normani Verr. Disc-diameter 4 mm. and 5 mm. respectively the
specimens are thus a little smaller than Verrill’s type-specimen, whose
disc-diameter was 7 mm.

Astrochele lymani is known only from the east coast
of North America, 483—2933 m., where it is found in
great numbers on Acanella arbuscula Johnst.

ECHINOIDEA.

Cidaris affinis Philippi.
Cidaris affinis Philippi, Wiegmanns Archiv fiir Naturgesch. Jahre.
11, Bd. 1, 1845, p. 351.

1/5 stat. 39 B, 26° 3’ N., 15° W., 267--280 m., fine grey sand. Com-
mon. The smallest specimen had a test-diameter of 17 mm., the largest
39 mm., which seems to be the maximum size of the species. The
colour of most of the smaller specimens was plain pink, but in some
of them dark violet bands incircled the ambulacral areas and a violet
band also sometimes surrounded the mouth and apical areas. The
larger specimens were violet or brownish with primary spines plain
ted and with secondary violet with red points.

Cidaris -affinis is known from the Mediterranean,
the west coast of Africa and Europe and the West Indies.
It is not possible at the present time, however, to state
definitely its distribution, as it has been confused with
Dorocidaris papillata. The bathymetrical distribution is
37—889 m.

I have already shown (p. 34) that the great mass ol
ophiurids occurring in a locality at the depths of the
North Atlantic belong to the same year-class. But several
year-classes may be represented in the same locality,
only one of them numerously, however. The same is
true of the echinoids as the following table will show.
At stat. 39 B 121 specimens of Cidaris affinis were taken,
with a diameter of 17—39 mm. The majority of these
measure 17—28 mm. with a maximum of 51 individuals
at 22—23 mm. There is besides a small group of 9
individuals which measure 34—39 mm. These must
belong to a year-class different from the large group,
which has its maximum at 22—23 mm.

At stat. 88 227 specimens of Echinus alexandri were
obtained, test-diameter 25—46 mm. 126 specimens or
86.34 per cent measured 33—40 mm., and these afforded
a maximum of 102 individuals or 40.52 per cent of the
total number at 35—37 mm. This large group must
represent a year-class and the few larger and smaller
individuals must be representatives of other year-classes.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. HI]

ECHINODERMATA 39

Test- Number of specimens

etiaharsusy | Cidaris | Echinus alexandri. |
in | affinis
UISHENES Glen Be b Stat. 88 | Stat. 95 | Stat. 101) Stat. 23.

Echinus acutus.

1
: | |

iC), aa ess SB ihe ve Se ee
7 | |

—

Romcon cone rll
|

tS)
on
[PRRoNoaal|
| a we | evesws eo = |

>
<=
are
‘—S)
[Sere |

arava
|

Din ee Me BAG et 0

The material from stat. 95 is very scanty but the exam-
ples of Echinus alexandri collected there seem likewise
to indicate the presence of more than one year-class at
the locality. The specimens of Echinus acutus taken at
stat. 101 afford a maximum of 10 individuals at 31—33
mm., which must represent a year-class. The three
individuals at 41—43 mm. form another year-class. The
grouping of these year-classes can not be definitely
determined, however, owing to the scantiness of the
material. At stat. 23 three year-classes at least must
have been present, as the smallest individual at 20 mm.
and the largest at 50 mm. represent one year-class each.
The remaining specimens which measured 27—40 mm.
represent at any rate a third one, but judging from the
conditions at stat. 101 I am most inclined to believe that
they belong to two different year-classes. At stat. 4 nine
individuals were collected of which six measured 62—69
mm., one 32 mm. and two 10 mm. These three groups
must each represent a year-class.

What has been said above applies also to the
Echinothurids. 14 specimens of Phormosoma placenta
were taken at stat. 4,15 at stat. 70,14 at stat. 101 and 25
at stat. 76 A, 1902. Their measurements were as follows:
Stat. 4:° 60'(1); 67 (3); 70/1); (2;) 7312); 7512) nas

TQ) 3 (HY):

Stat. 70: 6(1), 8(1), 9 (1), 10 (1), 12 (1), 14 (1), 16 (1),
26 (1), 27 (1), 54 (1), 59 (1), 61 (1), 65 (2),
Tal (iy

Stat. 101: 44 (1), 48 (1), 54 (1), 63 (1), 64 (1), 67 (1),
68 (1), 69 (3), 71 (3), 75 (1).

1902, stat. 76 A: 67 (1), 73 (1), 76 (1), 78 (2), 79 (3),

80 (6), 82 (4), 83 (2), 84 (3), 85 (1), 86 (1).
(The numbers in brackets refer to the number of specimens, the others
to the diameter of the test in millimetres).

As will be seen stat. 4 afford a maximum of six
individuals at 73—75 mm, which must represent one
year-class, while there is evidently another year-class
between 60 and 70 mm. At stat. 70 we find at least a
year-class at 6—16 mm., another at 26—27 mm. and a
third gathered about 65 mm., perhaps also a fourth at
54 mm. At stat 101 there is a year-class grouped about
69—73 mm., and the smallest individuals must belong
to a dffferent year-class. At .stat. 76 A most of the
individuals are grouped about a diameter of 80 mm. and
the smallest specimen must represent a different year-class.
Six individuals, taken at stat. 23, show that as many as
three year-classes may occur simultaneously in a locality.
Their measurements were as follows:

21, 25, 38, 42, 43 and 74 mm.

16 specimens of Arcosoma hystrix taken in 1902 by.
the “Michael Sars’ at stat. 76 A measured:

BH oh ety Clon I Gey CIS, MO, NO, Ilels, We, Weil,
133 and 146 mm.

Three specimens measured 102 mm., the remaining
measurements included but one individual each. Three
year-classes at least of Areosoma hystrix must hav been
found at stat. 76 A, for the largest and the smallest indi-
vidual must each represent a year-class, and the third
one is grouped about 102 mm.

Of Sperosoma grimaldii four year-classes at the least
were probably present at the same station, as the specimens
taken there were of the following dimensions:

0) CD) GSS (GDS ICI) (CD), KO) GD), 4 a), WG (i)
122 (1); 123 @); 127 @)) 143° @)) 1457 @)y Tas @)aia4
(1), and 188 (1).

At stat. 88 (1902), there seem at least to have
occurred three year-classes, as the specimens measured:
75, 94, 105, 132 and 210 mm. respectively. The four
Sperosoma grimaldii taken at stat. 25 must likewise have
represented three year-classes, as they measured: 73,
195, 208 and 220 mm. respectively.

4O JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

Dorocidaris papillata Leske.
Cidaris papillata Leske, Klein Nat. Disp., 1778, p. 61, tab. 39, fig. 2.
10/;, Stat. 3, 49° 32’ N., 10° 49’ W., 184 m., fine sand. One
specimen. Test-diameter 55 mm.
10/,. Stat. 4. 49° 38’ N., 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2° Cel. Two specimens. Test-diameter 42 mm. and 44 mm.

Dorocidaris papillata is a North Atlantic species which
occurs on the east as well as on the west side ol the
ocean. It is besides found in the Mediterranean. Very
common on the banks along the western coast olf
Norway as far as Bods (66° 42’ N., 11° 23’ E.), which
is the northernmost locality of the species, it has not
pushed on to the Norwegian fjords, however. Its southern
distribution extends at least to the Cape Verde Is. (15°
17’ N., 23° 3’ 45” W., Koehler), but the limits of its
southern range can not be definitely fixed, as it has been
confused with other species. The bathymetrical distribu-
tion is some 60 to 1800 m.

Porocidaris purpurata Wyville Thomson.
Porocidaris purpurata Wyville Thomson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
4, vol. 10, 1872, p. 302.

8/5 stat. 24, 35° 34’ N. 7° 35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud., temp.
8° Cel. Three specimens. Test-diameter 31 mm. and 37 mm.
respectively.

23/5 stat. 41, 28° 8’ N. 13° 35’ W., 1365., yellow mud, temp. 6°
Cel. Two specimens. Test-diameter 42 mm. and 44 mm. respectively.

This species was discovered by the ‘‘Porcupine” in
the Faroe—Shetland Channel, 968—991 m. (Wyville
Thomson) The “Michael Sars” obtained it in 1902 on
the slope of the Faroe—lIceland banks toward the
Atlantic depths (stat. 79 B, 61°7’ N. 9°33’ W., 750 m.).
It was further found off the south coast of Iceland, 914
—957 m. (Mortensen), the west coast of Ireland, 1116—
1409 m. (Sladen and Farran), the Bay of the Biscay, 950
—1804 m. (Koehler), the Canary Is., 1098 m. (Koehler)
and Rio Ouro, 1439 m. (Mortensen). Porocidaris
purpurata is thus distributed at the great depths along
the entire east side of the North Atlantic. It was besides
taken by the “Valdivia” off the Nicobar ls., 905 m.
(Déderlein).

Arzosoma hystrix Wyville Thomson.

Calveria hystrix Wyville Thomson, Proc. R. Soc. London, vol. 18,
1869, p. 445.
10/, stat. 4, 49° 38’ N. 11°35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud., temp.

9.2° Cel. Two specimens. Test-diameter 120 mm. and 140 mm. re-
spectively.

3/5 stat. 41, 28° 8 N. 13° 35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud., temp.
6 Cel. Four specimens. Test-diameter 88—109 mm.

The “Michael Sars” obtained several specimens of
this species in 1902 at stat. 76 A, 59°28’ N. 8° 1’ W.,
1100—1300 m., temp. 8.07° Cel.

Areosoma hystrix is indigenous to the eastern as well
as the western side of the North Atlantic. The northern
limit of its range is formed by the ridges and banks
which separate the Atlantic from the Norwegian Sea.
To the south it ranges to the Canary Is. The bathy-
metrical distribution about 180—1800 m.

Phormosoma placenta Wyville Thomson.
Phormosoma placenta Wyville Thomson, The Depths of the Sea,
1873, p. 171 and p. 459.

10/s stat. 4, 49° 38’ N. 11°35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud., temp.
9.2° Cel. Common. 14 preserved specimens measured 60—83 mm.
in diameter.

5/5 stat. 21, 35°31’ N. 6°35’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52° Cel. One specimen, diameter 63 mm.

5/5 stat. 23, 35°32’ N. 7° 7’ W., 1215 m., yellow mud., temp.
10.17° Cel. Six specimens, diameter 21—74 mm.

8/5 stat. 24, 35° 34’ N. 7°35’ W., 1615 m., yellow mud., temp.
8° Cel. Four specimens, diameter 74—90 mm.

30/g stat. 70, 42°59’ N. 51° 15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7° Gel. 15
specimens, diameter 6—71 mm.

27/; stat. 95, 50° 22’ N.
52—60 mm.

S/s—t/s stat, 101, 57°41’ N. 11°48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay,
temp. 3.3° Cel. 14 specimens, diameter 44—75 mm.

The “Michael Sars” obtained this species together
with Arwosoma hystrix and Sperosoma grimaldii in 1902
at stat. 76 A, 59° 28’ N. 8° 1’ W., 1100—1300 m., temp. ©
8.07 Cel.

The specimens from stat. 70 belong to the west
Atlantic variety sigsbei A. Agassiz (cir. Déderlein: Die
Echinoiden d. deutschen Tiefsee Expedition?)), the re-
mainder to the typical form.

The typical Phormosoma placenta is an east Atlantic
form ranging from the Faroe Is. and Iceland, 62° 58’ N.
(“Ingolf”) to Cameroon, 3° 10’ N. (“Valdivia”) while the
variety sigsbei has a west Atlantic distribution from the
Davis Strait, 66° 49° N. (Wandel) to the West Indies,
41° 29’ 45” N. (“Blake”). It is probable that the species
will be met with also at the great depths of the South
Atlantic, as varieties of it are known from the Pacific and
Indian Oceans. The bathymetrical distribution is 275—
2500 m.

11° 44’ W., 7 specimens, diameter

Sperosoma grimaldii Koehler.
Sperosoma grimaldii Koehler, Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 20, 1897, p. 302.
/5 stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N. 8° 25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud. Three

larger specimens, diameter 195—220 mm. and a smaller one, dia-
meter 73 mm.

23/5 stat. 41, 28° 8’ N. 13° 35’ W., 1865 m, yellow mud. One
specimen, diameter 106 mm.

Sperosoma grimaldii was first found by the Prince
of Monaco off the Azores, 12183—1850 m. It was later

1) Wissensch. Ergebn. d. deutschen Tiefsee Expedition, Bd. 5,
1906, p. 128.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED, 19J0. Vol. III]

ECHINODERMATA 4]

taken in a number of localities between the Bay of
Biscay and the Cape Verde Is. According to Morten-
sen, it was collected by the “Talisman” off Morocco and
the Azores and Farran?) records it from the west coast
of Ireland. The “Ingolf’ obtained it south of Iceland
and the “Michael Sars” in 1902 south of the Faroe Is.
(Giaeom aoe 28. Noo We lOO 1300) m.)) 8:07~
Cel.) as well as south of the Faroe—Iceland ridge (stat.
88, 63° 9’ N. 13° 27' W., 880 m., 5.07° Cel.). Sperosoma
grimaldii is therefore an east Atlantic species, ranging
from 15°17’ to 63°9'N. The bathymetrical distribution
300—2300 m.

Hygrosoma petersi A. Agassiz.
Phormosoma petersi A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 8,
1881, p. 76.

ss Stat. 25 A, 852 36% Ni; 8° 25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud.
One large specimen, diameter 1:2 mm.

23/5. Stat. 41, 28° 8 N., 138° 35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud.
Two specimens, diameter 110 mm. and 130 mm.

The primary spines were torn off in all of the speci-
mens. The specimen from stat. 25 A, however, was
pretty well preserved, also with respect to the colouring,
which was intensely dark-violet with spines and tubefeet
darker than the test. In the specimen depicted by Koehler
in “Echinides et Ophiures provenant des campagnes du
yacht l’Hirondelle”’) the latter are lighter than the test.

Hygrosoma petersi was first found by the “Blake’
off the West Indies and the east coast of North America
(between about 12° and 40° N.), where it was likewise
later taken by the “Albatross” (Mortensen)*). The Prince
of Monaco obtained it off the Azores, where it was also
taken according to Mortensen by the ‘Talisman’. It is
recorded by Koehler*) under the name Phormosama
luculentum from the Bay of Biscay, and was also later
obtained there by the “Thor” (Mortensen)°). The ‘Michael
Sars” localities are situated off Gibraltar and Cape Bojador’
Hlygrosoma petersii must therefore range on the east
Atlantic side from 28° 8’ to 49° 20’N. The bathymetrical

distribution on the west side of the Atlantic is 730—
2240 m., on the east side 1165—2870 m.

Salenia profundi Duncan.
Salenia profundi Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 20,

1877, p. 70.
18/7, Stat. 88, 45° 26’ N., 25° 5’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow
mud, temp. 2.5° Cel. 18 specimens, diameter 10—14 mm.
The “Michael Sars” found several specimens of this
species in 1902 on the slope of the Faroe-Iceland banks

1) Fisheries, Ireland Sci. Invest. 1912 (1913) no. 6, p. 54.
2) Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 12, 1898, tab. 1.

3) Mortensen: Some West Indian Echinoids, 1910, p, 23.
4) Res. Sci. Camp. “Caudan”, Fasc. 1, 1896, p. 92.

5) Mortensen: Echinoidea, part 2, 1907, p. 170.

toward the depths of the Atlantic (stat. 88, 68° 9’ N., 13°
27’ W., 880 m., temp. 5.07° Cel.) Salenia profundi was
not previously known within the Atlantic regions north
of the Bay of Biscay (“Caudan’, stat. 3, 46° 26’ N., 6°
58 W., 1710 m.). It ranges south to Tristan d’Acunha
(“Challenger”, stat. 335, 32° 247 S., 13° 5 W., 2608 m.)
and was besides found in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.
Salenia profundi is therefore a cosmopolitan species.
The bathymetrical distribution is 183—3383 m.

Echinus esculentus Linné.
Echinus esculentus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 663.
%/4, Stat. 1, 49° 27’ N., 8° 36’ W., 146 m., fine sand, temp.

9.57° Cel. One specimen, diameter 58 mm., height of test 40 mm.

Echinus esculentus is a boreal species, ranging south
to the coasts of Spain and Portugal and north to Oex-
fjord, Finmark and 69° 18’ N. (“Voeringen” stat. 173 B)
Bathymetrical distribution O—1264 m.

Echinus acutus Lamarck.
Echinus acutus Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 3, 1816, p. 46.

9/4 stat. 1, 49°27, N. 8°36’ W., 146 m.,, fine sand, temp. 9.57°
Cel. One specimen.

10/, stat. 3, 49° 32’ N. 10°49’ W., 184 m., fine sand, temp. 10.3°
Cel. Several specimens.

10/, stat. 4, 49° 38’ N. 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud., temp.
9.2° Cel. 9 specimens.

5/5 stat. 21, 35° 31’ N. 6° 35’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52° Cel. One specimen.

5/5 stat. 23, 35°32’ N. 7°7/ W., 1215 m., yellow mud., temp.
10.57° Cel. 9 specimens.

27/7 stat. 96, 50°57’ N. 10° 46’ W., 184 m. temp. 11° Cel.
specimen.

8/g—t*/gs stat. 101, 57°41’ N. 11° 48’ W., 1853 m., hard clay temp.
3.3° Cel. 19 specimens.

One

The specimens from stat. 1 and 96 belong to the
form flemingi Forbes. Some of the specimens from stat.
4 may be referred to the form microstoma Wyville
Thomson, others to norvegicus Diiben & Koren. I give
below the measurements of three microstoma and three
norvegicus of about equal size:

microstoma norvegicus

Diameter of testa... 62 66.5 69 62 55.5 67
ISSA OW WOM ccorsccecer reecoseene 34:5 50.5 39 33 39.5 43.5
Diameter of bucal area ....| 13 13.5 14 16 18 20
Diameter of apical area ....| 13 15 13 145 1d 13.5
Diameter of anal area........ 6 6 | my > (6) 6.5
Height in per cent of dia- |

MELE Ta ee en 55.4 83.6 56.5 538.2 59.4 64.7

As will be seen from the foregoing numbers, the
bucal area affords the only reliable distinguishing charac-
teristic between these two forms, as it is much smaller

GRIEG: —ECHINOD. 6.

49 JAMES A. GRIEG

in microstoma than in norvegicus. Mortensen'), however,
very justly remarks that this distinction is not reliable
either, as the size of the buccal area is subject to consi-
derable variations in norvegicus.

Echinus aeutus is an east Atlantic species, ranging
north to the Beeren Eiland (‘““Voeringen’’, stat. 275, 74° 8’ N.)
and south to the Mediterranean and Cape Bojador (‘“Val-
divia’, stat. 28, 26°17'N.) The bathymetrical distribution
is O—1280 m. It is a true warm-water species, but the
variety norvegicus is taken in the cold area by the “Voe-
Raseie (Siam 2Ofen lal ON: Ofer. 2lim.,, 1.47,
and stat. 275, 74° 8’ N. 31°12'E., 269 m., ~ 0.4°).

Echinus alexandri Danielssen & Koren.
Echinus alexandri Danielssen & Koren, Nyt Mag. for Naturvidensk.,
vol. 27, 1883, p. 294, tab. 3 & 4.

18/- stat. 88, 45° 26’ N. 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow mud,
temp. 2.5 Cel. Very Common.

27,7, stat. 95, 50° 25’N. 11°44’ W., 1797 m., temp. 3.5° Cel. 18
specimens.

The test-diameter of the smallest specimen was 25 mm., of the
largest 46 mm.

Echinus alexandri is indigenous to the great depths
of the North Atlantic, where it has been found on the
west as well as the east side. It ranges south to the Azores
(“Princesse Alice’, stat. 743, 37°35’ 45” N. 26° 26' 15” W.,
1494 m.) There is no proof yet of its occurrence on the
banks that separate the Atlantic from the Norwegian Sea,
but it must no doubt occur there, as it has been taken
by the “Voeringen” on their slope toward the Norwegian
Sea (stat. 76, 69° 18’ N. 14° 33’E., 980 m., + 0.2°). The
bathymetrical distribution is 790—3120 m.

Echinocyamus pusillus O. F. Miiller.
Spatangus pusillus O. F. Miiller, Zol. Dan. Prodr., 1776, p. 236.

20/5, stat. 38, 26° 3’/N. 14° 36’ W., 77m., red sand and shingle.
Several specimens.

Echinocyamus pusillus is an east Atlantic species
ranging north to the Porsangerfjord and south to the
Mediterranean, Cape Bojador and the Azores. Its bathy-
metrical distribution is O—800 m. (Mortensen). According
to Koehler it has, however, been taken at a depth of
1250 m.

Hemiaster expergitus Lovén.
Tab. 5, figs. 11 & 12.

Hemiaster expergitus Lovén, Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 11,
no. 7, 1874, p. 13, tab. 5, figs. 46 & 46, tab. 11, figs. 93 & 94, tab. 13,
figs. 114—120, tab. 26.

18/7, stat. 88, 45° 26’ N. 25° 45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow mud,
temp. 25° Cel. One specimen which measured:

1) Mortensen: Echinoidea, part 1, 1903, p. 149.

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS“ NORTH
Length 5 acs cent cee eine soe 53.5 mm.
Breadth. :ie 5 sea wioee eee O25
Height .3..aandesemne ee err siecinc 30.5,
Breadth motemOuth ener (Sui
Breadth of anal area .......... i 5
Breadth in per cent of length .. 98.15 ,
Height in per cent of length... 57.01 ,

The type specimen was 14 mm. long and the speci-
mens described by Mortensen measured as much as 37
mm.,!) which has represented up to the present time the
maximum size of this species. But as the foregoing
measurements show Hemiaster expergitus may attain
considerably larger size. The form of the spines and of
the pedicellarie agrees perfectly with the description given
by Mortensen. I have therefore in spite of its large size
referred the specimen to Hemiaster expergitus.

Hemiaster expergitus is a North Atlantic species,
ranging from the Caribbean Sea to the Davis Straits on
the west side and from Iceland to the Cape Verde Is.
on the east side. The ‘Michael Sars” found it in 1902
on the banks north-east of the Faroe Is., “Tampen”
(stat. 51, 61° 40’ N., 3° 11’ E., 400 m., 6.34°) but with
this exception it is only known from the great depths of
the North Atlantic. The bathymetrical distribution is
400—3120 m., but its main distribution seems to be at
depths greater than 1000 m.

Spatangus raschi Lovén,
Spatangus raschi Lovén, Ofvs. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. vol. 26,
1869, p, 733, tab. 13.
10/,. Stat. 4, 49° 38’ N., 11° 35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2° Cel Common. 7 specimens were preserved.
Stat. 96, 50° 57’ N., 10° 46’ W., 184 m., temp. 11° Cel.
8 specimens, of which one was preserved.

oy
saihits

As may be seen from the following table, the form
of the test is subject to considerable variations, particularly
in regards its height. While thus in the specimens from
stat. 4 the breadth of the test varies between 89.8 and
94.05 per cent of the length, the height varies between
47.92 and 62.5 per cent of the length.

84 86.5(stat.96)87 93 96 98 100

79 = 78.5 78.5 86 875 88 94

f 6 415) 49 57 46 55 58

Breadth of mouth... 11 11 11.5 15 Ns} Tl 14
Breadth of anal area 8 8.5 8.5 8 8 959 10
Breadth in°/ooflength 91.36 94.05 90.75 90.23 92.58 91.15 89.8 94

Height in °/o of length 55.56 62.5 52.02 56.32
All measurements are in millimetres.

61.29 47.92 56.12 58

Spatangus raschi is an east Atlantic species, ranging
south to the Azores and north to the banks off Tromsoe
(‘Voeringen”, stat. 173 B, 69° 18’ N., 14° 32’ E., 549 m.)
It is a decided warm water species, which was only once

1). Mortensen: Echinoidea, part 2, 1907, p. 97.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910, VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA 43

taken by the “Voeringen” in the cold area (stat. 96, 66°
Ss IN, Ge JE Way sao 1,1°). The bathymetrical
distribution is 179—1472 m., but its main distribution
seems to be between 400 and 1000. m.

Brissopsis lyrifera Forbes.
Brissus lyrifer, Forbes, British Starfishes, 1841, p. 187.
10/;, Stat. 3, 49° 32’ N., 10° 49’ W., 184 m., fine sand, temp.
10.3° Cel. Very common.
5/5. Stat. 21, 35° 31’ N., 6° 35’ W., 535 m., yellow sand, temp.
11.52° Cel. Two smaller specimens.

Brissopsis lyrifera is an east Atlantic species ranging
north to the banks off Meloy (‘“Voeringen” stat. 147,
66° 47’ N., 12° 8’ E., 260 m.) and south to the Mediter-
ranean and the Azores. Its bathymetrical distribution is
10—535 m. According to Farran') it has, however,
been taken at depth of 878—1299 m. off the west coast
of Ireland.

CRINOIDEA.

Bathycrinus recuperatus Ed. Perrier (?),
Bathyerinus recuperatus Ed. Perrier, Rev. Scient. vol. 35, 1885,
p. 691.

7/s stat. 25 A, 35° 36’ N. 8° 23’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud. One
specimen, in which, however, the crown, the basals, the uppermost
portion of the stem and the lowermost part of the roots were wanting. The
remaining portion of it was 105 mm. long and consisted of 39 joints.
The lowermost joint was 1.64 mm. in length and its breadth was 1.64
mm. at the lower and 0.92 mm. at the upper border. The uppermost
joint was 2.3 mm. in length and 0.92 mm. in breadth. The joints,
with the exception of the lowermost one, are cylindrical and remind
one in their form and structure of those in Bathycrinus carpenteri.
Among the Bathycrinidae of the Atlantic B. recuperatus seems to
be most nearly related to B. carpenteri (cfr. Koehler & Vaney: Note
preliminaire sur les Crinoides du “Talisman” et du “‘Travailleur’’)?). I have
therefore, though doubtfully, referred the specimen under consideration
to Perriet’s species.

A mutilated specimen of Bathycrinus recuperatus was

found in 1883 by the “Talisman” between Spain and the
Azores (44° 20’ N. 19°31’ W., 4255 m.).

Hathrometra dentata Say.

Alectro dentata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 5, 1825,
p. lod.

30/; stat. 70, 42° 59’ N, 51° 15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7° Cel.
Four mutilated specimens, one of them clinging to Acanella arbuscula
Johns. s. normani Verr.

This species is found off the east coast of North
America, where it is common according to Verrill*) at

') Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1912 no. 6, p. 63.
2) Bull. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Natur., vol. 16, no. 6, 1910, p. 29.
3) Ann, Rap. Commis. of Fish and Fisheries 1883 (1885), p. 550.

depths of 126—1171 m. It seems further to occur off
the west coast of Europe, as the “Porcupine” specimen of
Antedontenella depicted by Carpenter in the report on the
“Challenger” crinoids') accords perfectly with the specimens
from Newfoundland under consideration. The range of
Hathrometra dentata can not, however, be definitely
determined at the present time, as the species has been
confused with H. tenella Retzius and H. sarsii Diiben
& Koren.

Hathrometra prolixa Sladen.

Antedon prolixa Sladen, Duncan & Sladen: Memoir on the Echi-
nodermata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland, 1881, p. 77,
tab. 6, figs 7—10.

9/g—t10/s stat. 102, 60° 57’ N. 4° 88° W., 1098 m., dark sand and
clay, temp. ~ 0.9° Cel. Common,

Hathrometra prolixa is an Arctic species, ranging in
the Norwegian Sea between the Faroe—Shetland Channel
(60° 22’) and Spitzbergen (80°) and between the east
coast of Greenland (about 20° W.) and the Kara Sea
(64 52’ E.). It is further found off the west coast of
Greenland between 63°24’ and 81° 4’ N. The _bathy-
metrical distribution is 46—1960m. Bottom temperature
1.1—-+-2.1°. Most of the localities belong to the cold
area, and the few warm-water stations included in its
range are all situated within the border-region adjacent
to the cold area, where the hydrographical conditions
may change. The species must therefore be considered a
cold-water form.

Leptometra phalangium J. Miiller.
Alecto phalangium J. Miller, Wiegmanns Archiv fiir Naturgesch.,
Jahrg. 7, Bd. 1, 1841, p. 142.

21/5 stat. 39 B, 26° 3’ N. 15° W., 267—280 m., fine grey sand.
Four smaller specimens,

Leptometra plalangium is an east Atlantic species,
ranging from the Hebrides to Madeira and the Azores.
It is further found in the western part of the Medi-
terranean. Aust. H. Clark gives in “New Genera of Un-
stalked Crinoids’’ *) its bathymetrical range as 82 to 346m.
According to other reports it is 46—458 m. Bell*) states
that Leptometra phalangium descends to a depth of
1281 m. I have, however, not been able to find any
autority for this statement.

1) Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger., Zool., vol. 26, 1888, p. 169,
tab. 31, fig.s 1 & 3.

2) Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 21, 1908, p. 120.

8) Bellj: Cat. British Echinoderms, 1892, p. 60.

Bergen, December 20. 1918.

(REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS” NORTH

44 JAMES A. GRIEG

During the printing of the present paper a sample
of bottom-material from st. 70 was handed to me for
examination. It contained three species of echinoderms
which have not been mentioned in the foregoing descrip-
tion of the echinoderm-material from the expedition.
The number of echinoderm-genera and species from the
“Michael Sars” Expedition 1910 is thereby raised to 18
and 95 respectively.

Astrogonium parelii Diiben & Koren.
Astropecten parelii Diiben & Koren, Kgl. Vetensk. Handl., 1844
(1846) p. 247, tab. 7, figs. 14—16.
One young specimen, diameter 18 mm., radius of
arm 10 mm., radius of disc 4 mm.

Calycaster monaecus Ed Perrier.

Calycaster monaecus Ed. Perrier, Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 4,
1891, p. 262.

One young specimen, diameter 8 mm., radius of arm
4mm., radius of disc 2mm. It agrees with the smallest
of the four specimens described by Perrier ').

Calycaster monaecus is taken only once previously,
by the Prince of Monaco, at the Azores, in 1557 mm.

Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen.

Brissopsis atlantica, Mortensen, Echinoidea, part 2, Danish In-
golf Exp., vol. 4, part. 2, 1907, pag. 160, tab. 3, figs.6, 10, 17, tab. 18,
figs. 5, 9, 10, 13, 19; 20, 24, tab. 19, figs. 1, 4, 5, 11, 13, 14, 16, 22
23, 25, 28, 30—33.

One specimen.

1) Ed. Perrier, Stellerides, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. 11,
1896, p. 28. tab, 3, fig. 3a.

Bergen, October 20. 1920.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910 VOL. III] ECHINODERMATA 45

Cruises of the “Michael Sars’? 1910.

25° 20° 40° 5° 76°
Outward voyage —6—2— Homeward yvovage see Oesiouee

Portions of the voyage in larger scale in the two smaller charts. Figures denote station-numbers.

30°

AG JAMES A. GRIEG

[REP. OF THE “MICHAEL SARS" NORTH

List of stations at which Echinoderms were collected.

Stat. 1. April 9. 49°37’ N. 8 36’ W., 146 m., fine sand temp,
9.57° Cel., trawl.
Astropecten irregularis.
Ophiura affinis (taken with Petersen bottom collector).
Echinus esculentus, E. acutus.
Stat. 3. April 10. 49°32’ N. 10°49’ W., 184 m., fine sand, temp.
10.3° Cel., trawl.
Stichopus tremulus.
Astropecten irregularis, Luidia ciliaris, Stichaster roseus.
Dorocidaris papillata, Echinus acutus, Brissopsis lyrifera
Stat. 4. April 10. 49°38’ N. 11°35’ W., 923 m., sand and mud,
temp. 9.2 Cel., trawl.
Laetmogone violacea,
tremulus.
Plutonaster bifrons.
Dorocidaris papillata, Araeosoma hystrix, Phormosoma
placenta, Echinus acutus, Spatangus raschi.
Stat. 10. April 19. 45° 26’ N. 9° 20’ W., 4700 m., yellow mud,
temp. 2.56° Cel., trawl.
Oneirophanta mutabilis, Benthodytes janthina.
Paragonaster subtilis. Freyella sexradiata.
Ophiura convexa, Ophiocten latens, Ophiomusium planum.
Stat. 21. May 5. 35° 31’ N. 6° 35’ W., 535 mm., yellow sand,
temp. 11.52 Cel., trawl.
Labidoplax digitata.
Dorigona arenata, Brisingella coronata.
Amphiura chiajei, A. duplicata.
Phormosoma placenta, Echinus acutus, Brissopsis lyrifera.
Stat. 23. Mat 5. 357 32’ N. 7° 7' W., 1215 m., yellow mud_.,
temp. 10.17° Cel., trawl.
Laetmogone violacea.
Phormosoma placenta, Echinus acutus’
Stat. 24. May 6. 35° 34 N. 7° 35 W., 1615 m., yellow mud.,
temp. 8° Cel., trawl.
Bathyplotes tizardi, Laetmogone violacea, L. wyville-thom-
soni, Benthogone rosea.
Plutonaster bifrons, Pentagonaster dentatus, Zoroaster
fulgens.
Ophiomusium lymani, Ophiactis abyssicola, Ophiacantha
abyssicola.
Porocidaris purpurata, Phormosoma placenta.

L. wyville-thomsoni, Stichopus

Stat. 25 A. May 7. 35° 36 N. 8. 25’ W., 2300 m., yellow mud.,
trawl.

Mesothuria verrilli, Benthogone rosea, Euphronides auri-

culata. ;

Plutonaster bifrons, Hymenaster rex. ~
Ophiomusium lymani, Ophiacantha abyssicola.
Sperosoma grimaldii, Hygrosoma petersit.
Bathycrinus recuperatus (?).
Stat. 25 B. May 8. 35°46’ N. 8°16’ W., 2055 m., yellow mud.,

trawl. ;

Plutonaster bifrons, Pentagonaster dentatus.

Pectinura elata, Ophiomusium lymani, Ophiacantha
abyssicola,.

Stat. 35. May 18. 27° 27’ N. 14°52’ W., 2603 m., yellow mud.
Mesothuria verrilli, Benthodytes glutinosa.
Ophiomusium lymani.

Stat. 37. May 20. 26°6' N. 14° 33' W.,

15.6° Cel., trawl.
Holothuria tubulosa.
Luidia ciliaris, Echinaster sepositus.
Stat. 38. May 20. 26° 3’ N. 14° 36’ W., 77 m., red sand and
shingle.
Ophiura affinis.
Echinocyamus pusillus.

Stat. 39B. May 21. 26° 3’ N. 15° W., 267—280 m., fine grey sand.
Cidaris affinis.

Leptometra phalangium.

Stat. 41. May 23, 28° 8’ N. 13°35’ W., 1365 m., yellow mud, temp.

6° Cel., trawl.

Mesothura verrilli. Laetmogone wyville-thomsoni, Ben-
thogone rosea.

Plutonaster bifrons, Péntagonaster dentatus, Zoroaster
fulgens, Cribrella abyssalis.

Ophiacantha aristata.

Porocidaris purpurata, Araeosoma hystrix, Sperosoma
grimaldii, Hygrosoma petersii.

Stat. 48. Mai 31. 28° 54’ N 24° 14” W., 2800—3000 m., trawl
Deima atlanticum, Peniagone ferruginea n. sp.

Stat. 53. June 8. 34°59 N. 33°1/ W.

1. m. net, 100 m. wire.
Luidia sarsii.
2615—2865 m., yellow hard clay mud, temp., 3° Cel. trawl.
Pseudostichopus villosus, Peniagone wyvilli, Benthodytes
typica.
Pteraster reductus.

Pectinura elata, Ophiura tessellata, Ophiomusium lymani,
O. planum.

30 m., shingle, temp.

ATLANT. DEEP-SEA EXPED. 1910. VOL. III]

ECHINODERMATA

47

Stat. 56. June 10. 36°53’ N. 29° 47’ W.,
1 m. net, 100 m. wire,
Luidia sarsit.
Stat. 64. June 24. 34°44’ N. 47°52’ W.,

1 m. net, 200 m. wire and young fish trawl, 300 m. wire.

Luidia sarsit.
Stat. 67. June 26. 40°17’ N. 50° 39’ W.
1 m. net, 50 m. wire.,
Luidia sp.

Stat. 70. June 30.. 42959 N. 51°15’ W., 1100 m., temp. 3.7° Cel.,

young fish trawl. 1700 m. wire.
Benthodytes gigantea.

Benthopecten spinosus, Plutonaster agassizi, Psilaster an-
dromeda, Mediaster stellatus, Astrogonium fallax, A. parelii,

Calycaster monaecus, Zoroaster fulgens.
Ophiocten sericeum,
claviger, Ophiacantha abyssicola, Astrochele lymani,
Phormosoma placenta. Brisopsis atlantica.
Hathrometra dentata.
July 9. 47° 22' N. 49° 16’ W., 120 m.
Zoroaster fulgens.

Stat. 75.

Stat. 88. July 18. 45°26’ N. 25°45’ W., 3120 m., sand and yellow

mud, temp. 2.5° Cel., trawl.
Mesothuria maroccana,
abyssorum.

Dytaster agassizi, Solaster abyssicola.

Ophiura concreta, O.irrorata, O. tessellata, Ophiacantha

crassidens.

Salenia profundi, Echinus alexandri, Hemiaster exper-

gitus.

Stat. 92. July 23. 48° 29/N. 13°55’ W., young fish trawl, 200 m. wire.

Benthodytes glutinosa.

Ophiomusium lymani, Ophiolebes

Peniagone azorica, Cucumaria

Stat.

Stat.

Stat.

Stat.

Stat.

Stat.

94. July 26. 50°13’ N. 11°23’ W., 1m. net surface and 1 m.
net, 200 m. wire.

Luidia ciliaris.
95. July 26—27.
Cel., trawl.

Benthogone rosea.

Benthopecten spinosus, Plutonaster bifrons, Bathybiaster
robustus, Pentagonaster dentatus.

Ophiomusium lymani, Astronyx locardi,

Phormosoma placenta, Echinus alexandri.

96. July 27. 50°57’ N. 10° 46’ W., 184 m., temp. 11° Cel., young
fish trawl, 300 m. wire.

Ophiura affinis.

Echinus acutus, Spatangus raschi.

98. August 5. 56°33’ N. 9°30’ W. 1m. net, 200 m. vire.

Luidia sarsit
101. August 6—7. 57°41’N. 11°48’ W., 1m. net, 200 m. wire.

Luidia sarsii, L. ciliaris.

1823 m., hard clay, temp, 3.3° Cel., trawl.

Benthopecten spinosus, Plutonaster bifrons, Bathybiaster
robustus, Psilaster andromeda, Psilasteropsis patagiatus,
Zoroaster fulgens, Brisingella coronata.

Ophiochiton ternispinus, Ophiomysium lymani, Ophiactis
abyssicola, Ophiacantha abyssicola.

Phormosoma placenta, Echinus acutus.

102. August 9—10. 60°57'N. 4°38’ W., 2/4 m. net, 400 m. wire.

Luidia sarsit.

1098 m., dark sand and clay, temp. + 0.9 Cel., trawl.

Pontaster tenuispinus, Plutonaster bifrons, Bathybiaster
vexillifer, Psilaster andromeda, Zoroaster fulgens, Solaster
papposus v. septentrionalis, S. squamatus, Lophaster furcifer,
Hymenaster pellucidus.

Ophiopleura borealis, Ophioscolex glacialis.

Hathrometra prolixa.

00° 22’N. 11°44’ W., 1797 m., temp. 3.5°

Fig.

Fig.

1.

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate I.

Mesothuria maroccana,
actinal view.

Deima atlanticum, Herouard from stat. 48. 2 actinal view,
3 abactinal view.

Peniagone ferruginea, n. sp. from stat. 48. 4 actinal
view, 5 irom the right side, 6 abactinal view.

R. Perrier from stat. 88, ab-

Plate I.

Onetrophanta mutabilis, Théel from stat. 10. 1 abactinal
view, 2 actinal view.

Plate II].

Benthodytes glutinosa, R. Perrier from stat. 35. 1
actinal view, 2 abactinal view.

Peniagone wyvilli, Théel from stat. 10. 3 actinal view,
4 from left side, 5 abactinal view.
Benthodytes typica, Théel from stat. 53.

view, 7 actinal view.

6 abactinal

Plate IV.

Benthopecten spinosus, Verrill from stat. 101. abacti-
nal view. :

Plutonaster agassizi, Verrill from stat. 70. 2 actinal
view, 3 abactinal view, 4 adambulacral and marginal
plates from middle portion of arms.

Dorigone arenata, Edy. Perrier from stat. 21. 5 ab-
actinal view, 6 actinal view, 7 adambulacral plates, 8 two
pair of marginal plates with pedicellarie from the inter-
brachial arc.

Plate V.

Astrogonium fallax, Ed. Perrier from stat. 70. Adambu-
lacral- and marginal plates from middle portion of arms.
Solaster abyssicola, Verrill from stat. 88. 2 abactinal
view, 3 adambulacral papille from middle portion of
arms, 4 skeleton from abactinal surface.
Solaster endeca, Retzius from Bergen.
abactinal surface,

Pteraster reductus, Koehler from stat. 53. 6 abactinal
view, 7 actinal view.

Skeleton from

Ophiomusium lymani, Wyville Thomsen from stat. 70.
Abactinal view. 8 disc-diameter 2 mm, 9 disc-diameter

4 mm., 10 disc-diameter 5 mm.
Hemiaster expergitus, Lovén from stat. 88.-

actinal view, 12 actinal view.

11 ab-

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. 1910. Vol, Ill. Grieg :—Echinodermata, Rieke

2.

Thorolv Rasmussen del.

) ioe

mo

Rep. of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. rg10. Vol. Ill. Grieg:—Echinod ermata. Pl. Ill.

Thoroly Rasmussen del.

a
«
f
j
a
‘
t
i -
te
Y , |
i
“yd
:
)
v ny %
Py I
wy,
4 “
7
.
' “
-
‘ i
.
u
i
nT
i
ee 4 -
J fur Wy
> 7 ot 7

Thoroly Rasmussen del.

dermata.

ino

ae]
R)
(ea)

|

: Vol, Il. Grieg:

Deep-Sea Exped. 1910

” North Atlant

tee
HII Nan

’

Rep. of the “Michel Sars

ei We

oP.
Pest ooPs
Le

of the “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exped. rgro. Vol. Ill. Grieg:—Echinodermate.

Rep.

igi i

— il

42 7503

ei

OI